Practices for improving electrical maintenance and safety in the cement industry are defined and recommended. These practices apply to all electrical equipment commonly used in cement plants, such as substations, power transformers, motor controls, generators, distribution systems, instruments, and storage batteries.
Working Group Details
- Society
- IEEE Industry Applications Society
- Standard Committee
- IAS/CI - Cement Industry
Other Activities From This Working Group
Current projects that have been authorized by the IEEE SA Standards Board to develop a standard.
PC62.24
American National Standard Recommended Practice for In Situ RF Immunity Evaluation of Electronic Devices and Systems
PC63.16
Draft American National Recommended Practice for Electrostatic Discharge Test Methodologies and Acceptance Criteria for Electronic Equipment
Expanded explanations, best practices, and guidance for reducing the pitfalls associated with electrostatic discharge (ESD) testing to IEC and other international ESD standards are provided and should be considered a supplement to these standards, rather than a replacement. Unique ESD test procedures related to connecting charged peripherals to equipment in use are also included.
PC63.18
American National Standard Recommended Practice for an On-Site, Ad Hoc Test Method for Estimating Electromagnetic Immunity of Medical Devices to Radiated Radio-Frequency (RF) Emissions from RF Transmitters
This recommended practice is a guide to evaluating the electromagnetic immunity of medical devices to radiated radio-frequency (RF) emissions from common RF transmitters (e.g., two-way radios; walkie-talkies; mobile phones; wireless-enabled tablets, e-readers, laptop computers, and similar devices; radio-frequency identification (RFID) readers; networked mp3 players; two-way pagers; and wireless personal digital assistants [PDAs]). This protocol does not provide a comprehensive test or offer any guarantee, but it is a basic evaluation that can help identify medical devices that might be particularly vulnerable to interference from common RF transmitters. The ad hoc test protocol can be used to evaluate existing or newly purchased medical devices or can be implemented for the purpose of prepurchase evaluation. This recommended practice applies to medical devices used in health-care facilities, but it can also be adapted to medical devices in home health-care or mobile health-care settings. It does not apply to implantable medical devices (e.g., pacemakers and defibrillators), transport environments such as ambulances and helicopters, or RF transmitters rated at more than 8 W of output power. Testing with transmitters greater than 8 W in health-care facilities is not recommended because of possible adverse effects on critical-care medical devices that are in use in nearby areas of the facility. Finally, this recommended practice does not address in-band RF interference where the fundamental frequency of an RF transmitter overlaps with frequencies used by a hospital wireless network or monitoring or used by other medical device wireless links.
PC63.26
American National Draft Standard for Compliance Testing of Transmitters Used in Licensed Radio Services
This standard is intended to cover procedures for compliance testing of a wide variety of transmitters designed to operate in licensed radio services, including but not limited to: Commercial Mobile Radio Services, Public Mobile Services, Cellular Radiotelephone Service, Personal Communication Services, Miscellaneous Wireless Communication Services, Private Land Mobile Radio Services, and Personal Radio Services. Tests methods are provided for measurement of radiated and conducted emissions, RF power, out-of-band emissions, frequency stability, and other regulatory requirements for a variety of devices. This standard does not consider test methods for requirements specific to maritime and aviation transmitters, ground-based radars, satellite equipment, fixed microwave equipment, or broadcast transmitters. The latter equipment may be covered in future revisions of this standard.
Standards approved by the IEEE SA Standards Board that are within the 10-year lifecycle.
1083-2
Digital recorders for measurements in high-voltage impulse tests - Part 2 Evaluation of software used for the determination of the parameters of impulse waveforms
11073-00000
Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication--Framework and overview
11073-10201-2020
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Health informatics--Device interoperability--Part 10201:Point-of-care medical device communication--Domain information model
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care medical device communication, an abstract, object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged information, as well as the vents and services that are supported by each type of object, is provided in this standard. All data structure elements are specified using abstract syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services. Model extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided.
11073-10207-2019
ISO/IEEE International Standard - Health informatics--Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 10207: Domain Information and Service Model for Service-Oriented Point-of-Care Medical Device Communication
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care medical device communication, a Participant Model derived from the ISO/IEEE11073-10201 Domain Information Model is provided in this standard. The Participant Model specifies the structure of medical information objects. This standard also defines an abstract Communication Model to support the exchange of medical information objects. All elements of the Participant Model and Communication Model are specified using XML Schema. Core subjects of the Participant Model comprise modelling of medical device-related data, e.g., measurements and settings, alert systems, contextual information (e.g., patient demographics and location information), remote control, and archival information. Model extensibility is provided inherently through the use of XML Schema.
11073-10407-2010
ISO/IEEE International Standard - Health informatics – Personal health device communication – Part 10407: Device specialization – Blood pressure monitor
Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10407-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors
11073-10419-2019
ISO/IEEE International Standard - Health informatics--Personal health device communication - Part 10419: Device Specialization--Insulin Pump
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth insulin pump devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes), in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability, is established in this standard. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. The standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth insulin pump devices.
11073-10425-2019
ISO/IEEE International Standard - Health informatics--Personal health device communication - Part 10425: Device Specialization--Continuous Glucose Monitor (CGM)
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, a normative definition of the communication between continuous glucose monitor (CGM) devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes), in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability, is established in this standard. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments, restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality of CGM devices. In this context, CGM refers to the measurement of the level of glucose in the body on a regular (typically 5 minute) basis through a sensor continuously attached to the person.
11073-10427-2018
ISO/IEEE International Standard - Health informatics -- Personal health device communication -- Part 10427: Device specialization -- Power status monitor of personal health devices
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, a normative definition of power status communication between personal health devices (PHDs) and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set-top boxes) is established by this standard in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Appropriate portions of existing standards are leveraged, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. The use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability are specified. A common core of communication functionality for monitoring the power status of PHDs is defined in this standard.
11073-10471-2010
Health informatics – Personal health device communication – Part 10471: Device specialization – Independent living activity hub
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth independent living activity hub devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth independent living activity hubs.
11073-20202
Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication-- Application profile-- Baseline
11073-20601:2010/Amd 1-2015
ISO/IEC/IEEE Approved Draft - Health informatics -- Personal health device communication - Part 20601: Application profile--Optimized exchange protocol -- Amendment1
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport-independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems and to provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly used methods and tools wherever possible. This corrigendum removes the ambiguities and corrects the wrong nomenclature codes and qualifier status that have been identified in IEEE Std 11073-20601-2014 to improve implementation of the standard in an interoperable fashion. (NOTE: This amendment was not published as an individual standard, but was incorporated into ISO/IEEE 11073-20601:2010 at time of publication)
11073-20701-2020
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Health informatics--Device interoperability--Part 20701:Point-of-care medical device communication--Service oriented medical device exchange architecture and protocol binding
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (PoC) medical device communication, an architecture for service-oriented distributed PoC medical devices and medical IT systems is defined. This standard defines a binding of the Participant, Discovery, and Communication Model defined in IEEE Std 11073-10207™ to the profile for transport over Web Services defined in IEEE Std 11073-20702™. Moreover, a binding to Network Time Protocol (NTP) and Differentiated Services (DiffServ) is defined for time synchronization and transport Quality of Service requirements.
11073-20702-2018
ISO/IEEE International Standard for Health informatics -- Point-of-care medical device communication -- Part 20702: Medical devices communication profile for web services
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (PoC)medical device communication, a communication protocol specification for a distributed system of PoC medical devices and medical IT systems that need to exchange data, or safely control networked PoC medical devices by profiling Web Service specifications, is defined by this standard. Additional Web Service specifications are part of this standard.
1249/IEC 62270
Guide for Computer Based Controls for Hydroelectric Power Plant Automation
13210-1999
IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard - Information Technology -- Requirements and guidelines for test methods specifications and test method implementations for measuring conformance to POSIX(TM) standards
13213-1994
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology--Microprocessor systems--Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses
The document structure and notation are described, and the objectives and scope of the CSR Architecture are outlined. Transition set requirements, node addressing, node architectures, unit architectures, and CSR definitions are set forth. The ROM specification and bus standard requirements are covered.
1418
ANSI/AAMI PAC49-1993 - Pacemaker Emergency Intervention System
This standard covers labeling and performance requirements for a pacemaker emergency intervention system (EIS). The EIS is intended for use in hospitals and clinic emergency rooms to permit conversion of conforming implanted bradycardia cardiac pacemakers to a standard high output mode when the pacemaker is perceived by the examiner to be operating in a nonstandard way or in a wy not understood by the examiner.
1419
ANSI/AAMI DF39-1993 - Automatic External Defibrillators and Remote-Control Defibrillators
This standard covers minimum labeling, performance, and safety requirements for automatic or semi-automatic (advisory) external defibrillators (AED), remote control defibrillators (RCD), and self-adhesive combination electrodes.
14515-1-2000
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) -- Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX -- Part 1: System interfaces
ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000(E) (IEEE Std 2003.1-1992) provides a definition of the requirements placed upon providers of POSIX test methods for POSIX.1 (ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990; IEEE Std 1003.1-1990). These requirements consist of a POSIX.1-ordered list of assertions defining those aspects of POSIX.1 that are to be tested and the associated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard is aimed primarily at POSIX.1 test suite providers and POSIX.1 implementors. This standard specifies those aspects of POSIX.1 that shall be verified by conformance test methods.
14515-1:2000 /Amd.1-2003
ISO/IEC Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) -- Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX -- Part 1: System interfaces -- Amendment 1: Realtime extension (C Language)
This standard defines the test method specifications for IEEE Std 1003.b-1993 (based on the document corresponding to the merger of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993). The test method specifications consist of assertions to be tested and related test procedures.As an amendment to IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, this standard is structured to amend those portions of IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (the test method specification for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) that correspond to the amended parts of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990. This standard is aimed primarily at providers of test methods for IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 and at implementors of IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993.
1456
IRPA/INIRC 1990 - International Radiation Protection Association, International Non-Ionizing Radiation Committee Interim Guidelines on limits of exposure to 50/60 Hz electric and magnetic fields. Health Physics 58 (1): 113-122
These guidelines present a set of exposure limits for 50/60 Hz in terms of electric or magnetic fields, both for the general public and occupational personnel as a function of exposure time from a few minutes up to 24 hours. In addition, there are recommended protective measures including education, warning signs, compliance programs and special measures against hazardous RFI (e.g. pacemakers).
1691-2
Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164)
18880-2015
ISO/IEC/IEEE Information technology- Ubiquitous green community control network protocol
The standard identifies gateways for field-bus networks, data storage for archiving and developing data sharing platforms, and application units as important system components for developing digital communities, i.e., building-scale and city-wide ubiquitous facility networking infrastructure. The standard defines a data exchange protocol that generalizes and interconnects these components (gateways, storage, application units) over the IPv4/v6-based networks. This enables integration of multiple facilities, data storage, application services such as central management, energy saving, environmental monitoring, and alarm notification systems.
21450-2010
Information technology -- Smart transducer interface for sensors and actuators -- Common functions, communication protocols, and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats
Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.0-2007. This standard provides a common basis for members of the IEEE 1451 family of standards to be interoperable. It defines the functions that are to be performed by a transducer interface module (TIM) and the common characteristics for all devices that implement the TIM. It specifies the formats for Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS). It defines a set of commands to facilitate the setup and control of the TIM as well as reading and writing the data used by the system. Application programming interfaces (APIs) are defined to facilitate communications with the TIM and with applications.
21451-1-2010
ISO/IEC/IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Smart transducer interface for sensors and actuators -- Part 1: Network Capable Application Processor (NCAP) information model
Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.1-1999. This standard defines an object model with a network-neutral interface for connecting processors to communication networks, sensors, and actuators. The object model containing blocks, services, and components specifies interactions with sensors and actuators and forms the basis for implementing application code executing in the processor.
21451-2-2010
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology -- Smart transducer interface for sensors and actuators -- Part 2: Transducer to microprocessor communication protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats
Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.2-1997. A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is defined. A Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS) and its data formats are described. An electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and a wide variety of transducers are defined. This standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications.
21451-4-2010
ISO/IEC/IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Smart transducer interface for sensors and actuators -- Part 4: Mixed-mode communication protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats
Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.2-1997. A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is defined. A Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS) and its data formats are described. An electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and a wide variety of transducers are defined. This standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications.
60488-1-2004
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Higher Performance Protocol for the Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation - Part 1: General
Supersedes IEEE Std 488.1-2003. This standard applies to interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems. It applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the a) Data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital (as distinct from analog) b) Number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15 c) Total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables does not exceed 20 m d) Data rate among devices does not exceed 8 000 000 B/s The basic functional specifications of this standard may be used in digital interface applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these. Different electrical and mechanical specifications may be required (for example, symmetrical circuit configurations, high threshold logic, special connectors, or cable configurations) for these extended applications.
60488-2-2004
IEC/IEEE International - Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation - Part 2: Codes, formats, protocols and common commands
A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications.
61523-3-2004
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Delay and Power Calculation Standards - Part 3: Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design Process
The Standard Delay Format (SDF) is defined in this standard. SDF is a textual file format for representing the delay and timing information of electronic systems. While both human and machine readable, in its most common usage it will be machine written and machine read in support of timing analysis and verification tools, and of other tools requiring delay and timing information. The primary audience for this standard is the implementers of tools supporting the format, but anyone with a need to understand the format's contents will find it useful.
61523-4-2015
IEEE/IEC Design and Verification of Low-Power Integrated Circuits
61523-4-2015
IEEE/IEC International Standard - Design and Verification of Low-Power Integrated Circuits
A method is provided for specifying power intent for an electronic design, for use in verification of the structure and behavior of the design in the context of a given power management architecture, and for driving implementation of that power management architecture. The method supports incremental refinement of power intent specifications required for IP-based design flows.
61588-2021
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems
In this standard, a protocol is defined that provides precise synchronization of clocks in packet-based networked systems. Synchronization of clocks can be achieved in heterogeneous systems that include clocks of different inherent precision, resolution, and stability. The protocol supports synchronization accuracy and precision in the sub-microsecond range with minimal network and local computing resources. Customization is supported by means of profiles. The protocol includes default profiles that permit simple systems to be installed and operated without the need for user management. Sub-nanosecond time transfer accuracy can be achieved in a properly designed network.
61636-2021
IEC/IEEE International Standard-Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA)
Promoting and facilitating interoperability between components of automatic test systems where test results and/or maintenance actions need to be shared is addressed in this standard. The standard defines the common elements between both test results data and maintenance action data. The common schema becomes a class of information that shall be used within the SIMICA family of standards.
61636-1-2021
IEC/IEEE International Standard-Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results and Session Information via the eXtensible Markup Language (XML)
Promoting and facilitating interoperability between components of automatic test systems where test results need to be shared is addressed in this standard. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results data in storage devices and databases, facilitating online and offline analysis. The test results schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the SIMICA family of standards. The exchange format is expressed in both the OWL and XML formats.
61671-4-2016
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Configuration
An exchange format is specified in this standard, using extensible markup language (XML), for identifying the test configuration used to test for and diagnose faults of a unit under test (UUT) on an automatic test system (ATS).
61671-5-2016
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Adapter Description
An exchange format using extensible markup language (XML) for identifying all of the hardware, software, and documentation associated with a test adapter is specified in this document. This test adapter may be used as a component of a test program set to test and diagnose a unit under test.
61671-6-2016
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Station Description
An exchange format, using extensible markup language (XML), for identifying all of the hardware, software, and documentation associated with a test station is specified in this document. This test station may be used with a test program set to test and diagnose a unit under test.
61691--1-1-2011
Behavioural languages - Part 1-1: VHDL Language Reference Manual
61691-6-2021
IEC/IEEE International Standard-Behavioural languages-Part 6: VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
The IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems, is defined in this standard. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on IEEE Std 1076-2008 (VHDL) and extends it with additions and changes to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models.
61691-7-2009
Behavioural languages - Part 7: SystemC Language Reference Manual
SystemC is defined in this standard. SystemC is an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design for use by designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. This standard provides a precise and complete definition of the SystemC class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with reference to this standard alone. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementers of the SystemC class library, the implementors of tools supporting the class library, and users of the class library.
62014-4-2015
IEEE/IEC International Standard - IP-XACT, Standard Structure for Packaging, Integrating, and Reusing IP within Tool Flows
This standard describes an eXtensible Markup Language (XML) schema1 for meta-data documenting intellectual property (IP) used in the development, implementation, and verification of electronic systems and an application programming interface (API) to provide tool access to the meta-data. This schema provides a standard method to document IP that is compatible with automated integration techniques. The API provides a standard method for linking tools into a system development framework, enabling a more flexible, optimized development environment. Tools compliant with this standard will be able to interpret,configure, integrate, and manipulate IP blocks that comply with the IP meta-data description. The standard is based on version 1.4 IP-XACT of The SPIRIT Consortium. The standard is independent of any specific design processes. It does not cover those behavioral characteristics of the IP that are not relevant to integration.
62014-5-2015
IEEE/IEC International Standard - Quality of Electronic and Software Intellectual Property Used in System and System on Chip (SoC) Designs
A standard XML format for representing electronic design intellectual property (IP) quality information, based on an information model for IP quality measurement, is defined. It includes a schema and the terms that are relevant for measuring IP quality, including the software that executes on the system. The schema and information model can be focused to represent particular categories of interest to IP users. In the context of this document, the term IP shall be used to mean electronic design intellectual property. Electronic design intellectual property is a term used in the electronic design community to refer to a reusable collection of design specifications that represent the behavior, properties, and/or representation of the design in various media.
62032-2012
IEC 62032:2012(E)(IEEE Std C57.135-2011) Guide for the Application, Specification, and Testing of Phase-Shifting Transformers
Theory, application of phase-shifting transformers, and the difference of specification and testing to standard system transformers are described in this guide. Various types of phase-shifting transformers and how to select the optimal design to achieve required control of power flow are covered. An understanding of the terminology, types, construction, and testing specific to phase-shifting transformers is provided.
62525-2007
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector Data
Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment. A test description language is defined that: (a) facilitates the transfer of digital test vector data from CAE to ATE environments; (b) specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of digital test vectors to a DUT; and (c) supports the volume of test vector data generated from structured tests.
62526-2007
IEC 62526 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1450.1(TM)-2005): Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Semiconductor Design Environments
Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment. Extensions to the test interface language (contained in this standard) are defined that (1) facilitate the use of the language in the design environment and (2) facilitate the use of the language for large designs encompassing subdesigns with reusable patterns.
62527-2007
IEC 62527 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1450.2(TM)-2002): Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for DC Level Specification
This standard extends IEEE Std 1450-1999 (STIL) to support the definition of DC levels. STIL language constructs are defined to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute digital vectors on automated test equipment (ATE). STIL language extensions include structures for: (a) specifying the DC conditions for a device under test; (b) specifying DC conditions either globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector; (c) specifying alternate DC levels; and (d) selecting DC levels and alternate levels within a period, much the same as timed format events.
62530-2011
IEEE/IEC International Standard - SystemVerilog -- Unified Hardware Design, Specification, and Verification Language
This standard represents a merger of two previous standards: IEEE Std 1364-2005 Verilog hardware description language (HDL) and IEEE Std 1800-2005 SystemVerilog unified hardware design, specification, and verification language. The 2005 SystemVerilog standard defines extensions to the 2005 Verilog standard. These two standards were designed to be used as one language. Merging the base Verilog language and the SystemVerilog extensions into a single standard provides users with all information regarding syntax and semantics in a single document.
62539-2007
IEC 62539 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 930 (TM)-2004): Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation Breakdown Data
Abstract: This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze times to break down and breakdown voltage data obtained from electrical testing of solid insulating materials, for purposes including characterization of the system, comparison with another insulator system, and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or voltages. Remarks: IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Standard / Replaces IEEE Std 930-2004
62624-2009
Test methods for measurement of electrical properties of carbon nanotubes
Adoption of IEEE Std 1650-2005. Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) are covered. Due to the nature of CNTs, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. The most common sources of measurement error, particularly for highimpedance electrical measurements commonly required for CNTs, are described. Recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring CNTs are given.
62860-2013
IEC/IEEE Test methods for the characterization of organic transistors and materials
Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of printed and organic transistors are covered. Due to the nature of printed and organic electronics, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. This standard describes the most common sources of measurement error, particularly for high-impedance electrical measurements commonly required for printed and organic transistors. This standard also gives recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring printed and organic transistors.
62860-1-2013
IEC/IEEE Test methods for the characterization of organic transistor-based ring oscillators
Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of printed and organic ring oscillators are covered. Due to the nature of printed and organic circuits, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. This standard describes the most common sources of measurement error, particularly for high-impedance electrical measurements commonly required for printed and organic ring oscillators. This standard also gives recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring printed and organic ring oscillators.
63260-2020
IEEE/IEC International Standard - Guide for incorporating human reliability analysis into probabilistic risk assessments for nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities
A structured framework for the incorporation of human reliability analysis (HRA) into probabilistic risk assessments (PRAs) is provided in this guide. To enhance the analysis of human/system interactions in PRAs, to help ensure reproducible conclusions, and to standardize the documentation of such assessments are the purposes of this guide. To do this, a specific HRA framework is developed from standard practices. The HRA framework is neutral with respect to specific HRA methods.
66660-2010
IEEE Standards Reference InfoBase on Standards Reference InfoBase on Standards Reference Infobase on CD-Rom
Access interpretations and downloadable documents. Get connected to the IEEE 802® drafts service and much more.
802.11ba Battery Life Improvement
IEEE Technology Report on Wake-Up Radio: An Application, Market, and Technology Impact Analysis of Low-Power/Low-Latency 802.11 Wireless LAN Interfaces
The IEEE Technology Report on Wake-Up Radio provides: -•An introduction to IEEE 802.11ba Wake-Up Radio -Near- and long-term use cases -Market forecasts -A comparison of Wake-Up Radio to other technologies •A look at potential future developments IEEE Technology Report on Wake-Up Radio: An Application, Market, and Technology Impact Analysis of Low-Power/Low-Latency 802.11 Wireless LAN Interfaces is essential for every manufacturer developing devices and sensors for the Internet of Things.
802.16 Edition
Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems
8802-11-2012
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications
This revision specifies technical corrections and clarifications to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANS) as well as enhancements to the existing medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) functions. It also incorporates Amendments 1 to 10 published in 2008 to 2011.
8802-11:2012/Amd.2:-2014
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 2: MAC Enhancements for Robust Audio Video Streaming
This amendment specifies enhancements to the IEEE 802.11 medium access control (MAC) for robust audio video (AV) streaming, while maintaining coexistence with other types of traffic.
8802-11:2018/Amd 1-2019
IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard - Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 1: Fast Initial Link Setup
Mechanisms that provide IEEE Std 802.11 networks with fast initial link setup methods that do not degrade the security offered by Robust Security Network Association (RSNA) already defined in IEEE Std 802.11 are defined in this amendment.
8802-11:2018/Amd 2-2019
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 2: Sub 1 GHz License Exempt Operation
Modifications to both the IEEE 802.11(TM) physical layer (PHY) and the medium access control (MAC) sublayer to enable operation of license-exempt IEEE 802.11 wireless networks in frequency bands below 1 GHz, excluding the television (TV) White Space bands, with a transmission range up to 1 km and a minimum data rate of at least 100 Kb/s are defined in this amendment.
8802-15-14-2010
Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 15-4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)
8802-15-4-2010
Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 15-4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)
8802-15-4-2018
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 15-4: Wireless medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifications for low-rate wireless personal area networks (WPANs)
The protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low-data-rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN) are defined in this standard. A variety of physical layers (PHYs) have been defined that cover a wide variety of frequency bands.
8802-1AC-2018
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 1AC: Media access control (MAC) service definition
The MAC Service and the Internal Sublayer Service (ISS) are defined in this standard. This standard specifies media-dependent convergence functions that map IEEE 802(R) MAC interfaces to the ISS. The MAC Service is derived from the ISS.
8802-1AC/Cor 1-2020
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Telecommunications and exchange between information technology systems – Requirements for local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 1AC:Media access control (MAC) service definition -- TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1: Logical Link Control (LLC) Encapsulation EtherType
This corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.1AC-2016 corrects the value of the LLC Encapsulation EtherType.
8802-1AE:2013/Amd.1-2015
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 1AE: Media access control (MAC) security - AMENDMENT 1: Galois Counter Model -- Advanced Encryption Standard-256 (GCMAES-256) Cipher Suite
This amendment specifies the GCM-AES-256 Cipher Suite as an option in addition to the existing mandatory to implement Default Cipher Suite, GCM-AES-128.
8802-1AE:2013/Amd.2-2015
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 1AE: Media Access Control (MAC) security - AMENDMENT 2: Extended Packet Numbering
The optional use of Cipher Suites that make use of a 64-bit (PN) to allow more than 2^32 MACsec protected frames to be sent with a single Secure Association Key are specified by this amendment.
8802-1AE:2013/Amd.3-2018
IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard - Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Part 1AE: Media access control (MAC) security AMENDMENT 3: Ethernet data encryption devices
Ethernet Data Encryption devices (EDEs) are specified in this amendment. An EDE is a two-port bridge that uses MACsec to provide secure connectivity for attached customer bridges, or for attached provider bridges. EDEs may allow the customer (or provider) bridges to continue to use a VLAN Identifier (VID) in transmitted frames to select (as already specified in IEEE Std 802.1Q(TM)) between provider network or provider backbone network services.
8802-1AE:2020/Cor1-2021
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology - Telecommunications and exchange between information technology systems -- Requirements for local and metropolitan area networks--Part 1AE: Media access control (MAC) security -TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1: Tag control information figure
How all or part of a network can be secured transparently to peer protocol entities that use the MAC Service provided by IEEE 802(R) LANs to communicate is specified in this standard. MAC security (MACsec) provides connectionless user data confidentiality, data frame integrity, and data origin authenticity.
8802-1AR-2020
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Telecommunications and exchange between information technology systems--Requirements for local and metropolitan area networks--Part 1AR: Secure device identity
A Secure Device Identifier (DevID) is cryptographically bound to a device and supports authentication of the device's identity. An Initial Device Identifier (IDevID) provided by the supplier of a device can be supplemented by Local Device Identifiers (LDevIDs) facilitating enrollment (provisioning of authentication and authorization credentials) by local network administrators.
8802-1AX-2016/Cor 1-2018
IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements - Part 1AX: Link aggregation TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1
Technical and editorial corrections are provided in this corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.1AX-2014.
8802-1CB-2019
IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard - Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 1CB: Frame replication and elimination for reliability
This standard specifies procedures, managed objects, and protocols for bridges and end systems that provide identification and replication of packets for redundant transmission, identification of duplicate packets, and elimination of duplicate packets. It is not concerned with the creation of the multiple paths over which the duplicates are transmitted.
8802-1CB:2019/Amd 1-2023
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard--Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 1CB: Frame replication and elimination for reliability AMENDMENT 1: Information model, YANG data model, and management information base module
This amendment specifies YANG data models and MIB modules that allow configuration and status reporting for bridges and end systems with the capabilities for Frame Replication and Elimination for Reliability (FRER) and Stream identification.
8802-1CM-2019
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Telecommunications and information exchange between information technology systems - Requirements for local and metropolitan area networks - Part 1CM: Time-sensitive networking for fronthaul
This standard defines profiles that select features, options, configurations, defaults, protocols, and procedures of bridges, stations, and LANs that are necessary to build networks that are capable of transporting fronthaul streams, which are time sensitive.
8802-1Q/Amd 6-2019
IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard - Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 1Q:Bridges and bridged networks- AMENDMENT 6: Per-stream filtering and policing
Enhancements to the forwarding process that support per-stream filtering and policing are provided in this amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2014
8802-1Q/Amd 7-2019
IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard - Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 1Q: Bridges and bridged networks - AMENDMENT 7: Cyclic queuing and forwarding
The use of traffic scheduling and per-stream filtering and policing to support cyclic queuing and forwarding are described in this amendment to IEEE Std 8802.1Q-2016.
8802-1Q:2016/Amd 2-2018
ISO/IEC/IEEE Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements--Part 1Q: Bridges and bridged networks AMENDMENT 2: Application virtual local area network (VLAN) type, length, value (TLV)
Enhancements to the set of TLVs used by the Data Center Bridging eXchange protocol (DCBX) for the purpose of simplifying the management of networks utilizing Data Center Bridging (DCB) features are defined in this amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2014.
8802-1X-2013
IEEE/ISO/IEC Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 1X: Port-based network access control
Port-based network access control allows a network administrator to restrict the use of IEEE 802(R) LAN service access points (ports) to secure communication between authenticated and authorized devices. This standard specifies a common architecture, functional elements, and protocols that support mutual authentication between the clients of ports attached to the same LAN and that secure communication between the ports, including the media access method independent protocols that are used to discover and establish the security associations used by IEEE 802.1AE(TM) MAC Security.
8802-1X:2013/Amd. 1-2016
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 1X: Port-based network access control AMENDMENT 1: MAC security key agreement protocol (MKA) extensions
Media Access Control security (MACsec) Key Agreement protocol (MKA) data elements and procedures that provide additional security and manageability capabilities, including the ability to maintain secure communication while the operation of MKA is suspended, when used in conjunction with MACsec Cipher Suites that support Extended Packet Numbering are added in this amendment.
8802-1X:2013/Amd2-2020
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Telecommunications and exchange between information technology systems -- Requirements for local and metropolitan area networks--Part 1X: Port-based network access control AMENDMENT 2: YANG data model
The YANG data model specified in this amendment to IEEE Std 802.1X™-2010 allows configuration and status reporting for port-based network access control, in the scenarios described in Clause 7 of this standard and Clause 11 of IEEE Std 802.1AE™-2018, using the information model previously specified in this standard.
8802-2-1998
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 2: Logical Link Control
This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deals with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. The functions, features, protocol, and services of the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO/IEC 8802 LAN protocol, are described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the medium access control (MAC) sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for data communication between service access points. In the first type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection, but stations are permitted to both send data and request the return of data simultaneously.
8802-21-2018
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology – Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Local and metropolitan area networks – Specific requirements – Part 21: Media independent services framework
An extensible IEEE 802® media access independent services framework (i.e., function and protocol) is defined that enables the optimization of services including handover and other services when performed between heterogeneous IEEE 802 networks. These services are facilitated by this standard when networking between IEEE 802 networks and cellular networks.
8802-21-1-2018
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology – Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Local and metropolitan area networks – Part 21-1: Media independent services
Several use cases and services are defined, namely, handover between heterogeneous networks, home energy management system, software-defined radio access networks (SDRANs), radio resource management (RRM), and device-to-device (D2D) communication service that need to be implemented in conjunction with the media independent services (MIS) framework as specified in IEEE Std 802.21™-2017
8802-3-2021
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Telecommunications and exchange between information technology systems--Requirements for local and metropolitan area networks--Part 3: Standard for Ethernet
Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 400 Gb/s using a common media access control (MAC) specification and management information base (MIB). The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) allow use of selected Physical Layer devices (PHY) for operation over coaxial, twisted pair or fiber optic cables, or electrical backplanes. System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters that are defined for operational speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include: various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitan area network applications, and the provision of power over selected twisted pair PHY types.
8802-6
Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer specifications (with Amendments 1, 2, and 3)
8802-A-2015
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology --Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Overview and Architecture
This standard provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802(R) standards. It describes the reference models for the IEEE 802 standards and explains the relationship of these standards to the higher layer protocols; it provides a standard for the structure of IEEE 802 MAC addresses; it provides a standard for identification of public, private, prototype, and standard protocols; it specifies an object identifier hierarchy used within IEEE 802 for uniform allocation of object identifiers used in IEEE 802 standards; and it specifies a method for higher layer protocol identification.
8802-A-2015/Amd 1-2018
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Part A: Overview and architecture--AMENDMENT 1: Allocation of Uniform Resource Name (URN) values in IEEE 802® standards
How Uniform Resource Name (URN) values are allocated in IEEE 802® standards is described in this amendment to IEEE Std 802®-2014.
8802-A:2015/Amd 2-2019
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Local and metropolitan area networks - Part A: Overview and architecture AMENDMENT 2: Local medium access control (MAC) address usage
An optional local medium access control (MAC) address space structure, known as the Structured Local Address Plan (SLAP), is provided in this amendment to IEEE Std 802®-2014 in order to allow multiple administrations to coexist. This structure designates a range of local MAC addresses for protocols using a Company ID (CID) assigned by the IEEE Registration Authority. Another range of local MAC addresses is designated for assignment by administrators. The amendment recommends a range of local MAC addresses for use by IEEE 802® protocols.
8802.1AR-2014
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 1AR: Secure device identity
A secure device identifier (DevID) is cryptographically bound to a device and supports authentication of the device's identity. Locally significant identities can be securely associated with an initial manufacturer-provisioned DevID and used in provisioning and authentication protocols to allow a network administrator to establish the trustworthiness of a device and select appropriate policies for transmission and reception of data and control protocols to and from the device.
91a-1991
IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions (Including and incorporating IEEE Std 91a-1991, Supplement to IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions)
Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logic functions are presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their applications are provided. The symbols are presented in the context of electrical applications, but most may also be applied to nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). The supplement provided additional internationally approved graphic symbols and made corrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984.
9945-2009
IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard - Information technology Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) Base Specifications, Issue 7
Revision and Adoption of IEEE Std 1003.1-2008, this standard defines a standard operating system interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or ''shell''), and common utility programs to support applications portability at the source code level. It is intended to be used by both application developers and system implementers.
9945-3-2003
ISO/IEC 9945-3:2003(E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) -- Part 3: Shell and Utilities
9945-4-2003
ISO/IEC 9945-4:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) -- Part 4: Rationale
9945:2002/Cor 1-2003
ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM))-- Technical Corrigendum 1
9945:2009/Cor 2-2017
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM))-- Technical Corrigendum 2
Problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2008 and IEEE Std 1003.1-2008/Cor 1-2013 are addressed.
All Draft Standards Subscription
All Draft Standards Subscription (FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY)
Arcflash
Testing for Trial Apps only
This record was created for testing of all Apps designed thru IEEE
Bundle
The IEEE Distributed Energy Resources (DER) Collection (Bundle)
This Collection provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. It also includes general requirements, response to abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding, and test specifications and requirements for design, production, installation evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. Correspondingly, some of the included standards define the application layer with TCP/IP providing functions in the transport and Internet layers to enable utility management of the end user energy environment, including demand response, load control, time of day pricing, management of distributed generation, electric vehicles, and more. The stated requirements are universally needed for interconnection of DER, including synchronous machines, induction machines, or power inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most installations. The criteria and requirements are applicable to all DER technologies interconnected to EPSs at typical primary and/or secondary distribution voltages. Installation of DER on radial primary and secondary distribution systems is the main emphasis of IEEE 1547 and related documents, although installation of DERs on primary and secondary network distribution systems is considered. This standard is written considering that the DER is a 60 Hz source This collection contains
C2
2017 NESC Code and Handbook Tabs
Find it fast with NESC tabs. This set of 48 durable, self-adhesive tabs is compatible with both the 2017 C2 NESC Code and 2017 Handbook. The tabs are color-coded to make locating important information fast and easy. The set includes easy-to-affix preprinted press-and-stick tabs and write-your-own blanks.
C2-2023
2023 National Electrical Safety Code(R) (NESC(R))
The 2023 NESC(R) covers practical safeguarding of persons during the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) electric supply stations, (2) overhead supply and communications lines, and (3) underground or buried supply and communication cables. It also includes work rules for the operation of electric supply and communications lines and equipment. This Code consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, lists of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2023 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
C22.4 No. 2-09
Objective-based industrial electrical code - Safety management system requirements
This Standard is intended to be used by an organization to develop an objective-based industrial electrical code (OBIEC) safety management system, as described in an OBIEC safety management manual acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ), in conjunction with CSA C22.4 No. 1.
C37.60/62271-111
IEEE/IEC International Draft Standard for Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for Alternating Current Systems Up to 38 kV
This part of IEC 62271 applies to all overhead, pad-mounted, dry vault and submersible single or multi-pole alternating current automatic circuit reclosers for rated maximum voltages above 1 000 V and up to and including 38 kV.Devices that require a dependent manual operation are not covered by this document.In order to simplify this document where possible, the term recloser (or reclosers) has been substituted for automatic circuit recloser(s) or cutout mounted recloser(s) or both.
C57 Coll., 2000
IEEE Standards Collection- Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
C63.011-2000
American National Standard for Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Radio-Frequency Equipment
This standard republishes CISPR 11:1997 (with Amendment 1,1999-05) as an American National Standard to make it easily available to U.S. manufacturers.
C63.022-1996
American National Standard for Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment
Emission limits are provided that are an are acceptable alternative for limits of the current issue of FCC Part 15, Subpart B, for Information Technology Equipment (ITE). This document republishes CISPR 22 (1993) and Amendment 1 (1995) as an American National Standard, ANSI C63.022-1996, which is recognized within the U.S.
C63.10-2020
American National Standard of Procedures for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed Wireless Devices
The procedures for testing the compliance of a wide variety of unlicensed wireless transmitters (also called intentional radiators and license-exempt transmitters) including, but not limited to, remote control and security unlicensed wireless devices, frequency hopping and direct sequence spread spectrum devices, anti-pilferage devices, cordless telephones, medical unlicensed wireless devices, Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) devices, intrusion detectors, unlicensed wireless devices operating on frequencies below 30 MHz, automatic vehicle identification systems, and other unlicensed wireless devices authorized by a radio regulatory authority are covered in this standard. Excluded by this standard are test procedures for unlicensed wireless devices already covered in other published standards (e.g., Unlicensed Personal Communication Services (UPCS) devices).
C63.10-2020/Cor1-2023
American National Standard of Procedures for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed Wireless Devices - Corrigendum 1
The procedures for testing the compliance of a wide variety of unlicensed wireless transmitters (also called intentional radiators and license-exempt transmitters) including, but not limited to, remote control and security unlicensed wireless devices, frequency hopping and direct sequence spread spectrum devices, anti-pilferage devices, cordless telephones, medical unlicensed wireless devices, Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) devices, intrusion detectors, unlicensed wireless devices operating on frequencies below 30 MHz, automatic vehicle identification systems, and other unlicensed wireless devices authorized by a radio regulatory authority are covered in this standard. Excluded by this standard are test procedures for unlicensed wireless devices already covered in other published standards (e.g., Unlicensed Personal Communication Services (UPCS) devices). Subclause 6.2.2 is addressed in this corrigendum, such that the requirement to calibrate the LISN with the extension cord is removed and Equation (L.1) has been corrected.
C63.10a-2024
American National Standard for Procedures for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed Wireless Devices Amendment 1
The procedures for testing the compliance of a wide variety of unlicensed wireless transmitters (also called intentional radiators and license-exempt transmitters) including, but not limited to, remote control and security unlicensed wireless devices, frequency hopping and direct sequence spread spectrum devices, antipilferage devices, cordless telephones, medical unlicensed wireless devices, Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) devices, intrusion detectors, unlicensed wireless devices operating on frequencies below 30 MHz, automatic vehicle identification systems, and other unlicensed wireless devices authorized by a radio regulatory authority are covered in this standard. Excluded by this standard are test procedures for unlicensed wireless devices already covered in other published standards (e.g., Unlicensed Personal Communication Services (UPCS) devices). An errata is available and can be accessed here: https://standards.ieee.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/C63.10a-2024_errata.pdf
C63.12-2015
American National Standard Recommended Practice for Electromagnetic Compatibility Limits and Test Levels
A rationale and recommendations for developing emission limits and immunity test levels are presented in this recommended practice. These limits and levels are representative of current practice and user needs. Emission limits are specified by national and international standards bodies. Emission limits for the most part are regulated and hence controlled, which is the case in the U.S. and Canada. Such regulatory limits take precedence, even if the limits are different from those considered in this document. For product immunity, while in some parts of the world this is regulated, for the U.S. and Canada, it is not regulated except for some types of safety equipment. In this way, adequate immunity is more a quality aspect of the product because it does not operate in its intended RF environment, the user would deem it of poor design and quality. The immunity test levels described in this document are representative of common levels applied internationally. However, severe environments (in which levels of electromagnetic disturbance are high) require the consideration of applying higher test levels. This consideration is described in this recommended practice. Finally, it should be noted that the entire recommended practice does not contain normative requirements, as such practices remain optional.
C63.13-1991
American National Standard Guide on the Application and Evaluation of EMI Power-Line Filters for Commercial Use
A basic understanding of the application, evaluation, and safety considerations of electromagnetic interference (EMI) power-line filters used in both AC and DC applications is provided. The construction of an EMI power-line filter and its functions in providing suppression of conducted noise are described. The functions and performance of the filter components, particularly the capacitors and inductors, are discussed. It is explained why seemingly identical filters may not give the same performance in a particular application. No-load insertion-loss test methods are presented. Proper installation of the filters in equipment is discussed. Safety regulations are briefly addressed.
C63.14-2023
American National Standard Dictionary of Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Including Electromagnetic Environmental Effects (E3)
Terms associated with electromagnetic compatibility and electromagnetic environmental effects are defined including electromagnetic pulse and electrostatic discharge terms. Quantities, units, multiplying factors, symbols, and abbreviations are covered.
C63.15-2018
American National Standard Recommended Practice for the Immunity Measurement of Electrical and Electronic Equipment
This immunity testing and test instrumentation specifications recommended practice complements the procedures for making emission measurements as specified in ANSI C63.4 and in ANSI C63.10. These immunity test methods can be of use to manufacturers who want to maximize product reliability and reduce customer complaints by improving the immunity of their products, beyond that required by applicable regulations, or by correcting problems experienced in deployment that are not related to regulatory requirements. This recommended practice generally covers the frequency range 30 Hz to 10 GHz.
C63.16-2016
American National Standard Guide for Electrostatic Discharge Test Methodologies and Acceptance Criteria for Electronic Equipment
Expanded explanations, best practices, and guidance for avoiding the pitfalls associated with electrostatic discharge (ESD) testing to IEC and other international ESD standards are provided and should be considered a supplement to these standards, rather than a replacement. Unique ESD test procedures related to connecting charged peripherals to equipment in use are also included. ** Downloads file posted at http://standards.ieee.org/downloads/C63/C63.16/
C63.17-2013
American National Standard Methods of Measurement of the Electromagnetic and Operational Compatibility of Unlicensed Personal Communications Services (UPCS) Devices
Specific test procedures for verifying the compliance of unlicensed personal communications services (UPCS) devices (including wideband voice and data devices) are established including applicable regulatory requirements regarding radio-frequency emission levels and spectrum access procedures.
C63.18-2014
American National Standard Recommended Practice for an On-Site, Ad Hoc Test Method for Estimating Electromagnetic Immunity of Medical Devices to Radiated Radio-Frequency (RF) Emissions from RF Transmitters
A guide to evaluating electromagnetic immunity of medical devices against radiated radio-frequency (RF) emissions from common RF transmitters is provided in this recommended practice (e.g., two-way radios; walkie-talkies; mobile phones; wireless-enabled tablets, e-readers, laptop computers, and similar devices; RFID readers; networked mp3 players; two-way pagers; and wireless personal digital assistants [PDAs]). A comprehensive test or a guarantee is not provided by this protocol but, instead, a basic evaluation is given that can help identify medical devices that might be particularly vulnerable to interference from common RF transmitters. Existing or newly purchased medical devices can be evaluated by this ad hoc test protocol or the protocol can be implemented for prepurchase evaluation. This recommended practice applies to medical devices used in health-care facilities but can also be adapted to medical devices in home health-care or mobile health-care settings. It does not apply to implantable medical devices (e.g., pacemakers and defibrillators), transport environments such as ambulances and helicopters, or RF transmitters rated at more than 8 W of output power. Testing with transmitters greater than 8 W in health-care facilities is not recommended because of possible adverse effects on critical care medical devices that are in use in nearby areas of the facility. Finally, in-band RF interference where the fundamental frequency of an RF transmitter overlaps with frequencies used by a hospital wireless network or monitoring or other medical device wireless links is not addressed by this recommended practice.
C63.19-2019
American National Standard -- Methods of Measurement of Compatibility Between Wireless Communications Devices and Hearing Aids
Uniform methods of measurement for compatibility between hearing aids and wireless communications devices are set forth.
C63.2-2023
American National Standard for Specifications of Electromagnetic Interference and Field Strength Measuring Instrumentation in the Frequency Range 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Requirements for measuring instruments used for electromagnetic interference (EMI) measurements are provided, involving quasi-peak, peak, and average detection in the frequency range 9 kHz to 40 GHz.
C63.22-2004
American National Standard Guide for Automated Electromagnetic Interference Measurements
U.S. consensus guideline for automation of conducted and radiated EMI compliance measurements is provided in this guide. This document does not include mandatory specifications for automation tools (i.e., application software, automated test equipment, computers and peripherals). Where possible, the guidance provided herein is harmonized with other national and international standards used for similar purposes.
C63.23-2012
American National Standard Guide for Electromagnetic Compatibility–Computations and Treatment of Measurement Uncertainty
Methods for estimating measurement uncertainty of emissions measurement results are provided, for use in conjunction with the basic methods of ANSI C63.4. Included in this document are both Type A and Type B uncertainty evaluation methods.
C63.24-2021
American National Standard - Recommended Practice for In Situ RF Immunity Evaluation of Electronic Devices and Systems
This document provides recommended test methods for assuring the radio frequency (RF) immunity of electronic devices and systems that might experience susceptibility from general use transceivers or the RF ambient.
C63.25.1-2018
American National Standard Validation Methods for Radiated Emission Test Sites, 1 GHz to 18 GHz
This standard specifies methods for the validation of test sites used for radiated emission measurements in the frequency range of 1 GHz to 18 GHz.
C63.25.2-2024
American National Standard for Validation Methods for Radiated Emission Test Sites, 30 MHz to 1 GHz
ANSI/USEMCSC C63.25.2 is a stand-alone standard for site validation measurements of radiated emission test sites from 30 MHz to 1 GHz. The site validation techniques covered are the site comparison method and the delta normalized site attenuation method. In addition, the traditional normalized site attenuation method is retained for continuity. This standard incorporates Annex D of ANSI C63.4-2014 and ANSI C63.14a-2017 as well as necessary information from ANSI C63.5-2017 related strictly to site validation requirements (for example, antennas allowed to be used, geometry-specific correction factors for biconical dipoles used in normalized site attenuation measurements). This standard can be referenced by other ANSI/USEMCSC C63 standards where site validation requirements are necessary.
C63.26-2015
IEEE/ANSI Standard for Compliance Testing of Transmitters Used in Licensed Radio Services
This standard is intended to cover procedures for compliance testing of a wide variety of transmitters designed to operate in licensed radio services, including but not limited to: Commercial Mobile Radio Services, Public Mobile Services, Cellular Radiotelephone Service, Personal Communication Services, Miscellaneous Wireless Communication Services, Private Land Mobile Radio Services, and Personal Radio Services. Tests methods are provided for measurement of radiated and conducted emissions, RF power, out-of-band emissions, frequency stability, and other regulatory requirements for a variety of devices. This standard does not consider test methods for requirements specific to maritime and aviation transmitters, ground-based radars, satellite equipment, fixed microwave equipment, or broadcast transmitters. The latter equipment may be covered in future revisions of this standard.
C63.27-2021
American National Standard for Evaluation of Wireless Coexistence
An evaluation process and supporting test methods are provided in this standard to quantify the ability of a wireless device to coexist with other wireless services in its intended radio frequency environments.
C63.29-2022
American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Frequency Emissions from Lighting Devices
U.S. consensus standard methods, instrumentation, and facilities for measurement of radio-frequency (RF) signals and noise emitted from lighting equipment in the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are specified. Generic nor product-specific emission limits are not included in this standard. Where possible, the specifications herein are harmonized with other national and international standards used for similar purposes.
C63.30-2021
American National Standard for Methods of Measurements of Radio-Frequency Emissions from Wireless Power Transfer Equipment
U.S. consensus standard methods, instrumentation, and facilities for measurement of radio-frequency (RF) emissions and signals emitted from wireless power transfer equipment in the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are specified. This standard does not include generic nor product-specific emission limits. Where possible, the specifications herein are harmonized with other national and international standards used for similar purposes.
C63.4-2014
American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
ANSI C63.4, conducted emission testing, conducting ground plane, digital equipment, electric field measurement, line impedance stabilization network, low-voltage electrical equipment, low-voltage electronic equipment, magnetic field measurement, normalized site attenuation, radiated emission testing, radio-noise emissions, radio-noise power, site attenuation, unintentional radiators
C63.4a-2017
American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz Amendment 1: Test Site Validation
U.S. consensus standard methods are specified in Annex D of this amendment for validating standard test sites and alternative test sites used for measurement of radiated radio-frequency (RF) signals and noise emitted from electrical and electronic devices in the frequency range of 30 MHz to 1 GHz. In addition, various updates are made to equations in 4.5, Annex F, Annex G, and Annex N.
C63.5-2017
American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility--Radiated Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Control--Calibration and Qualification of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz)
Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements in electromagnetic interference (EMI) control from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, biconical and log-periodic dipole array hybrids, broadband horns, etc., that are used in measurements prescribed by ANSI C63.4 and ANSI C63.10. The antenna calibration methods include standard site method (i.e., three-antenna method), reference antenna method, equivalent capacitance substitution method, standard transmit loop method, standard antenna method, and standard field method.
C63.5-2017/Cor 1-2019
American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility--Radiated Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Control - Calibration and Qualification of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz) - Corrigendum 1
Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements in electromagnetic interference (EMI) control from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, biconical and log-periodic dipole array hybrids, broadband horns, etc., that are used in measurements prescribed by ANSI C63.4 and ANSI C63.10. The antenna calibration methods include standard site method (i.e., three-antenna method), reference antenna method, equivalent capacitance substitution method, standard transmit loop method, standard antenna method, and standard field method. The selection of attenuation in 5.1.1 e) is addressed in this corrigendum, such that a maximum VSWR of 2:1 is achieved.
C63.6-1996
American National Standard Guide for the Computation of Errors in Open-Area Test Site Measurements
The basis for the acceptability criterion of 4 dB for the site attenuation measurements required in ANSI C63.4-1992 is provided.
C63.7-2015
American National Standard Guide for Construction of Test Sites for Performing Radiated Emission Measurements
Information that is useful in constructing test sites used to perform radiated emission measurements in the frequency range of 30 MHz to 18 GHz is provided. Final validity of a test site can only be determined by performing normalized site attenuation and/or site voltage standing-wave ratio measurements as described in ANSI C63.4.
C63.9-2024
American National Standard for Laboratory Immunity Testing of Multimedia Equipment Exposed to RF Sources
This standard provides recommended test methods and limits for assuring the radio-frequency immunity of multimedia equipment to general use transmitters and other RF sources.
C93.5-1997
American National Standard Requirements for Single Function Power-Line Carrier Transmitter/Receiver Equipment
This standard applies to single function power-line carrier (PLC) transmitter/receiver equipment used to transfer information over power transmission circuits. This standard does not apply to transmitter/receiver equipment used over power distribution circuits for the purpose of load management or distribution automation.
CE MARKING TELECOMMUNICAT
CE Marking for Telecommunications: A Handbook to the Telecommunications
This publication provides clear insight into the requirements of the European Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive (TTE Directive) and its affect on the US exporter and manufacturer. The reader will gain insights into the certification process, approval procedure, CE Marking, trade factors, liability issues as well as numerous useful addresses for future reference as you follow the steps to ready your product for export. Plus, it explores the history, scope, and relation with other directives including Low Voltage and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the complete TTE directive.
Collection
2022 IEEE Power, Distribution & Regulating Transformers
This Single-User License indispensable collection of standards contains 95+ active IEEE Standards, Guides Recommended Practices and corrigendum, in PDF format and allows for easy full text searching on a single standards or all standards at the same time. A significant savings over single sales. For a complete list of contents, please visit https://standards.ieee.org/wp-content/uploads/import/documents/tocs/powerdistribution.pdf.
Collection
The IEEE Color Book® Series. Complete 13-Volumes in PDF Format
The IEEE Color Books: Complete Collection incorporates the 13 volumes that comprise the IEEE Color Books standards series: IEEE Std 141-1993 (R1999), IEEE Red Book / IEEE Std 142-2007, IEEE Green Book / IEEE Std 241-1990 (R1997), IEEE Gray Book / IEEE Std 242-2001, IEEE Buff Book / IEEE Std 399-1997, IEEE Brown Book / IEEE Std 446-1995 (R2000), IEEE Orange Book / IEEE Std 551-2006, IEEE Violet Book / IEEE Std 493-2007, IEEE Gold Book IEEE / Std 602-2007, IEEE White Book / IEEE Std 739-1995, IEEE Bronze Book / IEEE Std 902-1998, IEEE Yellow Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006/Cor1-2007, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1100-2005, IEEE Emerald Book. --- LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Please visit https://standards.ieee.org/products-programs/ieee-3000/ for updates to these historical volumes.
IEEE 3006HistoricalData-2012-2012
Historical Reliability Data for IEEE 3006 Standards: Power Systems Reliability
An IEEE sponsored survey of Electrical Equipment reliability in industrial plants was completed during 1972. The results are reported from this survey which included a total of 1982 equipment failures that were reported by 30 companies covering 68 plants in nine industries in the United States and Canada.
IEEE SA Industry Connections
IEEE 802 Nendica Report: Intelligent Lossless Data Center Networks
This paper is the result of a work item [19] within the IEEE 802 "Network Enhancements for the Next Decade" Industry Connections Activity known as Nendica. The paper extends a previous report, "IEEE 802 Nendica Report: The Lossless Network for Data Centers" [20] published on August 17, 2018. This update provides additional background on evolving use cases in modern data centers and proposes solutions to additional problems identified by this report.
IEEE SA White Paper
IEEE SA 3D Body Processing Industry Connections--Summary and Recommended Actions for Communications, Security, Privacy, and Trust (CSPT) [IEEE P3141]
3D scanning is a process that captures the three-dimensional attributes of an object and includes surface texture and spectral content. 3D scanners have become a critical tool for shortening product development and manufacturing time. The ongoing technological advancements in terms of portability, scanning range, and image quality have opened new application areas for 3D scanning. However, 3D scanning appears to be primarily dependent on users. Innovation in technology and application software, as well as growing and diverse connectivity, are leading 3D scanners to become a more integral element in the overall value chain. This notwithstanding, interoperability, data security and privacy, quality, portability, and trustworthiness are opportunities to be realized. The intent of this white paper is to highlight areas of opportunity for standard development organizations, specifically the IEEE P3141 Working Group, to focus on and further enable broad market use for the various sectors and users.
Industry Connections Report
IEEE IC Industry Consortium on Learning Engineering--Proceedings of the 2019 Conference on Learning Engineering
The 2019 ICICLE Conference on Learning Engineering was designed as a series of conversations about the emergence of Learning Engineering as a profession and new academic discipline. The proceedings represent the variety of views presented. It is a curation of papers, reflections, slide decks, demos, videos, and brainstorming.
ITS-BK1
Book 1–The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
ITS-BK2
Book 2–The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
ITS-BK3
Book 3–The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
ITS-BK4
Book 4–The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
ITS-BK5
Book 5–The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
ITS-BK6
Book 6–The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications
N317-1980
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Instrumentation Used for Inplant Plutonium Monitoring
Performance criteria are defined, and plutonium radiation is characterized. The specifications apply to plutonium handling and storage facilities, excluding reactors and irradiated fuel reprocessing facilities. This standard does not apply to the construction of specific instruments, nor does it specify instrumentation to be employed for each survey to be conducted, other than in generic terms. It does not define specifications for personnel dosimeters, effluent monitoring systems, or instruments needed in bioassay programs, nor does it define those requirements that may be needed to monitor emergency conditions.
N320-1979
American National Standard Performance Specifications for Reactor Emergency Radiological Monitoring Instrumentation
The essential performance parameters and general placement for monitoring the release of radionuclides associated with a postulated serious accident at a reactor facility are defined for various types of instrumentation. The predominant consideration in the assessment of radiation emergencies is the measurement of fission products made promptly enough to permit timely emergency decisions. This standard does not specify which of the instruments or systems are required, nor does it consider the number or specific locations of such instruments. This standard also does not address single failure criteria associated with nuclear safety instrumentation.
N322-1997
American National Standard Inspection,Test, Construction, and Performance Requirements for Direct Reading Electrostatic/Electroscope Type Dosimeters
Inspection, test, construction and performance requirements for direct reading electrostatic/electroscope type dosimeters designed to measure the personal dose equivalent or ambient exposure delivered by external sources of ionizing radiation (X-rays or gamma rays) are given. .
N323AB-2013
American National Standard for Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration, Portable Survey Instruments
Testing, calibration, and calibration frequency requirements for portable radiation detectors used to directly measure alpha, beta, photon, and neutron radiation are defined. Also defined are the calibration and testing requirements for alpha and beta-gamma measurements of surface contamination levels using portable radiation detectors. Portable radiation detectors may be battery or line powered.
N323C-2009
American National Standard Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration - Air Monitoring Instruments
This standard establishes test and calibration requirements for air monitoring instruments used for the detection and measurement of airborne radioactive substances.
N323D-2002
American National Standard for Installed Radiation Protection Instrumentation
Requirements for installed instruments that measure dose, dose rate, and equivalent dose or dose rate and for installed instruments that detect or measure radioactive contamination are established.
N42.12-1994
American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Thallium-Activated Sodium Iodide Detector Systems for Assay of Radionuclides
Methods for performance testing, calibration, and usage of NaI(Tl) detector systems for the measurement of gamma ray emission rates of radionuclides; the assay for radioactivity; and the determination of gamma ray energies and intensities are established. Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are covered.
N42.15-1997
American National Standard Check Sources for and Verification of Liquid-Scintillation Counting Systems
Tests and procedures to ensure that a liquid-scintillation counting system is producing reliable data are provided for designers and users. This standard does not cover the calculation of sample activity for quenched unknown samples, sample preparation, efficiency correlation (quench correction) procedures, or identification of unknown radionuclides.
N42.17A-2003
American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation-Portable Instrumentation for Use in Normal Environmental Conditions
This standard establishes the minimum performance criteria for health physics instrumentation for use in ionizing radiation fields. Testing methods are included to establish the acceptability of each type of instrumentation.
N42.17AC-2022
American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation-Portable Survey Instrumentation for Use in Normal and Extreme Environmental Conditions
The minimum performance criteria for portable radiation protection instrumentation are established in this standard for use in ionizing radiation fields under both normal and extreme environmental conditions, i.e., all environmental conditions. The testing methods verify that the performance criteria are met over the range of operating conditions for each type of instrumentation. This standard does not specify which instruments or systems are required, nor does it consider the number of specific applications of such instruments.
N42.17B-1989
American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation. Occupational Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring Instrumentation
ANSI N42.17B-1989, American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation-Occupational Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring Instrumentation, describes the minimum acceptable performance criteria for instrumentation used to monitor occupational exposure to airborne radioactive materials. Included in the standard are testing methods to establish the acceptability of each air monitor. Tests involve air sampling capability; power, electronic, and alarm capabilities; radiation and interfering responses; and environmental factors including temperature, humidity, and ambient pressure.
N42.17C-1989
American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation. Portable Instrumentation for Use in Extreme Environmental Conditions
ANSI N42.17C-1989 American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation Portable Instrumentation for Use in Extreme Environmental Conditions, describes the minimum acceptable performance criteria for health physics instrumentation for use under extreme environmental conditions for monitoring ionizing radiation fields. This standard supplements the basic performance specifications for portable health physics instrumentation presented in ANSI N42.17A-1989.
N42.18-1980
American National Standard Specification and Performance of On-Site Instrumentation for Continuously Monitoring Radioactivity in Effluents, American National Standard
Installed instrumentation for measuring the quantity or rate, or both, of release of radionuclides in the effluent streams, and to provide documentation useful for scientific and legal purposes, is covered. Recommendations for the selection of instrumentation are provided. This standard applies to continuous monitors that measure normal releases, detect inadvertent releases, show general trends, and enunciate radiation levels that have exceeded predetermined values.
N42.18-2004
American National Standard Specification and Performance of On-Site Instrumentation for Continuously Monitoring Radioactivity in Effluents
This standard provides recommendations for the selection of instrumentation specific to the continuous monitoring and quantification of radioactivity in effluents released to the environment. The effluent streams considered may contain radioactive gases, liquids, particulates, or dissolved solids singly or in combination. This standard specifies detection capabilities, physical and operating limits, reliability, and calibration requirements and sets forth minimum performance requirements for effluent monitoring instrumentation. Unless otherwise specified, the criteria herein refer to the total system. This standard applies only to monitoring during routine operation that includes abnormal releases. Emergency situations, where additional performance capability will be required, are a matter of separate consideration.
N42.20-2003
American Standard Performance Criteria for Active Personnel Radiation Monitors
Performance and design criteria are provided in this standard for monitors that are worn on the trunk of the body to measure the personal dose equivalent, or the dose equivalent rate from external sources, of ionizing radiation. This is a revision of ANSI N42.20-1995
N42.25-1997
American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Alpha/Beta Proportional Counters
This standard establishes methods for the calibration and use of gas proportional counters with and without active guard detectors. This standard also establishes methods for measuring the alpha and beta counting plateau, crosstalk factors, background, alpha and beta efficiency from prepared standards, correction factors for samples whose self-attenuation or mass differs from that of the standard, and calculation of the sample activities together with their random and total uncertainties. Correction for pulse pileup due to high count rate is also discussed. Although many principles articulated in this standard apply to the counting of radionuclides emitting a maximum beta energy below 100 keV as well, the counting of these low-energy beta emitters requires a higher degree of attention to detail in sample preparation, instrument calibration, and measurement correction factors than addressed in this standard. Therefore, this standard is intended for measuring radionuclides with maximum beta energies above 100 keV.
N42.26-1996
Radiation Protection Instrumentation--Monitoring Equipment--Personal Warning Devices for X and Gamma Radiations
N42.27-1999
American National Standard for Determination of Uniformity of Solid Gamma-Emitting Flood Sources
Minimum informational requirements for a Test and Measurement Report for flood sources used with scintillation cameras are provided. It is not intended to specify the means by which such information is obtained although it does place requirements and limitations on the methodology. In addition, it is not intended to cover the use of the source in the determination of the operating characteristics or correction factors for a scintillation camera.
N42.28-2002
American National Standard Calibration of Germanium Detectors for In-Situ Gamma-Ray Measurements
The need for accurately measuring radioactivity in-situ for a variety of detector characterization techniques requires that performance criteria for efficiency calibration be developed, and such a calibration technique is described in this standard.
N42.30-2002
American National Standard for Performance Specification for Tritium Monitors
The performance requirements for tritium monitors used for monitoring airborne tritium radioactivity are provided in this standard. It also provides test methods for establishing a monitors performance characteristics.
N42.31-2003
American National Standard for Measurement Procedures for Resolution and Efficiency of Wide-Bandgap Semiconductor Detectors of Ionizing Radiation
Standard measurement and test procedures are established for wide-bandgap semiconductor detectors such as cadmium telluride (CdTe), cadmium-zinc-telluride (CdZnTe), and mercuric iodide (HgI2) that can be used at room temperature for the detection and quantitative characterization of gamma-rays, X-rays, and charged particles. Standard terminology and descriptions of the principal features of the detectors are included. Included in this standard is an annex on interfering electromagnetic noise, which is a factor in such measurements.
N42.32-2016
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Alarming Personal Radiation Detectors for Homeland Security
Minimum performance specifications and testing methods for the evaluation of alarming personal radiation detectors, also known as PRDs, are contained in this standard. These detectors are pocket-sized and carried on the body. These instruments are primarily designed for the detection and location of radioactive materials emitting gamma rays, and possibly neutrons, and not intended to function as electronic dosimeters. The specifications for general, radiological, environmental, electromagnetic, and mechanical performance are given, and the corresponding testing methods are described. The documentation to be provided by the manufacturer is listed as part of the requirements. A number of informative annexes that provide useful information and guidance in implementing this standard are also contained in this standard.
N42.32a-2022
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Alarming Personal Radiation Detectors for Homeland Security Amendment 1
The requirement for 6.6.1, listed in Table 2 (Clause 6) and the test method for 6.6.2 of ANSI N42.32-2016, are no longer applicable. Requirements and test methods in this amendment supersede those in 6.6.1 and 6.6.2.
N42.33-2019
American National Standard Portable Exposure Rate Meters for Homeland Security
This standard describes design criteria, performance requirements, and performance tests for portable exposure rate meters.
N42.34-2021
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Handheld Instruments for the Detection and Identification of Radionuclides
Performance specifications and testing methods for the evaluation of handheld instruments (also known as radionuclide identification devices or RIDs) used for the detection and identification of radionuclides, which emit gamma rays and, in some cases, neutrons, are contained in this standard. The specifications for general, radiological, environmental, electromagnetic, and mechanical performances are given and the corresponding testing methods are described. The documentation to be provided by the manufacturer is listed as part of the requirements. Informative annexes that provide guidance for the implementation of this standard are also included.
N42.34a-2020
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Handheld Instruments for the Detection and Identification of Radionuclides - Amendment 1
Performance specifications and testing methods for the evaluation of handheld instruments (also known as radionuclide identification devices or RIDs) used for the detection and identification of radionuclides, which emit gamma rays and, in some cases, neutrons, are contained in this standard. The specifications for general, radiological, environmental, electromagnetic and mechanical performances are given and the corresponding testing methods are described. The documentation to be provided by the manufacturer is listed as part of the requirements. Normative and informative annexes that provide guidance for the implementation of this standard are also included.
N42.35-2016
American National Standard for Evaluation and Performance of Radiation Detection Portal Monitors for Use in Homeland Security
Minimum performance specifications and testing methods for the evaluation of radiation portal monitors, also known as RPMs, are contained in this standard. These monitors are large-size permanently mounted-type instruments. These instruments are primarily designed for the detection of radioactive materials emitting gamma rays and neutrons. The specifications for general, radiological, environmental, electromagnetic and mechanical performance are given and the corresponding testing methods are described. The documentation to be provided by the manufacturer is listed as part of the requirements. A number of informative annexes that provide useful information and guidance in implementing this standard are also contained in this standard.
N42.37-2016
American National Standard Training for the Radiological/Nuclear Detection Mission
Training requirements for the radiological/nuclear detection mission are described.
N42.41-2007
American National Standard Minimum Performance Criteria for Active Interrogation Systems Used for Homeland Security
The performance criteria for active interrogation systems in Homeland Security applications are describe in this standard. These systems are intended for non-intrusive inspection of closed containers, vehicles, and packages of a wide range of types and sizes. In these systems, the contents of an inspection zone are irradiated with penetrating ionizing radiation to determine the presence of a hidden substance of interest by the analysis of stimulated secondary radiations or nuclear resonance absorption spectra that are indicative of the chemical and/or nuclidic composition of the substance of interest. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/browse/standards/get-program/page for details.
N42.41-2021
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Active Interrogation Systems Used for Homeland Security
The minimum performance criteria for active interrogation systems in homeland security applications are described in this standard. These systems are intended for non-intrusive inspection of closed containers, vehicles, and packages of a wide range of types and sizes. In these systems, the contents of an inspection zone are irradiated with penetrating ionizing radiation to determine the presence of a hidden substance-of-interest by the analysis of stimulated secondary radiations or absorption spectra that are indicative of the elemental and/or isotopic composition of the substances-of-interest (special nuclear material, explosives, chemical warfare agents).
N42.42-2020
American National Standard Data Format for Radiation Detectors Used for Homeland Security
The data format to be used for both required and optional data to be made available by radiation measurement instruments for homeland security applications is specified. The performance for these types of instruments is described in other standards, such as ANSI N42.32, ANSI N42.33, ANSI N42.34, ANSI N42.35, ANSI N42.38, ANSI N42.43, ANSI N42.48, ANSI N42.49A, and ANSI N42.53.
N42.44-2008
American National Standard for the Performance of Checkpoint Cabinet X-Ray Imaging Security Systems
Standards for the technical performance of cabinet x-ray imaging systems used for screening at security checkpoints and other inspection venues are established by this document.
N42.45-2021
American National Standard for Evaluating the Image Quality of X-ray Computed Tomography (CT) Security-Screening Systems
Standard test methods for the evaluation of image quality of computed tomography security-screening systems are established in this document. The quality of data for automated analysis is the primary concern. The system's ability to use this image data to automatically detect explosives or other threat materials, which is typically verified by an appropriate regulatory body, is not addressed in this standard.
N42.46-2008
American National Standard for Determination of the Imaging Performance of X-Ray and Gamma-Ray Systems for Cargo and Vehicle Security Screening
This standard is intended to be used to determine the imaging performance of x-ray and gamma-ray systems utilized to inspect loaded or empty vehicles, including personal and commercial vehicles of any type; marine and air cargo containers of any size; railroad cars; and palletized or unpalletized cargo larger than 1 meter by 1 meter in cross-section.
N42.47-2010
American National Standard for Measuring the Imaging Performance of X-ray and Gamma-ray Systems for Security Screening of Humans
This standard applies to security screening systems that utilize x-ray or gamma radiation and are used to inspect people who are not inside vehicles, containers, or enclosures. Specifically, this standard applies to systems used to detect objects carried on or within the body of the individual being exposed. The purpose of this standard is to provide standard methods of measuring and reporting imaging quality characteristics and establish minimum acceptable performance requirements.
N42.48-2018
American National Standard Performance Requirements for Spectroscopic Personal Radiation Detectors (SPRDs) for Homeland Security
Design and performance requirements, along with testing methods, for evaluating radiation detection instruments that are pocket-sized and worn on the body for the purpose of rapid detection and identification of radioactive materials are described in this standard.
N42.49A-2011
American National Standard for Performance Criteria for Alarming Electronic Personal Emergency Radiation Detectors (PERDs) for Exposure Control
This standard establishes minimum performance criteria and test requirements for four categories of alarming electronic radiation detectors used to manage exposure by alerting the emergency responders when they are exposed to photon radiation. The instruments provide rapid and clear indication of the level of radiation exposure and/or exposure rate and readily recognizable alarms. The alarms are both audible and visual, and distinguishable between exposure rate and exposure.
N42.49B-2013
American National Standard for Performance Criteria for Non-alarming Personal Emergency Radiation Detectors (PERDs) for Exposure Control
The purpose of this standard is to specify technical performance requirements and performance testing requirements for those purchasing and using non-alarming Personal Emergency Radiation Detectors "PERDs" for Homeland Security and other radiological emergency applications.
N42.50-2022
American National Standard Performance Specifications for Instrumentation Systems Designed for Measuring Radon Progeny in Air
Minimum performance requirements and performance testing requirements are specified in this standard for instruments designed to measure radon progeny in air. Inasmuch as the health effects of exposure to radon progeny, and hence regulatory control, are quantified relative to the ultimate dose delivered by the complete decay of all the radon progeny in the monitored air, the principle measurand of interest is therefore the potential alpha energy concentration, expressed in units of either working level (WL) or joules m-3 given that primary measurements characterize activity. The needs of users, manufacturers, and regulators concerned with radon progeny measurements are addressed in this standard.
N42.53-2021
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Backpack-Based Radiation-Detection Systems Used for Homeland Security
The operational and performance requirements for backpack-based radiation-detection systems (BRDs) used in homeland security applications are specified in this standard. BRDs are typically worn by the user during operations to detect and possibly identify radiological and nuclear material.
N42.54-2018
American National Standard Instrumentation and Systems for Monitoring Airborne Radioactivity
The complexity associated with quantitative assay and monitoring of aerosols and gasses can be substantial. This standard covers system design, manufacture, performance, testing, calibration, and maintenance requirements for noble gases, aerosols (including transuranics), tritium, and radioiodides.
N42.55-2013
American National Standard for the Performance of Portable Transmission X-Ray Systems for Use in Improvised Explosive Device and Hazardous Device Identification
The purpose of this standard is to establish requirements and methods of test for portable transmission x-ray systems for use in improvised explosive device and hazardous device disarming and render safe operations. These systems include those that provide still and/or video images. This standard does not apply to cabinet x-ray systems, such as those used for security screening, and backscatter x-ray systems.
N42.60-2019
IEEE/ANSI American National Standard Training for Radiological/Nuclear Detection for Initial Response
The training requirements for radiological/nuclear detection for Initial Response are covered in this standard.
N449.1-1978
American National Standard Procedures for Periodic Inspection of Cobalt-60 and Cesium-137 Teletherapy Equipment
Procedures for the inspection of cobalt-60 and cesium-137 Teletherapy equipment are suggested. Their purpose is to enable users to identify and quantify malfunctions or maladjustments of the safety and radiation-defining components. Methods and equipment are listed for each procedure.
NESC App - Android
IEEE NESC 2023 App Android (Subscription)
This new version of the IEEE NESC® 2023 App Android, is based on the National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) 2023 Edition. This new version of the App will be based on a one-year subscription. This application provides easy access to the Code via your mobile device or tablet. A great reference source for those in the field, the NESC 2023 App includes all of the content of the printed Code with enhanced features, including: *Solve all NESC equations step-by-step thru a practical interface *Easy access to all Parts including Front Matter of the NESC *All referenced diagrams, charts and drawings *Instant access to formulas, equations and calculations with context *Ability to quickly look up terms using the Dictionary feature *Access to multimedia (videos) related to the NESC *Access to previous formal interpretations in PDF format
NESC App - IOS
IEEE NESC 2023 App IOS (Subscription)
This new version of the IEEE NESC® 2023 App IOS, is based on the National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) 2023 Edition. This new version of the App will be based on a one-year subscription. This application provides easy access to the Code via your mobile device or tablet. A great reference source for those in the field, the NESC 2023 App includes all of the content of the printed Code with enhanced features, including: *Solve all NESC equations step-by-step thru a practical interface *Easy access to all Parts including Front Matter of the NESC *All referenced diagrams, charts and drawings *Instant access to formulas, equations and calculations with context *Ability to quickly look up terms using the Dictionary feature *Access to multimedia (videos) related to the NESC *Access to previous formal interpretations in PDF format
NESC App - Subscription
NESC 2023 Institutional Mobile App
The App is a valuable tool for engineers and managers in the field, and provides for institutionally and company-subscribed users of the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC®) several enhanced features, including-Easy access to all Parts and front matter of the Code-All referenced diagrams, charts, and drawings-Instant access to formulas, equations, and calculations with context-Ability to quickly look up terms using an extensive Dictionary-Access to media related to the NESC
NESC App - Testing-2023
Testing for 2023 NESC Apps
For testing 2023 NESC apps
NESC Code and Handbook
2023 National Electrical Safety Code(R) and Handbook Set
The 2023 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)(R) consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, lists of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4, which cover practical safeguarding of persons during the installation, operation, or maintenance of electric supply stations, overhead supply and communications lines, and underground or buried supply and communication cables. The 2023 NESC(R) Handbook is an essential companion to the Code, and it includes text directly from the Code, which provides users an easy reference back to the Code, ruling-by-ruling. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development, and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has developed the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 100 years, allowing users to understand how questions may have been dealt with in the past.
NESC Handbook
2023 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC(R)) Handbook
The 2023 NESC(R) Handbook is an essential companion to the Code. This Handbook includes text directly from the Code, which provides users an easy reference back to the Code, ruling-by-ruling. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development, and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has developed the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 100 years. This allows users to understand how questions may have been dealt with in the past.
NESC HBK
Electrical Safety Manual for Power and Communications Industries [Adapted from the 2017 IEEE NESC(R) Handbook Premier Edition] - Chinese Edition
This handbook, in its Chinese version, is essential for Chinese speaking communities and assist in areas that need well-defined regulations related to electrical safety for power, energy transmission and distribution, and communications industries. Important to power and energy engineers, as well as to communications providers, such as internet, phone et al. The handbook includes text directly from the NESC 2017 edition, which provides users an easy reference back to the code, ruling-by-ruling, all in Chinese; plus, subject matter expert commentary also in Chinese. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has developed the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 100 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have dealt with in the past.
NESC HBK-2018
NESC Handbook, Premier Edition - Spanish version. A Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code(R) plus COMENTARIOS EN ESPAÑOL
The 2017 NESC® Handbook, Premier Edition - Spanish version, is essential in Spanish speaking markets and assist in areas that need well-defined regulations related to electrical safety for power, energy transmission and distribution, and communications industries. Important to power and energy engineers, as well as to communications providers, such as internet, phone et al. The handbook includes text directly from Code in English which provides users an easy reference back to the code, ruling-by-ruling. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has developed the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 100 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in the past. The Premier Edition includes: These are key points from the 2017 Handbook Edition: (a) Revising the purpose rule to include only the safeguarding of persons and utility facilities and clarifying the application rules. (b) Deleting unused definitions and adding definitions for communication and supply space. (c) Revising the substation impenetrable fence requirements. (d) Adding an exception to exempt underground cable grounding requirements from the grounds in each mile rule under certain conditions. (e) Revising and reorganizing the guy insulator placement rules along with eliminating the voltage transfer requirements associated with them. (f) Requiring a 40" vertical clearance from communication cables in the communication space if a luminaire is not effectively grounded. (g) Deleting the conductance requirement for underground insulating jacketed grounded neutral supply cables and revising the grounding and bonding rules for supply and communication cables in random separation installations. (h) Revising and reorganizing the Grades of Construction Table 242-1 that will now include service drops. (i) Revising the strength rules to require that all conductors be considered for damage due to Aeolian vibration. (j) Revising the rules in Part 4 to align with changes made to 29 CFR by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
NFPA 72
National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code (2016)
New NFPA 72 facilitates interconnections using networks. A special task group on networks addressed the risk analysis, design, application, installation, and performance of networks and networking equipment in fire alarm systems, fire EVACS, and MNS. As a result of their findings, NFPA 72 includes a new circuit designation called Class N pathways permitting the use of networks and Ethernet when interconnecting a fire alarm system. Other changes help you avoid the loss of critical coverage and ensure system interfaces function correctly, such as: -- Significant revisions in Chapter 21, Emergency Control Function Interfaces and Chapter 24, Emergency Communications Systems -- Revisions to Level 2 and Level 3 pathway survivability requirements revised to provide greater flexibility of use and to address other "fire-resistive" methods - A new Annex on Guidelines for Emergency Communication Strategies for Buildings and Campuses Plus hundreds of other revisions make the 2016 NFPA 72 indispensable.
NFPA 72
National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code Handbook (2016)
Updates from cover to cover and a new design give you the edge in compliance. Only the 2016 NFPA 72 Handbook has it all: -The full text of the 2016 edition of NFPA 72 provides the latest requirements for the application, installation, location, performance, and inspection, testing, and maintenance of fire alarm and mass notification systems and components. -Authoritative commentary written by experts gives you an insider perspective on NFPA 72 Get additional information about the Code's first-time coverage of Class N circuits along with other major changes. -"Closer Look" features provide in-depth, detailed explanations. -Charts, tables, color photos, and other graphics clarify concepts. -Code Update icons indicate where a significant change in the Code has occurred. -System Design Tips help architects and engineers avoid common errors in application that can result in costly delays or charge backs. -Updated FAQs answer questions from the field. -Code excerpts from other standards are highlighted in the commentary. -All-new supplement Class N Circuits - Using Networks for Fire Alarm and Mass Notification Systems helps you work with the Class N circuits in revised Chapters 12, 21, 23 and 24. -Supplements address performance-based design, voice intelligibility for voice/alarm systems, and -- for the first time -- an overview of technical changes from 2013 to the 2016 editions of NFPA 72.
NFPA 72
National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code and Handbook Set 2016 Edition
This set consist of, NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, and NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm and Signaling Handbook 2016 Edition
Nuclear EQ Sourcebook:
A compilation of Documents for Nuclear Equipment Qualification and Supplement
Re-launching one of the most valuable tools for Nuclear design engineers. To ensure that original equipment design is preserved and full regulatory compliance is met, it's vital that you implement the correct set of NRC regulations and guides and industry standards. In short, to do your job efficiently and effectively, you need easy and immediate access to the most complete information on nuclear equipment qualification. This set contains the most complete information on nuclear equipment qualification, including NRC bulletins and notices, federal rules and IEEE EQ standards and recommended practices.
Research Document-2017
The State of Blockchain Adoption on the Pharmaceutical Supply Chain
The State of Blockchain on the Pharmacuetical Supply Chain is a one-of-a-kind study that directly speaks to qualified executives representing pharmaceutical supply chain trade partners - manufacturers, wholesalers and dispensaries (retail pharmacies and hospitals) - about their perceived barriers to adoption of the blockchain technology. The study goes beyond the hype and goes direct to the source of pharmaceutical supply chain executives who are knowledgeable about blockchain and are in the process of considering adoption. The study provides an independent perspective on the current state of blockchain adoption getting understanding of perceived benefits and barriers from three different critical players on the chain, the best blockchain application for their needs and where blockchain could deliver the greatest benefit: compliance vs security vs revenue generation. The study provides an eye-opening view to the US pharmaceutical supply chain's market on future steps to advance blockchain adoption. 300 qualified respondents completed the study with a balanced representation of manufacturers (31%), wholesalers (34%), and dispensaries (35%).
SFPE
Engineering Guide: Assessing Flame Radiation to External Targets from Pool Fires
This engineering guide provides methods for assessing the impact of radiation from pool fire sources to potential targets. The goal of this guide is to provide methods for calculating safe separation distances between fire sources and potential targets that would be damaged or adversely affected by radiation from the fire. The methods in this engineering guide include a range of levels of detail and rigor. Some methods are most appropriate for very crude initial hazard assessments while the more detailed methods are capable of better predictions, through with more engineering effort required. Where source-to-target separations already exist and a simple method demonstrates that the separation is far more than required for safety, it may not be necessary to perform a more rigorous analysis. In other more critical applications, the highest accuracy methods available are required. The methods included in this engineering guide have been studied by the SFPE Task Group on Engineering Practices and have been assessed for applicability and accuracy. The methods are described fully, the assumptions inherent in the methods are identified, limits of applicability are assessed, and available input data and data sources are identified. The accuracy of the methods is examined through comparisons of the methods with available experimental data.
SFPE
Engineering Guide: Evaluation of the Computer Model DETACT-QS
This guide is an evaluation of the computer model DETACT-QS, a model for predicting the response time of ceiling-mounted heat detectors/sprinklers and smoke detectors, installed under large unobstructed ceilings, for fires with user-defined, time-dependent heat release rate curves. The evaluation document is intended to supplement the model's documentation by demonstrating its capabilities and limitations and by highlighting underlying assumptions that are important for users to consider when applying the model. The evaluation is based in part on a comparison of model and test results for several geometries that might be similar to those found in the field. An extensive set of references and background on the technical basis of the model are provided.
SFPE
Engineering Guide: Piloted Ignition of Solid Materials Under Radiant Exposure
This engineering guide provides methods for predicting piloted ignition of solid materials from thermal radiation. It is intended to be used in conjunction with the Engineering Guide: Assessing Flame Radiation to External Targets from Pool Fires or other methods capable of predicting thermal radiation. The guide reviews the concept of minimum ignition level and reviews five methods to calculate the time to ignition under constant radiative heat flux. This guide includes sample results for each method and an appendix of relevant material properties.
SFPE
Engineering Guide: Predicting 1st and 2nd Degree Skin Burns from Thermal Radiation
This engineering guide provides methods for predicting thermal injury to humans from thermal radiation. It is intended to be used in conjunction with the SFPE Engineering Guide: Assessing Flame radiation to External Targets from Pool Fires or other methods capable of predicting thermal radiation. The human body cannot tolerate elevated temperatures for any long duration. Pain and damage to the skin, i.e., skin burns, begin to occur when the temperature at the basal layer exceeds 44 degrees Celsius. The amount of damage is a function of both the skin temperature and duration of time for which the temperature is elevated above 44 degrees Celsius. Previous studies on the effects of thermal radiation on the skin have led to empirical models, graphical techniques, and simple algorithms to predict the temperature -- time histories of the skin and the degree of damage due to a constant radiative exposure. All methods discussed in this engineering guide are limited to predicting only first- and superficial second-degree burns. For more severe burns, engineering guidance is not currently possible because of the lack of reliable data. Although this guide provides guidance on calculating the onset of pain from empirical studies, it does not include any prediction of human response to pain as it relates to fire safety decisions.
SFPE
Engineering Guide: Predicting Room of Origin Fire Hazards
This SFPE engineering guide provides a methodology to define and quantify the fire development and ensuing conditions within the room of fire origin from the fire's incipient stage through its full development. The approach presented in this guide was developed using the framework set forth in the SFPE Engineering Guide to Performance-Based Fire Protection. It consists of three distinct parts: 1. Approach selection 2. Input definition and data collection 3. Results computation Specifically this guide was developed for use as a means to implement the requirements presented in Chapter 10 of the SFPE Engineering Guide to Performance-Based Fire Protection. However, the material within this guide has broader applicability and is therefore not limited to performance-based design applications. The room of origin is the volumetric space that encompasses the primary development of the source fire. The room of origin interacts with the source fire and the flow of combustion products and hear via the boundaries and the openings. This guide presents an approach for the selection of different analytical methods of varying complexity to quantify room of origin fire conditions and identifies useful source documentation available to fire protection engineers for consideration when conducting fire hazards analyses.
SFPE
Engineering Standard on Calculation Methods to Predict Thermal Performance for Structural and Fire Resistive Assemblies
The design of structural fire resistance requires three major steps: (1) determination of the thermal exposure to a structure resulting from a fire (2) determination of the temperature history within the structure, or portion thereof, and (3) determination of the structural response. This standard is limited to the second step in this process. The standard provides requirements for the development and use of methods to predict the thermal response of structures using listed fire resistive assemblies to time dependent thermal boundary conditions imposed by fires. It provides requirements for calculation methods that provide time dependent temperature field information resulting from fire exposures required for engineered structural fire design (including structural systems and fire barriers). The Annex provides precisely calculated reference temperatures from 16 verification cases that represent a variety of problems that are relevant in fire safety engineering.
SFPE
Engineering Guide: Guidelines for Substantiating a Fire Model for a Given Application
Modeling and simulation have long been used in engineering. Modeling for safety analysis and safety system design has become common in many disciplines. While fire models have existed since the early 1980s, they have only recently become regular tools across a range of fire protection applications. Models have a variety of purposes in fire protection. Common applications include evaluating performance-based designs; supporting the development of fire hazards or risk analysis; illustrating principles of fire behavior and fire protection for training or education; testing hypotherses in forensic analyses; and supporting fire research, both as a primary research tool and in experimental design. Several classes of fire models are available. They range form simple algebraic correlations that can be solved with a calculator, to zone models or lumped-parameter models that represent a space as a small number of elements, to computational fluid dynamics or field models that approximate a space as a large number of discrete volumes. For a given application, there may be one, multiple, or no fire models available. The intent of this guide is to provide a framework for determining and documenting the suitability of a particular fire model for use in a specific fire protection application.
SIN
Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks - Enabling Wireless sensors with IEEE 802.15
SIN IEEE 1512 Impl. Guide
SIN Guide for Implementing IEEE 1512 Using a Systems Engineering Process. PDF
SIN Wireless Lan Qlty of Serv.
SIN Wireless LAN Quality of Service Book
Smart Grid Research: Communications
IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond
The IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond provides a vision of the communications-related aspects of the Smart Grid in the year 2030, and lays out the technology roadmap that will lead us to the vision. This document starts with some basic knowledge of the power grid and follows up with fundamental building blocks for the communication infrastructure that will accompany the Smart Grid. Subsequently, network architectures, including overlays, are discussed at length. Also discussed, are important issues such as standards, regulations, security, and disruptive technologies. The last part of this document discusses emerging technologies such as the solid state transformer, wireless beamed power, and quantum key distribution. Throughout the document, a careful distinction is made between communications capabilities and the specific technologies that are required to support those capabilities. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Communications
IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap
This IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap is a high-level supplement of the full vision document IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond. Communication is a major enabling technology for the Smart Grid. We believe that the power grid will tend to utilize advances in communications since the data exchange requirements will scale up for the Smart Grid. Smart Grid communication will help to improve demand forecasting, enable self-healing from power disturbance events, facilitate active participation by consumers in demand-response mechanisms, and provide resilience against physical and cyber attacks. Smart Grid communication will also help to improve quality of power, allow easy integration of renewable energy sources into the grid, foster innovation to enable new products, services, and markets, assist in optimization of assets, and improve operating efficiency. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Communications
IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond Reference Model
IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond Reference Model, directly overlays events in the power grid with communication performance on the same spacetime model, it ensures a perspective that verifies that any of the myriad of communication technologies chosen will provide the required support for the Smart Grid. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Communications
IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond, Reference Model and Roadmap (Bundle)
This Communications bundle includes, "IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond", "IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap", and the "IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications: 2030 and Beyond Reference Model". The IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Communications bundle discusses topics such as a vision of the communications-related aspects of the Smart Grid in the year 2030, and also lays out the technology roadmap that will lead us to the vision. This document starts with some basic knowledge of the power grid and follows up with fundamental building blocks for the communication infrastructure that will accompany the Smart Grid. Subsequently, network architectures, including overlays, are discussed at length. Also discussed, are important issues such as standards, regulations, security, and disruptive technologies. The last part of this document discusses emerging technologies such as the solid state transformer, wireless beamed power, and quantum key distribution. Throughout the document, a careful distinction is made between communications capabilities and the specific technologies that are required to support those capabilities. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Computing
IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond
The scope of this document is focused on computing technologies and the role they will play in the future electric grid. The computing technologies identified by the Computer Society Smart Grid Vision Project (CS-SGVP) team span many computing disciplines and do not necessarily represent all technologies that will shape the Smart Grid. Various projections of how Smart Grid concepts will influence power systems were considered. These projections span bulk transmission systems to isolated islands of local generation, as well as different demand side participation concepts. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Computing
IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap
IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond provides the results of the IEEE Computer Society Smart Grid Vision Project (CS-SGVP), chartered to develop Smart Grid visions looking forward as far as 30 years into the future. The purpose of these visions is to stimulate investments in computing (technology research and development, standards, and education) that will enable realization of Smart Grid goals. This document, IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap, provides a time-phased evolution of Smart Grid characteristics and computing technologies described in the computing vision report across near-term (0-5 years), mid-term (6-15 years), and long-term (15+ years) periods. (For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch)
Smart Grid Research: Computing
IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond Reference Model
This document, IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond Reference Model introduces the concepts and structure of the more detailed IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond and IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap that together provide Smart Grid architectural concepts, functional concepts, and technological concepts that describe the time-phased role of computing that enable Smart Grid functions. The content and examples in this reference model ultimately provide energy systems professionals and computing technologists assistance in the use of the Vision documents, facilitating investment decisions, and fostering advancements in the Smart Grid. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Computing
IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond, Reference Model and Roadmap (Bundle)
The scope of these documents are focused on computing technologies and the role they will play in the future electric grid. The computing technologies identified by the Computer Society Smart Grid Vision Project (CS-SGVP) team span many computing disciplines and do not necessarily represent all technologies that will shape the Smart Grid. Various projections of how Smart Grid concepts will influence power systems were considered. These projections span bulk transmission systems to isolated islands of local generation, as well as different demand side participation concepts. This bundle consists of: IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond, IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap, and IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Computing: 2030 and Beyond Reference Model. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Connected Homes
Impact of Smart Grid on Connected Homes Landmark Research Study
In 2012, CABA conducted the Impact of Smart Grid on Connected Homes Landmark Research study with the objective of greatly improving the understanding of residential Smart Grid development and deployment in terms of: identifying market demand and growth areas for new products; comparing competing product strategies and communication of competitors; determining product preferences for end-users; developing messaging that resonates with the target audience; defining critical success factors to expand product offerings to end-user markets; and establishing a market approach and foundation for strategic decision-making efforts.
Smart Grid Research: Connected Homes
Impact of Smart Grid on Connected Homes Landmark Research Study - Subscription
In 2012, CABA conducted the Impact of Smart Grid on Connected Homes Landmark Research study with the objective of greatly improving the understanding of residential Smart Grid development and deployment in terms of: identifying market demand and growth areas for new products; comparing competing product strategies and communication of competitors; determining product preferences for end-users; developing messaging that resonates with the target audience; defining critical success factors to expand product offerings to end-user markets; and establishing a market approach and foundation for strategic decision-making efforts.
Smart Grid Research: Consumer Socialization
IEEE Global Consumer Socialization of Smart Grid
One of the primary goals of smart grid is to provide its consumers control over their energy consumption, with the help of real-time information, which in turn benefits both consumers and utilities in managing electricity. This report details the challenges faced by utilities, government bodies and industry bodies in understanding the consumer behavior and educating them on smart grid. It also suggests action items that can be undertaken in order to create large-scale awareness and understanding among consumers. The report highlights the role of a consumer in successful smart grid deployment. It segregates consumers into various strata on the basis of attributes such as their requirements and priorities, smart grid technologies and services from which they will benefit most, and the methods of engaging with them. It also details out the key challenges faced by consumers in adopting smart grid services. These challenges have become a formidable roadblock in the smooth implementation of smart grids. The report also throws light on various expectations that consumers have from smart grids and suggests key socialization channels for mitigating concerns and delivering value to consumers. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Learn More About Smart Grid Research: Consumer Socialization
Smart Grid Research: Control Systems
IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Controls: 2030 and Beyond Reference Model
The Smart Grid is a system of distributed systems whose domains span the more traditional domains of bulk generation, transmission, distribution, consumers, markets, and power electronics, with the growing penetration of relatively newer domains such as renewables, electric vehicles, and demand-response-compatible loads. Smart Grid control enables prescriptions for interconnections and interactions among these traditional and emerging domains at the right instants, at the right locations, and in the right manner (Figure 1). The combined expertise of control engineers and scientists will ensure that appropriate loops are closed, optimal set points and supervisory commands are generated, and desired goals of resiliency, renewables integration, reliability, security, and empowerment of consumers are met [i.e., to realize a Smart Grid vision (Figure 2)]. Starting with the planning stages of markets, and following the path of the electron all the way from generation to the end user–and increasingly in reverse as well–several problems with achieving the desired set criteria and objectives have to be solved in an automated and optimized manner. The Smart Grid will be a holistically and pervasively closed-loop system; control will be central in the grid landscape (Figure 3). The underlying physics, the interconnection topologies, and the dynamic interactions among various domains will inform control algorithms and architectures (Figure 4). The challenge is to identify the most dominant features of these physics, interconnections, and interactions (e.g., control-oriented models), as well as to determine the most efficient, effective, and resilient control solutions. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Control Systems
IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Controls: 2030 and Beyond, Reference Model and Roadmap (Bundle)
This IEEE bundle consists of IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Controls: 2030 and Beyond, IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Control: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap, and IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Controls: 2030 and Beyond Reference Model. IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Controls: 2030 and Beyond highlights the role of control systems in the evolution of the Smart Grid. It includes an overview of research investigations that are needed for renewable integration, reliability, self-healing, energy efficiency, and resilience to physical and cyber attacks. The roadmap's parent document, IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Controls: 2030 and Beyond, discusses many topics that outline the evolution of the Smart Grid and the opportunities and challenges that it presents for control, ranging from generators to consumers, from planning to real-time operation, from current practice to scenarios in 2050 in the grid and all of its subsystems.
Smart Grid Research: Control Systems
IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Controls: 2030 and Beyond
This document highlights the role of control systems in the evolution of the Smart Grid. It includes an overview of research investigations that are needed for renewable integration, reliability, self-healing, energy efficiency, and resilience to physical and cyber attacks. These investigations are encapsulated in several loci of control including: new methodologies for transmission, distribution, and renewable energy, and storage; new roles in emerging topics such as electricity markets, demand-response, microgrids, and virtual power plants; and new solutions for efficiency, heating and cooling, and security. Together, they usher in new horizons for control, such as architecting a system of distributed systems, building interfaces to social sciences such as economics, sociology, and psychology, and providing a blueprint for critical infrastructure systems. While the emerging role of control and its implication on grid architectures have been articulated in various papers, a comprehensive discourse on the evolution of Smart Grid and the opportunities and challenges that it presents for control, ranging from generators to consumers, from planning to real-time operation, from current practice to scenarios in 2050 in the grid and all of its subsystems, has not been undertaken hithereto and is the purpose of this document. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Control Systems
IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Control: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap
This roadmap's parent document, IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Controls: 2030 and Beyond, discusses many topics that outline the evolution of the Smart Grid and the opportunities and challenges that it presents for control, ranging from generators to consumers, from planning to real-time operation, from current practice to scenarios in 2050 in the grid and all of its subsystems. Chapter 5 of the parent document focuses on major research challenges across the entire grid and the emerging control themes. As pointed out in the reference model for the vision, IEEE Vision for Smart Grid Controls: 2030 and Beyond Reference Model, in order to realize this vision, research needs to be carried out to address all of these challenges. In this document, we provide a roadmap together with time markers for each of these challenges. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Cyber Security
IEEE Cyber Security for the Smart Grid
Countries across the globe are implementing smart grids in order to achieve reductions in emissions, increased grid efficiency, increased usage of renewable energy sources, increased consumer control over their energy consumption, and other economic benefits. Despite the promised benefits of the Smart Grid, there are various concerns that need to be addressed such as security threats, privacy concerns, high infrastructure costs, and increased tariffs for effective implementation. A large number of possible threat scenarios and threat agents make it imperative for Smart Grid cyber security to be adequately addressed. This report details the cyber security vulnerabilities that exist in the Smart Grid value chain, the efforts undertaken by certain countries to mitigate these vulnerabilities, and the measures that need to be implemented going forward. Four such instances of cyber security breaches are highlighted in this report. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Power
IEEE Grid Vision 2050
This document describes the IEEE PES's vision of the power system infrastructure into the year 2050. This document sets the stage and includes future scenarios, electricity generation (Make), electricity transmission and distribution (Move), and electricity usage (Use). It also covers the related Operations and Control issues. The document uses scenarios from the International Energy Agency (IEA), which defines future energy availability, production and usage into the year 2050. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Power
IEEE Grid Vision 2050 Reference Model
The IEEE Grid Vision 2050 Reference Model summarizes the main concepts defined in the IEEE Grid Vision 2050; such as, reference models for energy usage, energy delivery, and energy operations and control. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Power
IEEE Grid Vision 2050 Roadmap
The goal of this roadmap is to stimulate discussion and challenge ideas around the deployment of power and energy technologies. The IEEE PES (Power & Energy Society) Horizon 2050 team gives a general indication of when technologies could be expected for deployment, and the team takes a step forward and tries to group research and standard development needs for the required power and energy technologies in the future. The reader shall not consider these proposals as rigid temporal indications, but as relative timeframes. This information can be challenged by any reader, and the IEEE PES Horizon 2050 team hopes that these challenges will lead to productive initiatives to select future investment in innovation and standards. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Power
IEEE Grid Vision 2050: Vision, Reference Model and Roadmap (Bundle)
This bundle contains three documents: IEEE Grid Vision 2050, IEEE Grid Vision 2050 Roadmap, and IEEE Grid Vision 2050 Reference Model. The IEEE Grid Vision 2050 describes the IEEE Power & Energy Society's (PES) vision of the power system infrastructure into the year 2050. This document sets the stage and includes future scenarios, electricity generation (Make), electricity transmission and distribution (Move), and electricity usage (Use). It also covers the related Operations and Control issues. This document also uses scenarios from the International Energy Agency (IEA), which defines future energy availability, production and usage into the year 2050. The goal of the IEEE Grid Vision 2050 Roadmap is to stimulate discussion and challenge ideas around the deployment of power and energy technologies. The IEEE PES Horizon 2050 team gives a general indication of when technologies could be expected for deployment, and the team takes a step forward and tries to group research and standard development needs for the required power and energy technologies in the future. The IEEE Grid Vision 2050 Reference Model summarizes the main concepts defined in the IEEE Grid Vision 2050; such as, reference models for energy usage, energy delivery, and energy operations and control. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Vehicular
IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Vehicular Technology 2030 and Beyond, Roadmap and Webinar (Bundle)
Vehicle electrification is envisioned to be a significant component of the forthcoming Smart Grid. To give a total vision of this area, this bundled package of "IEEE SMART GRID VISION FOR VEHICULAR TECHNOLOGY: 2030 AND BEYOND", "IEEE SMART GRID VISION FOR VEHICULAR TECHNOLOGY: 2030 AND BEYOND ROADMAP and "IEEE SMART GRID VISION FOR VEHICULAR TECHNOLOGY: 2030 AND BEYOND WEBINAR" covers a Smart Grid vision of electric vehicle technology for the next 30 years and beyond. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Vehicular
IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Vehicular Technology: 2030 and Beyond
Vehicle electrification is envisioned to be a significant component of the forthcoming Smart Grid. In this document, a Smart Grid vision of electric vehicle technology for the next 30 years and beyond is presented from six different perspectives: 1) social, economic, and political implications, 2) intelligent vehicles and grid interaction, 3) infrastructure, 4) travelers, 5) communications, and 6) systems, operations, and scenarios. Following the chapters focusing on these distinct perspectives, conclusive remarks will overview the interconnections among all chapters. Discussions of key technologies dictating the real future of the evolution of vehicle electrification will also be included. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Vehicular
IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Vehicular Technology: 2030 and Beyond Roadmap
The base document is separated into six chapters, each of which has a dedicated focus. However, several issues are discussed in multiple chapters. Considering the overlap of each chapter, this roadmap is categorized into the following four groups: -Penetration models -Vehicle grid interaction -High-order functions in EV -Surrounding of EV. Most items covered in this roadmap are presented in IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Vehicular Technology: 2030 and Beyond and are arranged into the four categories above. In addition to topics from the base document, some topics are newly discussed in this document. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/smartgridresearch
Smart Grid Research: Vehicular
IEEE Smart Grid Vision for Vehicular Technology 2030 and Beyond Reference Model (Webinar)
Vehicle electrification is envisioned to be a significant component of the forthcoming Smart Grid. To give the vision of this area, "IEEE SMART GRID VISION FOR VEHICULAR TECHNOLOGY: 2030 AND BEYOND" was published in Jan. 2014. In this document, a Smart Grid vision of electric vehicle technology for the next 30 years and beyond is presented. This webinar picks up important topics from the vision document. The surroundings of this area are dynamically changed, new ideas and challenges are continuously created in the world. However, the vision given in the document shows the direction and the goals in the concerning fields, and it still has special meanings. This webinar focuses on such a point. The interactions among smart grid, electric vehicle, road, and communication system are clearly explained. Moreover, as a use case, EV Smart Island project in Nagasaki Goto Islands is explained. I hope this webinar give you some hints for making further steps.
Standards Select
Standards Select - Lease (FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY)
IEEE Standards Select offers a customizable package to meet your company's specific standards needs: -With a predetermined download limit, download any active, draft, or archived IEEE standard*, including IEEE Redline Versions of Standards -Create your own subscription based on your standards needs -Enables rapid collaboration by downloading to an online file cabinet; share access easily with your entire team -Instant, full-text access to a selection of over 9,000 IEEE Standards -Robust search tools powered by the IEEE Xplore digital library * Does not include access to the NESC® or Arc Flash families of standards.
Standards Select - Continued Access
Standards Select - Continued Access (FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY)
IEEE Standards Select is a subscription delivered via IEEE Xplore. Subscribers are able to search and download any IEEE Standards document. Simply click on the link and the document will be downloaded into a file cabinet for full-text access at any time by anyone in the company. As articles are downloaded, the document counter will be debited to indicate the number of downloads remaining.
Subscription
2023 National Electrical Safety Code(TM) (NESC (TM)) Online Subscription
This IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscription grants internet-based access to 2023 National Electrical Safety Code(TM) (NESC (TM)) Online Subscription. This subscription covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. Online ordering not available. Please contact IEEE for a custom quote for your organization at [email protected]
Subscription
2023 National Electrical Safety Code(TM) (NESC) and Handbook Online Subscription
This IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscription grants internet-based access to 2023 National Electrical Safety Code(TM) (NESC) and Handbook Online Subscription. This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. Online ordering not available. Please contact IEEE for a custom quote for your organization at [email protected]
Subscription856
All-Inclusive Information Technology Standards
Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to [email protected]. Exclusive option to Enterprise subscribers! The IEEE's All Inclusive standards package, an internet-based subscription delivered via IEEE Standards Online, provides access worldwide to the most current IEEE standards. IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscriptions grant internet-based access to IEEE standards, including new, draft or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Standards are available for download in PDF format.
Subscription857
All-Inclusive Power and Energy Standards
Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to [email protected]. Exclusive option to Enterprise subscribers! The IEEE's All Inclusive standards package, an internet-based subscription delivered via IEEE Standards Online, provides access worldwide to the most current IEEE standards. IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscriptions grant internet-based access to IEEE standards, including new, draft or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Standards are available for download in PDF format.
Subscription859
Testing, Instrumentation & Measurements and Metric Practice
Subscription879
All-Inclusive IEEE Standards Online
Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to [email protected]. Exclusive option to Enterprise subscribers! The IEEE's All Inclusive standards package, an internet-based subscription delivered via IEEE Standards Online, provides access worldwide to the most current IEEE standards. IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscriptions grant internet-based access to IEEE standards, including new, draft or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Standards are available for download in PDF format.
Test Suite Specification
IEEE Camera Phone Image Quality Test Plan
This document provides test methodology to test against the requirements in the IEEE 1858 standard. The test plan provides further details on environmental conditions, device preparation, test charts, capture procedures, etc
Test Suite Specification: Camera Image
IEEE 1858 Camera Phone Image Quality Standards and Test Suite Specification (Bundle)
Additional files for IEEE 1858-2016 can be downloaded at no cost to you at https://standards.ieee.org/content/dam/ieee-standards/standards/web/download/1858-2016_downloads.zip or are included when purchased.
Test Suite Specification: Electric Vehicles
IEEE DC Quick Charger for Use with Electric Vehicles Test Suite Specification - Version 1.0
This test suite specification (TSS) provides organizations that are testing dc quick chargers for use with electric vehicles performance with a suite of unambiguous test plans. This TSS further provides requirements for equipment used for the testing of dc quick chargers, requirements for the measurements, observations and/or document evidence that are to be recorded in a final test report. Test plans and requirements in this TSS are more specific than requirements of the standard for dc quick charger performance. The standard specifies the test environments for the dc quick charger under test and the performance limits that must be met by the charger, but neither specifies the test procedure to be used nor the specific calculations made to determine charger performance. Without specific test procedures and calculations, tests that are implemented by different test designers may yield different results. Furthermore, some ambiguities in the standard are identified and this TSS sets requirements based on a single interpretation of the ambiguous clauses. In accordance with the IEEE Conformity Assessment Program (ICAP) Policy, the authors of this document will work closely with the standard setting organizations to resolve the ambiguities in future revisions of the standard. This TSS may be revised thereafter to reflect the standard's revision once it is published. Electric Vehicle (EV) charger testing organizations that participate in The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Conformance Assessment Program (ICAP) EV Charger Certification Program must comply with the test plans and requirements in this document. Conformance with this TSS is assessed as part of the ICAP certification program. (Test cases can be found at https://standards.ieee.org/content/dam/ieee-standards/standards/web/visuals/images/whitepapers/EVC-Test_Cases.pdf)
Learn More About Test Suite Specification: Electric Vehicles
Test Suite Specification: Synchrophasor
IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification and Standards - Basic (Version 3)
This bundle includes: IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification - Version 3, IEEE/IEC 60255-118-1:2018, and IEEE C37.118.2-2011. The test suite specification (TSS) provides organizations that are testing phasor measurement unit (PMU) performance with a suite of unambiguous test plans. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/go/synchrophasor-subscriptions.
Test Suite Specification: Synchrophasor
IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification--Version 3
The scope of this TSS is limited to the testing of PMU electrical performance. As of this revision of the TSS, the standard for PMU performance is IEC/IEEE Joint Standard 60255-118-1-2018, IEEE/IEC International Standard-Measuring relays and protection equipment--Part 118-1: Synchrophasor for power systems-Measurements. This TSS will be revised as the standard for PMU performance is revised. Users are encouraged to check for the latest revision of this document. This is the third revision: Version 1 complies with IEEE Std C37.118-2011. Version 2 complies with IEEE Std C37.118.1a-2014. Version 3 complies with IEC/IEEE 60255-118-1-2018
Test Suite Specification: Synchrophasor
IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification and Standards - Plus (Version 3)
This plus bundle includes: IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification-Version 3, IEEE C37.111-2013(TM), IEEE C37.118.1(TM)-2011, IEEE C37.118.1a(TM)-2014, IEEE C37.118.2(TM)-2011, IEEE C37.244(TM)-2013, IEEE C37.247(TM)-2019 and IEC/IEEE 60255-118-1(TM):2018. The test suite specification (TSS) provides organizations that are testing phasor measurement unit (PMU) performance with a suite of unambiguous test plans. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/go/synchrophasor-subscriptions.
TR 1550-1999-1999
EPRI/UCA Common Application Service Models (CASM) and Mapping to MMS
No abstract.
VuSpec
The National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Complete Collection: C2-1914-2017 (VuSpec)
Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1914 to 2017, The National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Complete Collection: C2-1914-2017 (VuSpec) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this limited edition user-friendly VuSpec Downloadable version, The National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Complete Collection: C2-1914-2017 (VuSpec) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Features: 24 NESC Volumes digitally enhanced and converted into PDF format, powered by the improved VuSpec Series. Includes the following editions of the NESC: C2-1973, C2-1977, C2-1981, C2-1984, C2-1987, C2-1990, C2-1993, C2-1997, C2-2002, C2-2007, C2-2012, C2-2017, plus all 12 previous editions from 1914 to 1972. This VuSpec is also enhanced with: -All Pre-Prints (1980-2022) -All Interpretations (1943-2017) -Redlines (2012-2007) and Redlines (2017-2012) -All available Errata to date -All available White Papers to date
VuSpec
The IEEE Color Books. Complete Collection (VuSpec)
The VuSpec Contains 13 volumes that comprise the IEEE Color Books standards series: IEEE Std 141-1993 (R1999), IEEE Red Book / IEEE Std 142-2007, IEEE Green Book / IEEE Std 241-1990 (R1997), IEEE Gray Book / IEEE Std 242-2001, IEEE Buff Book / IEEE Std 399-1997, IEEE Brown Book / IEEE Std 446-1995 (R2000), IEEE Orange Book / IEEE Std 551-2006, IEEE Violet Book / IEEE Std 493-1997, IEEE Gold Book IEEE / Std 602-2007, IEEE White Book / IEEE Std 739-1995, IEEE Bronze Book / IEEE Std 902-1998, IEEE Yellow Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006/Cor1-2007, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1100-1999, IEEE Emerald Book --- LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY
White Paper
IEEE Industry Connections (IEEE-IC) 3D Body Processing (3DBP) Initiative - An Introduction
The background, goals, and status for the IEEE 3D body processing (3DBP) initiative are introduced in this white paper. This initiative was launched in the first quarter of 2016 with an initial focus on exploring technology standardization opportunities for hardware and software technologies across the "3D body processing" pipeline; i.e., from scanning of people and creating body model data to simulating, modeling, analytics, and visualization. A Virtual Fit use case and relevant 3DBP attributes are examined as an example of a 3D body processing use case. File formats, metadata, and communication protocols are discussed and initial guidance is proposed for evaluating and selecting among existing formats and protocols. While the white paper utilizes examples from an apparel/retail context, it is important to note that the direction taken by the 3DBP initiative is applicable to use cases in other industries such as health, wellness, fitness and athletics as well as complementary to adjacent technology ecosystems such as IOT, 5G, AI, fog, and cloud computing.
White Paper
IEEE 802 Nendica Report: The Lossless Network for Data Centers
Modern data centers are tasked with delivering intelligent multi-media responses to real-time human interactions. Massive amounts of data are being churned and sifted by highly parallel applications, such as Online Data Intensive Services (OLDI) and Artificial Intelligence (AI), which historically required specialized High-Performance Computing (HPC) infrastructure. New advancements in high-speed distributed solid-state storage, coupled with remote direct memory access (RDMA) and new networking technologies to better manage congestion, are allowing these parallel environments to run atop more generalized next generation cloud infrastructure. Generalized cloud infrastructure is also being deployed in the telecommunication operator's central office. The key to advancing cloud infrastructure to the next level is the elimination of loss in the network, not just packet loss, but throughput loss and latency loss. There simply should be no loss in the data center network. Congestion is the primary source of loss and in the network, congestion leads to dramatic performance degradation. This paper discusses the need for new technologies to combat loss in the data center network and introduces promising potential solutions.
White Paper
IEEE Industry Connections (IEEE-IC) Standards Roadmap: Neurotechnologies for Brain-Machine Interfacing
This document aims at providing an overview of the existing and developing standards in the field of neurotechnologies for brain-machine interfacing. It is mainly focused on systems that provide a closed-loop interaction with artificial devices based on information extracted from measures of the activity in the nervous systems. In addition to reviewing the most current standardization efforts, this document also reports on the current opinions on the topic as collected by an online survey conducted with members of the community and presents some recommendations on the perceived priorities for standardization.
White Paper
IEEE IC Big Data Governance and Metadata Management: Standards Roadmap
This document focuses on forming a community of interest from industry, academia, and government, intending to develop a standards roadmap for Big Data Governance and Metadata Management (BDGMM). The approach includes the following: *Review BDGMM-related technology trends, use cases, general requirements, and reference architecture; * Gain an understanding of what standards are available or under development that may apply to BDGMM; * Perform standards, gap analysis, and document the findings; and * Document vision and recommendations for future BDGMM standards activities that could have a significant industry impact. Within the multitude of best practices and standards applicable to BDGMM-related technology, this document focuses on approaches that: (1) apply to situations encountered in BDGMM; (2) explore best BDGMM architectures that may be nonexistent, and (3) facilitate addressing BDGMM industry use cases' needs.
White Paper
IEEE SA 3D Body Processing Industry Connections--Functional Anatomy, Terms, and Common Foot Conditions
This paper provides a brief overview of some important functional anatomy terms and concepts from a medical perspective. The scope of this paper is not to serve as a comprehensive review of all the factors that are important in footwear design but to introduce functional anatomical and biomechanical terms and concepts along with a brief discussion of the most common foot conditions and their relevance to the health implications of footwear. This paper is considered a companion paper to IEEE SA 3D Body Processing Industry Connections Comprehensive Review of Foot Measurements Terminology in Use paper. Footwear has been customized to address pain and pathology since shoes were first worn. Medical professionals (and some bespoke footwear manufacturers) currently provide this service for those with foot pathology but the emerging technologies will enable more access to custom footwear on a dramatically larger scale. Many early adopters of mass customized footwear will likely have foot conditions that have not been satisfactorily addressed with off?the?shelf shoes. Footwear manufacturers and retailers cannot be expected to diagnose and treat medical conditions but nevertheless, those providing custom footwear will need a basic understanding of some anatomical and biomechanical concepts. To follow are sections on terminology, functional anatomy, biomechanics, and common conditions of the feet. The terms and concepts discussed in this paper can be found in most medical textbooks on anatomy and the musculoskeletal system. The references used for this overview are listed at the end of the paper and numbered as [1], [2], [3], [4], [5].
White Paper
IEEE SA 3D Body Processing Industry Connections--Comprehensive Review of Foot Measurements Terminology in Use
Digital foot measurements are typically obtained from foot scanners or digital measuring software providers and they are consumed (or used) by footwear brands, orthotic workshops, size recommendation platforms, or even directly by footwear and orthotics users. IEEE SA Industry Connections (IC) 3D Body Processing (3DBP) Footwear Subgroup recommends that each digital foot measurement provider make measurement definitions publicly available for foot measurement data consumers. Foot scanning companies are providing measuring software that follow different definitions. This is particularly problematic in the case of key references, such as the foot axis. Many measurements are dependent upon the definition of the foot axis, giving rise to different values assigned to the same designation. This compilation will facilitate the comparison across definitions for measurement data consumers and help them make informed decisions.
White Paper
IEEE SA Report - Measuring What Matters in the Era of Global Warming and the Age of Algorithmic Promises
The future has already arrived in the form of our children. These children are raising their voices all around the world, demanding policy makers and technologists take the necessary steps to secure their futures. This includes utilizing emerging technologies in a way that prioritizes people and planet over power and profits. At a physical level, human well being is critically dependent on environmental sustainability. Beyond questions of happiness or mood, basic human flourishing means having access to potable water and clean air. Our symbiotic relationship with nature, however, has been severely damaged due to actions that have resulted in a climate crisis that, if not immediately addressed, will lead to irreversible ecological and human devastation. A combination of a courageous socioeconomic transformation and accelerated technological innovation is necessary to mitigate this threat. For more information on this and other similar topics, visit https://ethicsinaction.ieee.org/
White Paper
Ethically Aligned Design - A Vision for Prioritizing Human Well-being with Autonomous and Intelligent Systems
As the use and impact of autonomous and intelligent systems (A/IS) become pervasive, we need to establish societal and policy guidelines in order for such systems to remain human-centric, serving humanity's values and ethical principles. These systems must be developed and should operate in a way that is beneficial to people and the environment, beyond simply reaching functional goals and addressing technical problems. This approach will foster the heightened level of trust between people and technology that is needed for its fruitful use in our daily lives.
White Paper
A Call to Action for Businesses Using AI - Ethically Aligned Design for Business
In this paper, you will find a straightforward overview of the value and necessity of utilizing AI ethics for businesses, recommendations for creating a sustainable culture of AI ethics, the skills required to do this, and how to hire and staff for such an effort. We have also included an AI Ethics Readiness Framework to help you determine how prepared you are to introduce and grow AI ethics in your business. This is the first paper in the Ethically Aligned Design for Business series created by The IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Autonomous and Intelligent Systems (A/IS). More than a dozen industry experts have provided insights in the following pages based on their front-line experiences as AI ethics thought leaders and practitioners in their organizations. By relating the recommendations within Ethically Aligned Design to their industry efforts, our committee members provide, for inspiration and mutual learning, pragmatic applications of AI ethics inspired by IEEE's global community of academics, data scientists, engineers, and tech entrepreneurs. For more information on this and similar topics visit https://ethicsinaction.ieee.org/.
White Paper
Cloud Computing Innovation in India: A Framework and Roadmap - 2.0
This paper represents the consolidated work of a significant body of experts from industry, government, academia, and professional bodies that came together within the CCICI to assess global trends in Cloud Computing, the status of India, India-specific challenges and opportunities, and recommendations to accelerate Cloud Computing adoption and innovation in India. This paper presents a roadmap for Cloud Computing in India spanning the following three phases: 1.) Foundation and adoption; 2.) Penetration and scale out; 3.) Maturity and global leadership. The next five years are expected to be an exponential growth phase for Cloud Computing in India. Rapid adoption of cloud in the global market and the prolific innovation for the cloud and on the cloud, represents a disruptive play in the IT/ITES industry. This is a great opportunity as well as threat for India's IT/ITES industry. A proper strategy and focus on innovation is essential to be able to ride this wave as opposed to being washed away by it.
White Paper
Proposed IEEE Certification for Nuclear Qualified Electrical Equipment
The IEEE Standards Association (IEEE SA) and the IEEE Nuclear Power Engineering Committee (NPEC) formed the NPEC Conformity Assessment Steering Committee (NPEC CASC) in September 2014. The NPEC CASC boasts an outstanding constituency of members in the domain of nuclear power technology who share a common vision to accelerate IEEE standards adoption through conformity assessment and certification programs. Participants in NPEC CASC include representatives from device manufacturers, test laboratories and the end-user community. IEEE SA Conformity Assessment Program (ICAP) creates and implements initiatives that drive and accelerate certification programs throughout industry addressing a broad range of technologies. ICAP, along with the NPEC CASC, is looking into development of a conformity assessment program to support IEEE Std 323(TM) and other related standards. This paper will provide readers with an in-depth look at the current state of equipment qualification in the nuclear industry globally. It will also present the benefits of a comprehensive certification program. It will provide a varied perspectives ranging from a utility, plant owner, and manufacturer to regulators. The following are considered key activities of the NPEC CASC: -- Recommend and consolidate program structure for the certification of Class 1E devices -- Recommend and establish compliance levels -- Provide guidance on test methods -- Recommend and establish test lab requirements and audit processes -- Recommend and establish test tool validation -- Act as certification program advocates -- Validate Test Plan/Report template
White Paper
Assessment of DER Interconnection Installation for Conformance with IEEE Std 1547
Standards and codes establish the functional performance requirements of equipment interconnecting Distributed Energy Resources (DERs) with an Electric Power System (EPS). Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories (NRTLs) evaluate equipment for safety and compliance with applicable standards and codes. Equipment meeting these requirements are then listed as suitable for their intended use in compliance with the applicable requirements. The EPS operator enters into a binding agreement with the DER operator for interconnection with the EPS at a specific site to meet the requirements of the EPS infrastructure at that location. IEEE Conformity Assessment Program proposes a process and procedure to ensure compliance with the applicable standards and the interconnection agreement.
White Paper
IEEE Industry Connections (IEEE-IC) Personalized Digital Last (a Women's Example)--The Tool Required to Enable Mass Customization
This white paper examines the development of a personalized digital last and the impact on the role of footwear technicians. As the personalized digital last becomes the basis of future footwear production, the role of footwear technicians may expand to include a broader definition of fit, maintaining libraries of different lasts, and maintaining quality safeguards for mass customized of footwear. Though this paper focuses on women's footwear, the issue of fit is universal for men, women, and children. The techniques described in this paper, can be utilized for most footwear segments.
White Paper
Smart Grid Standards for Operation in Sub-1 GHz Bands
This white paper is intended to provide information on the benefits and applications of IEEE 802(R) wireless standards operating in sub-1 GHz bands.
White Paper
IEEE PHD Cybersecurity Standards Roadmap
Users of personal health devices (PHD) have implicit expectations on convenience, connectivity, accessibility of their data, and security. They expect to connect PHDs to their mobile devices, view their data in the cloud, and easily share with their clinicians or care providers. In some cases, the users themselves are taking action to build connections between PHDs, mobile devices, and the cloud to create the desired system. While many manufacturers are working on solving PHD connectivity with proprietary solutions, there is a lack of a standardized approach to providing secure Plug & Play interoperability.
White Paper
Pre-Standards Workstream Report: Clinical IoT Data Validation and Interoperability with Blockchain
The IEEE Standards Association (IEEE SA) pre-standards workstream for Clinical Internet of Things (IoT) data validation and interoperability with blockchain was initiated to determine if a viable standards framework could be established to enable the validation of data generated from a clinical-grade IoT device and shared through the interoperability of blockchain technology. Participants in the workstream were gathered from an IEEE SA workshop held at Johns Hopkins University in Rockville, Maryland in April 2018, and grew to include their network of healthcare and Health-IT ecosystem players, as well as participants in prior IEEE SA efforts in related areas. The workstream commenced in August 2018 and completed in February 2019. Participants in this pre-standards workstream who are the authors of this paper are listed in Appendix A. The pre-standards workstream led to the recommendation of the development of an IEEE SA Standards effort on Clinical IoT data and device interoperability with TIPPSS-Trust, Identity, Privacy, Protection, Safety and Security-in connected healthcare to improve data sharing and healthcare outcomes. The pre-standards workstream team decided that blockchain is not necessary for clinical IoT data and device interoperability and validation, nor does it necessarily meet the robust TIPPSS needs in connected healthcare. The workstream recommendation includes a draft TIPPSS Architectural Framework for Clinical IoT data validation & interoperability, which could include digital ledger technology but does not need to do so. The resulting IEEE Standards Association P2733 working group to develop a standard for Clinical IoT Data and Device Interoperability with TIPPSS kick off meeting is scheduled for July 17, 2019, sponsored by the IEEE SA Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBS).
White Paper
Conformity Assessment--IEEE 1547--Interconnection and Interoperability of Distributed Energy Resources (DERs) with Associated Electric Power Systems (EPSs) Interfaces
This document is a tool to assess conformance of a Distributed Energy Resource (DER) Interconnection during the commissioning phase of a DER Interconnection to the IEEE 1547 as may be specified in the governing Interconnection Agreement executed between the Area Electric Power System (EPS) Operator and DER Owner. Commissioning agents and DER owners that participate in The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Conformity Assessment Program (ICAP) 1547 Certification Program must comply with this conformity assessment document and requirements in this document. Conformance with this document is assessed as part of the ICAP certification program.
White Paper
Establishing Consistency in Joint Use Applications with 5G Wireless Facilities
This white paper identifies areas of opportunity, growth, efficiency, and change in the following areas: -Identify what constitutes a proper structural candidate for small cell antenna attachments -Develop a roadmap for an application that contains the key milestones and the necessary information to be considered and addressed during the application process by the stakeholders -Aid pole and structure owners in establishing joint use guidelines regarding attachment requests -Establish requirements of a complete facility/site survey and applicable acceptance/rejection response to applicants -Identify and establish solutions associated with antenna service metering and maintenance -Achieve compliance with FCC, PUC/PSC, and industry best practices -Make recommendations for realignment of NESC(R), NEC(R), and other applicable codes and standard requirements to address conflicts -Make recommendations for national telecommunication worker certification -Align national, state, and local regulatory concerns and expectations Attaching wireless facilities to existing joint use poles is the primary focus of this white paper. However, the issues addressed within and the technical concerns reviewed will usually apply to proposed wireless attachments to streetlights, traffic lights, other street furniture, towers, buildings, and other vertical structures where space is available.
White Paper
Interoperability Maturity Roadmap--IEEE Std 2030.5
IEEE Std 2030.5 is designed to support many different application domains. Arguably the greatest area of application interest emerging in technology deployments using IEEE Std 2030.5 is in the distributed energy resource area, specifically in distributed solar and wind systems using smart inverters. Government policies are being enacted in states such as California and Hawaii that require coordination of these responsive resource systems in order to address system operational concerns in regions with high penetrations of these resources. Attention to these issues encourages stakeholders to come together to seek alignment on standards, guides, and policies that address interoperability and the ease of integrating these systems. Close behind this immediate driver is community interest to address the coordinated operation of storage systems, electric vehicle charging, and demand response. While this attention should not diminish the application of IEEE Std 2030.5 to other integration scenarios, a set of priority responsive resource assets brings focus and substance to the scope of the roadmap effort. In addition, interactions between transmission level operations and distribution system operations has great influence on how customer-oriented assets are engaged in operation. This effort recognizes the importance that aggregated distribution level resources has with the transmission level interactions.
White Paper
Utility Applications of Time Sensitive Networking White Paper
In the context of this white paper, the utility is considered an entity (or entities) that manages the distribution of electricity on the transmission grid and the distribution grid. The power distribution network involves substations, and various protective and control devices that communicate over communications networks.
White Paper
IEEE SA Industry Connections--Africa 4th Industrial Revolution Standardization Strategy (2021-2025)
This paper presents a standardization strategy for Africa.
White Paper
Trusted Data and Artificial Intelligence Systems (AIS) for Financial Services - IEEE Finance Playbook Version 1.0
An industry-specific implementation playbook that encourages technologists in the financial services to prioritize human wellbeing and ethical considerations in the application of data regarding Artificial Intelligence Systems (AIS). The Playbook incorporates IEEE's Ethically Aligned Design (first edition), IEEE 7000™ series of standards, and ECPAIS certifications to provide a theoretical framework for implementing responsible data and AIS in financial institutions while outlining the global regulatory landscape with its impacts on the future development of AIS and ethics. For more information on this and other similar topics visit https://ethicsinaction.ieee.org/
White Paper
IEEE Federated Machine Learning
Data privacy and information security pose significant challenges to the big data and artificial intelligence (AI) community as these communities are increasingly under pressure to adhere to regulatory requirements, such as the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation. Many routine operations in big data applications, such as merging user data from various sources in order to build a machine learning model, are considered to be illegal under current regulatory frameworks. The purpose of federated machine learning is to provide a feasible solution that enables machine learning applications to utilize the data in a distributed manner that does not exchange raw data directly and does not allow any party to infer private information of other parties. This white paper intends to present an overview of the Federated Machine Learning (FML) technology that can be used as a basis for standards, certifications, laws, policies, and/or product ratings. This white paper targets an educated audience, including lawmakers, corporate and governmental policy makers, manufacturers, engineers, and standard setting bodies. However, this white paper is also easily understood by non?technical managers and policy makers as it provides system developers and manufacturers with an overview of Federated Machine Learning techniques. Finally, one must give credit to the IEEE Federated Machine Learning (P3652.1) working group participants for their tremendous dedication, expertise and thoughtful collaborations, without which the publication of IEEE Std 3652.1?2020 [1] would not have been possible .
White Paper
A Landscape for the Development of Dependable Machines
This white paper, developed in the framework of the IEEE P2851 standardization project, describes a landscape of activities to be performed to address the dependability of intelligent machines during their development and usage in the field. In this context, the landscape is intended as the definition of the entirety of the activities that are executed within the autonomous machine dependability lifecycle. Dependability here is intended as the property of an autonomous machine to perform reliably, safely, securely, in a time?deterministic manner, etc. It should be noted that despite autonomous machines introducing specific dependability challenges, the scope of this document is not limited to full autonomy; rather, it covers the whole spectrum of degrees of automation, from no automation to full automation. Also worth noting is that nowadays dependable machines are extremely connected. Using automotive as an example, Connected Automated Vehicles (CAV) involves interactions with other vehicles and infrastructure (V2X) and also link with the cloud for functions such as fleet management, teleoperation, maps, Over the Air (OTA) updates, etc. Therefore, the proposed lifecycle is considered end to end, covering the dependability aspects of connectivity as well. The landscape includes the definition of needs for each activity, in terms of methodologies, description languages, data models, and databases that have been identified as necessary or critical to perform those activities. The goal of this work is to provide structures and directions to allow a seamless exchange of information and interoperability between activities at the same or different level of abstraction.
White Paper
The IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Extended Reality (XR) Report -- Who Owns Our Second Lives: Virtual Clones and the Right to your Identity
This paper discusses different aspects and issues that arise when identity corresponds to and overlaps with the identity of actual humans. The arguments mostly concern identities in virtual reality since that is where we, as researchers and developers, have the most experience and empirical data. However, most of the argument should be applicable to augmented reality applications as well.
White Paper
The IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Extended Reality (XR) Report--Extended Reality (XR) and the Erosion of Anonymity and Privacy
This report is the result of work within the IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Extended Reality (XR), a multidiscipline group of industry practitioners, ethicists, academics, researchers, educators, and technology enthusiasts. It has been written to focus on a wide range of ethical issues related to XR and the erosion of anonymity and privacy. This report builds on work outlined in the "Extended Reality" chapter of the IEEE's seminal ethics-focused publication, Ethically Aligned Design. XR is a term used to broadly refer to a suite of immersive technologies including virtual reality, augmented reality, and spatial computing. The scope of this report is the exploration of ethics-related issues in terms of anonymity and privacy of XR applications; the aim is to initiate expert-driven, multidiscipline analysis of the evolving XR Ethics requirements, with a vision to propose solutions, technologies, and standards in future updates. The set of recommendations within this report will hopefully contribute to industry conceptualization of socio-technological issues, highlight concreted recommendations, and lay the groundwork for future technical-standardization activities.
White Paper
Digital Resilience IC Activity: Sustainable, Secure, and Inclusive Digital Resilience (DR)
This paper calls for a radical shift in mindset for a holistic people-centered approach to digital resilience, otherwise future crises could further intensify poverty, hunger, and inequalities, and could reach levels beyond our capacity to recover. This broadening of perspective requires engagement with the digital ecosystem, i.e., the stakeholders, systems, and enabling environments that together empower people and communities to use digital technology to pursue economic and social opportunities, while taking steps to reduce risks.
White Paper
Digital Resilience IC Activity: Foundational Principles for Digital Resilience Framework
The intent is to develop a holistic Digital Resilience Framework. To that end, foundational principles have been developed that will be reflected in the framework, which will guide individuals, organizations, and communities in assessing and crafting a strategy to address the immediate threats of COVID-19 and build long-term resilience in a holistic and integrated manner across society, the economy, and the environment. The framework comprises 25 elements across four interrelated pillars: (1) foundational; (2) human; (3) environmental; and (4) cross-cutting themes. They are essential for strengthening communities and countries against future shocks and crises, and enabling citizens to fully reap the benefits of digital technologies and improve their lives.
White Paper
The IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Extended Reality (XR) Report--Extended Reality (XR) Ethics in Education
The scope of this report is the exploration of ethics-related issues to support the development, design, and deployment of XR applications in Education and the aim is to initiate expert-driven, multidiscipline analysis of the evolving XR Ethics requirements, with a vision to propose solutions, technologies, and standards in future updates. The set of recommendations within this report will hopefully contribute to industry conceptualization of socio-technological issues, highlight concreted recommendations, and lay the groundwork for future technical-standardization activities.
White Paper
The IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Extended Reality (XR) Report--Social and Multi-User Spaces in VR: Trolling, Harassment, and Online Safety
The scope of this report is the exploration of ethics-related issues in terms of virtual clones and the right to your identity; the aim is to initiate expert-driven, multidiscipline analysis of the evolving XR Ethics requirements, with a vision to propose solutions, technologies, and standards in future updates. The set of recommendations within this report will hopefully contribute to industry conceptualization of socio-technological issues, highlight concreted recommendations, and lay the groundwork for future technical-standardization activities.
White Paper
Introduction to the IEEE P2520(TM) Series of Standards on Olfaction Devices and Systems
A new series of international odor monitoring and analysis standards are being developed by the IEEE Sensors Council and the IEEE Industrial Electronics Society, in collaboration with the International Society for Olfaction and Chemical Sensing. The standards are designed for those developing and using odor analysis devices, electronic noses, and Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) analyzers. It is structured as a series of standards that target different, common, odor emission applications, such as outdoor air pollution and chemical processes. The hope is that by targeting specific applications more traction can be gained than during previous attempts at standards. This white paper gives a brief introduction to the series and solicits participation by individual scientists and engineers who see the importance of this work, by companies producing monitoring equipment, and by entities that set regulations that govern this field.
White Paper
IEEE 3D Body Processing Industry Connections--Landmarking for Product Development
This paper seeks to explore where current landmarking definitions have difficulty bridging traditional and technological practice. The paper summarizes current definitions in a standard format to encourage discussion toward practice suited for both manual and virtual environments. The goal is toward definitions that enable a specific placement whether that references a point, curve, position.
White Paper
Cybersecurity Technologies for Cloud Access - Version 2
This paper presents the cloud security technologies, with emphasis on secure remote access.
White Paper
The IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Extended Reality (XR) Report--Extended Reality (XR) Ethics in Medicine
Extended Reality (XR) for medical use cases is proving to be beneficial to both patients and healthcare professionals as well as all other stakeholders throughout the healthcare industry. Healthcare is one of the largest industries to adopt XR technology. Some of the XR use-cases include helping surgeons better perform surgeries, immersing patients and healthcare professionals in medical information and education, and training all within XR environments. This report highlights the need for an ethical framework that is evolved from best practices throughout medical and technological fields to help ensure safe and equitable usage of the technology.
White Paper
CyberSecurity Standards for Cloud Access - Version 2
The enterprises' network and network security architectures are unable to effectively serve the dynamic secure access requirements of digital business. The enterprise data center is no longer the center of access requirements for users and devices. Organizations demand immediate, uninterrupted access for their users, no matter where they are located. Digital business transformation efforts, the adoption of Software as a Service (SaaS), employees working from home (especially following the COVID-19 pandemic), and emerging edge computing platforms have changed the way enterprises work. Digital business transformation requires anywhere, anytime access to applications and services--many of which are located in the cloud.
White Paper
The IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Extended Reality (XR) Report--Extended Reality (XR) Ethics and Diversity, Inclusion, and Accessibility
The scope of this report is the exploration of ethics-related issues to support the development, design, and deployment of XR applications in terms of diversity, inclusion and accessibility and the aim is to initiate expert-driven, multidiscipline analysis of the evolving XR Ethics requirements, with a vision to propose solutions, technologies, and standards in future updates. The set of recommendations within this report will hopefully contribute to industry conceptualization of socio-technological issues, highlight concreted recommendations, and lay the groundwork for future technical-standardization activities.
White Paper
The IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Extended Reality (XR) Report -- Business, Finance, and Economics
The scope of this report is the exploration of ethics-related issues in XR business models, and the aim is to initiate expert-driven, multidiscipline analysis of the evolving XR Ethics requirements, with a vision to propose solutions, technologies, and standards in future updates. The set of recommendations within this report will hopefully contribute to industry conceptualization of socio-technological issues, highlight concreted recommendations, and lay the groundwork for future technical-standardization activities.
White Paper
ROOF (Realtime Onsite Operations Facilitation) Computing Framework
Real-Time Operations Facilitations or ROOF is a class of computational framework for Edge Computing with Internet of Things (IoT). The ROOF framework provides support for building scalable, secure, and robust Internet of Things applications with limited tools in resource constrained situations. The ROOF helps in developing federated architecture for large scale IoT operations. At the same time, it can provide micro-models for rapid prototyping and quick decision making. It also provides autonomic architectural support for spatio-temporal events handling. The ROOF framework has been designed to provide innovation, reuse, better user experience, security by design, for harmonizing horizontal as well as vertical integration for the Internet of Things ecosystem.
White Paper
Literature Review on Kinematic Properties of Road Users for Use on Safety-Related Models for Automated Driving Systems
This document presents a review of relevant literature (e.g., standards, regulations, and scientific publications) that investigated kinematic behavior of road users. This review is intended to serve as a key contribution to the Automated Driving Systems (ADS) research and industry communities, as well as to current standardization efforts, such as IEEE Std 2846, IEEE Standard for Assumptions in Safety-Related Models for Automated Driving Systems.
White Paper
IEEE SA 3D Body Processing Industry Connections--Comparative Analysis of Anthropometric Methods: Past, Present, and Future
The 3DBP IC's Quality subgroup focuses on developing preliminary methods, tools, benchmarks, resources, and testing procedures to define and quantify the quality of 3D models as well as the quality of the critical metadata, such as body landmarks and measurements. To further this goal, the 3DBP IC Group completed a comparative analysis of anthropometric methods focused on body measurements and captured 3D body shapes. The aim of this study is twofold: first, to propose a methodology to assess the compatibility and repeatability of different body measurement extraction methods (e.g., body scanners, smartphone apps, and traditional anthropometry) using consistent criteria, and second, to conduct data collection and the corresponding analyses for the first instance of the application of the proposed methodology.
White Paper
The IEEE Global Initiative on Ethics of Extended Reality (XR) Report--Metaverse and Its Governance
This report focuses on the growing governance gaps between the potential of extended reality (XR), the popularity of the term metaverse, and the scale of the adoption of metaverse. While the metaverse as a concept is an advanced level of XR, we are not at that stage yet. However, there are valuable lessons from the past that may help direct and manage the present evolution of the metaverse.The hope is that the recommendations of this report will lead to more discourse between industry, governments, and other key stakeholders about the world they wish to live in or leave as an inheritance.
White Paper
IEEE 3D Body Processing Industry Connection--Assets and Transformations Definitions
Five unified definitions for the 3D Body Processing ecosystem were created to harmonize resource exchange to enable or improve interoperability, communication, and security, thereby facilitating reformations across sectors and industries. Definitions regarding long-standing communication challenges in both the value chain for consumers and the supply chain for manufacturers and service providers in the ecosystem are addressed.
White Paper
Industry Connections Program--Need for Establishing Industrial AI Maturity Levels
This white paper touches upon some important focus areas that can be of help in establishing a framework for determining industrial AI maturity levels. This includes establishing both technical as well as organizational readiness and sub-criteria therein for various AI maturity phases starting from exploration, experimentation, stabilization, expansion, and leading to AI enabled transformation. This sets the tone for setting up more detailed explorations to develop specific standards in this area, which will help in bridging gaps in expectations across multiple AI stakeholders, primarily the AI application providers and users/customers.
White Paper
Cybersecurity in Agile Cloud Computing--Cybersecurity Guidelines for Cloud Access
Organizations demand immediate, uninterrupted access for their users, no matter where they are located. Digital business transformation efforts, adopting Software as a Service (SaaS), working from home (especially following the COVID-19 pandemic), and emerging edge computing platforms have changed how enterprises work. Digital business transformation requires anywhere, anytime access to applications and services--many of which are located in the cloud. The enterprise perimeter can now be everywhere--a dynamically created, policy-based secure access service edge. Enterprises want to protect their assets from unauthorized entities. Still, they also want to keep business continuity by allowing trusted devices and users to access applications hosted on-premises or in the cloud. To achieve this, one of the most critical security layers is secure remote access. This paper presents the cloud security guidelines and best practices, emphasizing secure remote access.
White Paper
DIITA-Gender Equality and Social Inclusion (GESI) Workstream White Paper - Gender and Technology: The Case of the Energy Sector
Energy policy is often formulated in a gender-neutral manner; that is, it is assumed by policy makers that women and men use and benefit equally from current energy systems. However, research shows that energy policy is, in fact, gender blind--policies are incorrectly considered neutral by policy makers since they ignore the differential impacts they have on different genders and socioeconomic and cultural groups. Based on such false assumptions, the policies are less effective and/or have unintended effects. This paper discusses these issues.
White Paper
Cybersecurity for Next-Generation Connectivity Systems--Rethinking Digital Architectures to Safeguard the Next Generation From Cybersecurity Breaches
This paper outlines the reasons why next-generation architecture is needed that can protect technology, systems, networks, and data in a dynamic risk environment. Although the Internet is integral to the flow of information across the globe and national boundaries, it was not built for the highly sensitive, critical data we see today. Architecture throughout protocol and software application stacks is not set up to face the cybersecurity issues. The forward-facing and strategic approach introduced here promotes an architecture inherently resilient to cybersecurity threats. This approach would also address the needs for 6G technologies, Web X.0, Metaverse, and any evolutionary technologies envisioned.
White Paper
IEEE Conformity Assessment Program (ICAP)--IEEE Industry Roundtable Meeting--Interoperability And Cybersecurity for IoT-Enabled Sensor Devices
This white paper examines the biggest interoperability and cybersecurity issues facing the IoT-enabled sensors and makes recommendations to remedy them. In addition, it proposes a plan to enable the sensor market to take advantage of IoT capabilities. A draft version of this white paper served as supporting material for the IEEE Sensors Roundtable meeting of industry leaders that was held in Austin, Texas, on September 14-15, 2022. This final version has been updated with the recommendations from the Roundtable meeting.
White Paper
Landscape and Ecosystem: Mapping of Key Initiatives Supporting Resilient Education Systems
Since the onset of COVID-19, various coalitions, alliances, and collaborations are addressing the global education crisis. However, gaps existing in the education ecosystem are found to be unevenly addressed. The issues related to safety, security, privacy and mental health of education stakeholders, especially, marginalized groups, are found to have lesser focus initiatives. This paper has mapped out key multination initiatives working to bridge critical gaps and those supporting resilient education systems globally. The multisector stakeholder activities have been categorized as digital infrastructure, digital literacy and skills, digital content and solutions and lastly wellness of educators and learners. Within each of these categories, the name of the organization leading the intervention, its key focus area, the name of its initiative and general overview of activities have been mapped.
White Paper
Overview and Insight: Resilience Across the Education Ecosystem During the COVID-19 Pandemic
In response to the education crisis during restrictions of COVID-19 pandemic, continuation of education was carried out through broadcasting and digital technologies. However, the majority of children around the world are seen to not have access to such technology. For those who have access to technology and devices, education delivery has not been effective due to lack of digital skills in educators and learners. For those with internet access and digital skills, challenges of online exploitation, violence, and exposure to harmful content is felt. In such a scenario, in order to achieve Sustainable Development Goal SDG 4, adoption of holistic e-resilience by design is needed to help ensure that education is inclusive and fit for the future. But in order to succeed, all stakeholder involvement from the entire ecosystem is essential. This paper has examined critical aspects across the educational ecosystem, highlighted gaps in essential components, and posed alternative approaches and policy reforms. Multiple dimensions necessary for e-resilient education system have been considered while making the recommendations. National policies and multilateral collaborative approaches are needed to bridge the digital divide and help ensure broadband connectivity for digital education of all students. It is also important to overcome any linguistic barrier. Encouraging technologies to develop educational contents in local language can ensure that language digital divide is bridged. Another important aspect of a resilient education system is putting efforts in improving digital skills of educators and learners. Digital literacy programs must be implemented effectively in order to achieve a digitally competent population. The next pertinent aspect is measurement of learning outcomes of students. Different approaches are needed to measure and ensure that meaningful learning is taking place in digital space. It is also important to consider that the content of learning is relevant to the student and the economy, as well as that the means of delivery must also accommodate the learning needs of students. A greater emphasis on digital transformation of technical and vocational education and training in alignment to the labor market must be given while developing curriculum for education.
White Paper
5G Enabled Agriculture Ecosystem: Food Supply Chain, Rural Development, and Climate Resiliency
The IEEE SA Transdisciplinary Framework for 5G and Future Networks Enabled Applications and Services Industry Connections (IC) white paper discusses the end-to-end agriculture ecosystem in the context of the food supply chain, rural development, and climate resiliency. A transdisciplinary framework that includes ecosystems, networks, and governance may address the end-to-end agriculture ecosystem in a sustainable and systematic manner. The food supply chain includes the natural environment and resources, food production, processing and packaging, distribution, and consumption. Rural development is discussed within the context of connectivity, cross-ecosystem touch-points, and local economic development. Climate resiliency is addressed through changes in land use and land cover (LULC).
White Paper
Overview and Insight: Performance of Digital Health Systems During the COVID-19 Pandemic
Despite promising collaborative initiatives to develop principles, standards, and guidelines to help late adopters of digital health and developing nations catch up, policymakers are struggling to adopt and integrate digital technologies to their domestic health systems. With a large and growing selection of digital tools available, it is a challenge for countries to know what tools are both available and important and which tools best suit their context and needs for COVID-19 response and recovery and for building resilience to future crises. Underlying the discussions in this paper is an urgent need to restore and build greater transparency and public trust. The public needs to have confidence that digital solutions to public health emergencies protect them, respect their rights and empower them, and do not normalize the deployment of mass surveillance as the only way to deal with a crisis.
White Paper
Mapping of Key Digital Health Initiatives Building Resilience for Current and Future Pandemics
It is important to leverage best practices from the ongoing crisis for strengthening health-care resilience in order to withstand future crises. However, with a large and growing selection of digital tools available, it is a challenge for countries to know what tools are both available and important and which tools best suit their context and needs for COVID-19 response and recovery and for building resilience to future crises. The lack of a globally-accepted standard for documenting and assessing best practices in digital health for pandemic response, recovery, and management is hampering countries' progress in strengthening their digital resilience. In many instances, this has been exacerbated by the lack of data standards and interoperability specifications within and across countries and by a mismatch between the technologies adopted and the digital readiness of the countries.
White Paper
Comparative Analysis: Existing Digital Health Standards, Guidelines, and Toolkits for Pandemic Response
This report highlights the urgent need for a holistic approach that considers all aspects of the digital health ecosystem, and the importance of multidisciplinary and multilevel (local to global) collaborations to strengthen and sustain healthcare resilience.
White Paper
IEEE UAS Standards Tracking and Standards Development Related Research Needs
This paper discusses the findings of an integrated team that formed to identify current IEEE unmanned aircraft systems (UAS) standards and possible research gaps. The team identified the list of standards published by the IEEE and validated whether the standards had been captured correctly. The team also identified research gaps in the current standards and, hence, possible future UAS standards development activities. As part of the effort, the team further identified multiple UAS standards developed for communications and networking, operations and applications, sensors, payload interfaces, and power research areas. The team could not identify any specific research gaps in the current standards development activities but did note a few IEEE standards development projects that need future research. Overall, participants found few general research gaps. In the future, the team should expand to include members from all unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) working groups to better capture research gaps.
White Paper
The Functional Safety Terminology Landscape
This white paper, developed by the Functional Safety Standards Committee (FSSC), describes the landscape of functional safety terminology as used across multiple domains. It has been observed that there are multiple definitions for many of the terms--some of which are domain specific--and there is often an assumption that the terms are commonly understood. Some of the definitions have key differences, which could lead engineers to misunderstanding if they apply a definition that is used in one domain to another. This white paper takes an overview of the existing landscape and establishes a subset of terminology for use in future standards sponsored by the FSSC. It discusses the different understandings of the terminologies used and where they differ and defines a single understanding of the terminology for future use. If the context of a future standard requires a deviation from the definition in this document, then the deviation should be explicitly marked and defined and should be flagged to the FSSC for consideration in future revisions of this document.
White Paper
Example Applications of IEEE Std 2846-2022 to Formal Safety-Related Models
While automated driving system (ADS)-operated vehicles hold the potential for safety improvement compared to human drivers, the recognition that transportation will continue to entail some level of risk has to be considered. Human drivers rely on extensive daily experience in their interactions with other agents on the road, which helps them craft assumptions about reasonably foreseeable behavior of other road users. Similarly, ADS-operated vehicles will also need to make assumptions. Such assumptions play a role within ADS safety-related models, which provide a representation of safety-relevant aspects of driving behavior pertaining to both ADS-operated vehicles and other road users. Furthermore, formal safety-related models provide transparency and certainty in ADS decision-making contexts as they can be formally verified. Therefore, this paper introduces how several safety-related models are making use of reasonably foreseeable assumptions to help with the decision making of an ADS-operated vehicle.
White Paper
Spectrum Considerations for Vehicle-To-Vehicle Communications for Unmanned Aircraft Systems
This white paper provides a broad overview of potential communication technology and spectrum usage options for unmanned aerial systems (UAS). This paper particularly focuses on the detect and avoid (DAA) or collision avoidance (CA) use case, in line with the vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) use case white paper and examines the advantages and disadvantages of state-of-the-art technologies for DAA/CA use case. While specific frequency bands are discussed, along with communication requirements of the UAS, solutions for spectrum usage designs and experimentation have been reserved for white papers to emanate from future IEEE P1920 UAV standard groups.
White Paper
Use Cases for Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V) Communications for Unmanned Aircraft Systems
The purpose of this paper is to look at the various use cases for UAVs and how these different cases impact the ability of UAVs to communicate with other UAVs. This paper expects UAVs to be complementary to ground communication (General Aviation Manufacturers Association, executive summary) to fulfill their operational missions. More specifically, this white paper examines how the detect-and-avoid or collision avoidance use case can be used to form the basis of a vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication protocol and message format. The proposed solution is intended to meet the needs of regulatory requirements, such as the Federal Aviation Administration's Remote ID), and other industry standards organizations, such as ASTM and RTCA, working on the Airborne Collision Avoidance System for Unmanned Aircraft (ACAS Xu) solution for UAVs, aerospace original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) building UAVs, and operators of UAVs. While security requirements and frequency usage were considered, the paper does not propose any detailed solutions in these areas as they will be offered by other sub-groups in the IEEE P1920.2 working group.
White Paper
Security for Vehicle-to-Vehicle Communications for Unmanned Aircraft Systems
The security aspects of V2V communications in UAS addressed by IEEE P1920.2 are delineated in this paper. Those include the architecture of communication interfaces, authentication of V2V parties, cryptographic key management, and zero trust architecture.
White Paper
Concepts for Classification of Adaptive Instructional Systems
This white paper gives a brief introduction to conceptual classification of high-level functional components of adaptive instructional systems identified by the project group, and a proposed model for classifying AISs based on levels of adaptivity. It is offered as a frame for current and future standards development, baseline concepts to facilitate dialog across AIS standards projects.
White Paper
Domain-Specific Use Cases for ROOF (Realtime Onsite Operations Facilitation) Computing Framework
The ROOF framework has been designed to provide innovation, reuse, better user experience, security by design, for harmonizing horizontal as well as vertical integration for the Internet of Things ecosystem. This white paper focuses on real-world applications for the ROOF and how it delivers value for the citizens, government, and businesses.
White Paper
IEEE SA: Pre-Standardization Study for Indian Languages Report
The paper outlines the pre-standardization study for Indian Languages and explains the outcome of that study, the result of which is four additional papers. This series of documents is a pre-standardization study focusing on identifying the gaps in the standards. The series does not offer any recommendation on prioritization of the gaps nor defines any standards to address the identified gaps. The study covers only the listed 22 scheduled languages. The series offers no comments on the validity of its content for the non-scheduled languages. However, readers are free to take the contents and apply them to the non-scheduled languages.
White Paper
Holistic Multidimensional Guidelines: Comparative Analysis: E-Education Standards, Guidelines, and Toolkits
This document examines the existing standards, policy guidelines, and toolkits to determine their efficiency and sufficiency for a new imagined modality of teaching and learning. Apart from those of the UNs Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), standards, guidelines, and toolkits from Nepal, Nigeria, and the United Kingdom (UK) are compared against ten of the most essential operations for effective e-education. The ten most essential components of e-education are broadly divided among six priority areas as follows: * Digital literacy frameworks and standards. * Effective teaching, learning, and administration for e-education. * Digital infrastructure and connectivity. * Remote learning quality, outreach, and affordability. * Localization of digital content and delivery. * Inclusive technology, solutions, tools, and resources.
White Paper
Holistic Implementation Framework: Resilient E-Education Ecosystems
This document provides an implementation framework for developing sustainable, effective and resilient e-education ecosystems in rural areas. The implementation framework is made up of four critical components that are fundamental to the design and development of a holistic, resilient e-education ecosystem. The four critical components are: (i) technical; (ii) human capacity; (iii) economic; and (iv) social, cultural and traditional. Each critical component is comprised of key elements and considerations that need to be examined and addressed in an integrated manner.
White Paper
Holistic Multidimensional Guidelines: Implementing Resilient E-Education Ecosystems In Rural Areas
This document presents holistic multidimensional guidelines for implementing sustainable, effective and resilient e-education ecosystems in rural areas. These guidelines are based on a series of studies conducted by the eWorldwide Group and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers--Standards Association that have been engaging with multiple stakeholders in developing a global framework to better understand and address the multitude of complex and interrelated challenges to achieve holistic e-resilience in education. The guidelines build on this framework that is made up of four critical components: (i) technical; (ii) human capacity; (iii) economic; and (iv) social, cultural and traditional. Each critical component is comprised of key elements and considerations that need to be examined and addressed in an integrated manner.
White Paper
Framework for Integrated Multisector Smart Logistics
This paper is the second in a series and delves deeper into the challenges and gaps in ensuring a resilient and sustainable smart logistics ecosystem, and proposes an integrated multisector smart logistics framework to address these challenges and gaps. An integrated multisector smart logistics framework will be critical for the sustainable growth of the logistics industry, and in turn for commerce and trade, and for the achievement of the sustainable development goals (SDGs).
White Paper
Guidelines for Resilient Food Supplies During Crisis and Emergency Situations
This paper focuses on best practices and guidelines for ensuring resilient and sustainable food supply chain systems during crises and emergencies, as the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing wars have exacerbated the global food crisis. Urgent actions are needed to ensure that nutritious food is delivered to the most vulnerable.
White Paper
Standard Operating Procedure for Digital Commerce in Least Developed Countries
This paper explains the importance of making sure that operationalization digital commerce policy and strategy goes hand in hand with the continued strengthening of the legal and regulatory framework for digital commerce, including addressing concerns over safety and security, data protection and privacy, consumer protection, reliability of payment systems, and fair competition.
White Paper
A Template for Building an Integrated Multisector Smart Logistics Ecosystem
This paper introduces the diverse players in the smart logistics ecosystem with case studies from some of the players on how they have contributed and impacted the smart logistics ecosystem.
White Paper
Framework for Digital Public Goods in Least Developed Countries
Digital public goods (DPGs) are quickly being recognized as indispensable to countries' digital transformation process, helping countries shorten their learning and adoption curve. Enabling the development and adoption of DPG has become a priority. This paper outlines a framework for digital public goods (DPGs) and explains the role of the DPG Alliance, a multi stakeholder initiative facilitating the discovery, development, use of, and investment in DPG.
White Paper
Indian Language Resources--Accessibility Subcommittee Report
This report of the subgroup on information and communication technology (ICT) accessibility is part of per-standardization studies for Indian language resources. It was initiated with industry consultation of IEEE Standards activity to pool expertise across government, industry, and academia. This report provides a brief introduction of the significance of accessibility that underlines the needs of people with disabilities (PwDs), as well as the role and relevance of accessibility in ICT products and services. Once the significance and context of accessibility in ICT is brought out, the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016 is briefly covered, especially the provisions that relate to mandates in respect to the formulation of ICT standards, contents, goods, and services used in everyday life.
White Paper
Indian Language Resources--Evaluation Subcommittee Report
This report summarizes the findings and recommendations of the evaluation subcommittee of the IEEE prestandardization effort on standards for Indian language resources and evaluation for speech and language technology. Evaluation is a crucial aspect of any system. There are several generic challenges for the evaluation of speech and language technology, especially due to the ambiguous nature of human languages, as well as the interactive nature of many of these systems. Furthermore, there are additional challenges specific to Indian languages and the India context. This report summarizes the current metrics and datasets used for the evaluation of various technologies and identifies gaps that need to be addressed. Since there were dedicated subcommittees on speech, text, script, and accessibility, therefore, this report does not go into the details of various evaluation issues specific to these subareas. Instead, here the more generic issues that cut across these subdomains are discussed. A case study is also presented on machine translation (MT).
White Paper
Indian Language Resources--Speech Subcommittee Report
This report summarizes the findings and recommendations of the speech subcommittee of the IEEE prestandardization effort on standards for Indian language resources. Speech processing technology is all about recognizing spoken words. Technologies like language detection, speech transcription, speech synthesis, etc., are part of speech processing technology. In the context of the official Indian languages, there is an identified gap in the status of such technologies for Indian languages. The report focuses exclusively on official Indian languages. It summarizes the available standards and practices, key use cases driving the deployment of such technology, priority gaps that need to be addressed to promote the adoption of speech technologies, resources available, and resources required toward the development of speech technologies, current metrics, and datasets used for evaluation of various technologies and identifies gaps that need to be addressed.
White Paper
Indian Language Resources--Text Processing Subcommittee Report
A lot of research has been done on different NLP tasks and standards both internationally and in Indian languages (ILs). Much software has been built around these tasks and widely used in products. However, often different research and product groups have created different standards to address the problem. This often causes issues in sharing of data, information representation, etc. In this report, the authors investigate the NLP text processing tasks for which standardization is required and subsequently explore the different standards available either in ILs or internationally. They categorize the tasks primarily based on their input/output for this study. Furthermore, they also conduct few case studies based on downstream applications.
White Paper
Fiber Attach Technology White Paper
Optical interconnects are critical to providing reliable and energy efficient data transfer between active and passive devices that are pervasive in data centers, telecommunications, transportation, and many emerging sectors and use-case scenarios. There currently are no standard metrics for assessing the overall performance of these connections. This white paper is intended to highlight this gap and initiate a dialogue for stakeholders to address the current and potential future needs for performance and parametrics that can be uniformly considered across multiple optical interconnect technologies.
White Paper
A Transdisciplinary Strategic Approach to Implementing an Effective Hospital-At-Home Framework
The rise in the incidence of global pandemics and climate catastrophes demonstrates that the demand for healthcare services is stretched beyond what services can be effectively provided. Even with increased healthcare spending in recent years in the United States and worldwide, access to healthcare resources has declined for many. To improve the quality and accessibility of healthcare solutions to meet this increasing demand and increase patient self-efficacy, connected healthcare solutions, including hospital-at-home, are being introduced. Many limitations exist for hospital-at-home models, including policy gaps, technological gaps, and issues patients face specific to their health outcomes. To overcome these limitations, a transdisciplinary framework for hospital-at-home is presented in this white paper. Barriers to the implementation of this framework are discussed, including healthcare worker burnout and the impact on the social determinants of health. Potential extensions to the transdisciplinary framework beyond hospital-at-home are also presented.
White Paper
IEEE and the Protection of Cyberspace: Increasing IEEE's Cybersecurity Role
Dependence on technology is growing, particularly since the COVID-19 pandemic. Yet, the safe use of technology depends on cybersecurity, which is failing to keep up. This failure can derail the global benefits that humanity should achieve from cyberspace and its technologies. Some four million professionals work in the cybersecurity field. IEEE could play a major role in this global community, and in addressing the growing cybersecurity threat, based on four strengths: IEEE's commitment to advancing technology for humanity; its global presence and independence; its engagement across the technology “stack”; and its experience in both cyber research and industry. This report reviews the IEEE experience and its potential role in the global cybersecurity community. Feedback is welcome for future improvements and updates to this report.
White Paper
Application and Future Planning for Standard Knowledge Graph
This paper introduces the development directions of digitized standards of international organizations and the situations of digitized standards in relevant countries, with a focus on a detailed analysis of the principle, construction, and application of a standard-oriented knowledge graph. A future plan is also made for digitized standards and for a knowledge graph of standards.
White Paper
Global Web3 Technology Industry Ecological Development Report
This report asserts that Web3 is not just a simple innovation at the application layer of the internet but a comprehensive evolution and systematic upgrade of the internet architecture as a whole. The World Wide Web (Web) provided a graphical and user-friendly interface for users to search and browse web pages, becoming the first successful internet application worldwide. From a narrow perspective, during the Web1.0 era, users could only passively browse web pages, while in the Web2.0 era, users relied on platforms to create and disseminate information. In the Web3 era, users have more autonomy in managing data and can derive value from creating internet content. From a broader perspective, Web3 aims to decentralize the internet and make it more secure by designing new technical protocols and building new infrastructure. It allows users to have control over their digital identities and assets, creating a truly data-centric economic system in the digital world. This integration of technological and economic systems promotes the fusion of the digital economy and the physical economy through collaborative innovation.
White Paper
The Industrial Metaverse Report
The Industrial Metaverse is an important application area within the Metaverse. The concept of the Industrial Metaverse is relatively cutting-edge, involving complex technologies and diverse industry types. The industrial ecosystem of the Metaverse has not yet been fully established and perfected, but the exploration of applications related to the Industrial Metaverse is gradually unfolding. In order to build consensus and guide the industry to explore the Industrial Metaverse collaboratively, this report is specially prepared to elaborate on the concept, potential changes, conceptual framework, and supporting system of the Industrial Metaverse. It also provides recommendations for promotion, aiming to provide reference and guidance for the practical application and industrial development of the Industrial Metaverse.
White Paper
Discussion on Measurement Test Distance for Determining EIRP or TRP for Active Antenna Systems
This paper discusses general guidance and methodologies for the determination of far-field (FF) peak gain, equivalent isotropic radiated power (EIRP), and total radiated power (TRP) of active antenna systems (AAS) at ranges shorter than the classical Fraunhofer distance (FHD).
White Paper
Position, Posture, and Pose Definitions for 3D Body Processing
The interchangeable use of the terms position, posture, and pose causes confusion for 3D body processing (3DBP) applications. This paper reviews current definitions and contextual use of these terms to suggest standardized nomenclature for posture and pose. This paper also reviews and discusses possible standard definitions for location, body regions, landmarks, and anatomical relationships. With large language models being central to artificial intelligence (AI), standardized terminology is imperative to all digitization efforts. Replicating, or cloning of, actual posture is a known challenge inhibiting cloned human body models, optimized virtual try-on, and critical fit assessment. 3DBP applications need to be sophisticated enough to accept and utilize unique actual postures, in a given pose, which may vary drastically from a predetermined norm. The discussion builds off of current ISO standards to an open discussion for standards toward posture-improved human body models inclusive of widely varying morphology.
White Paper
Understanding An Electronic Health Record System and Its Applicable Data Quality Measures
The purpose of this paper is to define key terms associated with electronic health records and provide a necessary guideline for understanding the need for improving the quality of electronic health records as identified and discussed by the Industry Connect Work-group on Data Quality of Electronic Health Records. Specifically, defining the terms associated with the incompleteness of electronic health records. In addition, the paper provides a brief guideline toward further exploration of problems associated with the quality of electronic health records. It is believed that the documentation of discussion on these topics will instigate further exploration of the challenges associated with the quality of electronic health records.
White Paper
Asset Identification for Electronic Design IP
The Accellera Security Annotation for Electronic Design Integration (SA-EDI) standard provides a framework for producing security assurance collateral for an IP. The root of the standard and its workflow is the identification of assets for a given IP. Once the assets are identified, the corresponding threats and attack surfaces can be determined to help an Integrator address risks in their integrated circuits (ICs). Therefore, if an asset was mistakenly identified, either a false positive or a false negative, the rest of the collateral would become invalid. Unfortunately, the standard provides little guidance on identifying assets and avoiding false positives/negatives. This paper proposes two methodologies for asset identification within an IP using conceptual and structural analysis (CSA) and points of influence and observation (PIO).
White Paper
IEEE 802® Networks for Vertical Applications
This white paper aims to collect and spell out commonalities of IEEE 802 technologies and set the scene in relation to other well-known communication standards of similar behavior.
White Paper
IEEE SA Conformity Assessment Program for IEEE 1588™ in Mobile Networks
Over the past few years, the IEEE 1588 Precision Time Protocol (PTP) standard has been adopted by the telecommunications industry as a preferred solution for synchronizing mobile networks. A key challenge is ensuring that PTP equipment from different manufacturers will operate properly in a mobile network. This paper presents the scope and objectives of the IEEE 1588 Telecommunications Certification Program, launched by the IEEE SA Conformity Assessment Program (ICAP) to meet this challenge.
White Paper
Visioning Sessions Output at the 2015 NESC Summit: Future of the NESC, the NESC Process, and Design Versus Safety
To help ensure the continued relevance of the National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) within the communications and power industry and the workers it serves, NESC leadership decided in 2014 to review the organization's future, its processes, and ongoing issues such as whether it should emphasize design criteria and construction versus the standing 100 years of safety. A review of this nature was deemed particularly important given the rapid evolution of new technologies and other changes affecting NESC's domain. The 2015 NESC Summit held 28-29 April 2015, in Alexandria, Virginia, offered an opportunity to discuss these issues and debate the future of the NESC.
White Paper
IEEE SA Industry Connections and AMTSO Mobile Adware Guidelines - Version 1.0
This document sets out guidelines for advertising-supported software on mobile devices. These guidelines are intended to assist developers of both apps and advertising modules designed to integrate into third-party apps to help ensure that the advertising components operate in an acceptable manner and are presented to users clearly and fairly. It should also serve as a guide for users wishing to evaluate the approach taken by a given app, to help them decide whether it is providing all the information they require to make an informed decision on whether or not to use it. This document is not a comprehensive listing of all issues related to mobile advertising. Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms included in this document are used with their common meaning.
Y32.9-1972
American National Standard Graphic Symbols for Electrical Wiring and Layout Diagrams Used in Architecture and Building Construction
This standard is a revision of American National Standard Y32.9-1962. It also supersedes the military standard MILSTD-15-3, 30 October 1961. The format has been modified and minor changes have been made in the symbols in order to coordinate the industry and military standards. Appendix A shows revised and deleted symbols from both predecessor documents.
These standards have been replaced with a revised version of the standard, or by a compilation of the original active standard and all its existing amendments, corrigenda, and errata.
1-1962
AIEE General Principles Upon Which Temperature Limits Are Based in the rating of Electric Equipment
These principles are intended to serve as a guide in the preparation of AIEE and other Standards which deal with the selection of temperature limits and the measurement of temperature for specific types of electric equipment. They include an outline of the fundamental considerations which determine the selection of temperature limits, appropriate methods of temperature measurement, and a discussion of the factors to be considered in applying the principles to specific cases. Guiding principles are also included for the development of Test Procedures for the thermal evaluation and classification of electrical insulating materials and of insulation systems for use in electric equipment. Insulating materials, as referred to herein, include processed compositions of raw materials and simple combinations thereof before they are fabricated into coils or other structures identified with specific parts of electric equipment. Insulation systems, as referred to herein, include fabricated and processed combinations of insulating materials with the associated parts of electric equipment. Such equipment may contain more than one insulation system.
1-1969
IEEE General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Equipment
Experience and continuing rapid development in electrical insulation have demonstrated the need for periodic review and revision of this document. During the time since the 1962 revision of this document, there has been a need for a more distinct separation of insulation systems and insulating materials. Confusion in nomenclature be tween insulating materials and insulation systems has continued to exist. This present document attempt to overcome this conflict through the complete separation of insulating materials from insulation systems and by the introduction of the temperature index concept for insulating materials. To clarify this separation a distinct section, Part IV, is now provided for insulating materials.
1-1986
IEEE Standard General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation
Technical progress since 1969 revision of this standard has resulted in general agreement that a number of service stresses or factors, influence the life of electrical insulation, in materials tests and in systems used in electric equipment. While earlier editions of this standard made note of this fact, no guidance was provided to equipment committees who found a need to incorporate these additional factors into specific test guides.
100-1988
Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms - Fourth Edition
100-1992
The New IEEE Standards Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms
Over 30,000 terms and definitions that have been standardized by IEEE are included. Over 10,000 new and revised terms have been added since 1988. New edition includes abstracts of IEEE standards. Includes extensive acronym and abbreviation section.
1003.1-1988
IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments
The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 are presented. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard.
1003.1-1990
Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) -- Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]™
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1.
1003.1/I-1992
IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments (IEEE Std 1003.1-1988)
The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1 -1988 are presented. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard.
1003.13-1998
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile - POSIX(TM) Realtime Application Support (AEP)™
This standard is part of the POSIX series of standardized profiles for open systems. It defines environment profiles for portable realtime applications.
1003.1b-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(™)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C language]
This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for realtime applications.
1003.1c-1995
Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(™)) - System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment 2: Threads Extension (C Language)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1.
1003.1d-1999
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(™))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment 4: Additional Realtime Extensions [C Language]
This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user inter-faces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to system services for spawning a process, timeouts for blocking services, sporadic server scheduling, execution time clocks and timers, and advisory information for file management. This standard is stated in terms of its Cbinding.
1003.1g-2000
Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment 6: Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII)
To define a programatic interface for network process-to-process communication.
1003.1i-1995
Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment: Technical Corrigenda to Realtime Extension [C Language]
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1.
1003.1j-2000
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment 5: Advanced Realtime Extensions [C Language]
This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to system services for synchronization, memory management, time management, and thread management. This standard is stated interims of its C language binding.
1003.1q-2000
IEEE Standard for Information technology--Portable Operating Systems Interface (POSIX(TM))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment 7: Tracing [C Language]
This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying trace management services by application programs. These underlying services provide access to streams of event data, where the events can be generated by software and/or hardware, either from the application or the operating system. This standard is stated in terms of its C language binding.
1003.2-1992
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(TM))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities
The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)--Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
1003.2 Int-1994
IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, December 1994 Edition
The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)--Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
1003.2/INT-1994
IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992
The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)- Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
1003.2a-1992
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(TM))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities, User Portability Extension
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-2.
1003.2d-1994
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities--Amendment 1: Batch Environment
This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It is a supplement to IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, which defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex data manipulation. This supplement defines the user interface to a distributed batch queuing environment and includes application environments.
1003.5-1998
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(TM) Ada Language Interfaces--PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
1003.5 Int-1995
IEEE Std 1003.5-1992/INT, October 1995 Edition
The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology–POSIX Ada Language Interfaces–Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
1005-1991
IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Floating Gate Semiconductor Arrays
An introduction to the physics unique to this type of memory and an overview of typical array architectures are presented. The variations on the basic floating gate nonvolatile cell structure that have been used in commercially available devices are described. The various reliability considerations involved in these devices are explored. Retention and endurance failures and the interaction between endurance, retention, and standard semiconductor failure mechanisms in determining the device failure rate are covered. How to specify and perform engineering verification of retention of data stored in the arrays is described. Effects that limit the endurance of the arrays are discussed. The specification and engineering verification of endurance are described. The more common features incorporated into the arrays and methods for testing these complex products efficiently are addressed. The effects that various forms of ionizing radiation may have on floating gate arrays and approaches to test for these effects are covered. The use of floating gate cells in nonmemory applications is briefly considered.
1012a-1998
IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation - Content Map to IEEE 12207.1
The relationship between the two sets of requirements on plans for verification and validation of software, found in IEEE Std 1012-1998 and IEEE/EIA 12207.1-1997, is explained so that users may produce documents that comply with both standards.
1013-1990
IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Methods for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are described. The purpose of this document is to assist system designers in sizing batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document.
1013-2000
IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
A method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used in terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems is described. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document.
1017-1985
IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable
This document presents procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. It applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V. It is intended to apply only to this special purpose cable.
1018-1985
IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable-Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation
This recommended practice establishes requirements for a three-conductor round-type oil-well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. Cables meeting the requirements of the recommended practice shall be rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 257 F (125 C). Use of cable above rated temperature can cause premature deterioration of the insulation. Voltage ratings are nominal phase-to-phase ratings.
1019-1985
IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation
This recommended practice establishes requirements for a three-conductor round-type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. Cables meeting the requirements of the recommended practice should be rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 167 F (75 C). Use of cable above rated temperature can cause premature deterioration of the insulation. The cable defined herein is not recommended for installation below a temperature of 14 F (-10 C). Voltage ratings are nominal phase-to-phase ratings.
1023-1988
IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Superseded. Guidance is provided to management and engineers who wish to develop an integrated program for the application of human factors engineering (HFE) in the design, operation, and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations. The standard covers the program organization and applicability, the plant design aspects to consider, the HFE methodologies that may be used, and a typical program plan for the application of HFE. It is applicable to new facilities or modifications to existing facilities.
1029.1-1991
IEEE Standard for Waveform and Vector Exchange (WAVES)
The Waveform and Vector Exchange Specification (WAVES) is an application of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). This standard covers the dataset structure, header file, WAVES files, external files, execution model, and waveform semantics, and defines three standard packages to support WAVES datasets.
1031-1991
IEEE Guide for a Detailed Functional Specification and Application of Static VAR Compensators
Superseded by 1031-2000. Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered.
1036-1992
IEEE Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors
Guidelines for the application protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered.
1048-1990
IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines
Superseded by 1048-2003. IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines, provides guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-energized overhead transmission and distribution line maintenance. This guide compiles state-of-the-art information on protective grounding practices employed by power utilities in North America
1050-1989
IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations
Superseded by 1050-1996. Guidance for the design of grounding systems for instrumentation and control equipment specific to large central generating stations is provided. The goal is to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references. Requirements for the grounding of systems associated with the interconnection of the station to adjacent substations are considered, since these are a large source of electrical noise. Both ideal theoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented. Applications relating to advanced energy storage and conversion technologies (photovoltaics, fuel cells, etc.) are not considered. .
1050-1996
IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations
Information about grounding methods for generating station instrumentation and control (I&C) equipment is provided. The identification of I&C equipment methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment is included, as well as suitable noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations. Both ideal theoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented.
1057-1994
IEEE Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders
Superseded by IEEE Std 1057-2007. Terminology and test methods for describing the performance of waveform recorders are provided.
1058-1998
IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans
The format and contents of software project management plans, applicable to any type or size of software project, are described. The elements that should appear in all software project management plans are identified.
1058.1-1987
IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans
Revised as IEEE Std 1058-1998. The format and content of software project management plans are prescribed. By software project plan is meant the controlling document that defines the technical and managerial processes necessary to satisfy the project requirements. The requirements are applicable to all types of software projects and to software products of any size, complexity, or criticality at any point in the life cycle. All forms of product delivery media, including firmware, embedded systems code, programmable logic arrays, and software-in-silicon are included.
1058a-1998
IEEE Supplement to Standard for Software Project Management Plans
To establish a correlation between the content of software project management plans as defined in 1058 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation.
1061-1992
IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology
A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating the process and product of software quality metrics is defined. The methodology spans the entire software life cycle. Although this standard includes examples of metrics, this standard does not prescribe specific metrics.
1062-1998
IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition, 1998 Edition
A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed software.
1067-1990
IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV AC
Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ± 750 kV dc.
1067-1996
IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý 750 kV dc
Superseded by 1067-2005. Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý750kV dc.
1068-1990
IEEE Recommended Practice for Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry
General recommendations are provided for users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities.
1068-1996
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry
General recommendations are provided for users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities.
1070-1988
IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components
Superseded by 1070-1995. A generic specification, including design and testing, is provided for transmission modular restoration structure components being widely used today by many electric utilities, both publicly and privately owned. It can be used by electric utilities for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components, to ensure that the particular design is compatible with structures presently in use within the industry. This would enhance transmission mutual aid. Testing is prescribed to provide a high confidence level between manufacturers and/or suppliers and to promote competitive acquisition practices within the industry.
10738-1993
ISO/IEC TR 10738:1993 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5b-1993 Edition] Information technology - Local and Metropolitan area networks - Token ring access method and physical layer specifications - Recommended practice for use of unshielded twisted pair cable (UTP) for token ring data transmission at 4 Mbit/s
This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. The recommended practice for using unshielded twisted pair cables (UTP) for transmitting data at 4 Mb/s is described. Signal characteristics, unshielded twisted pair transmission characteristics, medium interface connection, cable routing, bit error rate, safety, and reliability are covered.
1074-1991
IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
The set of activities that constitute the processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand-alone or part of a system, is set forth. The management and support processes that continue throughout the entire life cycle, as well as all aspects of the software life cycle from concept exploration through retirement, are covered. Associated input and output information is also provided. Utilization of the processes and their component activities maximizes the benefits to the user when the use of this standard is initiated early in the software life cycle. This standard requires definition of a user's software life cycle and shows its mapping into typical software life cycles; it is not intended to define or imply a software life cycle of its own.
1074-1995
IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Superseded by 1074-1997. The set of Activities that constitute the Processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand-alone or part of a system, is provided. Non-software Activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are outside of the scope of this standard. Also provided is associated Input and Output Information.
1074-1997
IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Superseded by IEEE Std 1074-2006. A process for creating a software life cycle process is provided. Although this standard is directed primarily at the process architect, it is useful to any organization that is responsible for managing and performing software projects.
1076-1987
IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Superseded by 1076-2002. IEEE standard VHDL language reference manual.
1076-1993
IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Aiding in the comprehension and use of IEEE VHDL, this unique product offers a comprehensive & reliable tutorial on VHDL - not available anywhere else. An enhancement to IEEE Std 1076-1993, the interactive tutorial is organized into four modules designed to incrementally add to the user's understanding of VHDL and it's applications. This hands-on tutorial shows clear links between the many levels and layers of VHDL and provides actual examples of VHDL implementation, making it an indispensable tool for VHDL product development and users.
1076-2000
IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language.
1076.4-1995
IEEE Standard VITAL Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) Modeling Specification
Superseded by 1076.4-2000. The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined. It creates a methodology that promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL.
1076.6-1999
IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level Synthesis
A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register transfer level (RTL) synthesis is defined. The subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable for RTL synthesis is defined, along with the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain.
1076/INT-1991
IEEE Standards Interpretations: IEEE Std 1076-1987, IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
A series of analyses of various problems regarding the interpretation of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) was carried out by VHDL experts on the VHDL Analysis and Standardization Group, the working group that developed the original IEEE Std 1076-1987. The results of these deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the VHDL community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard.
11-1937
AIEE American Tentative Standards for Railway Motors and Other Rotating Electrical Machinery on Rail Cars and Locomotives
The rules in this division of American Standards cover definitions, classification, rating and methods of test for rotating electrical machinery forming a part of the power equipment of electrically propelled railway cars and locomotives.
11-1943
AIEE American Standard for Rotating Electrical Machinery on Railway Locomotives and Rail Cars and Trolley, Gasoline -Electric and Oil- Electric Coaches
In undertaking the preparation of rules for standards for rotating electrical equipment for railway cars and locomotives under the Rules of Procedure of the American Standards Association, it has been necessary to cover a much wider field than was included in the AIEE Standards for Railway Motors which were published in 1925, approved as American Standards in 1928 and form the basis of this standard. In the first place, the scope of the rules has been changed to include all rotating electrical machinery forming a part of the power equipment of electrically propelled railway cars and locomotives (including trolley, Gasoline-Electric and Oil-Electric coaches). In the second place, it has been found desirable to add new rules covering principally, rating, commutation, and over speed tests. In the third place, the old rules must be brought up-to-date as modern methods of ventilating electrical machinery have changed the situation in many respects. It is therefore felt necessary that some explanatory notes should be added to the rules in order to give the users of the rules a clearer understanding of the reasons for them.
11-1962
AIEE American Standard for Rotating Electrical Machinery Forming a part of the power equipment on electrically propelled railway cars, railway locomotives, and coaches (Trolley and Prime Mover)
This Standard applies to rotating electric machinery forming a part of the power equipment of electrically-propelled railway cars, railway locomotives, and coaches, (trolley and prime mover)
11-1980
IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles
This standard applies to rotating electric machinery which forms part of the propulsion and major auxiliary equipment on internally and externally powered electrically propelled rail and road vehicles and similar large transport and haulage vehicles and their trailers where specified in the contract. Major auxiliary equipment includes equipment such as blower and compressor motors, motor-generator and motor-alternator sets, auxiliary generators, and exciters, usually larger than 3 kilowatts.
1100-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment
Superseded by IEEE Std 1100-1999. Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented.
1100-1999
IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment
Superseded by IEEE Std 1100-2005. Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. The main objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflicting information and confusion, stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the same problem, have dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment performance issues while maintaining a safe installation. A brief description is given of the nature of power quality problems, possible solutions, and the resources available for assistance in dealing with problems. Fundamental concepts are reviewed. Instrumentation and procedures for conducting a survey of the power distribution system are described. Site surveys and site power analyses are considered. Case histories are given to illustrate typical problems.
1101.1-1991
IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers Using IEC 603-2 Connectors
Superseded by IEEE 1101.1-1998. The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 60297-3 (1984-01) and IEC 60297-4 (1995-03) for mounting in equipment according to IEC 60297-1 (1986-09) and ANSI/EIA 310-D-1992, together with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units, printed boards, and back-planes, are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to ensure mechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration guide-lines with attendant advantages, such as reduction in design and development time, manufacturing cost savings, and distinct marketing advantages.
1106-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Nickel-Cadmium Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Superseded by IEEE Std 1106-1995. Maintenance procedures, capacity test schedules, and capacity testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of nickel-cadmium batteries designed for continuous-float applications are provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also given. Sizing, installation, qualification, other battery types, and application are not considered.
1106-1995
IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications
Installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used for continuous-float operations are provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also provided. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
11073-10101-2004
ISO/IEEE Health informatics -- Point-of-care medical device communication -- Part 10101: Nomenclature
Replaces the IEEE Std 1073.1.1.1-2004. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care(POC) medical device communication (MCD), this standard provides the nomenclature that supports both the domain information model and service model components of the standards family, as well as the semantic content exchanged with medical devices. The nomenclature is specialized for patient vital signs information representation and medical device informatics, with major areas including concepts for electrocardiograph (ECG), haemodynamics, respiration, blood gas, urine, fluid-related metrics, and neurology, as well as specialized unit of measurement, general device events, alarms, and body sites. The standard defines both the architecture and major components of the nomenclature, along with extensive definitions for each conceptual area.
11073-10201-2004
IEEE Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Domain information model
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC), this standard provides an abstract object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged information, as well as the events and services that are supported by each object. All elements are specified using abstract syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services. Model extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided.
11073-10404-2010
ISO/IEEE International Standard - Health informatics -- Personal health device communication -- Part 10404: Device specialization -- Pulse oximeter
Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10404-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximetry devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play (PnP) interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters
11073-10408-2010
ISO/IEEE Health informatics – Personal health device communication – Part 10408: Device specialization – Thermometer
Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10408-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometer devices.
11073-10415-2010
ISO/IEEE International Standard - Health informatics--Personal health device communication--Part 10415: Device specialization--Weighing scale
Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10415-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales.
11073-10417-2010
ISO/IEEE Health informatics – Personal health device communication – Part 10417: Device specialization – Glucose meter
Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10417-2009. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters.
11073-20601-2010
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Health informatics--Personal health device communication--Part 20601: Application profile--Optimized exchange protocol
ISO and IEEE 11073 standards enable communication between medical devices and external computer systems. This standard and corresponding IEEE 11073-104zz standards address a need for a simplified and optimized communication approach for personal health devices, which may or may not be regulated devices. These standards align with, and draw upon, the existing clinically focused standards to provide easy management of data from either a clinical or personal health device. This document addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for converting the collected information into an interoperable transmission format so the information can be exchanged between agents and managers.
11073-20601-2016
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Health Informatics -- Personal Health Device Communication - Part 20601: Application Profile - Optimized Exchange Protocol
Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport-independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems and to provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly used methods and tools wherever possible.
1110-1991
IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices in Stability Analyses
Superseded by 1110-2002. Three direct-axis and four quadrature-axis models are categorized, along with the basic transient reactance model. Some of the assumptions made in using various models, including the basic model, are discussed, and the fundamental equations and concepts involved in generator/system interfacing are presented. The various attributes of power system stability are covered in a general way, with two basic approaches being recognized. The first is categorized under large-disturbance nonlinear analysis. The second approach considers small disturbances, where the corresponding dynamic equations are linearized. Applications of a range of generator models are discussed and treated. The manner in which generator saturation is treated in stability studies, both in the initialization process, as well as during large or small disturbance stability analysis procedures is addressed. Saturation functions that are derived either from test data or by the methods of finite elements are developed. Different saturation algorithms for calculating values of excitation and internal power angle, depending upon generator terminal conditions, are compared. The question of parameter determination is thoroughly covered. Two approaches in accounting for generator field and excitation system base quantities are identified. Conversion factors are given for transferring field parameters from one base to another for correct generator/excitation system interface modeling. Suggestions for modeling of negative field currents and other field circuit discontinuities are included.
1115-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications
Superseded by 1115-2000. Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a nickel-cadmium battery to supply that load are described. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than nickel-cadmium batteries are not included. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also not included.
112-1984
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators
Superseded by 112-1991. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
112-1991
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators
Superseded by 112-1996 and 112-2004. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
112-1996
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators
Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
1120-1990
IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning, Design, and Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables
Replaced by 1120-2004. IEEE Std 1120-1990, IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning, Design, and Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables, provides a checklist of factors to be considered in the planning, design, and installation of power and communications cables in a submarine environment. It does not attempt to provide complete cable design criteria.
1122-1987
IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High-Voltage Impulse Tests
Digital recorders and digital oscilloscopes used for measurements during tests with high-impulse voltages and high-impulse currents are considered. Terms specifically related to the digital recorders used for monitoring high-voltage and high-current impulse tests are defined. The performance characteristics for such recorders, necessary to ensure their compliance with the requirements for high-voltage and for high-current impulse tests, are specified. The tests and procedures that are necessary to show that these performance characteristics are within those specified limits are indicated.
1127-1990
IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Safe and Reliable Substations for Environmental Acceptance
Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations are identified, and ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered.
1127-1998
IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility
Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations are identified, and ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered.
1138-1994
IEEE Standard Construction of Composite Fiber Optic Ground wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines
The construction, mechanical and electrical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for a composite overhead ground wire with optical fibers, commonly known as OPGW are discussed.
1143-1994
IEEE Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables
A concise overview of shielding options for various types of interference and recommendations on shielding practices, including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods, are provided.
1145-1990
IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Safety precautions, installation design considerations, and procedures for receiving, storing, commissioning, and maintaining pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems are provided. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. This recommended practice applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems.
1149.1-1990
IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture
Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, and support of assembled printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards.
1149.1-2001
IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture
Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, and support of assembled printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards.
1149.1a-1993
Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture (1149.1)
A test access port and boundary-scan architecture for digital integrated circuits and for the digital portions of mixed analog/digital integrated circuits are discussed. These facilities seek to provide a solution to the problem of testing assembled printed circuit boards and other products based on highly complex digital integrated circuits and high-density, surface-mounting assembly techniques. The facilities also provide a means of accessing and controlling design-for-test features built into the digital integrated circuits themselves. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, so that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. (This publication includes IEEE 1149.1a-1993.)
1149.1b-1994
IEEE Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture (1149.1)
Superseded by 1149.1-2001 A language to describe components that conform to IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 is described in this supplement. The language is based on the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). General characteristics, the overall structure of a boundary-scan description language (BSDL) description, special cases, and example packages are included.
115-1983
IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines
Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors.
115-1995
IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Part I--Acceptance and Performance Testing Part II-Test Procedures and Parameter Determination for Dynamic Analysis
Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors.
1159-1995
IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality
This Recommended Practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems
115A-1987
IEEE Standard Procedures for Obtaining Synchronous Machine Parameters by Standstill Frequency Response Testing
The application of standstill frequency response testing methods for obtaining direct- and quadrature-axis stability parameters is described. Measurable parameters at standstill are discussed, and the test method is described. This standard is a supplement to ANSI/IEEE Std 115-1983, IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines.
1187-1996
IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications
Superseded by 1187-2002. Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) storage batteries are provided. Recommended safety practices are also included. This recommended practice applies to all VRLA battery stationary installations.
1188-1996
IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications
Superseded by IEEE Std 1188-2005 Maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications are covered. Guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced is also provided.
120-1955
IEEE Standard for Master Test Code for Electrical Measurements in Power Circuits
The methods given here include measurements, as made with either indicating or integrating instruments, of power, voltage and current in direct current and alternating-current single-phase and polyphase rotating machinery, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment and mercury rectifiers. It also includes measurements made with supplementary instruments and devices. This code does not include such measurements as resistance and temperature which are often included in determining the performance characteristics of electric machinery. Instruments for these latter measurements will be found in the specific codes dealing with the particular measurement; such as AIEE Master Test Code for Temperature Measurement, No. 551.
1202-1991
IEEE Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies
Revised by IEEE Std 1202-2006 A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray are established. It applies to single insulated and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered. A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray are established. It applies to single insulated and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered.
1205-1993
IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
The guidelines are provided for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating degradation of Class 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations due to aging. The methods described can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E equipment beyond its qualified life. A discussion of stressors and aging mechanisms is included. If aging considerations have been satisfactorily addressed through other means (e.g., equipment qualification), then use of this guide may not be warranted. For some equipment, only partial application of this guide may be warranted.
1206-1994
IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone Handsets and Headsets
Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of telephone handset or headset by means of using a test connection to obtain objective measurements are provided. The obtained test results may be used as a means of evaluating or specifying the transmission performance of a handset or headset on a standardized basis.
1210-1996
IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling Lubricants With Wire and Cable
Superseded by 1210-2004 Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable-pulling lubricants are used to lower the tension on cable as it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatibility of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is considered.
12119-1994
IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard - Information Technology - Software Packages - Quality Requirements and Testing
1212-1991
IEEE Standard Control and Status Register (CSR) Architecture for Microcomputer Buses
Superseded by IEEE Std 1212-2001 A common bus architecture (which includes functional components–modules, nodes, and units–and their address space, transaction set, CSRs, and configuration information) suitable for both parallel and serial buses is provided in this standard. Bus bridges are enabled by the architecture, but their details are beyond its scope. Configuration information is self-administered by vendors and organizations based upon IEEE Registration Authority company_id.
1219-1992
IEEE Standard for Software Maintenance
The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described.
1219-1998
IEEE Standard for Software Maintenance
Replaced by ISO/IEC 14764: 2006. The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described.
122-1985
IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional Performance Characteristics of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units
Superseded by 122-1991. Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for steam turbine-generator units that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the following types of steam turbines, rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, or either, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive to speed are not covered.
1220-1994
IEEE Trial Use Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process
The interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution are defined. This standard applies to a performing activity within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle sustainment. It specifies the requirements for the systems engineering process and its application throughout the product life cycle. The requirements of this standard are applicable to new products as well as incremental enhancements to existing products
1220-1998
IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process
Superseded by 1220-2005 The interdisciplinary tasks, which are required throughout a system's life cycle to trans-form customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution, are defined. In addition, the requirements for the systems engineering process and its application throughout the product life cycle are specified. The focus of this standard is on engineering activities necessary to guide product development while ensuring that the product is properly designed to make it affordable to produce, own, operate, maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or the environment.
12207.0-1996
IEEE/EIA Standard - Industry Implementation of International Standard ISO/IEC 12207:1995 (ISO/IEC 12207) Standard for Information Technology -- Software Life Cycle Processes
Superseded by 12207:2008(E) (IEEE Std 12207-2008). ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 contains concepts and guidelines to foster better understanding and application of the standard. Thus this standard provides industry a basis for software practices that would be usable for both national and international business.
12207.1-1997
IEEE/EIA Guide - Industry Implementation of International Standard ISO/IEC 12207 : 1995 (ISO/IEC 12207) - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data
ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.1 provides guidance for recording life cycle data resulting from the life cycle processes of IEEE/EIA 12207.0.
1226-1993
IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) Overview and Architecture
Superseded. The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) is defined, and mandatory requirements for implementations ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET and their interrelationships are described. Guidelines and requirements governing the elements of the ABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used throughout the set are defined.
1232-1995
IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Tie to Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE): Overview and Architecture
SUPERSEDED BY IEEE STD 1232-2002 This document is the base standard for the AI-ESTATE set of standards. The overall concept of AIESTATE, which is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services for the test and diagnostic environment, is defined; mandatory requirements for implementing AI-ESTATE are specified; the elements of AI-ESTATE and their interrelationships are described; guidelines and requirements to govern the documents in the AI-ESTATE set of standards are established; and the terminology used throughout the set is defined. The purpose of the AI-ESTATE set of standards is to standardize interfaces between functional elements of an intelligent test environment and representations of knowledge and data for the functional elements of the intelligent test environment.
1232.1-1997
IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Data and Knowledge Specification
Formal models for information used in system diagnosis are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this standard includes several models that form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners, and also provides a formal typing system for the services defined in the AI-ESTATE service specification.
1232.2-1998
IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Service Specification
Formal software interfaces to system diagnosis tools and applications are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this standard defines services to manipulate information models as defined in IEEE Std 1232.1-1997 and to control a diagnostic reasoner. This standard includes a new information model to manipulate dynamic information obtained during the process of system diagnosis. Service bindings to ANSI C and ANSI Ada are also provided.
1233-1996
IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications
Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an expressed need is provided. Developing a SyRS includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the requirements. Also addressed are the conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constraints, and design configuration requirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of individual requirements and the set of all requirements.
1233-1998
IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications
Replaced by ISO/IEC/IEEE 29148:2011. Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an expressed need is provided. Developing an SyRS includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the requirements. Also addressed are the conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constraints, and design configuration requirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of individual requirements and the set of all requirements.
1233-1996/Cor a-1998
IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications
To establish a correlation between the content of systems requirements specification as defined in 1233 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation.
1234-2007
IEEE Guide for Fault Locating Techniques on Shielded Power Cable Systems
Tests and measurements that are performed on shielded power cables to identify the location of a fault are described. Whenever possible, the limitations of a particular test and measurement to locate a fault are provided and recommendations are made regarding specialized fault-locating techniques. A fault characterization chart is included as an aid to select a fault-locating technique.
1241-2000
IEEE Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital Converters
IEEE Std 1241-2000 identifies analog-to-digital converter (ADC) error sources and provides test methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. This standard also presents terminology and definitions to aid the user in defining and testing ADCs.
1246-1997
IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations
Superseded by 1246-2002. The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations are covered.
1247-1998
IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1,000 Volts
The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures are covered. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors.
125-1977
IEEE Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators
The recommended specification was updated to include the latest practices on the North American continent and the title was changed from a recommended specification to a "Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications. . . ." Insofar as possible, the Practice has been made consistent with the ASME Performance Test Code PTC29-1965 and the draft of the corresponding IEC document.
1250-1995
IEEE Guide for Service to Equipment Sensitive to Momentary Voltage Disturbances
Computers, computer-like products, and equipment using solid-state power conversion have created entirely new areas of power quality considerations. There is an increasing awareness that much of this new user equipment is not designed to withstand the surges, faults, and reclosing duty present on typical distribution systems. Momentary voltage disturbances occurring in ac power distribution and utilization systems, their potential effects on this new, sensitive, user equipment, and guidance toward mitigation of these effects are described. Harmonic distortion limits are also discussed.
1267-1999
IEEE Guide for Development of Specification for Turnkey Substation Projects
The technical requirements to engineer, design, specify, fabricate, manufacture, furnish,install, test, commission, and provide as-built documents for air-insulated substations are covered. This guide investigates the methods, practices, and requirements of both users and suppliers in order to promogate a systematic and coordinated approach for development of specifications for turn-key substation projects.
1268-1997
IEEE Guide for the Safe Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment
Superseded by IEEE Std 1268-2005. Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 230 kV is provided.
1278-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Protocols for Distributed Interactive Simulation Applications--Entity Information and Interaction
Superseded. Revision was redesignated 1278.1. Data messages, called protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs provide information concerning simulated entity states and the types of entity interactions that take place in a distributed interactive simulation (DIS). The messages defined are for interactions that are primarily within visual range. Future versions of this standard will contain additional PDUs required to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently supported.
1284-1994
IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral Interface for Personal Computers
Superseded by IEEE Std 1284, 2000 Edition A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications between hosts and printers or other peripherals is defined. A format for a peripheral identification string and a method of returning this string to the host outside of the bidirectional data stream is also specified.
1286-1997
IEEE Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices Used in Enclosures
Drawout type grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in medium-voltage metal-clad switchgear rated above 4.76 kV through 38 kV are covered. The description, design, and testing of these accessory devices that are inserted in place of drawout circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing are also covered.
1296-1994
IEEE Information Technology--High-performance synchronous 32-bit bus: MULTIBUS II
The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high- performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple processor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state-of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective, high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry are provided for messages. The message-passing design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance--32 to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered.
13-1930
AIEE Transformers, Induction Regulators and Reactors (Revised)
Transformers. (Exclusive of instrument transformers, auto transformers used as part of auto starters, rectifiers, special testing, series street lighting, sign lighting, ignition, and radio transformers and all small transformers used for special purposes.) Standards for instrument transformers and for constant-current transformers are the subjects of separate sections
1300-1996
IEEE Guide for Cable Connections for Gas-Insulated Substations
The coordination of design, material supply, installation, and test procedures required for the connection of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) is described. Preferred dimensions for mechanical and electrical interchangeability for voltage classes of 69kV and above are established.
1307-1996
IEEE Trial Use Guide for Fall Protection for the Utility Industry
General recommendations for fall protection and worker protection are provided. Sufficient details of the methods, equipment, and training requirements necessary to provide safe and adequate procedures for personnel working at elevated worksites are presented.
1309-1996
IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes are provided. Data recording and reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified.
1313-1993
IEEE Standard for Power Systems - Insulation Coordination
Equipment for three-phase alternating-current (ac) systems having a system voltage above 1 kV nominal is discussed. Except for some definitions, this standard includes only phase-to-ground insulation. The object of this standard is to guide the preparation of specifications for insulation of the various items of equipment in a given installation.
13210-1994
ISO/IEC/IEEE International standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX(TM)
The general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards are defined. This document is aimed primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX test methods.
1329-1999
IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree Telephone Sets
Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephones (HFTs) are provided. Due to the various characteristics of HFTs and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures to a typical HFTs should be determined on an individual basis.
1349-2001
IEEE Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations
This guide was developed to assist individuals, organizations, and suppliers with the application of motors in Class I, Division 2 locations, where flammable gases and vapors may occasionally be present. Three-phase and single-phase ac synchronous and induction electric motors, fractional through very large sizes, are covered in this guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of general-purpose enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints. Results of motor surface temperature tests and calculations performed by Working Group Member companies are documented in the guide. Guidance is included for maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 locations. Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for general-purpose motor applications in Class I, Division 2 areas. Industry experience and established practices are documented for the application of general-purpose motors in Class I, Division 2 locations and guidance is given for applying motors in these locations. This guide is not a specification and is not intended for use as a specification for purchasing motors installed in Division 2 locations.
1362-1998
IEEE Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of Operations (ConOps) Document
Replaced by ISO/IEC/IEEE 29148:2011. The format and contents of a concept of operations (ConOps) document are described. A ConOps is a user-oriented document that describes system characteristics for a proposed system from the users' viewpoint. The ConOps document is used to communicate overall quantitative and qualitative system characteristics to the user, buyer, developer, and other organizational elements (for example,training, facilities, staffing, and maintenance). It is used to describe the user organization(s), mission(s), and organizational objectives from an integrated systems point of view.
1362a-1998
Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of Operations Document: Content Map for IEEE 12207.1
To establish a correlation between the content of concept of operations documents as defined in 1362 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation.
1364-1995
IEEE Standard Hardware Description Language Based on the Verilog(R) Hardware Description Language
The Verilog Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
1366-1998
IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices
Superseded by IEEE Std 1366-2003. Useful distribution reliability indices, and factors that affect their calculation, are identified. This guide includes indices that are useful today as well as ones that may be useful in the future. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions.
1379-1997
IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Intelligent Electronic Devices and Remote Terminal Units in a Substation
A uniform set of guidelines for communications and inter-operations of Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) and Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) in an electric utility substation is provided. A mechanism for adding data elements and message structures to this recommended practice is described.
1387.2-1999
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) system administration--Part 2: Software administration
This standard is part of the POSIX(TM) series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that software and information.
1388-2000
IEEE Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data
Superseded by IEEE Std C57.12.37-2006. A basis for the electronic reporting of transformer test data on liquid immersed distribution class transformers as defined in the ANSI C57.12.2X standards series is provided. The specific set of test data to be reported and the format in which it is to be reported is detailed along with an extended set of data as an option for the user.
139-1952
IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Field Intensity Above 300 MC from Radio Frequency Industrial, Scientific, and Medical Equipment
The greatly increased use of the radio-frequency spectrum above 300 megacycles since World War II made necessary a re-examination of the interference problem. Not only may interference occur between equipments and services operating at these high frequencies, but also interference may be caused by equipments operating at lower frequencies with appreciable harmonic radiation above 300 megacycles. In particular, electromagnetic radiation from radio-frequency industrial, scientific and medical equipments may cause interference to communication services above 300 megacycles.
13961-2000
ISO/IEC 13961:2000 (IEEE Std 1596-1992) Information Technology -- Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI)
14-1925
AIEE Instrument Transformers
The Standards in this section apply to transformers designed for use with measuring or control devices.
14.S1-1962
IRE Standards on Piezoelectric Crystals:Definitions of Ferroelectric Crystal Terms 1962
140-1950
IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-Frequency Heating Equipment
Superseded. IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-Frequency Heating Equipment, describes procedures that may be applied in the design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in industrial and other purposes, excluding applications in the field of telecommunication and information technology. These procedures are intended to reduce the amount of radio-frequency energy leaks, which can interfere with other equipment and broadcast services; they may also be used as remedial measures when harmful interference occurs.
1407-1998
IEEE Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks
Superseded by IEEE Std 1407-2007. Accelerated aging tests on extruded medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks are addressed. Information on the equipment, cable samples, test conditions, and measurements to perform the aging tests is provided. Techniques on how to analyze the test data are also included. The implementation of this guide will allow a better description of the test data obtained by different laboratories.
1410-1997
IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines
Superseded by IEEE 1410-2004. This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1991.
142-1956
IEEE Grounding of Industrial Power Systems
Looking at the problem from an overall standpoint, the grounding of the system would in most cases be done by making a metallic connection direct or through an impedance between transformer or generator neutrals and the building grounding system which is described in Chapter II. The grounding system described in Chapter II in turn is connected to earth through the system of ground rods and water pipes described in Chapter IV. The protective systems discussed for static and lightning protection in Chapter III would likewise be connected to the ground rods and water pipe system as outlined in Chapter IV.
142-1982
IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Green Book)
The problems of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap of one phase, are covered. The advantages and disadvantages of grounded versus ungrounded systems are discussed. Information is given on how to ground the system, where the system should be grounded, and how to select equipment for the grounding of the neutral circuits. Connecting the frames and enclosures of electric apparatus, such as motors, switchgear, transformers, buses, cables conduits, building frames, and portable equipment, to a ground system is addressed. The fundamentals of making the interconnection or ground-conductor system between electric equipment and the ground rods, water pipes, etc. are outlined. The problems of static electricity–how it is generated, what processes may produce it, how it is measured, and what should be done to prevent its generation or to drain the static charges to earth to prevent sparking–are treated. Methods of protecting structures against the effects of lightning are also covered. Obtaining a low-resistance connection to the earth, use of ground rods, connections to water pipes, etc. is discussed. A separate chapter on sensitive electronic equipment is included.
142-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Superseded by IEEE Std 142-2007 (Green Book). This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. The problems of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap of one phase, are covered.
143-1954
IEEE Guide for Ground Fault Neutralizers, Grounding of Synchronous Generation Systems, Application and Neutral Grounding of Transmission Systems
Improvement in service reliability is a factor in power transmission and distribution which has received considerable emphasis in recent years. Several means for obtaining improvement in service reliability are in general use. These include ground-fault neutralizers, immediate reclosing of circuit breakers, overhead and buried ground wires, arresters and expulsion protector tubes. All have demonstrated an ability to limit outages on transmission and distribution systems. None of these means considered, however, has shown a perfect record in all cases of application.
144-1971
IEEE Standard Guide for Evaluating the Effect of Solar Radiation on Outdoor Metal-Clad Switchgear
The general information in this Guide is applicable to all forms of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear. Specific data are given in Fig. 2 for outdoor metal-clad switchgear.* The many combinations of sizes and ratings in similar housings make it impracticable to provide equivalent information for outdoor low-voltage metal-enclosed air circuit-breaker switchgear. Data are not yet available for specific recommendations for other switchgear equipment or components.
1448a-1996
Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes
The base document (ISO/IEC 12207) establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a standalone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain the in sum country foreword including compliance methodology, software life cycle process objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite of standards consisting of 3 parts: 1) 1448 which will include ISO 12207, Software life processes plus the supplement 1448a, which provides the in sum country foreward which includes the IEEE compliance methodology (supported by software life cycle process objectives and software life cycle data objectives), key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. 2) 1448.1, Life Cycle Data, which will provide an integrated set of data content descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207 along with guidance on which existing IEEE standards which provide additional detail. 3) 1448.2, Implementation Considerations, which provide clarifications to 12207 to allow flexibility with prevalent business practices. It will also provide guidance on development strategies and build planning, software reuse, joint management reviews, management indicators, and system architecture.
145-1969
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
In 1948, two complementary Standards on antennas were published by the IRE; these were Definitions of Terms and Methods of Testing. Both were the work of the Technical Committee on Antennas. Subsequently, this committee was renamed the Antennas and Waveguides Committee, and three Standards dealing with waveguides were published during the period from 1953 to 1959. The attention of the committee then returned to antennas, and in 1965 Test Procedure for Antennas (IEEE No. 149) was published. This was a revision of the 1948 Methods of Testing; it also contained a short list of new and revised definitions of terms as well as a discussion of their significance. The following Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas is a comprehensive revision of the 1948 Definitions of Terms. It also supersedes the definitions contained in the 1965 Test Procedure, although the changes in those definitions are few and relatively minor. As this work reached completion, the Antennas and Waveguides Committee divided into two separate committees, one on antennas and one on waveguides. These are now incorporated into the structures of the IEEE Group on Antennas and Propagation and the IEEE Group on Microwave Theory and Techniques, respectively.
145-1973
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
In 1969, IEEE Standard 145 was published as a list of basic terms of antenna theory and practice. That document treated antenna gain as a fundamental property, with impedance and polarization as independent properties. The definitions of gain, directivity, impedance, and polarization were worded to emphasize this independence. Various other significant groups of terms were also defined, such as the regions of the electromagnetic field of an antenna, the terms relating to cross section, the tracking antenna techniques, and the idealized radiators.
145-1983
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
Superseded by 145-1993. Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided.
145-1993
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided.
1462-1998
IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:1995 Information Technology - Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools
This standard defines a process for evaluating and selecting a Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tool for a software development or maintenance activity. The standard addresses the evaluation and selection of tools supporting software engineering processes including: project management processes, development processes, and integral processes. Project purpose: The primary users of ISO/IEC 14402 are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also use 14402 to describe the characteristics of their CASE tools.
1474.1-1999
IEEE Standard for Communication Based Train Control Performance Requirements and Functional Requirements
SUPERSEDED BY 1474.1-2004 Abstract: Performance and functional requirements for a communications-based train control (CBTC) system are established in this standard. A CBTC system is a continuous, automatic train control system utilizing high-resolution train location determination, independent of track circuits; continuous, high-capacity, bidirectional train-to-wayside data communications; and trainborne and wayside processors capable of implementing automatic train protection (ATP) functions, as well as optional automatic train operation (ATO) and automatic train supervision (ATS) functions. In addition to CBTC functional requirements, this standard also defines headway criteria, system safety criteria, and system availability criteria for a CBTC system.
1478-2001
IEEE Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car Electronic Equipment
Baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or survive are specified in this standard.
149-1965
IEEE Standards Test Procedure for Antennas
This Test Procedure, which supersedes the previous issue, Standards on Antennas--Methods of Testing 48 I R E 2S2, is concerned with measurements of the properties which characterize antennas. In Section 1.2, symbols and units to be used in this test Procedure are defined. The effect of the environment on the antenna and its characteristics is discussed in Section 1.3, and certain precautions to be taken during the measurements are suggested. In Section 1.4, the usefulness of the reciprocity theorem in antenna measurements is cited, along with examples of situations in which this theorem does not apply.
1490-1998
IEEE Guide - Adoption of PMI Standard, A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge
The subset of the Project Management Body of Knowledge that is generally accepted is identified and described in this guide. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. It does not mean that the knowledge and practices should be applied uniformly to all projects without considering whether they are appropriate.
1498-1995
EIA/IEEE Interim Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Software Development: Acquirer-Supplier Agreement (Issued for Trial Use)
This standard defines a set of software development activities and resulting software products. It provides a framework for software development planning and engineering. It is also intended to merge commercial and Government software development requirements within the framework of the software life cycle process requirements of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and International Organization for Standardization (ISO). The term software development is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, re-engineering, maintenance, and all other processes or activities resulting in software products.
1512.3-2002
IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers
Superseded by IEEE Std 1512.3-2006 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about hazardous material and other cargo and contents of vehicles and buildings involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. That data exchange is specifically to support real-time interagency transportation-related incident management. Message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) syntax. This standard comprises one companion volume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard:IEEE Std 1512-2000, IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers. Other members of that family that are forthcoming include two other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation management and public safety. Collectively, this family of standards shall be referred to as the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of these standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. These events include any such event that impacts transportation systems, or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system, and whether or not a response is required.
1517-1999
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Reuse Processes
A common framework for extending the software life cycle processes of IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0-1996 to include the systematic practice of software reuse is provided. This standard specifies the processes, activities, and tasks to be applied during each phase of the software life cycle to enable a software product to be constructed from reusable assets. It also specifies the processes, activities, and tasks to enable the identification, construction, maintenance, and management of assets supplied.
1523-2002
IEEE Guide for the Application, Maintenance, and Evaluation of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Silicone Rubber Coatings for Outdoor Ceramic Insulators
Various important aspects that are needed for satisfactory long-term performance of High-Voltage Insulator Coatings (HVIC) are presented in this guide. Various possible application scenarios, maintenance issues on coated insulators, factors affecting long-term performance, the question of aging, laboratory accelerated tests, and functional outdoor evaluation are described.
15287-2-2000
ISO/IEC 15287-2:2000 (IEEE Std 1003.13, 1998 Edition) Information technology--Standardized Application Environment Profile--Part 2: Posix(TM) Realtime Application Support (AEP)
15288-2002
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard -- Systems Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes
This International Standard also provides processes that support the definition, control and improvement of the life cycle processes used within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use these life cycle processes when acquiring and supplying systems
15288-2007-2007
Systems and Software Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes
1580-2001
IEEE Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for Use on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms
Requirements are given for single or multi-conductor cables, with or without metal armor and/or jacket, and rated 300 V to 35 kV, intended to be installed aboard marine vessels, fixed and floating offshore facilities, and in accordance with industry installation standards and the regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ).
15802-3-1998
[ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition] Information Technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Common specifications--Media access control (MAC) bridges
Superseded **Revision of 802.1D-1990 edition (aka ISO/IEC 10038). 802.1D incorporates P802.1p and P802.12e. It also incorporates and supersedes published standards 802.1j and 802.6k. Superseded by 802.1D-2004. The concept of Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging, introduced in the 1993 edition of this standard, has been expanded to define additional capabilities in Bridged LANs aimed at providing for expedited traffic capabilities, to support the transmission of time-critical information in a LAN environment; and providing filtering services that support the dynamic use of Group MAC Addresses in a LAN environment.
167A-1975
IEEE Facsimile Test Chart
IEEE Std 167-1966. Test Procedure for Facsimile was based on previous issues of the IEEE Test Chart.
167A-1987
IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Charts (Revised as 167A.1)
No abstract
172-1971
IEEE Standard Definitions: Navigation Aid Terms
This document represents a revision of material contained in the previous edition of IEEE Standard No. 172 (54 IRE 12.S1) and IEEE Standard No. 174. In addition, there has been consolidated into this document selected applicable terms from 49 IRE 12.SI. 59 IRE 12.SI, former IEEE Standard No. 173, and the IRE Dictionary which was published in 1961.
176-1949
IEEE Standards on Piezoelectric Crystals, 1949
In 1945 a report entitled Standards on Piezoelectric Crystals: Recommended Terminology was prepared by the Committee on Piezoelectric Crystals and issued by the Institute. The present report involves not only much new material, but also a revision of certain portions of the earlier report. Part I of the 1945 report (corresponding to Part 1 of this Standard) remains unchanged, with the following exceptions: The use of left-handed axes for left crystals is now abandoned (see Sections 1,9, and 1.11 to 1.14); and the 1945 rules for rotated plates are now supplanted by the rules in the present report.
18-1934
AIEE Standards for Capacitors
The standards in this section apply to capacitors for the following types of service. (a) Power applications 1. Power factor correction. 2. High frequency induction furnaces. 3. Capacitor motors. (b) Resonant shunts and filters. (c) Blocking capacitors (d) Power oscillator circuits
18-1964
IEEE Standard for Capacitor Units
These Standards apply to shunt- and series-connected capacitor units on alternating-current power transmission and distribution systems, at nominal frequencies of 60 cycles per second or below, for the purpose of modifying the performance of the circuits at normal frequency
18-1968
IEEE Shunt Power Capacitors
This standard applies to capacitors designed for shunt connection to alternating current power transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 60 cycles or less.
18-1980
IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating-current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz are considered. Service conditions, ratings, manufacturing, and testing are covered. A guide to the application and operation of power capacitors is included.
18-1992
IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
Superseded by 18-2002. Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating-current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz are considered. Service conditions, ratings, manufacturing, and testing are covered. A guide to application and operation of power capacitors is included.
1802.3-1991
Conformance Test Methodology for IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: - CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Currently Contains Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) Cable (Section 4)
Methods for conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are defined. The conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard. It is comprised of two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the second to capability and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described.
1802.3d-1993
Conformance Test Methodology for IEEE Standards Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications--Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) (Section 6)
Methods for conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are defined. The conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 standard, clause 14. It comprises two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the second to capability and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described.
187-1951
IEEE Standards on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of Spurious Radiation from Frequency Modulation and Television Broadcast Receivers
Modern broadcast radio receivers of the super-heterodyne type are frequently sources of spurious radiation from the local oscillator, which radiation may cause severe interference with other services. In addition, in the case of television broadcast receivers, there may be radiation of power from other sources beside the local oscillator. This Standard describes the potential sources of spurious radiation from frequency modulation and television broadcast receivers and sets up methods of measurement whereby the strength of some of these radiations may be determined. Where the method for the two classes of receivers differ, the specifications for each are outlined
187-1990
IEEE Standard on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of Spurious Radiation from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers
Superseded by 187-2003. IEEE Standard on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of Spurious Radiation from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers, describes the potential sources of spurious radiation from frequency modulation and television broadcast receivers and sets up methods of measurement. This standard is not intended to apply to equipment other than FM and television broadcast receivers.
19-1938
AIEE Oil Circuit Breakers
These standards apply to all types of oil circuit breakers, whether for indoor or outdoor service
1B-1944
AIEE Report on Guiding Principles for the Specification of Service Conditions in Electrical Standards
In the various standards there will be found a number of different situations regarding Usual Service Conditions. The following three are typical. 1. The group where the maximum ambient temperature is specified. The Standards for Bushings, Fuses, Lightning Arresters, Protector Tubes and Potential Devices where 40 C ambient is used and Marine Equipment where 50 C ambient is used are typical of this group. 2. The group where both the maximum and daily average temperatures of the cooling medium are specified. Standards for Transformers, Regulators and Neutral Grounding Devices are typical of this group. 3. The group where a higher ambient temperature is specified for silver contacts than for copper contacts. Standards for Circuit Breakers, Air Switches and Switchgear Assemblies are typical of this group. It is suggested that a selection of one of the following groups can be made for the statement of Usual Service Conditions in most of the standards for specific equipment.
1C-1954
AIEE Test Code for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random-Wound Electric Machinery
1D-1957
AIEE Guide For the Preparation of test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Electrical Insulating Materials
The important considerations to be taken into account in the development of test methods and in the preparation of Test Procedures are described in this Guide. Suggestions are included concerning aging temperatures, environmental conditioning, and the reporting of test results. The objective of the Test Procedures is to provide methods for determining the relative thermal life of insulating materials. The data obtained should provide the basis for establishing temperature classifications for materials. The thermal life values of the materials tested should provide preliminary data which can be used in selecting insulating materials for electric equipment. Test Procedures should also provide methods for determining the rate at which the important properties of materials deteriorate with thermal aging. To perform satisfactorily, insulating materials must have the required combination of physical, chemical, and dielectric properties. These properties should be evaluated separately by test methods not within the scope of these Test Procedures. These Test Procedures are intended to determine the changes in properties of materials caused by thermal aging.
1E -1957
AIEE Guide for Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment
Test Procedures for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for equipment should include introductory remarks necessary for a clear understanding of the objectives of the particular tests with respect to the industry served and of the special requirements that exist. If any different or new concepts of insulation behavior, or use, are embodied in a Test Procedure, they should be clearly stated. Technical Committees should attempt to assure that each Test Procedure: 1. Gives statistically consistent results. 2. Provides data free from bias of the tester. 3. If models are used, they give results representative of the equipment. The equipment itself may be evaluated where feasible. 4. Results in information that correlates with field experience in a satisfactory manner
1F-1958
AIEE Report on Guide for Statistical Analysis of Test Data
As is stated in AIEE No. 1, accelerated life tests are recommended to determine the probable life expectancy of electrical insulating materials and of complete insulation systems under different conditions of service. Recommended procedures for conducting life tests at various temperatures to accelerate insulation degradation are outlined in AIEE ID and IE. AIEE publications Nos. 57, 65, 510 and 511 are examples of test procedures developed for this purpose. After life data from such tests have been obtained at different temperatures, the problem is to evaluate the resultant data so that the life expectancy of insulation can be estimated. For this purpose, life expectancy is considered as a function of temperature. The most probable form of this relationship, and its reliability, are determined by the statistical procedures outlined herein.
20-1951
AIEE Standard for Low-Voltage Air Circuit Breakers (and Application Guide)
This standard applies to all air circuit breakers with interrupting rating over 10,000 amperes as follows: A. Air circuit breakers 1500 volts or fewer alternating current and 3000 volts or fewer direct current. Special purpose air circuit breakers for the control of generators, rectifiers and for heavy-duty applications, in addition to meeting these standards generally have other requirements not yet standardized. B. All field discharge breakers comprising air circuit breaker contact elements with field discharge contacts added, of any ampere rating single pole or multipole. C. Air circuit breakers assembled as integral units in supporting and enclosing housings of insulation material for voltage ratings up to and including 600 volts alternating current, 250 volts direct current. D. Air circuit breakers, when in individual enclosures usually built of steel for separate mounting.
2000.1-1998
IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000 Terminology
This standard provides concepts, definitions, remediation techniques, and other supporting terms fundamental to a lexicon for Year 2000 terminology. It addresses key topics pertinent to the development of resolutions to the Year 2000 problem. The core of this standard is the definitions section which contains the definition for Year 2000 compliance. Two critical aspects of this definition are: first, the acknowledgment of the significance of documentation associated with technology, and, second, the recognition that compliance is a two-way street, i.e. the proper exchange of date data is paramount for technology to remain compliant.
2001-1999
IEEE Recommended Practice for Internet Practices - Web Page Engineering - Intranet/Extranet Applications
Superseded by 2001-2002 This standard defines recommended practices for Web page engineering. It addresses the needs of Webmasters and managers to effectively develop and manage World Wide Web projects (internally via an intranet or in relation to specific communities via an extranet). This standard discusses life cycle planning: identifying the audience, the client environment, objectives, and metrics, and continues with recommendations on server considerations, and specific Web page content. IEEE Std 2001-1999 defines conformance for both Web pages and tools that generate Web pages. This document is intended to reduce site-management costs, reduce legal risks, facilitate user satisfaction, and increase the productivity of Web applications for both maintainers and users.
2003-1999
ISO/IEC 13210 : 1999 (IEEE Std 2003-1997), Information technology--Requirements and guidelines for test methods, specifications and test method implementations for measuring conformance to POSIX(TM) standards
20A-1946
AIEE Proposed Standard for Low-Voltage Air Circuit Breakers (Published for one year trial use)
This standard applies to all air circuit breakers with interrupting rating over 10,000 amperes as follows: A. Air circuit breakers 1500 volts or less alternating current and 3000 volts or less direct current. Special purpose air circuit breakers for the control of generators, rectifiers and for heavy duty applications, in addition to meeting these standards generally have other requirements not yet standardized. B. All field discharge breakers comprising air circuit breaker contact elements with field discharge contacts added, of any ampere rating single pole or multipole. C. Air circuit breakers assembled as integral units in supporting and enclosing housings of insulation material for voltage ratings up to and including 600 volts alternating current, 250 volts direct current. D. Air circuit breakers, when in individual enclosures usually built of steel for separate mounting.
21-1941
AIEE Apparatus Bushings and Proposed Test Code
This test code pertains to tests on apparatus bushings themselves apart from tests on the assembled apparatus.
21-1942
AIEE Standards for Apparatus Bushings and Proposed Test Code for Apparatus Bushings
These standards specifically cover the following types of bushings: (o) Outdoor bushings for large apparatus. (6) Cover type bushings for small apparatus. (c) Indoor bushings for all types of apparatus except dry type instrument transformers, air-blast transformers, dry type regulators, and circuit breakers rated below 5,000 volts, and non-oil tight oil circuit breakers rated 50,000 kVA or less. These standards are not intended to apply to wall bushings, cable potheads, nor insulators for back connected disconnecting switches, although many of the principles may be applicable. The bushing requirements as specified in these standards apply to bushings when mounted for testing in accordance with specified arrangements as given in the Test Code (Appendix I ). Requirements when installed in apparatus should be covered by standards for such apparatus.
21-1964
American Standards Requirements and Test Code for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings
This Standard covers the following: (1) Electrical requirements for outdoor power apparatus bushings having basic impulse insulation levels 110 through 1300 kilovolts. (2) Mechanical requirements for the outdoor power apparatus bushings listed in Table 7.4. (3) Dimensions of the outdoor power transformer and alternating-current power circuit breaker apparatus bushings listed in Tables 7.1(a), 7.1(b), and 7.1(c). 1.2 This Standard does not apply to bushings for indoor apparatus, dry type instrument transformers, air-blast transformers, dry type regulators, oil-less and oil-poor apparatus, roof, floor, wall and generator bushings, potheads, distribution type circuit breakers and back-connected switch insulators. 1.3 Bushing requirements as set forth in this Standard apply to bushings when mounted for testing, according to requirements outlined in Section 9.3.
21-1976
IEEE General Requirements and Test Procedure for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings
This standard applies to outdoor power class apparatus bushings which have basic impulse insulation levels of 100 kV and above for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers.
211-1969
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation
Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation
213-1961
ANSI/IEEE Radio Interference: Methods of Measurement of Conducted Interference Output to the Power Line from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz
FM and television broadcast receivers are frequently potential sources of interference to other FM and television broadcast receivers as well as to receivers in other services. In the range of 300 kc to 25 Mc, this interference can arise from high-level receiver signals such as the IF and, in television receivers, the horizontal deflection system. This standard defines a method for obtaining a measure of the interference conducted by the power line from these various interference sources in the frequency range of 300 kc to 25 Mc. It supersedes and replaces the following three standards: IRE Standards on Receivers: Methods of Measurement of Interference Output of Television Receivers in the Range of 300 to 10,000 kc, 1954 (54 IRE 17.S1), IRE Standards on Methods of Measurement of the Conducted Interference Output of Broadcast and Television Receivers in the Runge of 300 kc to 25 Mc, 1956 (56 IRE 27.S1), and 'Supplement to IRE Standards on Receivers: Methods of Measurement of Interference Output of Television Receivers in the Range of 300 to 10,000 kc, 1954 (54 IRE 17. SI) (58 IRE 27. SI). This standard describes standard input signals, the equipment set-up and measurement techniques.
219-1961
IEEE Recommended Practice on Audio and Electro Acoustics Loudspeaker Measurements 1961
These Recommended Practices define terms associated with loudspeakers and their testing, recommend various methods of testing, and indicate preferred methods of presenting information regarding their characteristics. Specific information is presented in Sections 2-7. Discussions of a more qualitative nature are given in Sections 8 and 9. In these Practices, the tests recommended involve physical, steady-state measurements only. Work has been and is now being done on transient measurements of loudspeaker performance, but experience with these methods is still not sufficiently widespread to warrant their inclusion. While the physical data which can be obtained as detailed in Sections 4-9, inclusive, are a helpful guide in designing and in selecting a loudspeaker for a certain purpose, they are not a complete guarantee that the subjective performance will be satisfactory. Wherever it is possible, the quality of reproduction should be checked by means of listening tests such as those described in the literature.1
22-1925
AIEE Standards Disconnecting and Horn Gap Switches
These standards apply to all types of disconnecting and horn gap switches whether for indoor or outdoor service.
22-1940
AIEE Standard for Air Switches and Bus Supports
These standards apply to all types of air switches and bus supports above 600 volts whether for indoor or outdoor service. These standards do not apply to air circuit-breakers. (See Standard No. 20.)
22-1952
AIEE Standard for Air Switches, Insulator Units, and Bus Supports (Supersedes AIEE No 22- 1942 and 22A- 1949)
This standard applies to the following types of devices designed for operation above 600 volts whether for indoor or outdoor service. (a) Air switches such as disconnecting, grounding, etc., for manual or automatic operation. (See 22-73, 75 and 79) (b) Air interrupter switches. (See 22-79.3) (c) Insulator units and bus supports. (See 22-119 and 71)
24-1977
IEEE Standard Electrical, Dimensional, and Related Requirements for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings
This standard covers electrical, dimensional, and related requirements for outdoor power class apparatus bushings which have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and higher. It provides specific values for dimensional and related requirements which are to be interpreted, measured, or tested in accordance with IEEE Std 21-1976, IEEE General Requirements and Test Procedure for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings(ANSI C76.1-1976). Bushings covered by this standard are intended for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers
24-1984
IEEE Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings
This standard covers electrical, dimensional, and related requirements for outdoor power class apparatus bushings which have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and higher. It provides specific values for dimensional and related requirements which are to be interpreted, measured, or tested in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Std 21-1976. Bushings covered by this standard are intended for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers.
25-1936
AIEE Report of Standards for Fuses Above 600 Volts
These Standards apply to all types of fuses whether for indoor or outdoor service, except fuses for 600-voIts and below for which specifications of the National Electric Code definitely define the requirements.
25-1941
AIEE Revised Report on Standards for Fuses Above 600 Volts
These standards apply to all types of fuses whether for indoor or outdoor service, except fuses for 600 volts and below
25-1945
AIEE Standards for Fuses Above 600 Volts
These standards apply to all types of fuses whether for indoor or outdoor service, except fuses for 600 volts and below.
25-1952
AIEE Standards for Fuses Above 600 Volts
This standard applies to the following types of devices designed for operation above 600 volts whether for indoor or outdoor service. (a) Fuses (see paragraph 25-50). (b) Fuse cutouts (see paragraph 25-63). (c) Fuse parts of combined equipment.
25-1958
AIEE Standards for Fuses Above 600 Volts
This Standard applies to the following types of devices designed for operation above 600 volts whether for indoor or outdoor service. (a) Fuses (see paragraph 25-50). (b) Fuse cutouts (see paragraph 25-64). (c) Fuse parts of combined equipment
251-1963
IEEE Proposed Test Procedure for Direct Current Tachometer Generators
This Test Procedure covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of direct-current tachometer generators. Direct-current tachometer generators are used for a variety of indicating and control purposes and a characteristic of primary importance in one application may be of little or no importance in another. This Procedure shall not be interpreted or construed as requiring the making of all or any of the tests herein in any given transaction. It is recognized that there may be methods other than those described herein. When more than one method is available, local conditions and the degree of precision desired will determine the method to be used. It is also recognized that tests under or after exposure to unusual environmental conditions are important in some applications but the diversity of these requirements is such that it is not practical to include them at this time.
252-1963
IEEE Proposed Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Magnetic Gap
This Test Procedure covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap. Constants in several equations and forms apply to threephase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another number of phases. It is not intended that the Procedure cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature. The Procedure shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described herein in any given transaction
252-1977
IEEE Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Magnetic Gap
This test procedure covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap. Constants in several equations and forms apply to three-phase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another number of phases. It is not intended that the Procedure cover all possible tests of a research nature. The Procedure shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described herein in any given transaction.
259-1965
IEEE Proposed Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for Specialty Transformers
The object of this Test Procedure is to establish a method for estimating by comparison the life expectancy of specialty transformer insulation systems under actual operating conditions. The electrical insulation of specialty transformers is made up of many different components selected to withstand the widely different electric, mechanical, and thermal stresses occurring in different parts of the structure. How long an insulation system will be serviceable depends on the effectiveness of the physical support for the insulation, and the severity of the forces acting on it, as well as on the materials themselves and the service environment. Therefore, the length of useful life of the insulation system will depend on the way that its individual components are arranged, their interactions upon each other, and the contribution of each component to the electrical and mechanical integrity of the system. It is the intent of this Test Procedure to have each component of the composite structure operate and perform during the test under conditions which are similar to actual operating conditions in the transformer, modified only as necessary to accelerate failure. Prolonged exposure to high temperature is the principal aging factor employed in these tests. Other tests such as mechanical stress, exposure to moisture, and voltage have been chosen in such a way as to develop and disclose promptly any significant weakness or deterioration of the insulation system
259-1974
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for Specialty Transformers
A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type specialty and general-purpose transformers can be compared is established. These insulation systems are intended for use in the types of transformers described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992.
259-1994
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for Specialty Transformers
A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type specialty and general-purpose transformers can be compared is established. These insulation systems are intended for use in the types of transformers described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992.
26-1930
AIEE Automatic Stations
The standards in this section apply to all types of automatic power switching equipment within the definitions given in 26-61 to 26-69 inclusive for all classes of service
260-1978
IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Units, Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units)
Superseded by 260.1-1993 (redesignation). No Abstract.
260.1-1993
American National Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Units, Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units)
Superseded by 260.1-2004. General principles of letter symbol standardization are discussed. Symbols are given for general use and for use with limited character sets. The symbols given are intended for all applications, including use in text and equations; in graphs and diagrams; and on panels, labels, and nameplates.
260.4-1996
American National Standard Letter Symbols and Abbreviations for Quantities Used in Acoustics
Reaffirmed 2008. Letter symbols for physical quantities used in the science and technology of acoustics are covered. Abbreviations for a number of acoustical levels and related measures that are in common use are also given. The symbols given in this standard are intended for all applications.
262-1968
USA Standard Test Code for Distribution , Power and Regulating Transformers, and Shunt Reactors
This standard prescribes methods for performing tests specified in USA Standard General Requirements for Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, and Shunt Reactors, C57.12.00-1968, and in the separate apparatus standards of the 057.12 Series of USA Standards. The test methods covered herein are as follows: Resistance measurements (see Section 2) Dielectric insulation (see Section 3) Losses and impedance (see Section 4) Ratio and regulation (see Section 5) Temperature rise (see Section 6) Insulation power factor tests (see Section 7) Polarity and phase relation (see Section 8) Short-circuit calculations (see Section 9)
262-1973
American National Standard Test Code for Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
This standard prescribes methods for performing test specified in American National Standard General Requirements for Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, C57.12.00-1973 (IEEE 462-1973) and in the separate transformer standards of the C57.12 Series of American National Standards.
264-1968
IEEE Standard for High-Power Wide-Band Transformers.
This publication pertains to wide-band transformers, transmitting power of more than 100 watts.* Guides to application and test procedures are included. Appendices contain certain precautions and recommended practices. Provision is made for including data for use in the design of feedback amplifiers and control networks or other circuits in which knowledge of the transformer amplitude- and phase-frequency response is needed by the system designer. These transformers are required to transform voltage within specified tolerances of amplitude and phase when operating between specified impedances.
268-1966
IEEE Recommended Practice for Units in Published Scientific and technical Work
The recommendations contained in this document are based upon the following premises, which are believed to represent the broadest base of general agreement among proponents of the major unit systems
268-1973
IEEE Recommended Practice for Units in Published Scientific and Technical Work
In this period of transition, authors and editors of scientific and engineering literature sometimes need basic information on the International System of Units (the Metric System), described in this standard. This contains the units, supplementary units, and multiplier prefixes of the International System, along with instructions for their correct use. Numerous examples are given. Conversions between the International and the British-American System are also discussed, and a procedure is described for rounding after such conversions. Three appendixes define the International System base units, list conversion factors, and explain the work of the International Bureau of Weights and Measures.
268-1976
IEEE/ASTM Standard Metric Practice
This standard describes the International System of Units (SI), the modern version of the metric system. It includes listings of the base units, supplementary units, and units derived there from. Guidance is provided on application of the SI prefixes, other units in use with SI (including units accepted for limited use and units to be abandoned), and unit selection. A section on style and usage covers the writing of unit symbols and names, pronunciation, and recommendations for numbers. Extensive guidance is provided on conversion and rounding including tables for conversion of linear dimensions, also pressure and stress, along with a very extensive table of conversion factors. An appendix provides background information in the development of SI.
268-1979
IEEE Standard Metric Practice
This standard describes the International System of Units (SI), the modern version of the metric system. It includes listings of the base units, supplementary units, and units derived therefore. Guidance is provided on application of the SI prefixes, other units in use with SI (including units accepted for limited use and units to be abandoned), and unit selection. A section on style and usage covers the writing of unit symbols and names, pronunciation, and recommendations for numbers. Extensive guidance is provided on conversion and rounding along with a very extensive table of conversion factors. An appendix provides background information in the development of SI.
268-1982
IEEE Standard Metric Practice
This standard describes the International System of Units (SI), the modern version of the metric system. It includes listings of the base units, supplementary units, and units derived therefrom. Guidance is provided on application of the SI prefixes, other units in use with SI (including units accepted for limited use and units to be abandoned), and unit selection. A section on style and usage covers the writing of unit symbols and names, pronunciation, and recommendations for numbers. Extensive guidance is provided on conversion and rounding along with a very extensive table of conversion factors. An appendix provides background information in the development of SI.
268-1992
American National Standard for Metric Practice
Guidance for the application of the modernized metric system in the United States is given. Known as the International System of Units (SI), the system is intended as a basis for worldwide standardization of measurement units. Information is included on SI, a limited list of non-SI units recognized for use with SI units, and a list of conversion factors from non-SI to SI units, together with general guidance on proper style and usage.
268A-1980
IEEE International System of Units Conversion Factors Card
International System of Units Conversion
269-1966
IEEE Proposed Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone Sets
The method requires a suitable Artificial Mouth. It also specifies a standard Artificial Ear, standard circuits comprising direct-current power feed and connecting loops, and a standard pressure microphone. 2.3 This Standard is intended for use in measuring the transmission characteristic over the frequency range most useful for speech, e.g. 150 to 5000 hertz. It is to be used for single-frequency measurements and for measurements with continuously varying frequencies such as slow sweeps and warble bands. 2.4 It is suitable also for measuring the transmission performance of conventional telephone sets equipped with handsets using carbon transmitters and used with 2-wire circuits. It is not intended to be applicable to special devices such as noise-exclusion transmitters, distant-talking transmitters, insert-type receivers, or noise-exclusion receivers equipped with large ear pads. 2.5 This Standard is based on a standard pressure microphone to measure the sound field produced by the Artificial Mouth and to measure the pressure developed in the Artificial Ear. 2.6 Drawings and test procedures as well as other pertinent information have been included as an aid to designers in setting up the tests.
269-1971
IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone Sets
The methods that are used to measure telephone-set transmission performance may be divided into two classes: objective methods and subjective methods. The objective methods, which are those to be discussed in this standard, utilize a sound source resembling the human mouth to drive the transmitter, and a simple air volume resembling that of the human ear as a termination for the receiver. The sound source comprises a source of electrical energy and a moving-coil loudspeaker unit having supplementary electrical and acoustical components that provide a sound field similar to that produced by a typical human voice. This special loudspeaker is referred to as an Artificial Mouth. The terminating air volume, in which the sound pressure generated by the receiver is measured, is provided by a device referred to as an Artificial Ear. The Artificial Mouth and Ear are useful in comparing the performance of telephone sets at frequencies in the significant portion of the speech range.
27-1930
AIEE Switchboards and Switching Equipment for Power and Light
The following Standards cover switchboards and switching equipment not specifically covered elsewhere as apparatus. These Standards do not apply to industrial control equipment or communication switchboards and switching equipment.
27-1942
AIEE Standards for Switchgear Assemblies
These standards cover assemblies of switchgear devices such as switches, interrupting devices, control, metering, protective and regulating equipment with associated interconnections and supporting structures. These standards do not apply to industrial control equipment, communication switchboards and switching equipment, or switchboards for shipboard
270-1966
IEEE Proposed Standard Definitions of General (Fundamental and Derived) Electrical and Electronic Terms
This dictionary of electrical terms has its origin in the revision of the Group OS, General (Fundamental and Derived) Terms, portion of the 1941 edition of the American Standard Definitions of Electrical Terms, ASA C42. Responsibility for the preparation of these definitions was centered in Subcommittee No. 1 of ASA Sectional Committee C42.
271-1966
IEEE Technical Report on Switching Surge Testing of Extra-High-Voltage Switches
Redesignated as IEEE C37.34e. The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) are covered; its intent is advisory. This guide discusses parameters to be supplied by the purchaser and technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer. Environmental conditions, general and specific equipment requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are included to aid the user.
275-1966
IEEE Proposed Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for A-C Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated at 50 to 2000 horsepower 35 to 1500 Kilowatts mechanical output and below 6600 volts
A wide variety of synthetic electrical insulating materials are available for application in electric machinery and apparatus. Included in these materials are the silicones, fluorocarbons, wire enamels, new films, rubbers and varnishes. As there is a growing tendency to either rely solely on these materials as electrical insulation, or to employ them with the old familiar materials in novel combinations, there is a corresponding increase in the problems associated with the selection and evaluation of insulations. Frequently an insulation system or combination of insulation materials must be evaluated rather than one insulating material. Many of the specifications regulating the use of insulation materials were written before the advent of the newer synthetics and were based upon experience gained with the old materials over a long period of time. Difficulties arise, therefore, when an effort is made to classify these new materials or combinations for insulation purposes under the USA Standards as Class A, Class B, Class F or Class H insulations. This Test Procedure has been prepared to outline useful procedures for the evaluation of systems of insulation for form-wound rotating electric machines. It is expected that the several insulating materials, or components, making up any insulation system to be tested will first be screened in accordance with specific test procedures for each type of material.
275-1981
IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-Insulated Stator Coils, Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
This standard outlines a test procedure for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for alternating-current electrical machines using form-wound pre-insulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and below. It is the intent of this procedure to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such special requirements as machines enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dusts, or to submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results.
277-1967
IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
The continuing expansion and modernization program in the cement industry has placed an increasing importance on the cement plant power distribution system. Increasing plant capacity accompanied by larger kilns, grinding mills, crushers, and the increasing use of automatic controls has placed greater stress on the adequacy and reliability of the distribution system. Safety, capacity, reliability, and low maintenance-all at a reasonable cost-are the requirements of the cement plant power distribution system.
277-1975
IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
The continuing expansion and modernization program in the cement industry has placed an increasing importance on the cement plant power distribution system. Increasing plant capacity accompanied by larger kilns, grinding mills, crushers, and the increasing use of automatic controls has placed greater stress on the adequacy and reliability of the distribution system. Safety, capacity, reliability, and low maintenance - all at a reasonable cost - are the requirements of the cement plant power distribution system.
279-1968
Proposed IEEE Criteria for Nuclear Power Plant Protection Systems
These criteria established minimum requirements for the safety-related functional performance and reliability of protection systems for stationary land-based nuclear reactors producing steam for electric power generation. Fulfillment of these requirements does not necessarily fully establish the adequacy of protective system functional performance and reliability. On the other hand, omission of any of these requirements will, in most instances, be an indication of system inadequacy. For purposes of these criteria, the nuclear power generating station protection system encompasses all electric and mechanical devices and circuitry (from sensors to actuation device input terminals) involved in generating those signals associated with the protective function. These signals include those that actuate reactor trip and that, in the event of a serious reactor accident, actuate engineered safeguards such as containment isolation, core spray, safety injection, pressure reduction, and air cleaning.
27A-1941
AIEE Switchgear Assemblies
These standards cover assemblies of switchgear devices such as switches, interrupting devices, control, metering, protective and regulating equipment with associated interconnections and supporting structures. These standards do not apply to industrial control equipment, communication switchboards and switching equipment, or switchboards for shipboard.
28-1931
AIEE Report on Standards for Lightning Arresters
The standards in this section shall apply to all types of lightning arresters designed for the protection of alternating-current power circuits.
28-1936
AIEE Standards for Lightning Arresters
The standards in this section shall apply to all types of lightning arresters designed for the protection of alternating-current power circuits.
28-1944
AIEE American Standards for Lightning Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits
These standards apply to all types of lightning arresters which are designed for the protection of alternating-current power circuits, and which have an element with non-linear volt-ampere characteristic to limit the follow current.
28-1957
AIEE American Standards for Lightning Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits
These standards apply to lightning protective devices designed to limit repeatedly voltage surges on 50 or 60 cycle per second power circuits by passing surge discharge current and subsequently automatically interrupting the flow of follow current. This standard applies to devices for separate mounting and to those supplied integrally with other equipment
28-1962
AIEE American Standards for Lightning Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits
The current issue of this Standard is a revision of the previous issue C62.1-1957 to change many of the definitions, to add a new definition titled "Virtual Duration of Wave Front" which changes the method of measuring time to crest value, to eliminate the word "type" from arrester classification designations as superfluous, to add a 10 kv distribution arrester and 90 kv intermediate and station arresters to the list of standard ratings, to change the standard ratings above 90 kv to multiples of 3, 6, and 12 kv, and to make many editorial changes for purposes of clarification or conciseness.
28-1972
IEEE Standard for Surge Arresters (Lightning Arresters) for Alternating Current Power Circuits
The issuance of this document to supersede IEEE Std 28-1967 (ANSI C62.1-1967) revises many portions of the standard and adds two significant design tests, namely, switching-surge sparkover characteristic tests for station and intermediate arresters rated 60 kV and above, and radio influence voltage (RIV) and internal-ionization-voltage tests.
28-1974
ANSI/IEEE Standard for Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits
This document supersedes IEEE Std 28-1972 (ANSI C62.1-1971) and revises many portions of the previous edition. Three new significant design tests have been added to determine: (1) The highest 1.2 x 50 standard impulse which the surge arrester will allow without sparkover (2) The effect of external contamination on sparkover (3) Surge arrester disconnector characteristics Additional substantive changes include: (1) New definition of prorated section (2) Revision of Table 1 to include a 25 kV distribution surge arrester and special ratings for rotating machine protection (3) Increase in maximum rate-of-rise for front-of-wave sparkover test (4) Expanded range of currents in the discharge voltage test (5) Reduced high current test for station surge arresters to 65 kA (6) Expanded Table 4 to include test values for 550 kV and 800 kV system surge arresters (7) General revision of pressure-relief test
281-1968
IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communications Apparatus
This Standard covers usual and unusual environmental service conditions; nominal voltage ratings, allowable voltage and supply frequency variations and ripple, and insulation withstand voltage levels.
286-1968
IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of Rotating Machinery Stator Coil Insulation
The procedures described in this Recommended Practice are applicable to stator coils designed for use in rotating machinery which operates at a system voltage of 6600 volts or higher. 2.2 The coil insulation under consideration is principally the major ground-wall insulation which is external to the conductor structure. Only that part of the strand and turn insulation which is dielectrically in series with the ground-wall insulation enters into the measurements
28A-1950
AIEE Report on Standard for Valve and Expulsion Type Lightning Arresters
This standard applies to lightning protective devices designed for repeated operations to limit voltage surges on 60 cycle power circuits1 and to interrupt repeatedly power follow current. It applies specifically to lightning arresters of the valve and expulsion types as defined in this standard. Arresters claimed to be in accordance with this standard must meet the tests specified herein.
28B-1956
AIEE Revised Report on Standards for Valve and Expulsion Type Lightning Arresters
These standards apply to lightning protective devices designed to limit repeatedly voltage surges on power circuits1 by passing surge discharge current and subsequently automatically interrupting the flow of power follow current. Arresters claimed to be in accordance with these standards, including those supplied integrally with equipment, must meet the tests specified herein.
291-1969
IEEE Standards Report on Measuring Field Strength in Radio Wave Propagation
Two standard methods for field-strength measurement are described. The standard-antenna method consists of measuring the received power or open-circuit voltage developed in a standard receiving antenna by the field to be measured and computing the field strength from the measured voltage and the dimensions and form of the standard antenna. The standard-field method consists of comparing voltages produced in an antenna by the field to be measured and by a standard field, the magnitude of which is computed from the dimensions of the transmitting antenna, its current distribution, the distance of separation, and effect of the ground. The measurement procedures are outlined, including calibration of commercial field strength and extension of the methods to microwave frequencies. Methods for measuring power radiated from an antenna under several different conditions are briefly presented, and the important considerations for securing useful and accurate measurements are described.
299-1969
IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Shielding Effectiveness of High-Performance Shielding Enclosures
Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of room-sized, high-performance electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 14 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively). The types of enclosures covered include single-shield or double-shield structures of various constructions such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with building, and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening hardware cloth, or metal foil. The intent is to reflect current practice and to provide a common reference for suppliers and users on the performance of shielding enclosures.
299-1991
IEEE Standard for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures
Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively) for enclosures having no dimension less than 2.0 m. The types of enclosures covered include, but are not limited to, single-shield or double-shield structures of various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a building; and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil, or shielding fabrics.
3-1942
AIEE Proposed Standard for Guiding Principles for the Selection of Reference Values for Electrical Standards
3-1943
AIEE Standards for Guiding Principles for the Selection of Reference Values for Electrical Standards
3-1962
AIEE Guiding Principles for the Selection of Reference Values for Electrical Standards
30-1937
AIEE Definitions and General Standards for Wires and Cables
These standards include definitions and standards of a general character which are applicable to wires and cables for power purposes. The standards for specific kinds of insulation will be found in the individual standards for those insulations.
30 -1944
AIEE American Standard Definitions and General Standards for Wires and Cables
These standards include definitions and standards of a general character which are applicable to wires and cables for power purposes. The standards for specific kinds of insulation will be found in the individual standards for those insulations.
300-1969
USA Standard and IEEE Test Procedure for Semiconductor Radiation Detectors (For Ionizing Radiation)
Semiconductor radiation detectors have come into widespread use in recent years for detection and high-resolution spectroscopy of ionizing radiation. Both silicon and germanium detectors have been developed, with silicon finding its principal application in the detection and analysis of heavy charged particles. Germanium detectors with their relatively high atomic number (as compared with silicon) and with large sensitive volumes have come into widespread use in the detection and analysis of gamma radiation. The rapid development and utilization of these detectors have made desirable standard test procedures so that measurements may have the same meaning to all manufacturers and users. This Test Procedure is not intended to imply that all tests described herein are mandatory, but only that such tests as are carried out on completed devices should be performed in accordance with the procedures given. A companion document is "Test Procedure for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers for Semiconductor Radiation Detectors," IEEE Standards Publication No. 301.
300-1982
IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle Detectors
The object of this standard is to establish standard test procedures for semiconductor charged-particle detectors. These detectors are in wide-spread use for the detection and high resolution spectroscopy of charged particles. It is desirable to maintain standard test procedures so that measurements may have the same meaning to all manufacturers and users. Not all tests described in this standard are mandatory, but tests which are used to specify performance shall be performed in accordance with the procedures described herein.
301-1969
IEEE Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers for Semiconductor Radiation Detectors (For Ionizing Radiation)
Semiconductor radiation detectors have come into widespread use in recent years for detection of ionizing radiation. Both silicon and germanium detectors have been developed with silicon finding its principal application in the detection and analysis of heavy charged particles. Germanium detectors with their relatively high atomic number (as compared with silicon) and with large sensitive volumes have come into widespread use in the detection and analysis of gamma radiation. The advent of semiconductor detectors has stimulated development of electronic instruments with characteristics that permit exploitation of their capabilities. This has made desirable standard test procedures so that measurements may have the same meaning to all manufacturers and users. This Test Procedure is not intended to imply that all tests described herein are mandatory, but only that such tests as are carried out should be performed in accordance with the procedures herein.
301-1976
IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers for Semi- Conductor Radiation Detectors for Ionizing Radiation
This standard provides standard test procedures for amplifiers and preamplifiers for semiconductor detectors for ionizing radiation. It supersedes the previous edition, IEEE Std 301-1969 (ANSI N42.2-1969). The standard has been modified and refined based on the experience gained in using the earlier edition over a six-year period and taking into account advances in the technology. Improvements in preamplifier noise characteristics and pulse shaping techniques as well as increased utilization of integral detector-preamplifier assemblies have occurred in recent years.
303-1969
IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class I,- Groups A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations
The scope of this Recommended Practice is limited to auxiliary devices associated with motors operating in Division 2 areas, classified as Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D locations. This Recommended Practice is not an attempt to rewrite or otherwise supersede applicable sections of the National Electrical Code (NEC) or any other codes or ordinances. It is intended, rather, to serve as a supplement to existing codes that in this area are not sufficiently specific to serve as a guide to good engineering practice. The guidance contained herein, therefore, is in addition to the NEC requirements for wiring systems for hazardous areas
303-1984
IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class 1 - Groups A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations
The scope of this recommended practice is limited to auxiliary devices associated with motors operating in Division 2 areas, classified as Class 1, Groups A, B, C, and D locations. This recommended practice is not an attempt to rewrite or otherwise supersede applicable sections of ANSI/NFPA 70-1984, National Electrical Code (NEC) or any other codes or ordinances. It is intended, rather, to serve as a supplement to existing codes that in this area are not sufficiently specific t o serve as a guide to good engineering practice. The guidance contained herein, therefore, is in addition to the ANSI/NFPA 70-1984 requirements for wiring systems for hazardous (classified) areas.
303-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class I, Groups A,B,C, and D, Division 2 Locations
Installation procedures and wiring methods and materials are recommended. Termination housings, motor surge protection, and power-factor-correction capacitors are discussed. The aim is to promote consistent application of the devices covered.
305-1969
IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications of Audio Tones over Telephone Channels
Electric, power systems, having outgrown simplicity a long time ago, continue to require more and better protection as the demand for power increases and the need for reliability becomes greater. Protective relaying has met this challenge by providing more sensitive, higher speed relay systems that are inherently reliable. Among the more significant protective developments that furthered the economical design of power systems are pilot, relaying schemes and direct, transfer tripping over telephone channels. In recent years a growing need developed for more versatile wire-pilot relay systems and more secure means for direct transfer tripping. These factors, in addition to technological changes in telephone communication plants affecting availability of metallic, telephone circuits, led to the consideration of audio-tone signals over telephone channels for these functions. Since audio tones had already been employed extensively for less demanding applications–telemetering, telegraphy, dial signaling, etc.–it appeared logical that audio tones could also be employed successfully for remote tripping of circuit breakers and wire-pilot relaying.
308-1970
IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This Standard presents criteria and requirements for the electric systems of nuclear generating stations specifically related to providing protection to the health and safety of the public. These are based on the following. (a) Redundant systems that require electric power are provided to cope with design basis events. (b) The conditions and the availability of the various portions of the systems following a design basis event cannot be predicted exactly. (c) The access to certain equipment following a design basis event may be limited for several months
308-1971
IEEE Standard Criteria for Class IE Electric Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard applies to those parts of the electric systems in stationery single-unit and multi-unit land-based nuclear power generating stations that provide electric power to the Class IE electric equipment. The electric systems included are comprised of the following interrelated systems" (1) alternating-current power systems, (2) direct-current power systems, (3) vital instrumentation and control power systems. These systems consist of power supplies (e.g., connections to the station switchyard, stand-by generators, batteries), distribution equipment and components (e.g, transformers, switchgear, bus cable, battery chargers, inverters), and instrumentation and controls (e.g., relays, meters, switches, control devices). This standard does not apply to the unit generator(s) and their buses, step-up and auxiliary transformers, switchyard, transmission lines and transmission network.
308-1974
IEEE Standard Criteria for Class IE Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard applies to the electric systems in stationary single-unit and multi-unit nuclear power generating stations that provide electric power to the Class IE equipment. The electric systems included are comprised of the following interrelated systems: (1) alternating-current power systems (2) direct-current power systems (3) vital instrumentation and control power systems These systems consist of power supplies (for example, standby generators and batteries), distribution equipment, and components (for example, transformers, switchgear, bus, cable, battery chargers, and inverters), and their associated instrumentation and controls (for example, relays, meters, switches, and control devices). This standard does not apply to the unit generator(s) and their buses, step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers, connections to the station switchyard, switchyard, transmission lines, and the transmission network.
308-1978
IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard applies to the Class I E portions of the following systems and equipment in single unit and multi-unit nuclear power generating stations: ( 1 ) Alternating current power systems ( 2 ) Direct current power systems ( 3 ) Vital instrumentation and control power systems ( 4 ) Protective action systems These systems include those items listed in Table 1
308-1980
IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Superseded by 308-1991. Class 1E portions of AC and DC power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit generator(s) and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements for their testing and surveillance.
308-1991
IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Class 1E portions of ac and dc power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit generator(s) and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements for their testing and surveillance.
309-1970
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Geiger-Müller Counters
This publication presents standard test procedures for Geiger-Muller counter radiation detectors. These detectors, originally announced by Geiger and Muller in 1928, represented a major step forward in the detection and counting of individual radioactive events. Standard test procedures are desirable so that measurements may have the same meaning to all manufacturers and users.
317-1971
IEEE Standard for Electrical Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Fueled Power Generating Stations
This document prescribes the mechanical, electrical, and test requirements for the design, construction, and installation of electrical penetration assemblies in containment structures for stationary nuclear fueled power generating stations. The electrical conductor and insulation characteristics· of external circuits which connect to penetration assemblies are beyond the scope of these criteria. If there should be any conflict between this document and those documents referenced herein, this document shall take precedence over the referenced documents.
317-1972
IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard prescribes the mechanical, electrical, and test requirements for the design, construction, and installation of electric penetration assemblies in containment structures for stationary nuclear power generating stations. The electric conductor and insulation characteristics of external circuits which connect to penetration assemblies are beyond the scope of these criteria. If there should be any conflict between this standard and those documents referenced herein, this standard shall take precedence over the referenced documents.
317-1976
IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard prescribes the requirements for the design, construction, test, and installation of electric penetration assemblies in nuclear containment structures for stationary nuclear power generating stations. The requirements for external circuits which connect t o penetration assemblies are beyond the scope of this standard
319-1971
IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature
No abstract
32-1942
AIEE Neutral Grounding Devices
The standards of this section apply to grounding transformers, and to resistors, reactors, capacitors, and combinations of these, when used for grounding the neutrals of alternating-current electric systems.
32-1972
IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices
IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaff 1990); IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices. This standard applies to devices (other than surge arresters) used for the purpose of controlling the ground current or the potentials to ground of alternating current systems. It defines usual and unusual service conditions, and gives bases for rating such devices. Specifications are given for temperature limitations, dielectric tests, routine tests, losses and impedance measurements, and construction items.
320-1972
IEEE Application Guide for High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a symmetrical current Basis
This application guide applies to ac high voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with the methods given in American National Standard Rating Structure for A C High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, C37.04-1964(R1969) and listed in American National Standard Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities for A C High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, C37.06-1971. Circuit breakers rated and manufactured to meet other standards, or used in switchgear assemblies, should be applied in accordance with application procedures adapted to their specific ratings or applications.
322-1971
IEEE Recommended Practice: Rules for the Use of Units of the International System of Units
This Recommended Practice gives rules for the use of units of the International System of Units and for forming and selecting decimal multiples and submultiples of the SI units for application in the various fields of technology.
323-1971
IEEE Trial-Use Standard: General Guide for Qualifying Class I Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document describes the basic requirements for the qualification of Class I electric equipment. This is equipment which is essential to the safe shutdown or isolation of the reactor or whose failure or damage could result in significant release of radio active material
323-1983
IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described. The principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These qualification requirements, when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design-basis-event, post-design-basis-event, and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment, extending qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified.
323-2003
IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described in this standard. The principles, methods, and procedures described are intended to be used for qualifying equipment, maintaining and extending qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the equipment is modified. The qualification requirements in this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability of equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable service conditions including design basis events, reducing the risk of common-cause equipment failure.
323/323a-1974
IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class IE Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document describes the basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations. The requirements presented include the principles, procedures, and methods of qualification. These qualification requirements, when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design basis event, and containment test conditions for the performance of Class 1E functions.
325-1971
IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors
Germanium detectors are extensively used for the detection and analysis of gamma-radiation primarily because of their excellent energy resolution. The rapid development and utilization of these detectors in a variety of technical disciplines have made standard test procedures desirable so that measurements may have the same meaning to all manufacturers and users. These test procedures are not intended to imply that all tests described herein are mandatory, but only that such tests as are carried out on completed devices should be performed in accordance with these recommended procedures. These test procedures are a supplement to the following documents: IEEE Std 300-1969, Test Procedure for Semiconductor Radiation Detectors, (ANSI N42.1-1969) and IEEE Std 301-1969, Test Procedure for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers for Semiconductor Radiation Detectors, (ANSI N42.2-1969)
333-1972
IEEE Standard for Electrical Installation of Packaging Machinery and Associated Equipment
This recommended practice covers the application of electrical equipment and wiring furnished as part of a packaging machine, and associated equipment commencing at the place of connection of the power supply. It shall apply to electrical equipment for use on circuits which operate from a supply voltage of 600 V or less. It shall not be considered adequate for machines intended for use in locations designated as hazardous by the NEC(National Electric Code), NFPA 70-1971 (ANSI Cl-1971).
334-1974
IEEE Standard for Type Tests of Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Superseded. Methods and requirements for qualifying continuous duty Class 1E motors for use in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The methods are used for qualifying motors, extending the qualification, and updating the qualification if the motor's design or specified service conditions are modified. The requirements include the principles, procedures, and methods of qualification as they relate to continuous duty Class 1E polyphase squirrel cage AC motors.
336-1971
IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, and Testing requirements for Instrumentation, and Electric Equipment During the Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard sets forth the requirements for installation, inspection, and testing of Class I and Class I E electric power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems during the construction phase of a nuclear power generating station. These requirements are intended to assure that only materials and equipment of acceptable quality are incorporated into the plant, that quality is maintained and quality workmanship prevails throughout the construction process, and that completed installations c o n f o rm to specified requirements, so as to promote public safety, prevent accidents and mitigate the consequences of accidents if they occur, and provide a high degree o f plant reliability. 1.1.1 In addition to the Class I and Class I E systems, the requirements also apply to the following auxiliary equipment that are a part thereof.
336-1977
IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, and Testing Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard sets forth the requirements for installation, inspection, and testing of Class IE electric power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems during the construction phase of a nuclear power generating station. These requirements are intended to assure that only materials and equipment of acceptable quality are incorporated into the plant, that quality is maintained and quality workmanship prevails throughout the construction process, and that completed installations conform to specified requirements, to promote public safety, prevent accidents, and mitigate the consequences of accidents if they occur, and provide a high degree of plant reliability.
336-1980
IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, and Testing Requirements for Class 1E Power, Instrumentation and Electric Equipment at Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard sets forth the minimum requirements for installation, inspection and testing of Class IE power, instrumentation and control equipment and systems during the construction phase of a nuclear power generating station. These requirements also cover modifications and those activities occurring during the operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occurring during the initial construction of the station. All references to construction activities in this standard shall refer to this scope which includes operational modifications. 1.1.1 The requirements of this standard are applicable to systems or equipment that are defined by design documents as Class IE. 1.1.2 This standard does not set forth specific requirements for the following, though they are related to the above equipment and systems.
338-1971
IEEE Trial-Use Criteria for the Periodic Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Protection Systems
The Criteria for Nuclear Power Generating Station Protection Systems, IEEE Std 279-1971, establish minimum requirements for the safety-related functional performance and reliability of the protection system for stationary, land-based nuclear reactors producing steam for electric power generation. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the capability for testing the protection system. In order to develop tests and establish test procedures, an expansion and interpretation of the test capabilities specified in IEEE Std 279-1971 is necessary.
338-1975
IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Class IE Power and Protection Systems
The two standards, IEEE Std 279-1971 (ANSI N42.7-1972), Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, and IEEE Std 308-1974, Standard Criteria for Class IE Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, establish minimum requirements for the Class IE power and protection systems for nuclear reactors producing steam for electric power generation. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the capability for testing the Class IE power and protection systems. To develop tests and establish test procedures, an expansion and interpretation of the test capabilities specified in IEEE Std 279-1971 and IEEE Std 308-1974 are necessary.
338-1977
IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems
This standard provides design and operational criteria for the performance of periodic testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of testing covered consists of functional tests, checks, calibration verification, and time response measurements. Criteria are also provided for determining system operational availability, status, and necessary documentation; and for establishing test intervals, and test procedures during operation. Routine preventive maintenance is not covered by this document. The criteria herein define in greater detail the periodic testing requirements of IEEE Std 603-1977, IEEE Std 279-1971, and IEEE Std 308-1974.
344-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Superseded by IEEE 344-2004. Recommended practices for establishing procedures that will yield data that verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake preceded by a number of operating-basis earthquakes are provided. This recommended practice may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to substantiate performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Two approaches to seismic analysis are described, one based on dynamic analysis and the other on static coefficient analysis. Common methods currently in use for seismic qualification by test are presented.
345-1972
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Oil-Immersed Distribution Transformers
This test procedure is intended to give a direct evaluation of the composite insulation system of an oil-immersed distribution transformer, tested as an integral unit. It is to be noted that the oil in which the transformer is immersed is to be considered a part of the insulation system. It is the intent of the procedure to provide that each component of the insulation structure operate during the test under conditions which are, as nearly as possible, the same as those that it would encounter in service. Thus, it is intended that each component be evaluated in accordance with its actual function.
352-1975
IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear Power Generating Station Protection Systems
This document was prepared to provide the designers and operators of nuclear power plant protection systems and the concerned regulatory groups with the essential methods and procedures of reliability engineering that are applicable to protection systems. By applying principles given, systems may be analyzed, acceptable test intervals may be established, results may be reconciled with reliability objectives, and the analyses may be suitably documented. The quantitative principles are applicable to the analysis of the effects of random failures on protection system reliability. They are not intended for use in treating the problem of systematic or common-mode failure. The principles are applicable during any phase of a protection system's lifetime. They have their greatest value during the design phase. During this phase reliability engineering can have the greatest effect for enhancing safety. The principles may also be applied during the per-operational phase or at any time during the normal lifetime of a system. When the principles are applied during either of these two phases, they will aid in the evaluation of systems and in improving test programs. Although not inherently limited, these principles are intended for application to systems covered in the scope of IEEE Std 279-1971, Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, ANSI N42.7-1972.
352/N41.4-1972
Draft American National Standard - IEEE Trial-Use Guide: General Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear Power Generating Station Protection Systems
This document has been prepared to provide the designers and operators of nuclear power plant protection systems, and the concerned regulatory group, with the essential aspects of the methods and procedures of reliability engineering as applicable to protection Systems. Through the application of the principles given herein, systems may be analyzed, acceptable test intervals established, results reconciled with reliability objectives, and the analyses suitably documented.
357-1973
IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections
The physical means by which electric energy is received from the electric utility is known as an electric interconnection. The primary elements include transmission or distribution circuits, transformers, and switching devices in the form of circuit breakers, fuses, and isolating disconnecting switches. The secondary elements include sensing devices to obtain information to operate the primary equipment intelligently, and relays to initiate removal of equipment from service automatically and quickly when an electric fault or disturbance occurs. It is important to remember that the physical laws of nature which govern the operating behavior of an electric system do not recognize defined lines of electric facility ownership. Thus for a well-engineered interconnection it is mandatory that problems in electric-system protection be studied and analyzed critically without regard to ownership. From the viewpoint of service reliability and service continuity, it is basic to understand that the best conceived, best implemented relaying system is no substitute for an adequately designed power system; and, indeed, inadequately applied protective relaying will contribute to inadequate and unsatisfactory performance of an otherwise well-designed electric system. In considering a new installation, or changes to an existing arrangement, it is very important that protective relaying and safety be given careful attention in the early stages of planning.
367-1979
IEEE Guide for Determining the Electric Power Station Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault
Difficulties are experienced by telecommunication and protective relay engineers in determining the maximum power station ground potential rise, or induced voltages, or both. Suitably rated protective devices are required for personnel safety and for the protection and continuity of service of wire line telecommunication facilities entering electrical power stations, or otherwise exposed to the influence of electrical power circuits. This guide provides guidance for the calculation of these maximum voltages and for the acceptance of values lower than maximum, as well as the time requirements of communication channels where protective relaying is involved
367-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault
Guidance is provided for the calculation of interfering voltages and their appropriate reduction from worst-case values for use in wire-line telecommunication protection design. Information is also included for the determination of the fault current and earth-return current levels; their probability, waveform, and duration; and the impedance to remote earthing points used in these ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinally induced voltage calculations. The zone of influence of the power station GPR; the calculation of the inducing currents; the mutual impedance between power and wire-line telecommunication facilities and shield factors; and the channel time requirements for wire-line telecommunication facilities where noninterruptible channels are required for protective relaying and other purposes are covered.
379-1972
IEEE Trial-Use Guide for the Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Protection Systems
The single-failure criterion is set forth in 4.2 of IEEE Std 279-1971 (ANSI N42.7-1972), Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. It states: "Any single failure within the protection system shall not prevent proper protection system action when required." This guide describes and classifies single failures, presents acceptable methods of single-failure analysis. The single-failure criterion is a basic principle in the design of reliable systems. There are other approaches to high system reliability, not included in this guide, such as equipment qualification, periodic testing, and the setting and achievement of reliability goals.
379-1977
IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Class 1E Systems
This document interprets the single failure criterion, discusses failures, and presents an acceptable method of single failure analysis for Class IE systems
379-1988
IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems
The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and the single-failure criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the application of the single-failure criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis are presented.
379-1994
IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems
The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and the single-failure criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the application of the single-failure criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis are presented.
382-1980
IEEE Standard for Qualification of Safety Related Valve Actuators
This standard describes the qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions in nuclear power generating stations. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. This standard establishes the minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of all safety-related functions of power-driven valve actuators
382-1985
IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power Operated Valve Assemblies with Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants
The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions in nuclear power generating stations, is described. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. The minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve actuators with safety-related functions are provided.
382-1996
IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power-Operated Valve Assemblies With Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants
Superseded by IEEE Std 382-2006 The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions in nuclear power generating stations, is described. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. The minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve actuators with safety-related functions are provided.
383-1974
IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Directions for establishing type tests that may be used in qualifying Class 1E electric cables, field splices, and other connections for service in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Though intended primarily for cable for field installation, this guide may also be used for the qualification of internal wiring of manufactured devices. It does not cover cables for service within the reactor vessel.
384-1977
IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits
The scope of this document is the independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class I E systems. It sets forth criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment which are redundant but does not address the determination of what is to be considered redundant
384-1992
IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits
The independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems are described. Criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are redundant are set forth. The determination of what is to be considered redundant is not addressed.
386-1974
IEEE Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V
This standard establishes definitions, electrical ratings, tests, and interchangeable construction features for load-break and nonload-break separable insulated connectors rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems.
386-1977
ANSI/IEEE Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V
This standard establishes definitions, electrical ratings, tests, and interchangeable construction features for load-break and dead-break separable insulated connectors rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems
386-1985
IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600 V
Service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests for load-break and dead-break separable insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems, are established. Included are: corona voltage-level tests, dielectric tests, short-time current test, switching test, fault-closure test, current-cycling tests, accelerated sealing-life test, cable pull-out test, operating-force test, operating-eye test, test-point cap test, test-point tests, and shielding test.
386-1995
IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V
Definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests are established for load-break and dead-break separable insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600A or less, for use on power distribution systems.
387-1972
IEEE Trial Use Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document applies to the application of diesel-generator units as individual units o f the standby power supplies in stationary landbased nuclear power generating stations.
387-1977
IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document applies t o the application of diesel-generator units as individual units o f the standby power supplies in stationary nuclear power generating stations
389-1979
IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and Inductors
Superseded This document presents a number of tests for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronic transformers and inductors. These tests are primarily designed for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronic applications, but they are also applicable to many other types of transformers, except transformers of large apparent-power rating used in the electric power industry. Many of the tests described are applicable as means of specifying the required testing of transformers for specific applications.
389-1990
IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronic Transformers and Inductors
A number of tests are presented for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronics applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent-power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Some of the tests are intended for qualifying a product for a specific application, while others are test practices used widely for manufacturing and customer acceptance testing. A guide for particular application categories is included.
390-1975
IEEE Standard for Low Power Pulse Transformers
This standard pertains to small low-power pulse transformers for use in electronic equipment, transmitting peak power of 300 W or less and average power of 5W or less with a peak working voltage of 1000 V or less. These transformers are required to transform unipolar or bipolar pulses of voltage or current within specified tolerances of amplitude and time when operated between specified impedance. This standard is not intended to include low-power switching type pulse transformers which are covered in IEEE Std 272-1970, Standard for Computer-Type (Square-Loop) Pulse Transformers. These transformers depend upon the use of square - loop core material for operation, have memory capability, and normally transmit only bipolar pulses unless provision is made for core flux reset. This standard is not intended to include transformers for power conversion applications. Those transformers will be covered in a related standard. Whenever numerical values are indicated they may be considered as recommended values. Section 2 contains definitions of terms pertaining primarily to functional testing of low-power pulse transformers, and Section 5 contains equivalent circuits and definitions of associated terms. Section 6 describes preferred transformer test methods and the appendix contains alternate test methods.
393-1977
IEEE Test Procedures for Magnetic Cores
Superseded by 393-1991. This publication specifies applicable tests to describe the significant properties of magnetic cores used in electronic applications. This publication is primarily concerned with magnetic cores of the type used in electronics transformers, magnetic amplifiers, inductors, and related devices. However, many of the test specified herein are general in scope and adaptable to magnetic cores used in many other applications. Standards covered by this publication include test for specifying or measuring, or both, permeability, core loss, apparent core loss, induction, hysteresis, thermal characteristics, and other properties of all commonly used types of magnetic cores.
4-1940
AIEE Standards for Measurement of Test Voltage in Dielectric tests
In this standard are set forth methods for the measurement of test voltages and wave shapes used in dielectric tests of electrical apparatus or insulating material. These tests are in three classes: 1. Puncture tests. 2. Flashover tests. 3. Voltage proof tests. The tests may involve the use of alternating current, direct current, or surges from surge generators. Different pieces of apparatus may require different dielectric tests, some requiring power frequency or direct current tests only; other apparatus may require surge tests in addition. The specific requirements for any particular type of apparatus will be found in the standard dealing with that type of apparatus. This standard deals with the measurements themselves
4-1942
AIEE American Standards for Measurement of Test Voltage in Dielectric Tests
In this standard are set forth methods for the measurement of test voltages and wave shapes used in dielectric tests of electrical apparatus or insulating material. These tests are in three classes: 1. Puncture tests. 2. Flashover tests. 3. Voltage proof tests. The tests may involve the use of alternating current, direct current, or surges from surge generators. Different pieces of apparatus may require different dielectric tests, some requiring power frequency or directcurrent tests only; other apparatus may require surge tests in addition. The specific requirements for any particular type of apparatus will be found in the standard dealing with that type of apparatus. This standard deals with the measurements themselves
4-1978
IEEE Standard Techniques for High Voltage Testing
Standard methods of measurement of high voltage and basic techniques for dielectrics, so far as they are generally applicable to all types of apparatus, for alternating voltages, direct voltages, lightning impulse voltages, switching impulse voltages, and impulse currents are established. General definitions and test requirements are provided, and test procedures and measuring devices are described. A measuring devices application guide and recommendations for voltage measurements by means of sphere gaps are included. The contents are based on and adhere very closely to IEC high-voltage test techniques documents.
400-1980
IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems in the Field
Superseded by 400-1991. This guide lists the various field test methods that are currently available or under development with guidance on how to perform each test. The guide covers shielded, insulated power cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV unless these voltages are modified by the specific "point" document.
400-1991
IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems in the Field
Superseded by 400-2001. Procedures and recommended test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance high-direct-voltage testing of shielded power cable systems are set forth. They apply to all types of shielded, insulated power cable. The aim is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test results. This guide is not intended to apply to unshielded power cables, communication cables, control cables, high-frequency cables, or other special-purpose cables, nor does it purport to require that testing be performed, either at the time of installation or maintenance.
400.2-2004
IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems Using Very Low Frequency (VLF)
This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in the field on shielded power cable systems. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a similar manner to individual cables. Tables are included as an aid to identifying the effectiveness of the VLF test for various cable system insulation problems.
404-1986
IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use with Extruded Dielectric Cable Rated 5000 V through 46 000 V and Cable Joints for Use with Laminated Dielectric Cable Rated 2500 V Through 500 000 V
This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service.
404-1993
IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use With Extruded Dielectric Cable Rated 5000-138 000 V and Cable Joints for Use With Laminated Dielectric Cable Rated 2500-500 000 V
This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements for cable joints for use with extruded dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 5000--138 000 V and cable joints for use with laminated dielectric cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500--500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service.
41-1930
AIEE Insulator Tests (Revised
These Standards are not to be interpreted as forming complete insulator specifications but rather as defining the methods of making the various tests described when they are required.
41062-2019
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Software engineering - Recommended practice for software acquisition
A set of useful quality considerations that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process is described in this recommended practice. The recommended practices can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. The software supply chain may include integration of off-the-shelf (OTS), custom, or free and open source software (FOSS). Each organization or individual using this recommended practice will need to identify the specific quality and activities that need to be included within its acquisition process.
415-1976
IEEE Guide for Planning of Pre-operational Testing Programs for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document provides guidance for pre-operational testing of Class IE Power systems for nuclear-power generating stations. The extent of the system shall be that covered by IEEE Std 308-1974, Standard Criteria for Class IE Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. A system is illustrated by Fig 1. The power systems include both ac and dc supplies but do not include the equipment which utilizes the ac and dc power.
420-1973
IEEE Trial Use Guide for Class 1E Control Switchboards for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document applies to all Class IE control switchboards (for example, main control room assemblies, auxiliary panels, local panels or racks, etc.) as defined in Section 3, regardless of their application or location. It does not apply to the non-Class IE control switchboards, except as they affect the Class IE control switchboards, but recognizes that Class IE control switchboards may be adjacent to, or joined with, other non-Class IE control switchboards. This document includes, but is not necessarily limited to, design, construction, wiring practices, shipping, handling, storage, installation, testing, and quality assurance. General design practices which are not unique to Class IE control switchboards are not addressed in this document. This document applies to piping systems and Class IE equipment only as they may affect the integrity of the Class IE control switchboard.
420-1982
IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Design requirements that are unique to Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks are specified. Standards for qualification tests to verify that these design requirements have been satisfied are provided. This standard is not intended to define the selection, design, or qualification of piping, modules, or other equipment mounted on the Class 1E control boards, panels, or racks. It is concerned, however, with the effect such mounted equipment has on the design and qualifications. Qualification and testing of individual Class 1E control board components and modules and external field-run cables are not covered.
42010-2007
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Systems and Software Engineering - Recommended Practice for Architectural Description of Software-Intensive Systems
This recommended practice addresses the activities of the creation, analysis, and sustainment of architectures of software-intensive systems, and the recording of such architectures in terms of architectural descriptions. A conceptual framework for architectural description is established. The content of an architectural description is defined. Annexes provide the rationale for key concepts and terminology, the relationships to other standards, and examples of usage.
421-1972
IEEE Standard Criteria and Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines
This document presents criteria, essential elements, and new and revised definitions for excitation systems as applied to electric utility synchronous machines with particular emphasis given to the application of solid-state devices and to terminology common to feedback control systems.
421.4-1990
IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications
Replaced by 421.1-2004 (SH/SS95244) Abstract: IEEE Std 421.4-1990, IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System specifications, is intended to be a narrative description of items and functions that should be considered in the preparation of excitation system specifications. This guide applies to excitation systems for synchronous machines rated at 5000 kVA or larger.
421.5-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for Excitation System Models for Power System Stability Studies
Superseded by IEEE Std 421.5-2005. Excitation system models suitable for use in large scale system stability studies are presented. With these models, most of the excitation systems currently in widespread use on large, system-connected synchronous machines in North America can be represented. They include updates of models published in the IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems in 1981 as well as models for additional control features such as discontinuous excitation controls.
421A-1978
IEEE Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic Performance of Excitation Control Systems
Superseded by IEEE 421.2-1990. This guide includes criteria, definitions, and test procedures for evaluating the dynamic performance of excitation control systems as applied by electric utilities. Primary purposes are to provide a basis for evaluating closed-loop performance of excitation control systems (including both the synchronous machine and its excitation system) for both large and small signal disturbances; confirming the adequacy of mathematical models of excitation systems for use in analytical studies of power systems; specifying methods for performing test of excitation control systems and their components; and preparing excitation system specifications and additional standards. Portions of this guide will also serve as an educational means for people becoming acquainted with excitation control systems.
421B-1979
IEEE Standard for High-Potential-Test Requirements for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines
This standard applies to high-potential testing of complete excitation systems and their components of synchronous machines. The components of the excitation system are described in IEEE Std 421-1972, Criteria and Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines. Also included are auxiliary devices that are exposed to excitation system stresses. Examples of such auxiliary devices are temperature indicators, transducers, meters, etc.
422-1977
IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Power Generating Stations
Cable performance requirements mentioned in this section are particular requirements which should be considered in specifying cable for installation in generating stations. Certain requirements, such as radiation, apply only to nuclear generating stations. No one cable characteristic should be emphasized to the serious detriment of others. A balance of cable characteristics, as well as good installation, design, and construction practices, is necessary to provide a sound cable system.
426-1958
AIEE Proposed Standard for Graphical Symbols for Semiconductor Devices
These standards are supplementary to, and should be used in conjunction with American Standard Y32.2, Graphical Symbols for Electrical Diagrams. The following are some points of general philosophy underlying their development: 1. The symbol structure should reflect the past, i.e., the symbols should, within a logical framework, revert in their simplest forms to those commonly in present case. 2. The symbol structure should look to the future, i.e., it should be capable of extension to the many new semiconductor devices that may become available. 3. The symbol structure should indicate physical properties when this is possible without over complication. Section 2 illustrates the application of the ancillary symbols of Section 1 to a variety of semiconductor devices. For Methods of Test and Letter Symbols for Semiconductor Devices, see AIEE Standard No. 425.
43-1974
IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery
Superseded by 43-2000. Insulation resistance characteristics of rotating-machine windings and the manner in which these characteristics may serve to indicate the condition of the winding are described. The recommended procedure for the measurement of insulation resistance of windings of rotating machines rated 1 hp, 1 kW or greater is presented. The recommended minimum value of insulation resistance of alternating-current and direct-current rotating-machine windings is given. Synchronous machines, induction machines, direct-current machines, and synchronous converters are covered, as well as armature windings and field windings. Fractional-horsepower machines are not included.
432-1976
IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electrical Machinery (5 hp to less than 10 000 hp)
This insulation maintenance guide is intended to apply in general to industrial air-cooled rotating electrical machines rated from 5 hp to 10 000 hp. The procedures detailed herein may be found useful for other types of machines.
433-1959
AIEE Proposed Test procedure for Magnetic Amplifiers
The magnetic amplifier should be operated at its nominal rated conditions except for its control circuit quantities and output quantities
436-1977
IEEE Guide for Making Corona (Partial Discharge) Measurements on Electronics Transformers
Superseded. This guide covers the detection of corona and the measurement of corona magnitude in electronics transformers. Test conditions, terminology, test apparatus, calibration, and test requirements are included.
449-1984
IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators
This standard pertains to ferroresonant transformers used as regulators in electronic power supplies and in other equipment. Guides to application and test procedures are included.
45-1951
AIEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
These Marine Recommendations have been drawn up to serve as a guide for the equipment of merchant vessels with an electric plant system and electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. They indicate what is considered good engineering practice with reference to safety of the personnel and of the ship itself as well as reliability and durability of the apparatus; it is not intended, however, that improvements, which may be developed from time to time, should be excluded. These Recommendations are intended to supplement the other Standards of the AIEE, which should be followed wherever applicable. Attention is directed to the fact that regulations for electric installations on shipboard are promulgated by the Government Regulatory Agencies and the American Bureau of Shipping. These Recommendations have given due consideration to all the regulations, but since the above referenced sponsoring bodies are frequently modifying the requirements to meet changing conditions, reference should always be made to the latest edition of their requirements.
45-1967
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
These Marine Recommendations have been drawn up to serve as a guide for the equipment of merchant vessels with an electric plant system and electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. They indicate what is considered good engineering practice with reference to safety of the personnel and of the ship itself as well as reliability and durability of the apparatus; it is not intended, however, that improvements, which may be developed from time to time, should be excluded. These Recommendations are intended to supplement the other Standards of the IEEE, which should be followed wherever applicable. Attention is directed to the fact that regulations for electric installations on shipboard are promulgated by the Government Regulatory Agencies and the American Bureau of Shipping. These Recommendations have given due consideration to all the regulations, but since the above referenced sponsoring bodies frequently modify the requirements to meet changing conditions, reference should always be made to the latest edition of their requirements.
45-1971
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
These Marine Recommendations have been drawn up to serve as a guide for the equipment of merchant vessels with an electric plant system and electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. They indicate what is considered good engineering practice with reference to safety of the personnel and of the ship itself as well as reliability and durability of the apparatus; it is not intended, however, that improvements, which may be developed from time to time, should be excluded. These recommendations are intended to supplement the other standards of the IEEE, which should be followed wherever applicable. Attention is directed to the fact that regulations for electric installations on shipboard are promulgated by the Government Regulatory Agencies and the American Bureau of Shipping. These recommendations have given due consideration to all the regulations, but since the above referenced sponsoring bodies frequently modify the requirements to meet changing conditions, reference should always be made to the latest edition of their requirements.
45-1977
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
These marine recommendations are intended to serve as a guide for the selection and installation of equipment on merchant vessels with electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. The recommendations define what are considered good present-day engineering practices with reference to the safety of the personnel and of the ship itself as well as reliability and durability of the apparatus. It is recognized that changes and improvements in shipboard requirements may develop which are not specifically covered herein; such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal to the safety and reliability levels defined herein and generally in accord with the text of these standards. Specific IEEE standards are referenced in the text. Other IEEE standards should be followed to the extent applicable. Attention is directed to the fact that regulations for electric installations on shipboard are promulgated by Governmental Regulatory Agencies, the Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization, and Classification Societies. Such regulations have been given due consideration in these recommendations, but there are areas where differences are expressed. Reference should always be made to those regulations which may be applicable to the design.
45-1983
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard
These marine recommendations are intended to serve as a guide for the selection and installation of equipment on merchant vessels with electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. The recommendations define what are considered good present-day engineering practices with reference to the safety of the personnel and of the ship itself as well as reliability and durability of the apparatus. It is recognized that changes and improvements in shipboard requirements may develop which are not specifically covered herein; such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal to the safety and reliability levels defined herein and generally in accord with the text of these standards. Specific IEEE standards are referenced in the text. Other IEEE standards should be followed to the extent applicable. Attention is directed to the fact that regulations for electric installations on shipboard are promulgated by Governmental Regulatory Agencies, the Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization, and Classification Societies. Such regulations have been given due consideration in these recommendations, but they are areas where differences are expressed. Reference should always be made to those regulations which may be applicable to the design.
45-1998
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
Recommendations for the selection and installation of equipment on merchant vessels with electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion are provided.
450-1972
IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Large Stationary Type Power Plant and Substation Lead Storage Batteries
Proper maintenance will prolong the life of a battery and will aid in assuring that it is capable of supplying its design power requirements. A good battery maintenance program will serve as a valuable aid in determining the need for battery replacement. Station battery maintenance should be performed by personnel knowledgeable of batteries and the safety precautions involved.
450-1975
IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Large stationary lead storage batteries play an ever increasing role in substation and generating station control systems and in providing the backup energy for emergencies. A definite need exists within the industry for an application guide and testing procedure to provide a common or standard method for selecting, applying, and installing batteries to meet station requirements. However, to provide a guide that can be used for determining the available capacity of the battery (especially for nuclear stations), this document will limit its scope to recommended practice for lead storage battery maintenance, testing, and replacement.
450-1980
IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing , and Replacement of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Large stationary lead storage batteries play an ever increasing role in substation and generating station control and power systems and in providing the back-up energy for emergencies. This recommended practice fulfills the need within the industry to provide common or standard practices of maintenance, testing, and replacement. The methods described are applicable to all installations and battery sizes. The installations considered herein are designed for full-float operation with a battery charger serving to maintain the battery in a charged condition as well as to supply the normal dc load.
450-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance,Testing, and Replacement of Large Lead Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This recommended practice also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
450-1995
IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This recommended practice also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
455-1976
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Measuring Longitudinal Balance of Telephone Equipment Operating in the Voice Band
Telephone companies and equipment manufacturers have generally agreed on a definition for longitudinal balance for many years. This agreement extends also to the basic approach followed when measuring balance. Testing a device for balance involves the application of a longitudinal voltage. Then any resulting metallic voltage is measured, and the ratio of the two voltages is used to develop a balance number. Unfortunately, agreement has ended at about this point. A number of different test circuits are used by different segments of the telephone industry. Although all of the existing test circuits have some merits supporting their use, the mere existence of varied circuits leads to differences in test results. In addition to differences related to the test set, test conditions and procedures can also affect the result. When an item of equipment is to be tested, there is often a test set or procedure, or both, capable of giving any desired result. Agreement on one way of testing for longitudinal balance has been sought. This standard represents such agreement. It defines the basic requirements of a standard test circuit. Reasonable tolerances are included so that a test-set designer will find considerable latitude to make the set his own way. Besides defining the requirements for a test circuit, this standard includes test conditions and procedures that must be established and followed. As a result, all test sets designed and used in accordance with the standard will produce the same balance number for a given test specimen. Similarly, comparing balance numbers for different devices will become more meaningful when all come from tests meeting the standard.
45A-1943
AIEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
46-1927
AIEE Hard Drawn Aluminum Conductors Physical and Electrical Properties
The standards of this section cover the electrical and related properties of standard hard drawn aluminum conductors. The following shall be taken as normal values for Standard hard drawn aluminum conductors
463-1974
IEEE Trial Use Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones
This standard covers means of safeguarding personnel while operating equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of dc electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc. This standard does not cover: (1) Electroplating and anodizing facilities (2) AC cells or furnaces (3) Electrothermal process furnaces (4) Arc furnaces (5) Melting or heat treating facilities (6) A n y electrical equipment that is neither part of the electrolytic process equipment nor installed or used in the cell line working zone Items referred to in (6) are not covered by this standard and shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70-1975, National Electrical Code ( ANSI Cl-1975), or the latest revision thereof
463-1977
IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones
Means of safeguarding personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the dc cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc.
469-1977
IEEE Recommended Practice for Voice-Frequency Electrical-Noise Tests of Distribution Transformers
The practice described herein provides instruction on the testing of distribution transformers as voice-frequency noise generators, to measure the degree to which they may contribute t o electrical noise in communication circuits that are in parallel with the power-supply circuits serving the transformers. Transformers have a characteristic common to other iron-core devices of causing harmonic currents at voice frequencies to flow in supply circuits t o the transformers. The magnitudes of these currents, and of interference that may result, vary according to design of the transformer as well as excitation voltage. The tests described in this practice provide a standard method for use by the transformer manufacturer, user, and others in industry for the purpose of better evaluating the design choices available and moving toward industry objectives as to levels of harmonic exciting current expressed as I*T (current X telephone influence factor [TIF])
475-1983
IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field-Disturbance Sensors (rf Intrusion Alarms)
This standard defines test procedure for field-disturbance sensors to measure radio-frequency (rf), radiated field strength of the fundamental frequency, including second and third harmonics, and of any nonharmonic spurious emission within the frequency range from 0.3 GHz to 40.0 GHz. In addition, powerline measurement of electromagnetic emission within the frequency range from 30 MHz to 300 MHz is specified. Perimeter protection systems that employ a balanced transmission line around the property being protected are not covered by this standard.
48-1948
AIEE Standard for Potheads
These standards cover all types of indoor and outdoor potheads for alternating-current circuits (See Table 4 for voltage ratings). Potheads and component parts shall be capable of withstanding the tests specified in these standards, when mounted for testing in accordance with arrangements specified in the Test Code (Appendix I).
48-1962
AIEE Standard for Potheads
This Standard covers all types of indoor and outdoor potheads for alternating-current circuits (see Table 3 for voltage ratings). So-called through-type potheads are not within the scope of this Standard. Potheads and component parts shall be capable of withstanding the tests specified in this Standard, when mounted for testing in accordance with arrangements specified in the Test Code (Appendix I).
48-1975
IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Alternating-Current Cable Terminations
This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating current cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV, except separable insulated connectors which are covered by [1]. Cable terminations and component parts shall be capable of withstanding the test specified in this standard.
48-1990
IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Alternating-Current Cable Terminations
This standard applies to all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on ac cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV except separable insulated connectors.
48-1996
IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating-Current Cable Terminations 2.5 kV Through 765 kV
All indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV are covered, except for separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995.
484-1975
IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Proper installation design and installation procedures are prerequisite to long and reliable service of large stationary lead storage batteries. A definite need exists within the industry for recommendations that provide a uniform method for the design of the installation and the installation procedures of all batteries to meet station requirements. However, to provide practices that can be used immediately (especially for nuclear power generating stations), this document will limit its scope to the installation design and installation procedures of large stationary lead storage batteries. Included will be the seismic considerations for new battery installations.
484-1981
IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Large stationary lead storage batteries play an ever increasing role in substation and generating station control and power systems and in providing the back-up energy for emergencies. This Recommended Practice fulfills the need within the industry to provide common or standard practices for the design of battery installations and the battery installation procedures. The methods described are applicable to all installations and battery sizes.
484-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Large stationary lead storage batteries play an ever-increasing role in substation and generating station control and power systems and in providing the back-up energy for emergencies. This recommended practice fulfills the need within the industry to provide common or standard practices for the design of battery installations and the battery installation procedures. The methods described are applicable to all installations and battery sizes.
484-1996
IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Superseded by 484-2002. Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries are provided. Required safety practices are also included. These recommended practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, and alternate energy applications, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
485-1978
IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Although the storage battery is of primary importance in assuring the satisfactory operation of generating stations and substations, no single up-to-date guide exists to aid engineers in sizing the battery for a particular installation. This Recommended Practice is based on commonly accepted methods used to define the load and to ensure adequate battery capacity. The method described is applicable to all installations and battery sizes. The installations considered herein are designed for "full float" operation with a battery charger serving to maintain the battery in a charged condition as well as to supply the normal dc load.
485-1983
IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Methods for defining the dc load in a generating station or a substation and for sizing a lead storage battery to supply that load are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. This standard is based on commonly accepted methods used to define the load and to ensure adequate battery capacity and is applicable to all installations and battery sizes. The installations considered are designed for full-float operation with a battery charger serving to maintain the battery in a charged condition as well as to supply the normal dc load.
487-1980
IEEE Guide for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations
Superseded by 487-1992. Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering power stations are presented. This document covers: the electric power station environment; protection apparatus; services types, reliability, service performance objective classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations; installation and inspection; and safety.
487-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations
Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering power stations are presented. This document covers: the electric power station environment; protection apparatus; service types, reliability, service performance objective classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations; installation and inspection; and safety.
488-1978
IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation
This standard applies to interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems. It applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the: (1) Data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital (as distinct from analog) (2) Number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15 (3) Total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables does not exceed 20m (4) Data rate across the interface on any signal line does not exceed 1Mb/s.
488.1-1987
IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation
Superseded by 488.1-2003. Interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems are considered. The standard applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the: data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital, the number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15, total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables do not exceed 20 m, and the data rate across the interface on any signal line does not exceed 1 Mb/s. The basic functional specifications of this standard may also be used in digital interface applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these.
488.2-1987
IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols, and Common Commands For Use with ANSI/IEEE Std 488.1-1987 IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation
A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to apply to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1 subsets, standard message-handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and response-message syntactic structures, common commands useful in a wide range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting structures, and system configuration and synchronization protocols are covered.
493-1980
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Gold Book)
Superseded. The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems are presented. Included are basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods, fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment reliability data, examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, and evaluating and improving reliability of the existing plant are also addressed. The presentation is self-contained and should enable trade-off studies during the design of industrial and commercial power systems design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented.
493-1990
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems are presented. Included are basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods, fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment reliability data, examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, and evaluating and improving reliability of the existing plant are also addressed. The presentation is self-contained and should enable trade-off studies during the design of industrial and commercial power systems design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented.
493-1997
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (Gold Book)
This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. The design of reliable industrial and commercial power distribution systems is important because of the high cost associated with power outages and their significant impact on society. It is necessary to consider the cost of power outages when making decisions for new power distribution systems. It is also necessary to have the ability to make quantitative "cost-versus-reliability" trade-off studies. The IEEE Gold Book provides credible data concerning equipment reliability and the cost of power outages so that these trade-off studies can be conducted. The purpose of the IEEE Gold Book is to provide sufficient information so that reliability analysis can be performed on power systems without requiring cross-references to other texts. Information included in the book is the result of extensive surveys of reliability of electrical equipment in industrial plants and the costs of power outages for both industrial plants and commercial buildings. The reliability surveys provide historical experience to those who are not able to collect their own data. The IEEE Gold Book covers many aspects of reliability analysis. The basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods, fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, the economic evaluation of reliability, and cost of power outage data are included in the book. Reliability data, as well as electrical preventive maintenance for different types of equipment, are provided. Some concepts of emergency and standby power, such as reliability compliance testing, are also included in the IEEE Gold Book. The book also focuses on the improvement and evaluation of reliability in existing facilities. Voltage sags, and a methodology for estimating the frequency of these sags, are also discussed.
497-1977
IEEE Trial Use Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
The protection of nuclear power plants following a design basis event is provided automatically by the protection systems as defined by IEEE Std 279-1971 (ANSI N42.7-1972), Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, and by required specified manual actions. Following the automatic initiation of the protection systems, the operator has the responsibility of bringing the nuclear power plant to and maintaining it in a safe condition. The operator requires specific information to assist him in fulfilling this role. The scope of this document is limited to the design criteria for the monitoring display instrumentation required b y the operator during the post accident period.
498-1975
IEEE Standard Supplementary Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in the Construction and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard sets forth the requirements for a calibration program to control and verify the accuracy of M&TE (measuring and test equipment) which is used to assure that important parts of nuclear power generating stations are in conformance with prescribed technical requirements, and that data provided by testing, inspection, or maintenance are valid. These important parts include those structures, systems, and components whose satisfactory performance is required; for the plant to operate safely, to prevent accidents that could cause undue risk to the health and safety of the public, or to mitigate the consequences of such accidents if they were to occur. This standard is intended to be used in conjunction with American National Standard Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Power Plants, ANSI N45.2-1971
498-1985
IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities
This standard sets forth the requirements for a calibration program to control and verify the accuracy of measuring and test equipment used to ensure that important parts of a nuclear facility are in conformance with prescribed technical requirements and that data provided by testing, inspection, or maintenance are valid. These requirements also cover modifications and those activities occurring during the operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occurring during the initial construction of the facility.
499-1974
IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electrical Equipment
These recommendations apply to all electric drives and include motors, control, and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants. They are intended as a guide and may be supplemented where special needs exist. They are not intended to apply to power distribution circuits. These recommendations shall apply to electrical equipment having a supply voltage of 13 800 V or less. Voltage higher than this are not being covered at this time.
499-1982
IEEE Recommended Practices for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electric Equipment
A recommended practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry is set forth. The recommendations apply to all electric drives and include motors, controls, and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants, but they do not apply to power distribution circuits. The intent is to promote safety for personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production, reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification, and overall economy.
499-1989
IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electrical Equipment
A recommended practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry is set forth. The recommendations apply to all electric drives and include motors, controls, and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants, but they do not apply to power distribution circuits. The intent is to promote safety for personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production, reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification, and overall economy.
50-1949
AIEE Proposed Standard for Automatic Circuit Reclosers for A-C Distribution Systems
This standard applies to all single or multipole alternating-current automatic circuit reclosers rated from 1,500 to 15,000 volts.
50-1953
AIEE Standard for Automatic Circuit Reclosers for A-C Distribution Systems
This standard applies to all single or multipole alternating-current automatic circuit reclosers for the nominal voltages from 1,500 to 23,000 volts.
501-1978
IEEE Standard Seismic Testing of Relays
This is a standard for developing data related to the seismic capabilities of relays. This standard compliments ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1975, Recommended Practices for Seismic Qualification of Class IE Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, which provides general guidelines for developing data related to seismic qualification of equipment used in nuclear generating plants. Data must be developed by testing rather than analytical means since protective relays fall into the category of complex devices as described in Section 5 of ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1975; however, analysis may be used in data reduction, in reconciling response spectra, in justifying methods of evaluating changes, and in justifying seismic qualifications of relays of similar construction. While aging is recognized as a potential influence on the seismic capability of relays, insufficient definition presently exists to permit realistic simulation of end-of-life for various relays. When applicable definition of the various degrading factors and methods of accelerating the effect of these factors is developed in other related standards, they should be considered in the previbration preparation. It should be emphasized that while a primary purpose in preparing this standard was to cover the application of relays to nuclear generating plants, the standard is not restricted to this application. This standard may be applied to any area in which the seismic response of relays is a design consideration.
504-1958
AIEE Test Code for Carbon Brushes
The properties determined by these tests are inherent in the brush materials themselves as distinguished from performance characteristics in operation on electric equipment
51-1949
AIEE Report on Guiding Principles for Dielectric Tests
This report deals with dielectric tests on completed apparatus. Tests on materials and on components during the course of fabrication usually are left to the discretion of the manufacturer and are not a subject for standardization except as to method and technique. Impulse test values where specified in standards are based on the Basic Impulse Levels and thus are consistent for different equipment. Impulse test conditions and technique are outside the scope. Hence, this report deals mostly with conditions and test values associated with lowfrequency dielectric tests
511-1956
AIEE Proposed Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated Coils for Machines Rated at 50-2000 horsepower and below 6600 Volts
511-1974
IEEE Trial-Use Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear Waveform Distortion
This standard describes methods for measuring the linear waveform distortions of TV video signals, that is, distortions which are caused by amplitude-independent (linear) transmission characteristics of television equipment and facilities.1 The primary application of this standard is for routine operational and maintenance tests, where rapid interpretation of test results is desirable. The techniques described here may also be applicable to laboratory measurements, proof-of-performance measurements, and detailed maintenance procedures.
515-1983
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing
This recommended practice provides recommendations for the testing, design, installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing in general industries as applied to mechanical piping and equipment. The electrical resistance heat tracing is the form of series-heating cables and parallel-heating cables. The recommendations also include test criteria to determine the suitability of heating cables which are utilized for these applications.
515-1989
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications
IEEE Std 515-1989, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Application, provides the specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for industrial service, and provides the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heater characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements are made for unclassified, Class I, Division 2, and Class I, Division 1 heating cable applications.
515-1997
IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications
The specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for industrial service are provided, as well as the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Heating cable and surface heating device application recommendations and requirements are made for ordinary (unclassified) and hazardous (classified) potentially flammable atmospheres and locations.
515.1-1995
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications
Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for commercial service and a basis for electrical and thermal design are provided. Heater characteristics are addressed and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating cable applications are provided.
515.1-2005
Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications
Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heat tracing for commercial service. A basis for electrical and thermal design is included. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating device applications are provided.
516-1986
IEEE Trial Use Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power-Lines
This guide provides general recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power-lines. It is not intended to include all of the proven, practical methods and procedures; however, these selected comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, and decades of field experience by many utilities. Included are technical explanations as required to cover: certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment; field maintenance and care of tools and equipment; work methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines.
516-1995
IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Superseded by 516-2003. General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are provided. Technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included.
516-2003
IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are provided. Technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included
518-1977
IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources
The rapidly expanding use of solid-state controllers requires consideration of many factors not previously important in the design, installation, and operation of other forms of controllers. Many portions of the control circuits of solid-state controllers designed for operation at low-energy low voltage signal levels are susceptible to disturbances by excessive electrical noise. Erratic controller operation may result unless suitable precautions are taken. The following recommendations are intended as an installation guide for industrial controls involving low-energy level equipment to minimize electrical noise inputs from external sources. The electrical noise guide is comprised of six sections. Sections 1 and 2 state the scope and service conditions. Sections 3 through 5 provide the technical foundation for the recommendations given in Section 6. Section 6 is intended to stand alone as the working section of the electrical noise guide.
519-1981
IEEE Guide for Harmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of Static Power Convertors
This guide applies to all types of static power converters used in industrial and commercial power systems. The problems involved in the harmonic control and reactive compensation of such converters are addressed, and an application guide is provided. Limits of disturbances to the AC power distribution system that affect other equipment and communications are recommended. This guide is not intended to cover the effect of radio frequency interference.
521-1976
IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands
Radar systems operate in frequency bands that since World War II have been identified by letter designations. Over a period of time these frequencies and their associated letter-band designations have been fixed by usage. In order to recognize and preserve accepted usage, this standard defines the letter-band nomenclature to be used as a convenience for describing the frequency in which radar operates. It should be cautioned that these are not a substitute for the specific frequency limits of a radar, nor is it meant that these letter bands be applied to other than radar.
521-1984
IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands
Since World War II, radar systems engineers have used letter designations as a short notation for describing the frequency band of operation. This usage has continued throughout the years and is now an accepted practice of radar engineers. Radar-frequency letter designations are used for given reasons. The radar letter designations are consistent with the recommended nomenclature of the International Telecommunications Union (ITU). The high frequency (HF) and the very high frequency (VHF) definitions are identical in the two systems. The essence of the radar nomenclature is to subdivide the existing ITU bands, in accordance with radar practice, without conflict or ambiguity.
522-1977
IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines - For Trail Use
Many alternating-current rotating electric machines are designed to have multiturn form wound stator coils. In these cases, the winding has two separate but interrelated insulating barriers: one (turn insulation) between the various turns and the second (ground insulation) between the turns and ground. Failure of either of these barriers will prematurely terminate the service life of the machine. A test level, twice rated voltage plus 1 kV, for the ground insulation has been in existence for many years. This guide suggests methods and test levels for the turn insulation.
522-1992
IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines
Suggestions are made for testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine their acceptability. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 MW. The test voltage levels described do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, as contrasted to surges associated with normal operation. The suggestions apply to: (1) individual stator coils after manufacture; (2) coils in completely wound stators of original manufacture; (3) coils and windings for rewinds of used machinery; and (4) windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive-maintenance testing). Coil service conditions, test devices, and test sequence are discussed. High-frequency test levels for new coils during winding, and for applying surge tests to complete windings, are given.
524-1980
IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment and tools that have been found practical for the stringing of overhead transmission line conductors and overhead ground-wires. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for stringing terms commonly employed. This guide is broad enough yet specific enough to be applicable to the stringing conductors of all sizes. The practices that are described provide for continuous control of the conductor from the initial setup to the ready for service condition.
524-1992
IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
General recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing of overhead transmission line conductors and overhead groundwires are provided. The aim is to present in one document sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to outline the basic considerations necessary to maintain safe and adequate control of conductors during stringing operations.
524a-1993
IEEE Guide to Grounding During the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
General recommendations for the selection of methods and equipment found to be effective and practical for grounding during the stringing of overhead transmission line conductors and overhead ground wires are provided. The guide is directed to transmission voltages only. The aim is to present in one document sufficient details of present day grounding practices and equipment used in effective grounding and to provide electrical theory and considerations necessary to safeguard personnel during the stringing operations of transmission lines.
525-1978
IEEE Guide for Selection and Installation of Control and Low-Voltage Cable Systems in Substations
525-1987
IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations
Guidance for the design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences is provided. The design of wire and cable systems in generating stations is not covered.
530-1978
IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear, Single-Axis, Digital, Torque-Balance Accelerometer
Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998. A guide for the preparation of a digital accelerometer specification and test procedure is provided. It is intended to provide common terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. The accelerometer considered utilizes a linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic accelerometer sensor with a permanent magnet torquer. The torquing electronics are considered part of the accelerometer. General design, performance, environmental, and reliability requirements are covered. Information on classification of tests, acceptance tests, qualification tests, reliability tests, standard test conditions, test equipment, test methods, and data submittal is given.
532-1993
IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables
Superseded by IEEE Std 532-2007. This guide covers properties of commonly used jackets as well as selection and testing of jackets. It is written for those responsible for optimizing cable designs. The purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the role of jackets so that the subject can be approached in an orderly and organized manner. An effort has been made to avoid the highly technical language and theory commonly used by electrical engineers and chemists to discuss the more detailed application of jackets.
535-1979
IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document describes qualification methods for Class IE lead storage batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations outside of primary containment. Qualification required in ANSI/IEEE Std 279-1971 [1] and IEEE Std 308-1978, [2] can be demonstrated by using the procedures provided in this standard in accordance with IEEE Std 323-1974, [3] . Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, installation, charging equipment and consideration of other type batteries are beyond the scope of this standard.
538-1976
IEEE Low Voltage AC Integrally Fused Power Circuit Breakers
This standard applies to enclosed low-voltage ac power circuit breakers as described in American National Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures, C37.13-1973 (IEEE Std 20-1973), except that the circuit breakers discussed in this standard incorporate current-limiting fuses as an integral part of the circuit breaker. The entire device thereby becomes capable of interrupting short circuit currents up to 200 000 A rms and may be applied on circuits where the available short-circuit current does not exceed that amount.
539-1979
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Overhead-Power-Line Corona and Radio Noise
Superseded by IEEE 539-1990. IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects of Overhead Power Lines, defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and current, shock and perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and measuring devices.
539-1990
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects of Overhead Power Lines
Superseded by 549-2005 (SH/SS95331). This standard defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and current, shock and perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and measuring devices.
55 IRE 2.S1-1955
IRE Standards on Antennas and Waveguides: Definitions for Waveguide Components, 1955
A set of definitions of basic waveguide terms prepared by the Technical Committee on Antennas and Waveguides was published as IRE Standards in December, 1953 (53 IRE 2. SI). The present Standards on Waveguide Components, Definitions of Terms, represent an extension of the work of this committee from 1953 to 1955. Waveguide component terms have not previously been standardized by the IRE; however, with continuing development in this field the need for such definitions has become increasingly apparent. The present list comprises only the more general, basic and established terms. For example, Waveguide Transformer is defined but the many specific types of waveguide transformer such as Double Stub Transformer, Quarter-Wave Sleeve Transformer, Probe Transformer, Eccentric Line Transformer, and others are not defined
576-1989
IEEE Recommended Practice Installation, Termination, and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in the Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Superseded by 576-2000. A guide to installation, splicing, termination, and field-proof testing of cable systems is provided. The aim is to avoid premature cable failure due to improper installation and mechanical damage during installation, and to provide a reference that can be specified for cable installations. This standard is not intended to be a design document; many of the problems of installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended practice.
577-1976
IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Uniform minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems found in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The requirements can be applied during design, fabrication, testing, maintenance, and repair of systems and components in nuclear power plants. The timing of the analysis depends upon the purpose for which it is performed.
583-1975
IEEE Standard Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System (CAMAC)
This standard is intended to serve as a basis for a range of modular instrumentation capable of interfacing transducers and other devices to digital controllers for data and control. It consists of mechanical standards and signal standards that are sufficient to ensure physical and operational compatibility between units regardless of source. The standard fully specifies a data bus (Dataway) by means of which instruments and other functional modules can communicate with each other, with peripherals, with computers, and with other external controllers as shown in Fig K1A. This serves to drastically reduce both the variety and quantity of interfacing required in a single installation and provides a considerable degree of computer independence. The multiplicity of computer dependent and instrument dependent interfaces shown in Fig K1B is typically replaced by a single computer dependent interface as in Fig K1C with one side of the interface speaking the computer language and the other side the standardized Dataway language. It will be noted that the Dataway is strictly a digital interface.
588-1976
IEEE Guide for AC Motor Protection
This application guide for the relay protection of squirrel-cage and wound-rotor induction motors and synchronous motors presents a review of the generally accepted forms of motor protection and summarizes the use of relays and devices, singly and in combination, so the reader may select the necessary equipment to obtain adequate motor protection. The guide is concerned primarily with the protection of three-phase integral horsepower motors and refers to twophase motors only in special instances where specifically indicated. This guide is not a standard and does not purport to detail the protective requirements of all motors in every situation. Its recommendations are of a general nature, designed to cover the usual or typical motor installations. Sufficient background material on objectives,applications, and setting philosophy is presented, however, to enable the reader to evaluate the need for various forms of protection and to select and properly apply suitable equipment for most situations.
592-1977
IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on Premolded High Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors
IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors, provides design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV.
596-1976
IEEE Standard Parallel Highway Interface System (CAMAC)
The interface system on which this standard is based was developed by the ESONE Committee of European Laboratories with the collaboration of the NIM Committee of the U. S. Energy Research and Development Administration (ERDA). This standard is supplementary to IEEE Std 583-1975 Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System (CAMAC), and is based on ERDA Reports TID-25876, March 1972 (corresponding to ESONE Report EUR 4600e) and TID-25877. The mandatory features in this standard are identical to those in the proceeding reports and in the corresponding publication of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) that is currently being processed. A serial highway interface system, also intended for use with IEEE Std 583-1975, is defined in IEEE Std 595-1976, Serial Highway Interface System.
6-1934
AIEE Report on Standards for Acceptance Tests for Metal Tank Mercury-Arc Rectifiers
The Standards of this section apply to acceptance tests for all types of metal tank mercury arc rectifiers used for power purposes together with essential auxiliaries. The essential auxiliaries are: (o) Evacuating system equipment. [b) Equipment for starting and maintaining the arc. (c) Temperature control and indicating equipment and other accessories. Transformers supplying power to rectifiers shall be considered part of the rectifier unit. Due to the action of the rectifier, the transformer windings, particularly those connected to the rectifier, carry currents which differ substantially from the usual sinusoidal form. This section, there fore, includes additional paragraphs, referring to the ^' transformer equipment of rectifiers to supplement the Standards for Transformers, Induction Regulators and Reactors (A^LE.E. Standard No.13 May 1930) on points where those standards are not sufficient or do not apply.
6-1946
AIEE Report on Proposed Standard for Pool Cathode Mercury-Arc Power Converters
60 and 61-1928
AIEE Specifications for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire and Specifications for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire
The specifications cover tinned soft or annealed copper wire suitable for use in making rubber insulated wires and cables
600-1944
AIEE Recommended Specification for Speed Governing of Prime Movers Intended to Drive Electric Generators
This Edition Is Limited to Steam Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators of Not Less Than 10,000 Kw Rated Capacity
600-1949
AIEE Recommended Specification for Speed Governing of Prime Movers Intended to Drive Electric Generators Rated 500 kw and Up
These specifications are limited in their scope to the following types of steam turbines, rated 500 kw and larger, and intended to drive electric generators at constant speed: (a) Straight condensing, straight non-condensing and non-automatic extraction turbines without initial and/or exhaust steam pressure control. (b) Straight condensing, straight non-condensing and non-automatic extraction turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam pressure control. (c) Automatic extraction and mixed-pressure turbines
60076-21-2011
Power Transformers - Part 21: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Step-Voltage Regulators
Adoption of IEEE Std C57.15-2009. Description of design types, tables of 50 Hz and 60 Hz ratings, supplementary ratings, construction, and available accessories are provided. Methods for performing routine and design tests applicable to liquid-immersed single and three-phase step-voltage regulators are described. Winding resistance measurements, polarity tests, insulation power factor and resistance tests, ratio tests, no load loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load loss measurements, dielectric tests, temperature tests, routine and design impulse tests, short-circuit tests, control tests, calculated data, and certified test data are covered.
601 and 602-1945
AIEE Preferred Standards for large 3600- Rom 3-Phase 60- Cycle Condensing Steam Turbine Generators (Larger Than 10,000 KW Rated Capacity)
601 and 602-1949
AIEE Preferred Standards for large 3600- Rom 3-Phase 60- Cycle Condensing Steam Turbine Generators (Larger Than 10,000 KW Rated Capacity)
601 and 602-1950
AIEE Preferred Standards for large 3600- Rom 3-Phase 60- Cycle Condensing Steam Turbine Generators (Larger Than 10,000 KW Rated Capacity)
601 and 602-1953
AIEE Preferred Standards for large 3600- Rom 3-Phase 60- Cycle Condensing Steam Turbine Generators (Larger Than 10,000 KW Rated Capacity)
602-1986
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities
These recommended practices will aid electrical systems designers in achieving safety of life and preservation of property through operational considerations to reduce electrical failures; to allow maintenance with a minimum need for specialized services; to present design considerations that recognize the flexibility of electrical systems in terms of layout and placement while fulfilling the requirements for proper electrical installation; and to promote coordination of design with professional associates.
602-1996
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities
A recommended practice for the design and operation of electric systems in health care facilities is provided. The term health care facility as used here encompasses buildings or parts of buildings that contain hospitals, nursing homes, residential custodial care facilities, clinics, ambulatory health care centers, and medical and dental offices. Buildings or parts of buildings within an industrial or commercial complex, used as medical facilities, logically fall within the scope of this recommended practice. Remarks: Superseded by IEEE Std 602-2007
603-1977
IEEE Trial Use Standard for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard establishes functional and design criteria for nuclear power generating station "safety systems," that is, that collection of systems required to minimize the probability and magnitude of release of radioactive material to the environment by maintaining plant conditions within the allowable limits established for each design basis event. These criteria are established to provide a means of promoting safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. The criteria herein represent an acceptable basis for ascertaining the adequacy of safety system performance and reliability. Adherence to these criteria does not necessarily fully establish the adequacy of safety system functional performance and reliability. However, omission of any of these criteria will, in most instances, be an indication of safety system inadequacy.
603-1980
IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems
Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety.
603-1991
IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety.
603-1998
IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Minimum functional and design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems are established in this standard. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventative interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety.
610.12-1990
IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology
This standard identifies terms currently in use in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms are established.
610.12 (H)-1990
IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology (HyperCard Stack)
This standard identifies terms currently in use in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms are established.
61588-2004
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Precision clock synchronization protocol for networked measurement and control systems
A protocol is provided in this standard that enables precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. The protocol is applicable to systems communicating via packet networks. Heterogeneous systems are enabled that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution, and stability to synchronize. System-wide synchronization accuracy and precision in the sub-microsecond range are supported with minimal network and local clock computing resources. Simple systems are installed and operated without requiring the management attention of users because the default behavior of the protocol allows for it.
61588-2009
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems
A protocol is provided in this standard that enables precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. The protocol is applicable to systems communicating via packet networks. Heterogeneous systems are enabled that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution, and stability to synchronize. System-wide synchronization accuracy and precision in the sub-microsecond range are supported with minimal network and local clock computing resources. Simple systems are installed and operated without requiring the management attention of users because the default behavior of the protocol allows for it.
61691-1-1-2004
IEC 61691-1-1 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 1076(TM)-2002): Behavioural Languages - Part 1-1: VHDL Language Reference Manual
Adoption of IEEE Std 1076-2002. VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language.
61691-1-1-2011
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Behavioural languages - Part 1-1: VHDL Language Reference Manual
Adoption of IEEE Std 1076-2008. VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. (Superseded by IEEE C95.1-2019)
61691-6-2009
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Behavioural languages - Part 6: VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on IEEE Std 1076(TM)-2002 (VHDL) and extends it with additions and changes to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models.
62-1956
IEEE Proposed Recommended Guide for Making Dielectric Measurements in the Field
The following general methods of test are either discussed or referred to in this publication: Low-frequency, low- and high-voltage losscharacteristic measurements. The measurement at power frequencies of power factor, dissipation factor or watts loss and capacitance or charging current; or equivalent quantities which define the electric circuit constants of the test specimen in the voltage range of approximately 80 volts to 50 kilovolts or higher. (2) Alternating-voltage corona measurements. The determination of the presence of corona discharge in the test specimen, usually related to the magnitude of the applied power-frequency voltage. The presence and the severity of corona are usually determined by indirect means; for example, by the resultant increase in dielectric loss or by the measurement of high-frequency components in the current. (3) Alternating-voltage distribution measurements. The measurement of the potential of the terminal electrodes and of one or more defined points between the high- and low-voltage electrodes of the test specimen, usually with applied voltage of power frequency. (4) Direct low- and high-voltage insulation resistance measurements. The measurement of the current-voltage relationship of the test specimen with the application, for a specified time, of direct voltage in the range of approximately 500 volts to 75 kilovolts or higher.
62-1958
IEEE Recommended Guide for Making Dielectric Measurements in the Field
The following general methods of test are either discussed or referred to in this publication:Low-frequency, low- and high-voltage losscharacteristic measurements. The measurement at power frequencies of power factor, dissipation factor or watts loss and capacitance or charging current; or equivalent quantities which define the electric circuit constants of the test specimen in the voltage range of approximately 80 volts to 50 kilovolts or higher. (2) Alternating-voltage corona measurements. The determination of the presence of corona discharge in the test specimen, usually related to the magnitude of the applied power-frequency voltage. The presence and the severity of corona are usually determined by indirect means; for example, by the resultant increase in dielectric loss or by the measurement of high-frequency components in the current (3) Alternating-voltage distribution measurements. The measurement of the potential of the terminal electrodes and of one or more defined points between the high-and low-voltage electrodes of the test specimen, usually with applied voltage of power frequency.
62-1978
IEEE Guide for Field Testing Power Apparatus Insulation
Diagnostic tests and measurements that are performed in the field on oil-immersed power transformers and regulators are described. Whenever possible, shunt reactors are treated in a similar manner to transformers. Tests are presented systematically in categories depending on the subsystem of the unit being examined. A diagnostic chart is included as an aid to identify the various subsystems. Additional information is provided regarding specialized test and measuring techniques.
62 IRE12.S1-1962
IRE Standards on Navigation Aids: Definitions of Inertial Navigation Terms, 1962
Definitions of Inertial Navigation Terms
620-1981
IEEE Trial Use Guide for Construction and Interpretation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel-Cage Motors Over 500 hp
This guide defines thermal limit curves, recommends a standard procedure for construction of the curves, and provides the definitions and information necessary t o properly use these curves. 2.2 The guide also describes thermal limit curves for large squirrel-cage motors defined as those motor ratings built in frames larger than the frame normally used for 500hp , 1800r/min motors.
62032-2005
IEC 62032 Ed.1 (IEEE Std C57.135(TM)-2001): Guide for the Application, Specification and Testing of Phase-Shifting Transformers
Theory, application of phase-shifting transformers, and the difference of specification and testing to standard system transformers are described. Various types of phase-shifting transformers and how to select the optimal design to achieve required control of power flow are covered. An understanding of the terminology, types, construction, and testing specifical to phaseshifting transformers is provided.
622-1979
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Pipe Heating Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
IEEE Std 622-1979 provides recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating systems in nuclear power generating stations. These electric pipe heating systems are applied, both for critical process temperature control and for process temperature control on mechanical piping systems that carry borated water, caustic soda and other solutions. Electric pipe heating systems are also applied on water piping systems to prevent them from freezing in cold weather. The recommendations include identification of requirements, heater design considerations, power systems design considerations, temperature control considerations, alarm considerations, finished drawings and documents, installation of materials, startup testing, temperature tests, and maintenance of electric pipe heating systems.
62243-2002
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Artificial intelligence exchange and service tie to all test environments (AI-ESTATE)
AI-ESTATE is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services for the test and diagnostic environment. The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfaces between functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnostic knowledge and data for use by such diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are defined to form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners, and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. This standard then defines the services to manipulate diagnostic information and to control a diagnostic reasoner.
625-1979
IEEE Recommended Practices to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety in the Cement Industry
Superseded by 625-1990. Assists in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitors used in substations. It covers the protective considerations, along with recommended and alternate methods of protection for the most commonly used capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design trade-offs are also discussed. This guide covers protection of filter tanks and very large EHV capacitor banks, but does not include a discussion of pole-mounted capacitor banks on distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus.
62528-2007
IEC 62528 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1500(TM)-2005): Standard Testability Method for Embedded Core-based Integrated Circuits
Replaced IEEE Std 1500-2005. This standard defines a mechanism for the test of core designs within a system on chip(SoC). This mechanism constitutes a hardware architecture and leverages the core test language(CTL) to facilitate communication between core designers and core integrators.
628-1987
IEEE Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection, design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations are provided. Methods for the structural qualification of such raceway systems are prescribed. Since aging and radiation have no known detrimental effect upon metallic raceway systems, and since nonmetallic raceway systems are limited to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions are not considered, nor are the embedments or structural members to which a support is attached.
635-1978
IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
This guide covers power cables incorporating aluminum sheaths, except those of the SF rigid bus type.
635-1989
IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
Superseded by 635-2003. This standard outlines requirements and establishes design guidelines for the selection of aluminum sheaths for extra-high, high, medium-, and low-voltage cables. It establishes basic installation parameters for aluminum-sheathed cables. It also provides references to industry standards and codes incorporating design and installation requirements of aluminum-sheathed cables.
638-1992
IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Procedures for demonstrating the adequacy of new Class 1E transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear power generating station, to perform their required safety functions under postulated service conditions are presented. Single- and three-phase transformers rated 601 V to 15,000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled rating) are covered. Because of the conservative approach used in the development of this standard for new transformers, the end-point criteria cannot be used for in-service transformers.
638-1994
ERRATA - IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
64-1956
IEEE Proposed Guide for Maintenance of Insulating Oil
Certain essential properties of insulating oil, used in transformers and circuit breaking devices, must be retained in service if the oil is to reliably perform its multiple role of electrical insulating, arc quenching and heat-transfer agent. It must have adequate dielectric strength to with stand the electrical stresses imposed in service. It must retain a sufficiently low viscosity so that its ability to circulate and transfer heat is not impaired. It must pour readily at low temperatures, and have high flash point and fire point for safety. Its dielectric losses should not become excessive. It should not be allowed to become so deteriorated or contaminated that it adversely affects other materials in the apparatus, nor should deterioration products sludge it sufficiently to impair its circulation through cooling ducts. This guide attempts to assist the power equipment operator in his efforts to maintain his oil in serviceable condition. It recommends and standardizes oil test and evaluation procedures, methods of reconditioning and reclaiming oil when necessary, and routines for restoring oxidation resistance by additions of inhibitors.
64-1969
IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment
Insulating oil contained in equipment such as transformers, circuit-breaking devices, regulators, series and shunt reactors, as received from the manufacturer and as filled at the installation site but prior to service operation, should exhibit certain properties in order to insure satisfactory performance. I t is expected that oil contained in equipment as received from the manufacturer when properly sampled from such equipment usually exhibits characteristics slightly different from those obtained from new oil, which has not been in contact with apparatus constructional materials. Additionally, certain essential properties of insulating oil, used in transformers and circuit-breaking devices, must be retained in service if the oil is to perform its multiple role of electrical-insulating, arc-quenching, and heat-transferring agent reliably. It must have adequate dielectric strength to withstand the electric stresses imposed in service. I t must retain a sufficiently low viscosity so that its ability to circulate and transfer heat is not impaired. It must pour readily at low temperatures and have high flash point and fire point for safety. Its dielectric losses should not become excessive. It should not be allowed to become so deteriorated or contaminated that it adversely affects other materials in the apparatus, nor should deterioration products sludge it sufficiently to impair its circulation through cooling ducts. This Guide attempts to assist the power equipment operator in evaluating oil received in equipment and as filled at the installation site and to assist also in his efforts to maintain his oil in serviceable condition. It recommends and standardizes oil test and ^valuation procedures, methods of reconditioning and declaiming oil when necessary, and routines for restoring oxidation resistance by additions of inhibitors
643-1980
IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications
The purpose of this guide is to provide application information to users of carrier equipment as applied on power transmission lines. It is hoped that this guide will be useful to the initial user of power line carriers as well as to the experienced application engineer. Detailed references have been provided in the guide for those who require more information. Material on power line carrier channel characteristics is presented along with discussions on intrabundle conductor systems and insulated shield wire systems. Procedures for the calculation of channel performance are given. Major coupling components considered are line traps, coupling capacitors, line tuners, coaxial cables, hybrids, and filters. Frequency selection practices and future trends are also discussed
644-1979
IEEE Recommended Practices for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines
649-1980
IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
The manufacturers and users of Class 1E motor control centers are required to provide assurance that such equipment will meet or exceed its specific performance requirements throughout its installed life. This is accomplished through a quality assurance program that includes, but is not limited to, design, qualification, production quality control, installation, maintenance, and periodic testing. This document treats only the qualification portion of the program. The purpose of the qualification program is to provide assurance, by demonstration, that the motor control center is capable of performing its required Class 1E functions before, during, and after the postulated design basis events specified for that equipment. Qualification may be accomplished by testing, analysis, previous operating experience, or a combination thereof. This standard provides qualification procedures for both testing and analysis. Ongoing qualification may be used to extend the qualified life of equipment that has been previously qualified by other means.
65-1956
AIEE Proposed Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Ventilated Dry-Type Power and Distribution Transformers
The object of this Test Procedure is to establish a uniform method for determining operating temperature limits for ventilated dry-type power and distribution transformers, to give a reasonable life expectancy under normal operating conditions.
650-1979
IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Superseded by 650-1990. Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. The qualification methods set forth employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
650-1990
IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Superseded by IEEE Std 650-2006. Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. The qualification methods set forth employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
656-1985
IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Audible Noise from Overhead Transmission Lines
Uniform procedures are established for manual and automatic measurement of audible noise from overhead transmission lines. Their purpose is to allow valid evaluation and comparison of the audible noise performance of various overhead lines. Definitions are provided, and instruments are specified. Measurement procedures are set forth, and precautions are given. Supporting data that should accompany the measurement data are specified, and methods for presenting the latter are described.
664-1980
IEEE Guide on the Measurement for the Performance of Aeolian Vibration Dampers for Single Conductors
Superseded by 664-1993. The current methodologies, including apparatus, procedures, and measurement accuracies, for determining the dynamic characteristics of vibration dampers and damping systems are described. Some basic guidance is provided regarding a given method's strengths and weaknesses. The methodologies and procedures described are applicable to indoor testing only.
666-1991
IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations
This guide applies to station service systems that supply electric power to auxiliary loads for electric power generating stations. The discussions and recommendations contained herein provide the practices, criteria, and range of system parameters that relate to the service system requirements and assist in the application of existing engineering documents. This guide is not a handbook of design data; however, it explains what is good practice for the many different types of electric power service systems for generating stations.
67-1957
AIEE Proposed Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine - Generators
This Guide covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbinedriven synchronous generators of the types specified in Section 4. below, having cylindrical rotors and conventional cooling systems (in distinction from conductor-cooled systems). It does not apply to generators having salient-pole rotors. 1.2 This Guide is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. 1.3 Because of the rapid development in generator design and because of individual ingenuity of generator designers, many variations are incorporated in existing machines. It is not, therefore, possible in this Guide to assign specific values or fixed methods in its various sections. The most that this Guide can accomplish is to provide guideposts which, on one hand, disclose accepted and tried values or methods and, on the other hand, give warning where hazards might be encountered. The user should keep in mind that this Guide is written in terms of the turbine-generator, and that certain considerations herein have been included because of their importance in directing attention to other related matters. This Guide is not intended to apply in any manner to the prime mover
67-1972
IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators
Superseded by 67-1990. This standard covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators that have cylindrical rotors.
67-1990
IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators
Superseded by IEEE Std 67-2006 General recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators having cylindrical rotors are provided. The manufacturer's and user's responsibility is discussed, and the classification of generators and the basis on which they are rated are covered. Mechanical considerations are also addressed.
675-1979
IEEE Standard Multiple Controllers in a CAMAC Crate
This standard defines a method for incorporating more than one source of control into a CAMAC crate. The standard fully conforms to the mechanical and signal standards of the CAMAC system as described in ANSI/IEEE Std 583-1975, Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System (CAMAC), or EUR 4100e. In order to allow more than one Controller to access the Dataway of a CAMAC Crate, an Auxiliary Controller Bus (ACE) and priority arbitration protocol are fully defined. This permits the use of Auxiliary Controllers (ACs) in normal stations in the crate. The ACB carries encoded address information from an AC to the Crate Controller (CC) in the control station of a CAMAC crate, and carries Look-at- Me signals from the CC to the ACs. The ACB, connected between controllers, may also be used to establish priority for control of the CAMAC Dataway. This standard is fully compatible with ANSI/ IEEE Std 595-1976, Serial Highway Interface System (CAMAC), or EUR 6100e, and the ANSI/IEEE Std 596-1976, Parallel Highway Interface System (CAMAC) or EUR 4600e. It may also be used in autonomous systems (systems with no external highways) or in systems with Type U Crate Controllers (such as systems with a computer I/O bus as the highway).
69 91 and 71-1928
AIEE Specifications for Cotton Covered Round Copper Magnet Wire, Specifications for Silk Covered Round Copper Magnet Wire, and Specifications for Enameled Round Copper Magnet Wire
690-1984
IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Direction for the design and installation of safety-related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in nuclear power generating stations is provided. Existing standards are identified and guidance is provided for the design and installation of those non-safety-related cable systems that may affect the function of safety-related systems. Solutions are recommended for areas of concern such as fire protection, raceways, separation, cable performance requirements, and installation acceptance testing and documentation.
692-1986
IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Superseded by IEEE 692-1997. Criteria are provided for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. Requirements are included for the overall system, interfaces, subsystems, and individual electrical and electronic equipment. This standard addresses equipment for security related detection, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition.
693-1984
IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Design of Substations
Guidelines and criteria for the design of substations that can withstand the effects of earthquakes are provided. These recommendations comprise an up-to-date summary of aseismic design practices that will be useful to substation engineers for effective aseismic design of substations and related facilities. Seismic criteria and performance requirements are set forth, qualification methods are discussed, and design and construction practices are presented.
695-1985
IEEE Trial Use Standard for Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules
This standard specifies the format of linkable, relocatable, and absolute object modules for binary computers of arbitrary word size and architecture. Two levels of compliance are specified, minimum and full. The minimum compliance level affords sufficient flexibility to link separately compiled modules, to relocate addresses in simple ways, and to load the resulting absolute object modules with a minimal loader. The full compliance level affords all of the functionality of the minimum level and adds to it arbitrary address expression handling, type checking capability, librarian control commands, and other useful functions for full generality. A conforming implementation may extend the command or function set of MUFOM for greater efficiency in dealing with machine-specific requirements, but object modules containing such extensions shall not be said to be conforming to this standard. Such extensions are not specified in this standard.
7-4.3.2-1993
IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 are specified. Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1991, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
7.S2-1952
IRE Standards on Gas-Filled Radiation Counter Tubes Methods of Testing, 1952
In setting up test procedures for radiation counter tubes, it is necessary to consider not only the test circuits but also the physical arrangements of test, such as nature of source, distance between source and counter, scattering by objects near the source or counter, shielding of the counter against unwanted radiations, and the background due to cosmic rays and general contamination. The relative importance of these various factors will depend on the type of counter under test. In selecting a room for counter-testing purposes, it is advisable to pick one as far as possible-from strong gamma-ray sources. It is particularly difficult to work in a room adjacent to one in which experiments are being performed involving the moving of a gamma-ray source from one location to another. A corner room is desirable from this standpoint. Attention should be paid to the fact that the intensity of cosmic radiation depends strongly on the altitude and on the amount of material above the counters. Also, in testing counter tubes that are physically long there may be a noticeable difference in the background counting rate, depending on whether they are tested in a horizontal or vertical position. When measuring background counting rates, it is preferable that the tube be in a lead shield to reduce the effects of local contamination.
7.S2-1962
IRE Standards on Electron Tubes: Definitions of Terms- 1962
The output noise of a receiving system contains components contributed not only by the termination at the input of the receiving system but also by the receiving system itself. Furthermore, the output signal-to-noise ratio1 of the system will depend not only on the output noise but also on the nature of the signal that is impressed upon the input of the receiver. Hence, any meaningful evaluation of the noise performance of a receiver when used in a particular system must include considerations of the sources that contribute to the output noise, the bandwidth and gain of the receiving system in all of its responses, the nature of the signal and the efficacy of the output utilization circuit. It is evident that no single number can describe completely how well a given receiver will perform in all kinds of systems. What, then, are the pertinent attributes of a receiver, and how are they measured and quoted? From the viewpoint of the designer of the receiver, the attributes must be readily measurable. From the viewpoint of the designer of the system, the numbers quoted by the receiver designer must be such that the output signal to-noise-ratio (SNR) under operating conditions can be calculated.
700-1945
AIEE Report on Aircraft D-C Apparatus Voltage Ratings
Report on Aircraft D-C Apparatus Voltage Ratings
700-1947
AIEE Standard for Aircraft Direct- Current Apparatus Voltage Ratings
Aircraft Direct-Current Apparatus Voltage Ratings
70E-2009
Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2009 Edition (NFPA 70E)
Now NFPA 70E--the Standard developed for OSHA--is revised to address safety gaps and increase electrical worker protection, while helping companies comply with OSHA 1910 Subpart S and OSHA 1926 Subpart K. Major changes recognize new hazards and address safety gaps. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) protects personnel and can significantly reduce the risk of injury in an arc flash. To help electrical engineers calculate incident energy--the vital first step in determining the correct type of PPE for a given task--revised Annex D consolidates all equations, adds new tables, and offers more options to detailed calculations.
716-1985
IEEE Standard C/ATLAS Test Language
The intent of this document, ANSI/IEEE Std 716-1985, IEEE Standard Common ATLAS (ClATLAS), is to define a high order language which is a subset of Level 18 of IEEE Std 416, Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS). The language described in this document is to be used for the writing of test programs for Units Under Test (UUTs), so that these programs can operate on various makes and models of Automatic Test Equipment (ATE). The subset is defined in terms of two sections. Section A consists of essential verbs and syntax structures; Section B consists of nouns, noun modifiers and units that are selectable, depending upon the application.
716-1989
IEEE Standard C/ATLAS Test Language
Superseded by 716-1995. Common ATLAS (C/ATLAS), a high-order language for testing is defined. C/ATLAS is designed to describe tests in terms that are independent of any specific test system. It has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test equipment.
726-1979
IEEE Standard Real-Time BASIC for CAMAC
This standard deals with software for the CAMAC modular instrumentation and interface system of ANSI/IEEE Std 583-1975, Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System (CAMAC) (also Report EUR 4100e of the Commission of the European Communities). The report on which this document is based, ERDA Report TID-26619, was prepared by the NIM Committee* of the United States Energy Research and Development Administration (now the Department of Energy) and the ESONE Committee** of European Laboratories. The corresponding ESONE document is ESONE/RTB/02. IEEE Std 726-1979 differs from the corresponding ESONE document ESONE/RTB/02 and US Energy Research and Development Administration document TID-26619 in the following respects: (1) The keyword RECEIVE is used in place of the keyword READ for process input. (2) The section on interrupt handling is not included. In particular, reference to the WHEN statement to link an event-name to an interrupt service routine has been deleted. (3) The capability of handling errors at run-time has been deleted.
729-1983
IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology
Software engineering is an emerging field. New terms are continually being generated, and new meanings are being adopted for existing terms. The Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology was undertaken to document this vocabulary. Its purpose is to identify terms currently used in software engineering and to present the current meanings of these terms. It is intended to serve as a useful reference for software engineers and for those in related fields and to promote clarity and consistency in the vocabulary of software engineering. It is recognized that software engineering is a dynamic area; thus the standard will be subject to appropriate change as becomes necessary.
730-1980
IEEE Trial Use Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for preparation and content of Software Quality Assurance Plans (SQAP). This standard applies to the development and maintenance of critical software; for example, where failure could impact safety or cause large financial or social losses. For non-critical software, or for software already developed, a subset of the requirements of this standard may be applied. The existence of this standard should not be construed to prohibit additional content in a Software Quality Assurance Plan. An assessment should be made for the specific software product item to assure adequacy of coverage. Where this standard is invoked for a project engaged in producing several software items, the applicability of the standard should be specified for each of the software product items encompassed by the project.
730-1981
IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for preparation and content of Software Quality Assurance Plans (SQAP). This standard applies to the development and maintenance of critical software; for example, where failure could impact safety or cause large financial or social losses. For non-critical software, or for software already developed, a subset of the requirements of this standard may be applied. The existence of this standard should not be construed to prohibit additional content in a Software Quality Assurance Plan. An assessment should be made for the specific software product item to assure adequacy of coverage. Where this standard is invoked for a project engaged in producing several software items, the applicability of the standard should be specified for each of the software product items encompassed by the project. The provisions of this standard do not apply to Nuclear Power Generating Stations
730.1-1989
IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for preparation and content of Software Quality Assurance Plans (SQAPs). In considering adoption of this standard, regulatory bodies should be aware that specific application of this standard may already be covered by one or more IEEE or ANSI standards documents relating to quality assurance, definitions, or other matters. It is not the purpose of this document to supersede, revise or amend existing standards directed to specific industries or applications. This standard applies to the development and maintenance of critical software. For non-critical software, or for software already developed, a subset of the requirements of this standard may be applied. The existence of this standard should not be construed to prohibit additional content in a SQAP. An assessment should be made for the specific software item to assure adequacy of coverage. Where this standard is invoked for an organization or project engaged in producing several software items, the applicability of the standard should be specified for each of the software items.
738-1993
IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors
A simplified method of calculating the current-temperature relationship of bare overhead lines, given the weather conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in the calculation are indicated. This standard does not undertake to list actual temperature-ampacity relationships for a large number of conductors in a large number of conditions.
738-2006
IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors
Weather conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in the calculation are indicated. This standard does not undertake to list actual temperature-ampacity relationships for a large number of conductors, but rather provides a standard method of doing such calculations.
741-1986
IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation requirements. It does not include plant physical design requirements to protect against events such as pipe whip, fire, dropped load, etc.
741-1990
IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment are prescribed. The purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action are described. Both design and documentation requirements are included.
743-1984
IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Analog Voice Frequency Circuits
Prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation requirements. It does not include physical plant design requirements to protect against certain events. .
756-1984
IEEE Trial Use Guide for loading Mineral-Oil Immersed Power Transformers Rated in Excess of 100 MVA (65 Degree C Winding Rise)
This guide covers general recommendations for loading mineral-oil-immersed power transformers manufactured in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C57.12.00-1980 and having a maximum nameplate rating in excess of 100 MVA (three phase) or 33+ MVA (single phase). Such transformers have an average winding rise of 65 DC maximum and a hottest spot rise of 80 DC maximum at rated load. NOTE: When this guide is to be used for transformers purchased prior to publication of the guide, the applicability of 2.5 and 4.3 should be checked with the manufacturer. Also see Appendix D
76-1974
IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Transformer Askarel in Equipment
The term askarel generally describes a widely used broad class of nonflammable synthetic halogenated hydrocarbon insulating liquids. In this guide, it applies solely to askarel in transformers, reactors, and accessory equipment operated at power frequencies. Transformer askarels contain PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyls), which have been used in the United States and elsewhere over the past 40 years for many industrial and consumer applications. Recently, evidence has accumulated to indicate that PCBs are widely dispersed throughout the environment and that they can have adverse ecological and toxicological effects. The Federal Interdepartmental Task Force report COM-72-10419, 'Poly chlorinated Biphenyls and the Environment/* dated May 1972, has recommended restricting PCBs to use in transformers and capacitors. Methods for handling and disposal of askarels and askarel-impregnated materials are given in Draft American National Standard, Guidelines for Handling and Disposal of Capacitor and Transformer-Grade Askarels Containing Polychlorinated Biphenyls, C107.1 This guide assists the power equipment operator in evaluating askarel as received in transformers, reactors, and accessory equipment operated at power frequencies and in his efforts to maintain askarel in serviceable condition. It recommends standardized tests and evaluation procedures. Methods are outlined for reconditioning and reclaiming askarel whenever necessary.
762-1980
IEEE Trial use Standard Definitions for Use in Reporting Electric Generating Unit Reliability, Availability, and Productivity
This standard standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity performance measures. Reliability in this standard encompasses measures of the ability of generating units to perform their intended function. Availability measures are concerned with the fraction of time a unit is capable of providing service and accounts for outage frequency and duration. Productivity measures are concerned with the total power produced by a plant with respect to its potential power production. Therefore, productivity measures consider magnitude of outage as well as frequency and duration of outage
765-1983
IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations.
765-1995
IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations.
771-1984
IEEE Guide to the Use of ATLAS
This guide has mainly been written as an applications manual for engineers and authors who will be writing test procedures in ATLAS. The beginning chapters are also intended to provide managers with a brief introduction to the application of ATLAS in their organizations. This guide is not, in any way, intended to be a substitute for an instruction manual in the ATLAS language, but, rather, a practical extension to such a manual. It has been assumed that this guide will prove most useful to those engineers who are preparing test requirements in ATLAS. The cross referencing, therefore, between this guide and ANSI/IEEE Std 416-1984 has been confined to the classical definitions presented in ANSI/IEEE Std 416-1984. Appropriate cross references are included in parentheses following section headings, and unless otherwise stated, they relate to ANSI/IEEE Std 416-1984
776-1987
IEEE Guide for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply and Communication Lines
Superseded by IEEE Std 776-1992. The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits.
78-1960
AIEE-FEMA-NEMA Standards Publication for Arc Furnace Transformer
This standard covers electrical characteristics and mechanical features of 3-phase, 60- cycle, 2-winding, mineral-oil-immersed indoor transformers rated 250 to 35000 kVA, inclusive, high voltage 2400 to 34400 volts, inclusive, used for supplying electric power to direct arc ferrous-melting furnaces.
792-1988
IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Impulse Voltage Capability of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Stator Coils
This recommended practice outlines a test procedure for the evaluation of the impulse voltage capability of insulation systems of form-wound alternating current rotating electrical machinery. This test procedure forms a base for the accumulation, analysis, and reporting of information concerning impulse voltage withstand strength of ground and turn insulation, both new and aged. The immediate goal is a better understanding of relevant aging mechanisms; the ultimate aim of this document is to aid in estimating life of an insulation system under specified service conditions. It must be emphasized that this test procedure is intended, at this time, for trial use. Future revisions, made after experience with it, should result in more definitive specifications being possible.
80-1986
IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding
Outdoor AC substations, either conventional or gas-insulated, are covered in this guide. Distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations are also included. With proper caution, the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations, or to substations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems peculiar to dc substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this guide.
802.10-1992
Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS) Currently Contains Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2)
A security protocol that can be used to protect IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs) is described. This Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Layer 2 security protocol can be used to provide the security services of confidentiality and connectionless integrity. In conjunction with key management or system management, the security services of data origin authentication and access control may also be provided.
802.10b-1992
Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS) - Part B: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2)
A security protocol that can be used to protect IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs) is described. This Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Layer 2 security protocol can be used to provide the security services of confidentiality and connectionless integrity. In conjunction with key management or system management, the security services of data origin authentication and access control may also be provided.
802.10e-1993
Supplement to IEEE Std 802.10b: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) Sublayer Management (Subclause 2.8)
A method to allow Ethernet V2.0 Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Units (PDUs) to be protected with the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is provided.
802.10e&f-1993
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks:Supplements to Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security(SILS)Secure Data Exchange (SDE) Sublayer Management (Subclause 2.8)and Recommended Practice for SDE on Ethernet V2.0 in IEEE 802 LANs (Annex 2H)
Abstract for 802.10e-1993: A method to allow Ethernet V2.0 Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Units (PDUs) to be protected with the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is provided. Abstract for 802.10f-1993: A set of managed object classes to be used in the management of the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) sublayer and its protocol exchanges is specified.
802.10f-1993
Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-IEEE Standards: Recommended Practice for SDE on Ethernet V2.0 in IEEE 802 LANs (Annex 2H)
A set of managed object classes to be used in the management of the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) sublayer and its protocol exchanges is specified.
802.10g-1995
Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.10 Supplement: IEEE Standard Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Security Label (Annexes 2I, 2J, and 2K)
Withdrawn Jan 16, 2004. A security label option that can be used to implement rule-based access controls for the protection of IEEE 802 local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) is defined. Information carried by security labels can be used to control access, specify protective measures, and identify handling restrictions required by a communications security policy. This standard specifies the syntax for the label and basic processing rules. Other information, such as label semantics and additional processing requirements unique to a security policy, can be specified via registration.
802.10h-1997
IEEE Standard Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Annex 2L)
Withdrawn Jan 16, 2004. The secure data exchange (SDE) protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma is provided. The SDE PICS proforma defines the information to be supplied by protocol implementors claiming conformance with IEEE Std 802.10, Clause 2, Secure Data Exchange (SDE).
802.11-1997
IEEE Standard for Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications
SUPERSEDED BY ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999 The medium access control and physical characteristics for wireless local area networks are specified in this standard, part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks. The medium access control unit in this standard is designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on the availability of spectrum. This standard contains three physical layer units: two radio units, both operating in the 2400-2500 MHz band, and one baseband infrared unit. One radio unit employs the frequency-hopping spread spectrum technique, and the other employs the direct sequence spread spectrum technique.
802.11 Edition
IEEE Standard for Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications
This standard is a revision of IEEE Std 802.11-1997. The Management Information Base according to OSI rules has been removed, many redundant management items have been removed, and Annex D has been completed with the Management Information Base according to SNMP. Minor changes have been made throughout the document.
802.15.1-2002
IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)
This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: The lower transport layers [(Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP), Link Manager Protocol (LMP), baseband, and radio] of the Bluetooth wireless technology are defined. Bluetooth is an industry specification for short-range radio frequency (RF)-based connectivity for portable personal devices. The IEEE 802.15.1 Task Group has reviewed and provided a standard adaptation of the Bluetooth specifications (version 1.1) medium access control (MAC) (L2CAP, LMP, and baseband) and physical layer (PHY) (radio). Also specified is a clause on service access points (SAPs), which includes a logical link control (LLC)-MAC interface for the ISO/IEC 8802-2 LLC. A normative annex is included that provides a Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma, and an informative high-level behavioral ITU-T Z.100 specification and description language (SDL) model for an integrated Bluetooth MAC sublayer are also specified.
802.1D-1990
Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges
Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1D-1998 An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802® Local Area Networks (LANs) below the MAC Service boundary is defined. MAC Bridges, as specified by this standard, allow communications between end stations attached to separate LANs, each with its own separate MAC, to be transparent to logical link control (LLC) and network layer protocols, just as if the stations were attached to the same LAN.
802.1D-1998
IEEE Standard for Local Area Network MAC (Media Access Control) Bridges
The concept of Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging, introduced in the 1993 edition of this standard, has been expanded to define additional capabilities in Bridged LANs aimed at providing for expedited traffic capabilities, to support the transmission of time-critical information in a LAN environment; and providing filtering services that support the dynamic use of Group MAC Addresses in a LAN environment.
802.1i-1992
Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Network MAC Bridges - Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Supplement
This standard is a supplement to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990. The scope and field of application of IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 are extended to transparent bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) local area networks (LANs) and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs.
802.1j-1996
Supplement to Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local area networks-Media access control (MAC) bridges: Managed objects for MAC bridges
Managed object classes and their components that permit remote management of ISO/IEC 10038-conformant MAC bridges by means of suitable management protocols, including the services and protocols defined in ISO/IEC 15802-2: 1995, LAN/MAN Management; and those defined in ISO/IEC 9595: 1991, CMIS; and ISO/IEC 9596-1: 1991, CMIP; are defined. The managed object definitions are documented in the notation defined in ISO/IEC 10165-4: 1992, GDMO.
802.1Q-2012
IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges and Virtual Bridges [Edition]
This standard specifies how the MAC Service is supported by Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, the principles of operation of those networks, and the operation of VLAN-aware Bridges, including management, protocols, and algorithms. It Incorporates: IEEE Std 802.1Q-2011, IEEE Std 802.1Qbe-2011, IEEE Std 802.1Qbc-2011,IEEE Std 802.1Qbb-2011, IEEE Std 802.1Qaz-2011, IEEE Std 802.1Qbf-2011,IEEE Std 802.1Qbg-2012, IEEE Std 802.1aq-2012, and IEEE Std 802.1Q-2011/Cor 2-2012)
802.1t-2001
IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Superseded by 802.1D-2004. This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition is intended to document maintenance items identified in the text of IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998). The document identifies any proposed changes to the text that have arisen as a consequence of maintenance activity. These are documented in the usual form for Amendments to IEEE 802 standards; i.e., as an explicit set of editing instructions that, if correctly applied to the text of ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998, will create a corrected document.
802.1w-2001
IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Common Specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges: Amendment 2 - Rapid Reconfiguration
Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3: 1998) and IEEE Std 802.1t-2001 defines the changes necessary to the operation of a MAC Bridge in order to provide rapid Spanning Tree reconfiguration capability.
802.1X-2001
IEEE Standard for Port Based Network Access Control
This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Port-based network access control makes use of the physical access characteristics of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LAN) infrastructures in order to provide a means of authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port that has point-to-point connection characteristics, and of preventing access to that port in cases in which the authentication and authorization process fails.
802.2-1985
IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks - Logical Link Control
This standard is one of a set of standards produced to facilitate the interconnection of computers and terminals on a local area network (LAN). It is related to the other standards by the Reference Model for Open Systems Interconnection. NOTE: The exact relationship of the layers described in this standard to the layers defined by the OS1 Reference Model is under study. This standard describes the functions, and features and protocol of the Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer in the IEEE Std 802 Local Area Network Protocol. The LLC sublayer constitutes the top sublayer in the Data Link Layer (see Fig 1-1) and is common to the various medium access methods that are defined and supported by the IEEE/Std 802 activity. Separate standards describe each medium access method individually and indicate the additional features and functions that are provided by the Medium Access Control (MAC) Sublayer in each case to complete the functionality of the Data Link Layer as defined in the 802 architectural reference model.
802.3-1985
IEEE Standards for Local Area Networks: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
The control characteristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types 1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; Media Independent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at 100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and 1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet). Repeater specifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASETX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System considerations for multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided.
802.3-1998
IEEE Standards for Information technology–Telecommunications and information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control characteristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types 1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; Media Independent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at 100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and 1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet). Repeater specifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASETX,100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System considerations for multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided.
802.3-1998
Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T), Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T)
The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control characteristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types 1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; Media Independent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at 100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and 1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet). Repeater specifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASETX,100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System considerations for multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided.
802.3-2000
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Incorporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std 802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std 802.3ad-2000. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control characteristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types 1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; Media Independent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at 100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and 1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet) as well as PHY type 1000BASE-T. Repeater specifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System considerations for multi-segment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications and additions to support Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLANs) as specified in IEEE P802.1Q are also provided. Also specified is an optional Link Aggregation sublayer which multiple physical links to be aggregated together to form a single logical link.
802.3-2002
IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements-- Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process. The project will not add any significant new functionality.
802.3a-1992
Section 10, Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium Specification, Type 10BASE2
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3a,b,c,e-1988
IEEE Standards for Local Area Networks: Supplements to Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
This report contains four supplements to IEEE 802.3: 802.3a Type 10BASE2 Coaxial Medium Specification (Section 10); 802.3b Type 10BROAD36 Medium Specification (Section 11); 802.3c Repeater Unit Specification; and 802.3e Type 1BASE5 Twisted Pair Medium Specification (Section 12). ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3-1985, Sections 1-7 form the base specification for these supplements. Supplements a, b, and c are specifications for an alternate medium to be used in the CSMA/CD access method. Supplement c completes the necessary specification for a Receiver Unit implementation.
802.3ab-1999
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Physical Layer Parameters and Specifications for 1000 Mb/s Operation over 4-Pair of Category 5 Balanced Copper Cabling, Type 1000BASE-T
Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002. This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 Family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: Type 1000BASE-T PCS, type 1000BASE-T PMA sublayer, and type 1000BASE-T Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) are defined. This supplement provides fully functional, electrical and mechanical specifications for the type 1000BASE-T PCS, PMA, and MDI. This supplement also specifies the baseband medium used with 1000BASE-T.
802.3ac-1998
IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) frame extensions for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLAN) tagging on 802.3 networks
Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, to support Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLANs) as specified in IEEE P802.1Q, Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, are provided. Incorporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std 802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std 802.3ad-2000.
802.3ad-2000
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications-Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments
Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002. An optional Link Aggregation sublayer for use with CSMA/CD MACs is defined. Link Aggregation allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a Link Aggregation Group, such that a MAC Client can treat the Link Aggregation Group as if it were a single link. To this end, it specifies the establishment of DTE to DTE logical links, consisting of N parallel instances of full duplex point-to-point links operating at the same data rate.
802.3ae-2002
IEEE Standard for Information technology - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 3: CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Media Access Control (MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation
Support to extend the IEEE 802.3 protocol and MAC specification to an operating speed of 10 Gb/s. Several Physical Coding Sublayers known as 10GBASE-X, 10GBASE-R, and10GBASE-W are specified, as well as significant additional supporting material for a 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII), a 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI), a 10 Gigabit Sixteen-Bit Interface (XSBI) and management.
802.3af-2003
IEEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power Via Media Dependent Interface (MDI)
This amendment is based on the current edition of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 plus changes incorporated by IEEE Std 802.3ae-2002. Abstract: Support for optionally powering a 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX or 1000BASE-T DTE device via the Power Interface (PI) using physical layers defined in Clauses 14, 25, and 40. The Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE) is located at an end point or mid-span, separate from and between the MDIs, and provides power to the Powered Device (PD) over the Link Section. The PSE detection protocol distinguishes a compatible PD from non-compatible devices and precludes the application of power and possible damage to non-compatible devices. The PSE monitors the Maintain Power Signature (MPS)and removes power when it is no longer requested or required. Optional management function requirements are specified.
802.3b-1985
Supplement to 802.3: Broadband Medium Attachment Unit and Broadband Medium Specifications, Type 10BROAD36 (Section 11)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3c-1985
Supplement to 802.3 - Repeater Unit for 10 Mb/s Baseband Networks (Sections 9.1 - 9.8)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3d-1987
Supplement to 802.3 - Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium Specification for a Vendor Independent Fiber Optic Inter Repeater Link (Section 9.9)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3e-1987
Supplement to 802.3 - Physical Signaling, Medium Attachment, and Baseband Medium Specifications, Type 1BASE5 STARLAN (Section 12)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3h-1990
Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management (Section 5)
This Local Area Network (LAN) standard defines the Layer Management specification for networks based on the CSMA/CD access method. It provides the formal description of the relationship between the CSMA/CD Layer Entities and the Layer Management facilities.
802.3i-1990
IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - System Considerations for Multi-segment 10 Mb/S Baseband Networks (Section 13) and Twisted-Pair Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and Baseband Medium, Type 10BASE-T (Section 14)
This Local Area Network (LAN)standard specifies the Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and one specific unshielded twisted-pair medium for use with the MAU. This MAU is specified for use in a 10 Mb/s baseband CSMA/CD LAN. Guidelines for its application in a repeatered multisegment heterogeneous CSMA/CD network are included.
802.3j-1993
Supplement to 802.3 - Fiber Optic Active and Passive Star-Based Segments, Type 10BASE-F (Sections 15-18)
Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2002, as amended by IEEE Std 802.3ae-2002 10Gb/s Ethernet and IEEE Std 802.3af-2003 DTE Power via MDI, contains a set of maintenance requests approved for ballot at the November 2002 IEEE 802.3 closing plenary as part of project IEEE P802.3aj Maintenance 7.
802.3k-1992
Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Repeaters (Section 19)
The supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1992 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1992 Edition] defines a set of mechanisms that enable management of ISO/IEC 8802-3 10 Mb/s baseband repeater units. The managed objects are defined in accordance with IEEE 802.1 and ISO/IEC standards for network management.
802.3l-1992
Supplement to 802.3 - Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Section 14.10)
This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1992 defines conformance requirements for Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) implementations for local and metropolitan area networks.
802.3m-1995
Supplement to 802.3 - (Second Maintenance Ballot)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3n-1995
Supplement to 802.3 - (Third Maintenance Ballot)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3p,q-1993
IEEE Standards for LMANs: Supplement to IEEE 802.3 - Guidelines for the Development of Managed Objects (GDMO) (IS0 10164-4) Format for Layer-Managed Objects (Section 5) and Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Medium Attachment Units (MAUs) (Section 20)
Abstract for IEEE 802.3-1993: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3 : 1993 [IEEE Std 802.3,1993 Edition] defines a set of mechanisms that enable management of ISO/IEC 8802-3 10 MWs integrated Medium Attachment Units (MAUs). The managed objects within this standard are defined as sets of attributes, actions, notifications, and behaviors in accordance with IEEE 802.1 and IS0 standards for network management. Abstract for IEEE 802.3q-1993: Changes are made to Section 5, Lower Management, of ISO/IEC 8802-3 : 1993 [IEEE Std 802.3,1 993 Edition] to bring it into alignment with ISO/IEC 10165-4, Guidelines for the development of managed objects (GDMO).
802.3q-1993
Supplement to 802.3 - Guidelines for the Development of Managed Objects (GDMO) (ISO 10164-4) Format for Layer Managed Objects (Clause 5)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3r-1996
IEEE Standard Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Type 10BASE5 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Subclause 8.8)
A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma for Type 10BASE5 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) (clause 8) is provided. The PICS proforma is used to evaluate the conformance of a particular implementation of the standard.
802.3s-1995
Supplement to 802.3 - (Fourth Maintenance Ballot)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3t-1995
Informative Annex for Support of 120 Ohm Cables in 10BASE-T Simplex Link Segment
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3u-1995
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement - Media Access Control (MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, Medium Attachment Units, and Repeater for 100Mb/s Operation, Type 100BASE-T (Clauses 21-30)
Superseded by 802.3aa-1998. The ISO/IEC CSMA/CD Media Access Control (MAC) is coupled with a family of new Physical Layer specifications to achieve 100 Mb/s operation. Known collectively as 100BASE-T, this family of Physical Layer specifications includes 100BASE-T4, which uses four pairs of ISO/IEC 11801: 1995 Category 3, 4, or 5 balanced cable; 100BASE-TX, which uses two pairs of Category 5 balanced cable or 150 ohm shielded balanced cable; and 100BASE-FX, which uses two multi-mode fibers. The two 100BASE-X specifications (100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX) reused portions of the 100 Mb/s physical signaling specifications originally developed for Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI).
802.3v-1995
Supplement to 802.3 - Informative Annex for Support of 150 Ohm Cables in 10BASE-T Link Segment
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
802.3x-1997
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplements to Carrier Sense Multiple Access With Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Specification for 802.3 Full Duplex Operation and Physical Layer Specification for 100 Mb/s Operation on Two Pairs of Category 3 Or Better Balanced Twisted Pair Cable (100BASE-T2)
Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 Necessary changes and additions are made to provide for an additional, full duplex mode of operation on a speed-independent basis. Changes are made to the MAC and selected Physical Layer implementations (10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-T) to support full duplex. A mechanism for pause-based flow control is also added.p> Abstract 802.3y: Changes and additions to the 100BASE-T portion of IEEE Std 802.3 are provided to specify an additional 100 Mb/s transceiver type 100BASE-T, which can support full duplex operation over two pairs of Category 3 or better cabling.
802.3y-1997
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Physical Layer Specification for 100 Mb/s Operation on Two Pairs of Category 3 or Better Balanced Twisted Pair Cable (100BASE-T2)
Changes and additions to the 100BASE-T portion of IEEE Std 802.3 are provided to specify an additional 100 Mb/s transceiver type 100BASE-T, which can support full duplex operation over two pairs of Category 3 or better cabling.
802.5-1985
ANSI/IEEE Standard ISO Draft Proposal - Token Ring Bus Access Method
For the purpose of compatible interconnection of data processing equipment via a local area network using the token-passing ring access method.
802.5-1989
IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 : 1998, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a LAN using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and priority stacks, is defined. The medium access control (MAC) protocol is defined. The finite state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mbit/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC), is also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard.
802.5-1992
IEEE Information Technology - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications
This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 :1992, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open System Interconnection Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a local area network using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and frame-check sequence, are defined, and medium access control (MAC) frames, timers, and priority stacks are defined. The MAC protocol is defined. The finite-state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mb/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC) are also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard
802.5b-1991
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Recommended Practice for Use of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (UTP) for Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
802.5c-1991
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications: Recommended Practice for Dual Ring Operation with Wrapback Reconfiguration
This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the IEEE 802.5 Token-Passing Ring standard are defined. These extensions implement a Dual Ring local area network (LAN) topology that provides full interoperability between stations conforming to IEEE Std 802.5, including coexistence on the same ring, and recovery from all single media failures with full capability restored. The Dual Ring Topology and operation described are intended for applications that require very high availability and recovery from media and station failures.
802.5d-1992
Interconnected Token Ring LANs
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
802.5g-1992
IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications--Conformance Testing
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
802.5j-1993
IEEE Trial Use Standard for Information Processing Systems-Local Area Networks-Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Spec.-Fiber Optic Media Station Attachment
The functional, electrical, optical, and mechanical characteristics of a fibre optic interface for connecting a 4- or 16-Mbit/s token ring station to the trunk coupling unit of a token ring are specified. This technical report is based upon a fibre optic transmitter, a channel of multimode graded-index fibres, and a direct-detection photodiode receiver; and includes signaling provisions for bypass of the station from the ring and self-test capabilities.
802.5m-1993
IEEE Standard Token Ring LAN Access Method: Specification and PICS Proforma for Source Routing Transparent Bridge Operation (SRT)
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
802.6k-1992
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges IEEE Standard 802.6 Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a MAN
Modifications and additions to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 that extend its scope and field of application to transparent bridging between 802.6 Subnetworks of MANs and between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI), IEEE 802 LANs and 802.6 Subnetworks of MANs are specified.
803-1957
AIEE Proposed Test Code for Aircraft Equipment Electrical Insulation
The extremes of aircraft environment and rigorous reliability requirements, make special consideration of aircraft insulation testing procedure desirable. Operating temperatures, in some classes of equipment now above 260C (SOOF), are moving upward. Ambient low temperatures below -6SC (-8SF) are currently specified. Vibration conditions producing accelerations in excess of 60 G's exist. Environmental conditions which may deteriorate electrical insulation are present through a range and to a degree uncommon in the environment of non-aircraft electric equipment. These conditions have created problems which commercial insulation test procedures do not always cover adequately
803A-1983
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Unique Identification in Power Plants and Related Facilities - Component Function Identifiers
This recommended practice provides a single source of component function identifiers which, along with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, makes up a concept, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included in this issue.
81-1962
IEEE Recommended Guide for Measuring Ground Resistance and Potential Gradients in the Earth
The testing methods covered in this Guide include those applicable to: (1) The measurement of the resistance and impedance to earth of electrodes varying from small rods and plates to large grounding sys- 4 QJ terns of stations. (2) Ground potential surveys, including the measurement of step and touch voltages, and potential contour surveys. (3) Scale-model tests for laboratory determination of the ground resistance and potential gradients for an idealized design. (4) The measurement of earth resistivity. 2.02 The methods covered herein are generally limited to those using direct current or periodically reversed direct current, or commercial power frequencies. This Guide does not claim to cover all possible methods, even within these limitations. 2.03 Extreme precision is seldom possible because of the many variables encountered; therefore, the measurements should be carefully made by the most suitable method available, with a thorough understanding of the possible sources of error. 2.04 Definitions of terms pertinent to the subject matter are given, with references to their sources where known. Those approved or standardized by other bodies are used wherever possible.
81-1983
IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 1: Normal Measurements
The present state of the technique of measuring ground resistance and impedance, earth resistivity, and potential gradients from currents in the earth, and the prediction of the magnitude of ground resistance and potential gradients from scale-model tests are described and discussed. Factors influencing the choice of instruments and the techniques for various types of measurements are covered. These include the purpose of the measurement, the accuracy required, the type of instruments available, possible sources of error, and the nature of the ground or grounding system under test. The intent is to assist the engineer or technician in obtaining and interpreting accurate, reliable data. The test procedures described promote the safety of personnel and property and prevent interference with the operation of neighboring facilities.
82-1963
IEEE Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors
1.2.1 This Test Procedure applies only to impulse tests on insulated conductors. 1.2.2 This Test Procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering impulse generators, impulse testing or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such Standards by indicating specific procedures for a specific type of system component.
820-1984
IEEE Standard Telephone Loop Performance Characteristics
This standard covers the general parameters and characteristics associated with telephone loops from the subscriber signaling and analog voice frequency interface to the local Class 5 switch interface. It includes only those business and residential lines in the North American public switched network where no special performance requirements are involved. This standard provides common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or equipment, and circuit provisioning methods. This standard does not attempt to allocate impairments to the individual facilities and equipments that comprise the subscriber line. Such allocations are performed by the service providers to achieve the overall loop and telephone system performance.
824-1985
IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems
Capacitors and assemblies of capacitors, insulation means, switching, protective equipment, and control accessories that form a complete bank for inserting in series with a transmission line are applied. Included are requirements for safety, rating, and protective device levels. Functional requirements for alarm devices, maintenance, design and production tests, and a guide for operation are included. Functional requirements for protective devices are addressed, including varistors and bypass gaps.
824-1994
IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems
Capacitors and assemblies of capacitors, insulation means, switching, protective equipment, and control accessories that form a complete bank for inserting in series with a transmission line are applied. Included are requirements for safety rating, and protective device levels. Functional requirements for alarm devices, maintenance, design and production tests, and a guide for operation are included. Functional requirements for protective devices are addressed, including varistors and bypass gaps.
828-1983
IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
This standard provides minimum requirements for preparation and content of Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plans. SCM Plans document the methods to be used for identifying software product items, controlling and implementing changes, and recording and reporting change implementation status. This standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software; for example, where failure could impact safety or cause large financial or social losses. For noncritical software, or for software already developed, a subset of the requirements may be applied. This standard identifies those essential items that shall appear in all Software Configuration Management Plans. In addition to these items, the users of this standard are encouraged to incorporate additional items into the plan, as appropriate, to satisfy unique configuration management needs, or to modify the contents of specific sections to fully describe the scope and magnitude of the software configuration management effort. Where this standard is invoked for a project engaged in producing several software items, the applicability of the standard shall be specified for each of the software product items encompassed by the project. Examples are incorporated into the text of this standard to enhance clarity and to promote understanding. Examples are either explicitly identified as such, or can be recognized by the use of the verb may. Examples shall not be construed as mandatory implementations.
828-1990
IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
IEEE Std 828-1990, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, establishes the minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management Plan and defines the specific activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a software product's life cycle.
828-1998
IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
Superseded by 828-2005 (SH/SS95326) The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management Plan (SCMP) are established, and the specific activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a software product's life cycle are defined.
828-2005
IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plan are established via this standard. This standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software (e.g., where failure would impact safety or cause large financial or social losses). It also applies to noncritical software and to software already developed. The application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type of software.
830-1984
IEEE Guide for Software Requirements Specifications
The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products.
830-1993
IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications
The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products.
830-1998
IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications
Superseded by ISO/IEC/IEEE 29148:2011. The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products. Guidelines for compliance with IEEE/ EIA12207.1- 1997 are also provided.
837-1984
IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connectors Used in Substation Grounding
This standard provides direction and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substation grounding. It particularly addresses the connectors used within the grid system, connectors used to join ground leads to the grid system, and connectors used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures.
837-1989
IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding
Directions and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substation grounding are provided. Particular attention is given to the connectors used within the grid system, connectors used to join ground leads to the grid system, and connectors used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures. The purpose is to give assurance to the user that connectors meeting the requirements of this standard will perform in a satisfactory manner over the lifetime of the installation provided, that the proper connectors are selected for the application and that they are installed correctly. Parameters for testing grounding connections on aluminum, copper, steel, copper-clad steel, galvanized steel, stainless steel, and stainless-clad steel are addressed. Performance criteria are established, test procedures are provided, and mechanical, current--temperature cycling, freeze--thaw, corrosion, and fault-current tests are specified.
84-1963
IEEE Test Procedure for Determining Tensile Strength and Hardness of Lead Sheaths
The following recommendations are made for tensile strength, elongation, and hardness tests on samples of lead sheaths removed from cables
841-1986
IEEE Recommended Practice for Chemical Industry Severe Duty Squirrel-Cage Induction Motors-600 V and Below
This standard applies to high-efficiency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors.
841-1994
IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry - Severe Duty Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and Including 500 hp
This standard applies to high-efficiency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors.
844-1985
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels
844-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels
Recommended practices are provided for the design, installation, testing, operation and maintenance of impedance, induction, and skin-effect heating systems. Thermal insulation and control and monitoring are addressed. General considerations for heating systems are discussed, covering selection criteria, design guidelines and considerations, power systems, receiving and storage, installation, testing, operations, and maintenance. These aspects are then discussed for each of the above types of systems, along with special considerations particular to each. These recommended practices are intended to apply to the use of these heating systems in general industry.
845-1988
IEEE Guide to Evaluation Man-Machine Performance in Nuclear Power Generating Station Control Rooms and Other Peripheries
Superseded. This guide provides a basis for the systematic evaluation of man-machine performance in nuclear power generating station control rooms and other peripheries, as such performance relates to nuclear plant safety. Basic information is supplied as to the available human factors techniques and their applicability to the various human-related issues confronting the commercial nuclear industry today. A brief review is provided of selected, commonly used techniques, along with guidance as to their use and where further related information can be obtained.
848-1996
IEEE Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating of Fire-Protected Cables
A detailed test procedure is provided for determining the ampacity or derating factor in the following cable installation configurations: block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops; conduits covered with a protective material; tray covered with a protective material; cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material; and free-air drops enclosed with a protective material.
857-1990
IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for HVDC Thyristor Valves
Information and recommendations for the type testing of thyristor valves for high-voltage directcurrent (HVDC) power transmission systems are provided. These tests cover only the principal tests on the valves and do not include tests of auxiliary equipment associated with the valves.
858-1987
IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology
Terms in the field of power operations are defined.
859-1987
IEEE Standard Terms for Reporting and Analyzing Outage Occurrences and Outage States of Electrical Transmission Facilities
Reaffirmed 2008. This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and analyzing outage occurrences of transmission facilities. Use of systematic, precise definitions, which is essential for meaningful exchange of data, is promoted. The outage definitions and indices are intended for use in system planning models, operations and maintenance planning, and system design. The definitions and indices may not be sufficiently detailed to cover the information required for equipment design.
86-1975
IEEE Standard Definitions of Basic Per Unit Quantities for Alternating- Current Rotating Machines
Since rotating machines convert mechanical energy to electrical energy, or electrical energy to mechanical energy, base values for each kind of energy appear desirable. However, the relationships between these energies involve power factor and efficiency. These are not fundamental quantities, and vary considerably between different designs. While generator designers consider base power to be output power, synchronous-motor designers consider base power to be input power. Other motor designers consider it to be output power. The consensus of large synchronous motor designers favors using the rated apparent input power as the base even though it is necessary to know power factor and efficiency. This permits the use of the same design equations for both synchronous generators and synchronous motors. For induction motors, however, a more practical approach is to use the rated output power as a base, thereby eliminating assumptions of power factor and efficiency. This is particularly desirable when dealing with small machines or machines with many poles, where power factor and efficiency are not known and accurate estimates are difficult to make
8802-11-2005
ISO/IEC International Standard - Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications
The medium access control (MAC) and physical characteristics for wireless local area networks (LANs) are specified in this standard, which is part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks. The medium access control unit in this standard is designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on the availability of spectrum. This standard contains five physical layer units: four radio units, operating in the 2400-2500 MHz band and in the bands comprising 5.15-5.25 GHz, 5.25-5.35 GHz, and 5.725-5.825 GHz, and one baseband infrared (IR) unit. One radio unit employs the frequency-hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) technique, two employ the direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) technique, and another employs the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) technique.
8802-11-2018
ISO/IEC/IEEE - International Standard - Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 11: Wireless LAN medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifications
Technical corrections and clarifications to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANs) as well as enhancements to the existing medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) functions are specified in this revision. Amendments 1 to 5 published in 2012 and 2013 have also been incorporated into this revision.
8802-11/Amd 1-2000
ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 1: 2000 (E), Information Technology--Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems--Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications--Amendment 1: High-Speed Physical Layer in the 5 GHz Band
This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Changes and additions to IEEE 802.11a-1999 (ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999(E)) are provided to support the new high-rate physical layer (PHY) for operation in the 5 GHz band. Reaffirmed 2003 Interpretations are available at http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/802.11a-1999.html
8802-11:2005/AMD4-2006
ISO/IEC/IEEE 8802-11:2005/AMD4 [IEEE Std 802.11g-2003] Information technology-- Local and metropolitan area networks-- Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (Mac) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications--Amendment 4: Further Higher Data Rate Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band
Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition, as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999/Cor 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001, are provided to support the further higher data rate extension for operation in the 2.4 GHz band.
8802-11:2005/AMD5-2006
ISO/IEC International Standard - Information technology-- Local and metropolitan area networks-- Part 11: Amendment 5: Spectrum and Transmit Power Management Extensions in the 5 GHz band in Europe
Adoption IEEE Std 802.11h-2003. This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE 8802.11(TM) for wireless local area networks (WLANs) providing mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for operation in the 5 GHz band in Europe.
8802-11:2005/AMD6-2006
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems- Local and metropolitan area networks- Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment 6: Medium Access Control(MAC) Security Enhancements
Security mechanisms for IEEE 802.11 are defined in this amendment, which includes a definition of WEP for backward compatibility with the original standard, IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition. This amendment defines TKIP and CCMP, which provide more robust data protection mechanisms than WEP affords. It introduces the concept of a security association into IEEE 802.11 and defines security association management protocols called the 4-Way Handshake and the Group Key Handshake. Also, it specifies how IEEE 802.1X may be utilized by IEEE 802.11 LANs to effect authentication.
8802-1AB-2014
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 1AB: Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery
This document defines a protocol and a set of managed objects that can be used for discovering the physical topology from adjacent stations in IEEE 802(R) LANs.
8802-1AE-2013
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 1AE: Media access control (MAC) security
This standard specifies how all or part of a network can be secured transparently to peer protocol entities that use the MAC Service provided by IEEE 802(R) LANs to communicate. MAC security (MACsec) provides connectionless user data confidentiality, frame data integrity, and data origin authenticity.
8802-1AS-2014
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 1AS: Timing and synchronization for time-sensitive applications in bridged local area networks
This standard defines a protocol and procedures for the transport of timing over bridged and virtual bridged local area networks. It includes the transport of synchronized time, the selection of the timing source (i.e., best master), and the indication of the occurrence and magnitude of timing impairments (i.e., phase and frequency discontinuities).
8802-1AX-2016
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements Part 1AX--Link Aggregation
MAC-independent Link Aggregation capability and general information relevant to specific MAC types are defined in this standard. Link Aggregation allows parallel full-duplex point-to-point links to be used as if they were a single link and also supports the use of multiple links as a resilient load sharing interconnect between multiple nodes in two separately administered networks.
8802-2-1989
ISO/IEEE International Standard - Information processing systems – Local area networks - Part 2: Logic Link Control
This International Standard is one of a set of international standards produced to facilitate the interconnection of computers and terminals on a Local Area Network (LAN). It is related to the other international standards by Reference Model for Open Systems Interconnection.
8802-2-1994
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 2: Logical link control
The functions, features, protocol, and services of the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO/IEC 8802 Local Area Network Protocol, are described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for data communication between service access points. In the first type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection, but stations are permitted to both send data and request the return of data simultaneously. Incorporating IEEE Stds 802.2-1989, 802.2a-1993, 802.2b-1993, 802.2d-1993, 802.2e-1993, and 802.5p-1993.
8802-22-2015
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard -- Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements -- Part 22: Cognitive Wireless RAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Policies and procedures for operation in the TV Band
This standard specifies the air interface, including the cognitive medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of point-to-multipoint wireless regional area networks comprised of a professional fixed base station with fixed and portable user terminals operating in the VHF/UHF TV broadcast bands between 54 MHz to 862 MHz.
8802-2:1994/Amd.3-1995
IEEE/ ISO/IEC International Standard - Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 2: Logical link control Amendment 3: Conformance requirements
Conformance requirements for ISO/IEC 8802-2: 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.2, 1994] are provided.
8802-3-1989
Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications
8802-3-1990
Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
8802-3-1992
Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD)
8802-3-1993
ISO/IEC 8802-3:1993: Information technology - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications
8802-3-1996
ISO/IEC 8802-3:1996: Information technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition], specifies the media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method. It also specifies the media, Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and physical layer repeater unit for 10 Mb/s baseband and broadband systems, and it provides a 1Mb/s baseband implementation. Specifications for MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 1BASE5, 10BASE-T, and 10BASE-F are included. System considerations for multisegment 10Mb/s baseband networks are provided. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and 8802 models. The 8802-3 internal model is defined and used.
8802-3-2000
ISO/IEC 8802-3:2000 (IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition) Information Technology--Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control characteristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types 1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; Media Independent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at 100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and 1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet) as well as PHY type 1000BASE-T. Repeater specifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System considerations for multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications and additions to support Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLANs) as specified in IEEE P802.1Q are also provided. Also specified is an optional Link Aggregation sublayer which multiple physical links to be aggregated together to form a single logical link.
8802-3-2014
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Ethernet
Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 100 Gb/s using a common media access control (MAC) specification and management information base (MIB). The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) allow use of selected Physical Layer devices (PHY) for operation over coaxial, twisted-pair or fiber optic cables. System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters that are defined for operational speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitan area network applications, and the provision of power over selected twisted-pair PHY types.
8802-3-2017/Amd 10-2019
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 3: Standard for Ethernet AMENDMENT 10: Media access control parameters, physical layers, and management parameters for 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s operation
Clause 116 through Clause 124 and Annex 119A through Annex 120E are added by this amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2015. This amendment includes IEEE 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters, Physical Layer specifications, and management parameters for the transfer of IEEE 802.3 format frames at 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s.
8802-3-2017/Amd 11-2019
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 3: Standard for Ethernet AMENDMENT 11: Physical layer and management parameters for serial 25 Gb/s Ethernet operation over single-mode fiber
This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2015 adds Physical Layer (PHY) specifications and management parameters for 25 Gb/s operation over single-mode fiber at reaches of at least 10 km (25GBASE-LR) and 40 km (25GBASE-ER).
8802-3-2017/Cor 1-2018
IEEE/SO/IEC International Standard - Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements Part 3: Standard for Ethernet TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1: Multi-lane timestamping
This corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2015 clarifies which lane of the media dependent interface (MDI) of a multi-lane Physical Layer entity (PHY) is used as the timestamping reference point.
8802-5-1992
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications
This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 :1992, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open System Interconnection Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a local area network using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and frame-check sequence, are defined, and medium access control (MAC) frames, timers, and priority stacks are defined. The MAC protocol is defined. The finite-state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mb/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC) are also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard.
8802-5-1995
ISO/IEC 8802-5:1995 : Information Technology Processing Systems - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements, Part 5:Token ring access method and physical Layer Specification
This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5: 1995, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open System Interconnection Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a local area network using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and frame check sequence, are defined, as are medium access control (MAC) frames, timers, and priority stacks. The MAC protocol is defined. The finite-state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mb/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC) are also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard.
8802-5 Amd 1-1998
ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998, Amd.1 (ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5 and 802.5j, 1998 Edition) Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specification-Amendment 1: Dedicated token ring operation and fiber optic media
This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 : 1998, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. The requirements for dedicated token ring (DTR) operation are specified, including the changes and additions to the Medium Access Control (MAC) layer to provide for an additional full-duplex mode of operation (switching), and for interconnection of shared LAN segments to switch ports. Also specified are the characteristics of a fibre optic interface for connecting a 4 Mbit/s or 16 Mbit/s token ring station to the trunk coupling unit (TCU) of a token ring, including station, port, and channel requirements. Fibre optic trunk signaling recommendations are also made.
8802.2-1989
Information processing systems - Local area networks - Part 2: Logical link control
896.1-1987
IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specifications for Multiprocessor Architectures: Futurebus+(R)
This document provides a level of specification sufficient to design modules that are functionally, operationally, electrically, and mechanically compatible. Additional documents are necessary only to promote a higher degree of system level compatibility in manufacturers' products.
91-1962
AIEE Graphic Symbols for Logic Diagrams
This Standard sets forth principles governing the formation of graphical symbols for logic diagrams in which connections between symbols are generally shown with lines. Definitions of logic functions, the graphical representations of these functions, and examples of their application are given. 1.2.1 Two different but overlapping sets of graphical symbols are presented in this Standard: Uniform Shapes and Distinctive Shapes. For some functions there are different symbols in the two sets; for others the symbol is the same in both sets. Symbols from the non-overlapping parts of the two sets are not permitted on the same logic diagram. 1.2.2 This Standard defines the requirement for logic diagrams. The presentation, in some cases, extends beyond the area of logic functions in order to preserve the context of symbology relating to logic diagrams
91-1973
IEEE Graphic Symbols for Logic Diagrams (Two State Devices)
This standard sets forth principles governing the formation of graphic symbols for logic diagrams in which the connections between symbols are generally shown with lines. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their applications are given
92-1962
AIEE Recommended Practice for A-C System Voltage Nomenclature for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
929-1988
IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Residential and Intermediate Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Superseded by 929-2000. Recommendations and requirements that ensure operation of the terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) system that is compatible with the electric utility are provided. Factors relating to personnel safety, equipment protection, and power quality are addressed. The standard applies to utility-interconnected residential and intermediate-size PV power systems capable of two-way energy flow with the utility. It addresses the interface between the PV system and the utility, and provides technical recommendations for the characteristics of the interface. Power quality, equipment protection, and safety of personnel are covered.
93-1962
AIEE Proposed Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests
Insulation is recognized as one of the most important constructional elements of a transformer. Its chief function is to confine the current to useful paths, preventing its flow into harmful channels. Any weakness of insulation may result in failure of the transformer. A measure of the effectiveness with which insulation performs is the dielectric strength. It was once accepted that low-frequency tests alone were adequate to demonstrate the dielectric strength of transformers. As more became known about lightning phenomena, and as impulse testing apparatus was developed, it became apparent that the distribution of impulse voltage stress through the transformer winding may be very different from the low-frequency voltage distribution. 2. Low-frequency voltage distributes itself throughout the winding on a uniform volts-per-turn basis. Impulse voltages are initially distributed on the basis of winding capacitances. If this initial distribution differs from the final low-frequency inductance distribution, the impulse energy will oscillate between these two distributions until the energy is dissipated and the inductance distribution is reached. In severe cases, these internal oscillations can produce voltages to ground that approach twice the applied voltage.
930-1987
IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation Voltage Endurance Data
Replaced by 930-2004. This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze the data for time-to-failure from constant-stress voltage endurance tests or breakdown voltage from progressive-stress tests on specimens or systems of electrical insulation. Methods to compare test data are also given. The methods are principally applied to data from tests on solid insulation, but may also apply to the analyses of data from tests on gas, liquid, and composite systems. The statistical methods discussed here do not take into consideration the physical mechanism of voltage aging. The methods assume that the only aging stress is alternating voltage of constant frequency. The methods may not apply if there is more than one aging stress. Methods to ascertain the short time withstand voltage or operating voltage of an insulation system are not presented in this guide. The mathematical techniques contained in this guide may not directly apply to the estimation of equipment life.
937-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid storage batteries for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are included. This standard applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain storage subsystems. The installations addressed apply to the operation of an ac, ac/dc, or dc system with the battery, PV generating subsystem, and load all connected in parallel.
945-1984
IEEE Recommended Practice for Preferred Metric Units for Use in Electrical and Electronics Science and Technology
Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in the use of metric units and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science and technology. The recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric units are to be used nor does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice.
946-1985
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Safety-Related DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and large fossil-fueled power generating stations is provided. The components of the dc auxiliary power system, including lead storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment, are addressed. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided.
946-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Stations
Superseded by 946-2004 (SH/SS95307). Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and large fossil-fueled power generating stations is provided. The components of the dc auxiliary power system, including lead storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment, are addressed. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided.
95-1977
IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Direct Voltage
Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in the use of metric units and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science and technology. The recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric units are to be used nor does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice.
950-1952
AIEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Radio Frequency Emission from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Equipment
The greatly increased use of the radio-frequency spectrum above 300 megacycles since World War II made necessary a re-examination of the interference problem. Not only may interference occur between equipments and services operating at these high frequencies, but also interference may be caused by equipments operating at lower frequencies with appreciable harmonic radiation above 300 megacycles. In particular, electromagnetic radiation from radio-frequency industrial, scientific and medical equipments may cause interference to communication services above 300 megacycles. In order to eliminate objectionable interference, the Federal Communications Commission, after collaboration with manufacturers and users of such equipment, established certain regulations including limits of permissible radiation. Conformance with these regulations requires that field intensity measurements be made. At the present time, measurement standards above 300 megacycles are in the process of development. There are no commercially available field intensity meters with which measurements can be made at frequencies higher than 1000 megacycles. Until the development of standard methods and equipment has been completed, there is a need for a uniform practice for the measurement of field intensities above 300 megacycles
951-1988
IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Metal Transmission Structures
Various good practices that will enable users to improve their ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures are presented. Construction considerations after foundation installation, and up to the conductor stringing operation, are also covered. The guide focuses on the design and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection of metal transmission structures, and the installation of insulators and hardware. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures.
957-1987
IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators
Superseded. Information on the equipment needed and the methods that can be used to clean contaminated electrical insulators are presented. The intent is to document the state of the art for cleaning insulators (excluding nuclear contaminants) of all types. Energized and de-energized systems are considered. The standard does not prescribe specific procedures, but rather reflects the experience of many individuals who have safely cleaned contaminated insulators.
957-1995
IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators
Superseded by 957-2005 Procedures for cleaning contaminated electrical insulators (excluding nuclear, toxic, and hazardous chemical contaminants) of all types, using various equipment and techniques, are provided.
960-1986
IEEE Standard for FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System
Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors.
960/1177-1989
IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines
In IEEE Std 960-1989, IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-speed Data Acquisition and Control System, mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. IEEE Std 1177-1989, ZEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines, defines standard software routines for use with the system defined in IEEE Std 960-1989.
960/1177-1989
IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System
Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors.
977-1991
IEEE Guide to Installation of Foundations for Transmission Line Structures
Various approaches to good construction practices that could improve the installation of transmission line structure foundations are presented. Spread foundations, drilled shaft foundations, pile foundations, and anchors are treated. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures.
979-1984
IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection
Substation fire-protection practices that generally have been accepted by the electric utility industry and existing fire-protection standards and guides that may aid in the design of components are identified. The purpose is to give design guidance to the substation engineer in the area of fire protection. The following are covered: control and relay buildings; transformers; separation and location of oil-filled equipment; cable installation; fire detection systems; fire extinguishing systems; substation components; indoor substations; and fire fighting
98-1984
IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials
Principles are given for the development of test procedures to evaluate the thermal endurance of solid electrical insulating materials and simple combinations of such materials. The results of accelerated thermal endurance tests, which are conducted according to prescribed procedures, may be used to establish temperature indexes for insulating materials. The test procedures apply to materials before they are fabricated into insulating structures identified with specific parts of electric equipment. Tests for specific insulating materials are not covered. The procedures may or may not apply to the aging characteristics of dielectric fluids or of porous materials impregnated with dielectric fluids.
980-1987
IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
The significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations are discussed; the sources of oil spills are identified; typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills are discussed; and guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan are provided. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations.
980-1994
IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
The significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations are discussed; the sources of oil spills are identified; typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills are discussed; and guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan are provided. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations.
982.1-1988
IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software
Superseded by IEEE Std 982.1-2005 A set of measures indicative of software reliability that can be applied to the software product as well as to the development and support processes is provided. The measures can be applied early in the development process to indicate the reliability of the delivered product. The aim is to provide a common set of definitions that allows a meaningful exchange of data and evaluations to occur, and that serves as the foundation on which researchers and practitioners can build consistent methods. The standard is designed to assist management in directing product development and support toward specific reliability goals.
99-1970
IEEE Guide for Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment
Test procedures for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for electric and electronic equipment should include introductory remarks necessary for a clear understanding of the objectives of the particular tests with respect to the industry served and of the special requirements that exist. If any different or new concepts of insulation behavior, or use, are embodied in a Test Procedure, they should be clearly stated. Technical Committees should attempt to assure that each Test Procedure: (a) gives statistically consistent results, (b) provides data free from bias of the tester, (c) includes, if models are used, results of these models representative of the equipment (te equipment itself may be evaluated where feasible), (d) results in information that correlates with field experience in a satisfactory manner.
99-1980
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment
The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a general form for the preparation of test procedures and to suggest the points to be considered by technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for power equipment. These test procedures involve accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems and specify tests which the committees deem pertinent, based on conditions of use.
9945-1-1990
ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990: Information technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]
9945-1-1996
ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1003.1, 1996 Edition] Information technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM))-Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]
This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for realtime applications. When options specified in the Threads Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for multithreaded applications. This standard is stated in terms of its C language binding.
9945-1-2003
ISO/IEC 9945-1:2003 (E) Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) -- Part 1 Base Definitions
9945-2-1993
ISO/IEC/IEC International Standard - Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) -- Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Volume 2
This standard is part of the POSIX¨ series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex manipulation. When the User Portability Utilities Option is included, the standard also defines a common environment for general-purpose time-sharing users on character-oriented display terminals.
9945-2-2003
ISO/IEC 9945-2:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) -- Part 2: System Interfaces
C12.13-1985
Time-of-Use Registers for Electromechanical Watthour Meters, American National Standard
Revision ballot in progress 1/91 - not an IEEE Std (Sue).
C12.7-1987
American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets
C12.9-1987
American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated Meters
The general requirements and pertinent dimensions applicable to watthour meter sockets rated up to and including 600 V, and up to and including 320 A continuous duty per socket opening, are covered. Electrical ratings, performance requirements, and construction requirements are specified.
C12.90-1965
ASA/IEEE Test Code for Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, and Shunt Reactors
The usual program of testing a transformer shall include some or all of the following tests: Resistance Measurements (see Section 2) Dielectric Insulation (see Section 3) Losses and Impedance (see Section 4) Ratio and Regulation (see Section 5) Temperature Rise (see Section 6) Polarity and Phase Relation (see Section 8) Short-Circuit Calculations (see Section 9) 1.2 In this standard an effort is made to use a uniform set of symbols, without, however, sacrificing simplicity or clarity. The main symbols shall be as follows:
C135.1-1999
IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Steel Bolts and Nuts for Overhead Line Construction
The requirements for inch-based carriage bolts, machine bolts, double-arming bolts, and double-end bolts and nuts, commonly used in overhead line construction and where the applied load is primarily a tensile load, are covered.
C135.2-1987
American National Standard For Threaded Zinc-coated Ferrous Strand-eye Anchor Rods And Nuts For Overhead Line Construction
Requirements for threaded zinc-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts commonly used in overhead line construction are covered in this standard.
C136.1-1991
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps - Guide for Selection
This is a guide for the proper selection of filament lamps for use in roadway lighting equipment covered by the following American National Standards: C136.4 through C136.7 and C136.11.
C136.10-1988
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Locking-type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacles-Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing
C136.11-1988
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple Sockets (Available in the C136-1994 Collection only.)
C136.12-1985
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Mercury Lamps - Guide for Selection
C136.13-1987
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for Wood Poles
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Metal pipe, tubing, and structural brackets for wood poles designed to support luminaires of generally spherical, ellipsoidal, or rectangular shapes used in roadway lighting are covered.
C136.15-1986
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires - Field Identification
This standard is intended to provide a simple, uniform method for identifying the type and wattage rating of a high-intensity-discharge or low-pressure-sodium lamp installed in a luminaire.
C136.16-1990
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Enclosed Post Top-Mounted Luminaires
This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that will permit interchange of post top-mounted luminaires whose center of mass is approximately over the mounting tenon.
C136.17-1985
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting- Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps - Mechanical Interchangeability of Refractors
This standard covers the dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1980.
C136.18-1987
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Luminaires for Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Physical, operational, maintenance, and light-distribution features that permit use of high-mast luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered. It is not intended that compliance with this standard will permit interchangeability with existing roadway equipment without thorough engineering review and evaluation.
C136.19-1987
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide for Selection
This guide covers the selection of high-pressure sodium lamps recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment.
C136.2-1985
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Luminaires - Voltage Classification
This standard covers three voltage classifications for luminaires used for roadway lighting.
C136.20-1990
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic (FPR) Lighting Poles
This standard applies to fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) roadway lighting poles. It includes nomenclature, dimensional data, performance criteria, and some interchangeability features for standard poles s well as those poles that must meet breakaway requirements as described in Std Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals, AASHTO LTS-1-1975.
C136.3-1989
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire Attachments (Available in C136-1994 Collection only.)
C136.4-1989
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles (Only available in C136-1994 Collection only.)
C136.5-1969
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts (Available in C136-1994 Collection only.)
C136.6-1990
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Metal Heads and Reflector Assemblies - Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability
This standard covers dimensional features of luminaires with metal heads that permit mechanical and optical interchangeability of both head and reflector assemblies. The features covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are slipfitter mounted. The reflector assembly is of the latched collar type and may be part of an open or enclosed optical assembly.
C136.9-1990
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability
The purpose of this standard is to permit mechanical interchangeability of the socket support assemblies.
C16.34-1962
ASA American Standard Method of Measurement of Resolution of Television Camera Systems
This standard is a revision of Part II of 50 I R E 23.SI, and replaces it in air respects. One of the major characteristics of a television system affecting over-all picture quality is the ability of the system to reproduce fine detail found in the original image. This ability to resolve detail is determined by a number of factors, such as the number of scanning lines employed, the frame repetition rate, and the over-all response of the electrical circuits, which is usually specified in terms of the frequency-response characteristics. Performance of the optical imaging device, the camera tube, and the reproducing device also has considerable influence on the ability of the system to resolve detail
C2
Preprint Proposals for Revision of the 1997 Edition National Electrical Safety Code for the 2002 Edition
This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 1997 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change proposal (CP). A change bar, located in the left hand margin, signiÞes the speciÞc material that the various subcommittees each have approved for inclusion in the revised Code. Two of the change proposals submitted apply to relatively large numbers of rules. For this reason, the Preprint is divided into two groups as follows: I. General. Change proposals that apply to a single rule or to a few closely related rules. This includes a proposal that is contained in an unnumbered section of the NESC (Letter Symbols for Units), and a proposal that affects three parts of the Code. II. Reorganization of Sections 25 and 26 on Loading and Strength of Overhead Lines. Contains CP 2372, which is a continuation of CP 1964 from the Preprint 1997 Proposals of the NESC. This CP consolidates similar requirements of similar Rules in Sections 25 and 26.
C2
Preprint Proposals for the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code®
This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2002 edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addressed by the change proposal (CP). A change bar, located in the left hand margin, signifies the specific material that the various subcommittees each have approved for inclusion in the revised Code.
C2
Preprint Proposals for the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code
This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2007 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change proposal (CP).
C2
Preprint Proposals for the 2017 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code(R)
This publication has been prepared to provide all interested persons an opportunity to study and comment on the Proposed Revisions to be incorporated into the 2017 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC®). This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2012 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addressed by the change proposal (CP). A change bar, located in the left hand margin, signifies the specific material that the various subcommittees each have approved for the inclusion in the revised Code.
C2
Preprint Proposals for the 2022 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code(R)(NESC(R))
This Preprint provides the full text of each change proposal (CP) to revise the 2017 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) together with the initial recommendation of the subcommittee that has jurisdiction of the rule addressed by the CP. The purpose of the NESC 2022 Preprint is to solicit public comment for each of the CPs and initial Subcommittee actions. The public comment period is 1 July 2019 to 1 March 2020. Subcommittees will consider the original change proposal, the initial recommendations, and public comment to develop final recommendations in the Fall of 2020, for final approval by the NESC Main Committee in 2021.
C2-1973
National Electrical Safety Code
This IEEE Standards product is part of the NESC family.
C2-1977
National Electrical Safety Code, 1977 Edition
This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 1997 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
C2-1981
National Electrical Safety Code, 1981 Edition
This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric-supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground, electric-supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric-supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the definitions, grounding rules, and Parts 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the 1981 edition of the National Electrical Safety Code
C2-1984
National Electrical Safety Code, 1984 Edition
Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground, electric-supply and communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric-supply and communication lines and equipment are included. The rules and provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons.
C2-1987
National Electrical Safety Code
Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground, electric-supply and communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric-supply and communication lines and equipment are included. The rules and provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons.
C2-1990
National Electric Safety Code
This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons form hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electricity supply and communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment are included. The provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 1990 edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. (An errata is available at https://standards.ieee.org/wp-content/uploads/import/documents/erratas/NESC-1990_errata.pdf)
C2-1992
National Electrical Safety Code
This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced documents, and Parts 1,2, 3, and 4 of the 1993 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
C2-1997
National Electric Safety Code (NESC), 1997 Edition
This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation,operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 1997 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
C2-1997
National Electrical Safety Code(R) 1997 Edition First Errata Sheet - dated 3 September 1996 (Includes TIA 97-1)
C2-2002
National Electrical Safety Code 2002 Edition
This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2002 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
C2-2007
National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Edition
This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
C2-2012
National Electric Safety Code(R) (NESC(R))
This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
C2-2017
2017 National Electrical Safety Code(R) (NESC(R))
This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The Code is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This Code consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2017 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
C29.1-1961
ASA American Standard Test Methods for Electrical Power Insulators
This standard comprises a manual of test methods to be followed in making tests to determine the characteristics of electrical power insulators, as defined herein. Individual tests shall be made only when specified
C2_amd-1997
Tentative Interim Amendment 97-1 to the 1997 National Electrical Safety Code(R)
C2_errata-1997
National Electrical Safety Code(R) 1997 Edition Second Errata Sheet - 28 February 1997
C34.1-1949
ASA American Standard Practices and Requirements for Pool-Cathode Mercury- Arc Power Converters
C34.1-1958
ASA American Standard Practices and Requirements for Pool-Cathode Mercury- Arc Power Converters
These standards apply to all types of mercury-arc power converters, employing rectifying devices with mercury pool cathodes and used for power conversion purposes, including mercury arc power rectifiers, mercury-arc power inverters, electronic frequency changers and converters used with electronic motors when these equipment employ mercury-arc rectifying devices with pool cathodes. These standards do not apply to welding rectifiers, nor electronic power converters employing rectifying devices with thermionic cathodes. Due to the action of the rectifier, the windings of associated transformers carry currents which differ substantially from the usual sinusoidal form. These standards, therefore, include a supplement on transformer equipment of rectifier units
C37-1989
C37: Complete 1989 Edition; Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Relays, Substations and Fuses
C37-1991
C37 Spring 1991 Edition: Guides and Standards for Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Relays, Substations and Fuses
C37.010-1979
IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with the methods given in ANSI/IEEE C37.04-1979 and listed in ANSI C37.06-1979 are covered. Service conditions are discussed, and factors to be considered in the application of circuit breakers are addressed. Short-circuit considerations are included.
C37.010b-1985
IEEE Standard for Emergency Load Current-Carrying Capability
A section on emergency load current-carrying capability is added to IEEE C37.010-1979 as 4.4.4.
C37.010e-1985
Supplement to IEEE C37.010-1979: IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
C37.011-1979
IEEE Application Guide for Transient Recovery Voltage for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Superseded by C37.011-1994. Transient recovery voltage requirements for AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V and on a symmetrical current basis are addressed. The effect of circuit parameters and the circuit breaker on the transient recovery voltage is considered, and transient recovery voltage tests are specified. Circuit breaker rating and application, calculation of transient recovery voltages, a short method of calculating TRV limits, and typical values of capacitance and its calculation for various equipment are covered.
C37.011-1994
IEEE Application Guide for Transient Recovery Voltage for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Superseded by IEEE Std C37.011-2005 Abstract: Procedures and calculations necessary to apply the standard transient recovery voltage (TRV) ratings for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V and on a symmetrical current basis are covered. The capability limits of these circuit interrupting devices are determined largely by the TRV. TRV ratings are compared with typical system TRV duties.
C37.012-1979
IEEE Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.04-1979, Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, and listed in ANSI C37.06-1979, Schedules of Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, are covered. Considerations for capacitance-current switching applications include maximum voltage for application, frequency, capacitance current, interrupting time, transient overvoltage, open-wire transmission lines, capacitor banks, cables, switching through transformers, unusual circuits, effect of load, effect of reclosing, resistor thermal limitations, and the current pause method. Capacitance currents and recovery voltages under fault conditions are also addressed.
C37.013-1989
IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
This standard applies to all AC high-voltage generator circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis, with rated maximum voltage 15.8 kV and above with a continuous current rating of 6.3 kA and above that are applied to generator terminals. Pumped storage installations are considered a special application, and their requirements are not completely covered by this standard
C37.013-1993
IEEE Standard for AC High Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Ratings, performance requirements, and compliance test methods are provided for ac high-voltage generator circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis that are installed between the generator and the transformer terminals. Guidance for applying the circuit breakers is given. Pumped storage installations are considered a special application, and their requirements are not completely covered by this standard.
C37.04-1979
IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
A rating structure for AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis is established. The rating structure applies to indoor and outdoor types of AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V. Service conditions, construction, and nameplate markings are also considered.
C37.04g-1986
Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Superseded by C37.04-1999. Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis (IEEE C37.04-1979).
C37.04i-1991
Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
This supplement replaces the last paragraph of 5.11.4.2 in C37.04- 1979 and adds a new section, 5.11.4.3, Initial Transient Recovery Voltage.
C37.0731-1973
ANSI/IEEE American National Standard Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
This application guide for capacitance current switching applies to ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with American National Standard Requirements for Capacitance Current Switching for A C High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, C37.073-1972. It is intended to supplement the American National Standard Application Guide for A C High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, C37.010-1972 (IEEE Std 320-1972), and specifically, to enlarge on Section 4.14.3, Capacitor Switching, and Section 4.14.4, Line Charging Switching. Circuit breakers rated and manufactured to meet other standards should be applied in accordance with application procedures adapted to their specific ratings.
C37.09-1979
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
The various tests that are made on AC high-voltage circuit breakers are summarized. Accepted methods used in making the tests are described, and the tests that will demonstrate ratings under ANSI/IEEE standards are specified. The following categories of tests are considered: design tests, production tests, tests after delivery, field tests, and conformance tests.
C37.09a-1980
Distribution Load Current Switchgear Test Duty Section 4.12
C37.09a-1991
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
The required load current switching capability and life are defined, and load current switching tests are specified.
C37.09c-1984
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
The required load-current switching capability and life are defined, and load-current switching tests are specified.
C37.09e-1985
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
This supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979 replaces 4.6.5.3 (2).
C37.09g-1991
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Superseded by C37.09-1999. Supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979 Available at no charge Abstract: This supplement to C37.09-1979 adds a paragraph at the end of 4.6.5.4, contains a new section for the initial transient recovery voltage, and makes a change to 4.6.6, Methods of Demonstrating the Short-Circuit Current Rating of a Circuit Breaker.
C37.1-1937
ASA American Standard for Relays Associated with Power Switchgear
This standard relates only to relays of types directly associated with power switchgear. It does not cover relays of types designed primarily for industrial control, excitation or governor regulating, telephone, telegraph, traffic signal, or similar purpose.
C37.1-1950
ASA American Standard for Relays Associated with Electric Power Apparatus
The standard in this publication is the first revision of the American Standard for Relays Associated with Power Switchgear, C37.1-1937. A proposed revision, dated January 12, 1949, was prepared by the American Institute of Electrical Engineers Relay Committee and then submitted to the American Standards Association, Incorporated. Subsequent work on the proposed standard was carried on by the Sectional Committee on Power Switchgear, C37. The standard relates only to relays of types directly associated with power switchgear. It does not cover relays of types designed primarily for industrial control, excitation, or governor regulating, telephone, telegraph, traffic signal, or similar purpose.
C37.1-1979
American National Standard Definition, Specification, and Analysis of Manual, Automatic, and Supervisory Station Control and Data Acquisition
This standard applies t o the definition, specification, performance, analysis, and application of equipment in manual, partial automatic, automatic, and supervisory control and data acquisition systems used with electric substations and generating stations and with installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus. This standard is intended to provide a basis for the definition, specification, and analysis of equipment described above.
C37.100b-1986
IEEE Standard Definitions for TRV Terms
Supplement to ANSI/IEEE C37.100-1981
C37.100d-1991
Supplement to C37.100-1981, IEEE Standard Definitions for Power Switchgear
Supplement to IEEE C37.100-1981. Add definition "Initial Transient Recovery Voltage". Terms that encompass the products with the scope of the C37 project are defined. These include power switchgear for switching, interrupting, metering, protection, and regulating purposes as used primarily in connection with generation, transmission, distribution, and conversion of electric power. The definitions do not purport to embrace other meanings that the terms may properly have when used in connection with other subjects.
C37.101-1993
IEEE Guide for Generator Ground Protection
Superseded by IEEE Std C37.101-2006. Guidance in the application of relays and relaying schemes for protection against stator ground faults on high-impedance grounded generators is provided.
C37.102-1987
IEEE Guide for AC Generator Protection
A review of the generally accepted forms of relay protection for the synchronous generator and its excitation system is presented. This guide is primarily concerned with protection against faults and abnormal operating conditions for large hydraulic, steam, and combustion-turbine generators.
C37.103-2004
IEEE Guide for Differential and Polarizing Relay Circuit Testing
This issues concerning testing and verification of the correctness of differential and polarizing circuits are described and discussed in this guide. The intention of this guide is to help the reader to detect errors in the wiring of protective relays that might cause erroneous operations of protection systems. It is essential to follow systematic testing procedures and record the observations in a proper organized manner. The records should include documentation of all measurements and a comparison with the desired results.
C37.104-2002
IEEE Guide for Automatic Reclosing of Line Circuit Breakers for AC Distribution and Transmission Lines
Guidelines for the application of automatic reclosing facilities to circuit breakers are established. Decisions concerning the use of such facilities in specific cases are left to the user.
C37.11-1991
IEEE Standard Requirements for Electrical Control for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis or a Total Current Basis
C37.110-1996
IEEE Guide for the Application of Current Transformers Used for Protective Relaying Purposes
The characteristics and classification of current transformers (cts) used for protective relaying are described. This guide also describes the conditions that cause the ct output to be distorted and the effects on relaying systems of this distortion. The selection and application of cts for the more common protection schemes are also addressed.
C37.111-1991
IEEE Standard Common Format for Transient Data Exchange (COMTRADE) for Power Systems
A common format for the data files and exchange medium needed for the interchange of various types of fault, test, or simulation data is defined. Sources of transient data are described, and the case of diskettes as an exchange medium is recommended. Issues of sampling rates, filters, and sample rate conversions for transient data being exchanged are discussed. Files for data exchange are specified, as is the organization of the data. A sample file is given.
C37.111-1999
IEEE Standard Common Format for Transient Data Exchange (COMTRADE) for Power Systems
Reaffirmed 2005. A common format for data files and exchange medium used for the interchange of various types of fault, test, or simulation data for electrical power systems is defined. Sources of transient data are described, and the case of diskettes as an exchange medium is recommended. Issues of sampling rates, filters, and sample rate conversions for transient data being exchanged are discussed. Files for data exchange are specified, as is the organization of the data. A sample file is given.
C37.118-2005
IEEE Standard for Synchrophasors for Power Systems
This standard defines synchronized phasor measurements used in power system applications. It provides a method to quantify the measurement, tests to be sure the measurement conforms to the definition, and error limits for the test. It also defines a data communication protocol including message formats for communicating this data in a real-time system. Explanation, examples, and supporting information are also provided.
C37.12-1952
ASA American Standard Guide Specifications for Alternating Current Power Circuit Breakers
These specifications are intended as a reference for purchasers and users of circuit breakers in the preparation of requests for quotations and as a reference for manufacturers and vendors in submitting bids. 12-1.2 These specifications apply to all types of alternating- current power circuit breakers (indoor and outdoor) having an interrupting rating of 50 mva or higher and a voltage rating above 1500 volts. Individual clauses apply to all types except where otherwise indicated. 12-1.3 These requirements of necessity include some elements of construction and materials, but are not intended to preclude ingenuity of design or improvement.
C37.12-1981
American Standard Guide to s AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis and a Total Current Basis
These specifications apply to all indoor and outdoor types o f ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 volts. This document is issued only as a guide for use in compiling specifications for ac high-voltage circuit breakers. The imperative mode of the language is illustrative of that used in specifications. It does not imply that this document is anything other than advisory in its scope
C37.12-1991
American National Standard for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis– Specifications Guide
These specifications apply to all indoor and outdoor types of ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 volts. This document is issued only as a guide for use in compiling specifications for ac high-voltage circuit breakers. The imperative mode of the language is illustrative of that used in specifications. It does not imply that this document is anything other than advisory in its scope.
C37.122-1983
IEEE Standard for Gas-Insulated Substations
Superseded by C37.122-1993.. The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gasinsulated substation (GIS) are covered. The parameters to be supplied by the purchaser are set, and the technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer are established.
C37.122a-1991
IEEE Supplement to IEEE C37.122-1983, IEEE Standard Gas-Insulated Substations (Section 2.2.2: Pressurized Enclosures)
Detailed requirements for pressurized enclosures for gas insulated substations are set forth. Criteria for enclosure design, including temperatures; thermal cycling, vibration, shock, and seismic requirements; design pressure; and calculation methods are specified. Stress under abnormal pressure, pressure relief devices, routine pressure tests, tests after erection on site, and design tests are covered.
C37.123-1991
IEEE Guide to Specifications for Gas-Insulated Substation Equipment
IEEE C37.123-1991 covers the technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS). The guide looks at parameters to be supplied by the purchaser and technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer. Environmental conditions, general and specific equipment requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are included to aid the user.
C37.13-1963
American Standard - Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers (600-Volt Insulation Class)
This standard applies to all low-voltage power circuit breakers of the 600-volt insulation class capable of interrupting short-circuit currents in excess of 10,000 amp (amperes) for use with ac circuits. Other low-voltage power circuit breakers for use on circuits rated up to 1,000 volts ac and 3,000 volts dc are not covered by this standard; molded-case circuit breakers are specifically not covered.
C37.13-1973
American National Standard for Low-Voltage AC power Circuit Breakers used in Enclosures
This standard covers enclosed low-voltage ac power circuit breakers, as follows: (1)stationary or draw-out type of two-or three-pole construction, with one or more rated maximum voltages of 635, 508, and 254 V for application systems having nominal voltages of 600, 480, and 240 V (2) Manually operated or power operated, with or without electromechanical or solid state trip device
C37.13-1981
IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures
This standard covers enclosed low-voltage AC power circuit breakers of the stationary or drawout type of two- or three-pole construction, with one or more rated maximum voltages of 635 V (600 V for units incorporating fuses), 508 V, and 254 V for application on systems having nominal voltages of 600 V, 480 V, and 240 V; with unfused or fused circuit breakers; manually or power operated; and with or without electromechanical or solid-state trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, functional components, temperature limitations and classifications of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application.
C37.14-1979
IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures
This standard covers enclosed low-voltage DC power circuit breakers of the stationary or drawout type of single- or two-pole construction with one or more rated maximum voltages of 300 V, 325 V, 800 V, 1000 V, 1600 V, or 3200 V for applications on dc systems having nominal voltages of 250 V, 275 V, 750 V, 850 V, 1500 V, or 3000 V, with general-purpose, high-speed, semi-high-speed and rectifier circuit breakers; manually or power-operated; and with or without electro-mechanical or solid-state trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, functional components, temperature limitations and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application.
C37.14-1992
IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures
This standard covers enclosed low-voltage dc power circuit breakers of the stationary or drawout type of single- or two-pole construction with one or more rated maximum voltages of 300 V, 325 V, 800 V, 1000 V, 1600 V, or 3200 V for applications on dc systems having nominal voltages of 250 V, 275 V, 750 V, 850 V, 1500 V, or 3000 V, with general-purpose, high-speed, semi-high-speed and rectifier circuit breakers; manually or power-operated; and with or without electro-mechanical or solid-state trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, functional components, temperature limitations and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application.
C37.14-1999
IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures
Superseded by C37.14-2002 This standard covers enclosed low-voltage dc power circuit breakers of the stationary or draw-out type of single- or two-pole construction with one or more rated maximum voltages of 300 V, 325 V, 800 V, 1200 V, 1600 V, or 3200 V for applications on dc systems having nominal voltages of 250 V, 275 V, 750 V, 1000 V, 1500 V, or 3000 V, with general-purpose, high-speed, semi-high-speed and rectifier circuit breakers; manually or power-operated; and with or without electro-mechanical or electronic trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, functional components, temperature limitations and classification of insulating materials, dielectric withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application.
C37.16-2000
American National Standard Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breakers and AC Power Circuit Protectors- Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations
This standard provides the preferred ratings for low-voltage ac (635 V and below) power circuit breakers, fused low-voltage ac (600 V and below) power circuit breakers, general purpose dc (325 V and below) power circuit breakers, and low-voltage dc (3200 V and below) power circuit breakers. devices, and the derating factors for dielectric power frequency tests and rated maximum ambient temperatures if the installation is above a specified altitude.
C37.17-1972
American National Standard for Trip Devices for AC and General Purpose DC low-voltage power circuit breakers
This standard pertains to direct-acting overcurrent, reverse-current, and undervoltage trip devices of both the electromechanical and ac solid-state types integral with low-voltage ac and general-purpose dc power circuit breakers covered by American National Standards. The solid-state direct-acting overcurrent trip devices may include ground trip elements. These direct-acting trip devices are sometimes referred to as "opening releases," especially in IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) Recommendations or "Specifications."
C37.20.1-1987
IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit-Breaker Switchgear
Low-voltage metal-enclosed switchgear, which can contain either stationary or drawout, manually or electrically operated low-voltage AC or DC power circuit breakers in individual grounded metal compartments, in three-pole, two-pole, or single-pole construction is covered. Rated maximum voltage levels can be 254 V, 508 V, or 635 Vac and 300/325 V, 800 V, 1000 V, 1600 V, or 3200 Vdc. The continuous current ratings of the main bus in ac designs can be 1600 Al 2000 A, 2500 A, 4000 A, 6000 A, 8000 A, 10,000 A, or 12,000 A. The switchgear can also contain associated control, instruments, metering, protective, and regulating devices as necessary. The standard deals with service conditions, ratings, temperature limitations, and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application.
C37.20.1-1993
IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C37 family on Switchgear, Substations and Protective Relays. Low-voltage metal-enclosed switchgear, which can contain either stationary or draw out, manually or electrically operated low-voltage ac or dc power circuit breakers in individual grounded metal compartments, in three-pole, two-pole, or single-pole construction is covered. Rated maximum voltage levels can be 254 V, 508 V, or 635 Vac and 300/325 V/m 800V, 1000 V, 1600V, or 3200 Vdc. The continuous current ratings of the main bus in ac designs can be 1600 A, 2000 A, 2500 A, 4000 A, 6000 A, 8000 A, 10 000 A, or 12 000 A. The switchgear can also contain associated control, instruments, metering, protective, and regulating devices as necessary. The standard deals with service conditions, rating, temperature limitations, and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application.
C37.20.2-1987
IEEE/ANSI Standard for Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear
This standard includes only the requirements for metal-clad and station-type cubicle switchgear. These requirements were previously a part of ANSI/IEEE C37.20-1969 (R 1981), IEEE Standard for Switchgear Assemblies including Metal-Enclosed Bus (1974 Consolidated Edition). Other types of equipment previously included in ANSI / IEEE C37.20-1969 (R 1981) will now be incorporated in separate publications.
C37.20.2-1993
IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear
Metal-enclosed medium voltage switchgear (ME), which can contain either drawout electrically operated circuit breakers or stationary electrically operated circuit breakers in individual three-pole grounded metal compartments, is covered. Further, metal-clad switchgear (MC) is compartmentalized to isolate all components such as instrumentation, main bus, and both incoming and outgoing connections with grounded metal barriers. Rated maximum voltage levels for metal-clad switchgear (MC) range from 5 kV through 38 kV with main bus continuous current ratings of 1200 A, 2000 A, and 3000 A. Rated maximum voltage levels for station-type cubicle switchgear (SC) range from 15.5 kV through 72.5 kV with main bus continuous current ratings of 2000 A, 3000 A, 4000 A, and 5000 A. ME switchgear also contains associated control, instruments, metering, relaying, protective, and regulating devices as necessary. Service conditions, ratings, temperature limitations, and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application are discussed.
C37.20.2b-1994
Supplement to IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear: Current Transformers Accuracies
Metal-enclosed medium voltage switchgear (ME), which can contain either drawout electrically operated circuit breakers or stationary electrically operated circuit breakers in individual three-pole grounded metal compartments, is covered. Further, metal-clad switchgear (MC) is compartmentalized to isolate all components such as instrumentation, main bus, and both incoming and outgoing connections with grounded metal barriers. Rated maximum voltage levels for metal-clad switchgear (MC) range from 5 kV through 38 kV with main bus continuous current ratings of 1200 A, 2000 A, and 3000 A. Rated maximum voltage levels for station-type cubicle switchgear (SC) range from 15.5 kV through 72.5 kV with main bus continuous current ratings of 2000 A, 3000 A, 4000 A, and 5000 A. ME switchgear also contains associated control, instruments, metering, relaying, protective, and regulating devices as necessary. Service conditions, ratings, temperature limitations, and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application are discussed.
C37.20.3-1987
IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear
The standard covers metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear assemblies containing such devices as interrupter/switches, selector switches, power fuses and protective equipment. It is concerned with enclosed, rather than open, switchgear assemblies rated above 1000 V used for the distribution of electrical power. It includes equipment that is part of primary and secondary unit substations.
C37.20.3-1996
Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear
NOT A VALID PRODUCT
C37.20.4-1996
IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Indoor AC Switches (1 kV-38 kV) for Use in Metal-Enclosed Switchgear
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C37 family on Switchgear, Substations and Protective Relays. Indoor ac medium-voltage switches for use in enclosures for application in power circuits at voltages above 1 kV through 38 kV are covered. These include stationary or drawout, manual or power operation, fused or unfused.
C37.21-1985
IEEE Standard for Control Switchboards
Ratings, construction, and testing of dead-front control switchboards containing, but not limited to, devices such as switches, control devices, instrumentation, metering, monitoring, protective and auxiliary relays, and regulating devices and accessories are covered. Switchboards for the control and protection of apparatus used for or associated with power generation, conversion, transmission, and distribution are included, but the standard is not limited to these. Industrial controls, communication equipment, switchboards for use on board ships, Class 1E switchboards for use in nuclear generating stations, and human factors are not considered.
C37.22-2003
American National Standard Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities for Indoor AC Medium-Voltage Switches Used in Metal-Enclosed Switchgear
This standard provides preferred ratings for indoor AC medium-voltage switches used in metal-enclosed switchgear.
C37.23-1969
ANSI/IEEE Guide for Calculating Losses in Isolated Phase Bus
Over the years, the isolated-phase bus has received widespread application in connecting the output of generators to step-up transformers. The trend toward generating units of larger capacity has dictated the need for higher rated isolated-phase bus designs. The increased losses associated with the higher capacity bus may be significant in the economic evaluation of alternate schemes or selection of equipment. The bus designer must know the magnitude and distribution of losses in order to keep temperature rises of bus components within the limits specified in USA Standard C37.20. In addition, the losses must be known to permit proper sizing of forced-cooling equipment whenever it is used. Various papers have been presented that deal with the determination of losses in isolated-phase bus enclosures. The difference in the results obtained for the same bus using various methods is of sufficient magnitude to cause concern. The industry has indicated the need for a guide for calculating losses to establish a common yardstick for establishing, evaluating, and applying different designs.
C37.23-1987
IEEE Guide for Metal-Enclosed Bus and Calculating Losses in Isolated-Phase Bus
Interpretations are available at: http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/C37.23-1987.html This IEEE Standards product is part of the C37 family on Switchgear, Substations and Protective Relays. Assemblies of metal-enclosed conductors and their associated interconnections, enclosures, supporting structures, switches, and disconnecting links are addressed. Ratings, tests, construction, miscellaneous accessories, and loss calculation for isolated-phase buses are covered. Specifically excluded are busways or bus assemblies for distribution of electric power less than 600 V, which consist of enclosed sectionalized prefabricated bus bars or associated structures and fittings, such as feeder busways (indoor or outdoor), plug-in busways (indoor only), and bus assemblies utilized at voltages in excess of 38.0 kV.
C37.24-1986
IEEE Guide for Evaluating the Effect of Solar Radiation on Outdoor Metal-Enclosed Switchgear
Superseded by C37.24-2003. This IEEE Standards product is part of the C37 family on Switchgear, Substations and Protective Relays. This standard applies to all forms of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear. It covers operating limitations; the effect of ambient temperature, solar radiation, and wind on internal operating temperatures; ventilation and condensation control; enclosure color and finish considerations; current-carrying capabilities of switchgear, and suggested modifications of standard designs.
C37.26-1972
IEEE Standard Guide for Methods of Power-Factor Measurement for Low-Voltage Inductive Test Circuits
Methods used to measure the power factor in low-voltage test circuits are covered. Since the power factor measurement for high-capacity test circuits is particularly difficult, and different methods may yield different results, the methods that are least likely to yield errors are recommended for particular circuit conditions. The ratio method is recommended for fast clearing devices that may have total interruption times of 0.5 cycle or less. The DC decrement method is recommended for circuits with a 30% power factor or less when the device to be tested interrupts at a point in time more than 0.5 cycle from the initiation of the current. The phase relationship method, using current and voltage waves, is recommended for circuits having power factors over 30%.
C37.27-1972
IEEE Standard Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Non-Integrally Fused Power Circuit Breakers (Using Separately Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses)
This guide applies to low-voltage power circuit breakers of the 600-voIt insulation class with separately mounted current-limiting Class J and Class L fuses for use on ac circuits with available short-circuit currents of 200 000 amperes (rms symmetrical) or less. Low-voltage integrally fused power circuit breakers (see American National Standard Low-Voltage A C Integrally Fused Power Circuit Breakers, C37.28-1969) and combinations of fuses and molded-case circuit breakers are not covered by this guide
C37.30-1971
American National Standard Definitions and Requirements for High-Voltage Air Switches, Insulators, and Bus Supports
Superseded. Required ratings and constructional requirements for switches above 1000 V are described.
C37.30-1992
IEEE Standard Requirements for High Voltage Air Switches
Required ratings and constructional requirements for switches above 1000 V are described.
C37.30c-1984
IEEE Standard Definitions and Requirements for High Voltage Air Switches, Insulators, and Bus Supports
(Supplements to ANSI/IEEE C37.30.1971) ANSI/IEEE C37.30C-1984 - Definitions of Ice Testing (R88) ANSI/IEEE C37.30e-1984 - Mechanical Operations Testing; Definition (R88)
C37.30g-1985
Supplement to Standard Definitions and Requirements for High Voltage Air Switches, Insulators, and Bus Supports
Supplement to ANSI/IEEE C37.30-1971
C37.30h-1978
Allowable Short-Circuit Temperatures for Air Switches
No abstract. Keywords: C37.30h, definitions, high-voltage, air switches, insulators, bus supports, short-circuit, temperatures.
C37.32-2002
American National Standard for High Voltage Switches, Bus Supports, and Accessories Schedules of Preferred Ratings, Construction Guidelines, and Specifications
This standard provides the schedules of preferred ratings and construction specifications for high-voltage disconnect, interrupter, fault initiating, and grounding switches rated above 1000 volts. Switch operator control voltage ranges (formerly C37.33), bus supports and accessories are also covered by this standard. Switches included in C37.20.2, C37.20.3, C37.20.4, C37.71, C37.72 and C37.73 are not covered by this standard. (Superseded by C37.30.1-2011)
C37.34a-1978
IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Corona Tests Supplement to ANSI/IEEE C37.34-1971
Superseded. Procedures for corona testing of nonenclosed and enclosed switches with a rated maximum voltage of 121 kV and above are established. Test requirements and conditions are specified, and a test procedure is given. Simultaneous corona and radio-influence testing is addressed.
C37.34b-1985
IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, (Supplement: Ice Tests)
C37.34d-1984
Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Mechanical Operations Test
Included in C37.34-1971 (R1992) . Procedures for corona testing of non-enclosed and enclosed switches with a rated maximum voltage of 121 kV and above are established. Test requirements and conditions are specified, and a test procedure is given. Simultaneous corona and radio-influence testing is addressed.(Supplement to ANSI/IEEE C37.34-1971)
C37.34e-1979
IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches (Supplement: Switching-Impulse Testing of Extra-High voltage Switches)
IEEE C37.34e-1979, Switching Impulse Testing of Extra-High-Voltage Switches, Supplement to ANSI/IEEE C37.34-1971, IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, updates information on switching surge testing of extra-high-voltage switches to conform with presently accepted standard conditions and switching-impulse wave shape. Additional information on standard deviations is included
C37.35-1962
ASA American Standard Guide for the Operation and Maintenance of High Voltage Disconnecting Switches
High voltage disconnecting switches are assigned certain ratings by the manufacturer and standard tests are conducted to assure the user that the switch, when new, will perform within the ratings shown on the nameplate. It should be recognized that the switch in service will perform within these ratings only if properly operated and maintained. It cannot be stressed too strongly that prescribed safety rules should be adhered to at all times when operating or maintaining high voltage disconnecting switches near energized equipment or conductors.
C37.35-1976
IEEE Guide for the Application, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of High-Voltage Air Disconnecting and Load Interrupter Switches
Suggestions on application, installation, operation, and maintenance are presented as an aid to obtaining satisfactory performance from indoor and outdoor high-voltage air disconnecting and load interrupter switches rated in excess of 1000 V ac. It is assumed that properly designed and maintained supporting structures are provided for the disconnecting equipment, taking into account such factors as location, soil conditions, wind and ice loadings, seismic considerations, and mechanical loads, including electromagnetic forces imposed by the switches, buses, or other equipment mounted thereon.
C37.37-1979
IEEE Loading Guide for AC High-Voltage Air Switches (in excess of 1000 volts)
Superseded The concepts of allowable continuous current, allowable continuous current class, and loadability factors are used to establish the criteria for designating the load-current carrying capabilities of air switches over a range of ambient temperatures. This is accomplished through a family of loadability factor curves. The loadability factors are also presented in tabular form.
C37.37a-1992
IEEE Loading Guide for AC High-Voltage Air Switches Under Emergency Conditions
Guidance for users and manufacturers in the determination of (1) the Allowable Continuous Current Class (ACCC) designations, (2) the continuous load current-carrying capabilities of air switches under various conditions of ambient temperature, and (3) the emergency load current-carrying capabilities of air switches under various conditions of ambient temperature is provided. This guide applies to ac high-voltage air switches in excess of 1000 V
C37.40-1962
ASA American National Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for Distribution Cutouts and Fuse Links, Secondary Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single Pole Air Switches, Power Fuses, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories
This standard applies to high voltage fuses (above 600 volts), secondary fuses, distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, and accessories, as follows: (1) Enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses for alternating-current distribution systems. (2) Secondary fuses, 600 volts and below, used on supply circuits. Cartridge-type fuses, rated 600 volts and below, and screw plug fuses are not included. (3) Distribution oil cutouts. (4) Distribution enclosed single-pole air switches. (5) Power fuses for systems or circuits above 600 volts. (6) Outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches. (7) Fuse supports, fuse mountings, fuse hooks, fuse tongs, and fuse links, all of the type used exclusively with products listed in (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6). (8) Removable switch blades for products listed in (1) and (3).
C37.40b-1996
IEEE Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for External Fuses for Shunt Capacitors
Definitions for high-voltage external capacitor fuses (above 1000 V) used for the protection of shunt capacitor banks are covered in this supplement.
C37.41-1962
ASA American Standard Design Tests for Distribution Cutouts and Fuse Links, Secondary Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single Pole Air Switches, Power Fuses, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories
This standard applies to tests for high voltage fuses I above 600 volts), secondary fuses, distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, and accessories, as follows: (1) Enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses for alternating-current distribution systems. (2) Secondary fuses, 600 volts and below, used on supply circuits. Cartridge-type fuses, rated 600 volts and below, and screw plug fuses are not included. (3) Distribution oil cutouts. (4) Distribution enclosed single-pole air switches. (5) Power fuses for systems or circuits above 600 volts. (6) Outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches. (7) Fuse supports, fuse mountings, fuse hooks, fuse tongs, and fuse links, all of the type used exclusively with products listed in (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) (8) Removable switch blades for products listed in I'D and (3).
C37.41-1981
HV Fuses, Distr. Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches & Accessories, Design Test for
C37.41-1988
IEEE Standard Design Tests for High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories
Superseded. Tests for high-voltage fuses (above 600 V), distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories (for AC distribution systems) are covered. These include enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution oil cutouts; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches; power fuses, including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse supports, fuse mountings, fuse hooks, fuse tongs, and fuse links of the type used exclusively with the above products; and removable switch blades for certain of the above.
C37.41-1994
IEEE Standard Design Tests for High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches and Accessories
Required procedures for performing design tests for high-voltage distribution-class and power-class fuses, as well as for fuse disconnecting switches and enclosed single-pole air switches are specified. These design tests, as appropriate to a particular device, include the following test types--dielectric, interrupting, load-break, making current, radio-influence, short-time current, temperature-rise, time-current, mechanical, and liquid-tightness.
C37.41c-1991
IEEE Test Standard for Expulsion Fuses in Enclosures (Supplement to C37.41-1988)
Supplement to C37.41-1988, IEEE test standard for expulsion fuses in enclosures, procedures are given for performance testing of liquid-submerged and in-air expulsion fuses in enclosures
C37.41e-1996
IEEE Standard Design Tests for External Fuses for Shunt Capacitors - Supplement to IEEE Std C37.41-1994
The design testing required for high-voltage external capacitor fuses (above 1000 V) used for the protection of shunt capacitor banks is covered in this supplement.
C37.42-1962
ASA American Standard Specifications for Distribution Enclosed Open and Open Link Cutouts
This standard applies to high voltage fuses (above 600 volts) and accessories, as follows: (1) Enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses for ac (alternating-current) distribution systems (2) Fuse supports, fuse mountings, fuse hooks, and fuse tongs, all of the type used exclusively with products listed in (1) (3) Removable switch blades for products listed in (1)
C37.45-1962
American Standard Specifications for Distribution Enclosed Single Pole Air Switches
This standard applies to: (1) Distribution enclosed single-pole air switches (2) Supports, mountings, fuse hooks, tongs, all of the type used exclusively with products listed in (1)
C37.45-1981
American National Standard Specifications for Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches
This standard is a revision of American National Standard Specifications for Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, ANSI C37.45-1969, to bring it up to date and in line with present day requirements for high-voltage fuses and switches
C37.46-1962
ASA American Standard Specifications for Power Fuses and Fuse Disconnecting Switches
This standard applies to high voltage fuses (above 600 volts) and accessories as follows: (1) Power fuses for systems or circuits above 600 volts (2) Outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches (3) Fuse supports, fuse mountings, fuse hooks, fuse tongs, fuse units, refill units, and fuse links, all of the type used exclusively with products listed in (1) and (2)
C37.46-1981
American National Standard Specifications for Power Fuses and Fuse Disconnecting Switches
This standard is a revision of American National Standard Specifications for Power Fuses and Fuse Disconnecting Switches, ANSI C37.46-1969, to bring it up to date and in line with present requirements for high-voltage fuses and switches.
C37.47-1981
American National Standard Specifications Distribution Fuse Disconnecting Switches, Fuse Supports, and Current-Limiting Fuses
This standard is a revision of American National Standard Specifications for Distribution Fuse Disconnecting Switches, Fuse Supports, and Current Limiting Fuses, ANSI C37.47-1969, to bring it up to date and in line with present requirements for high-voltage fuses and switches.
C37.48a-1980
ANSI Draft American National Standard Guide for Application od Current limiting Fuses in Enclosures
C37.48a-1989
American National Standard Guide for application of current limiting fuses in enclosures
C37.48c-1991
IEEE Guide for Application of Expulsion Fuses in Enclosures (Supplement to C37.48-1987)
Superseded by C37.48-1997 As a supplement to the IEEE guide for application of expulsion fuses in enclosures, guidelines are provided for the application and maintenance of liquid-submerged and in-air expulsion fuses in enclosures. The operation of liquid-submerged fuses is also covered.
C37.4a-1958
IEEE American Standards Electrical Characteristics of Power Circuit Breaker Bushings and Dimensions of Power Circuit Breaker Bushings, Their Mountings and Bushing Current Transformers
C37.4d-1985
IEEE Supplements to ANSI/ IEEE C37.4- 1953 and Ansi/IEEE C37.100-1981
C37.4thru9-1945
ASA American Standards for Alternating Current Power Circuit Breakers
This publication represents standard practices in the United States relating to alternating-current power circuit breakers. It contains data secured from many sources notably the established standards of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers and the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. It also includes data prepared by the Association of Edison Illuminating Companies. This publication combines, in one reference work, information relating to the terms and conditions upon which the rating and behavior of alternating-current power circuit breakers are based. The publication is divided into six parts. The main part consists of a definite Standard, C37.4-1945, for alternating-current power circuit breakers, which covers definitions and ratings of apparatus coming within the scope of this work. The remainder consists of supplementary standards, one of which, C37.9-1945, covers the procedure for testing circuit breakers. The Schedule of Preferred Ratings for Indoor and Outdoor Circuit Breakers, C37.6-1945, is included.
C37.63-1984
IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry-Vault, and Submersible Automatic Line Sectionalizers for AC Systems
This standard applies to all overhead, pad-mounted, dry-vault, and submersible single-pole or multipole ac automatic line sectionalizers for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V. It covers service conditions, ratings, design tests, production tests, and construction requirements.
C37.63-1997
IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry-Vault and Submersible Automatic Line Sectionalizers for AC Systems
Required definitions (for cutout type sectionalizers), ratings, procedures for performing design tests and production tests, constructional requirements, and application considerations for overhead and pad-mounted, dry-vault, and submersible automatic line sectionalizers for ac systems are specified. Keywords: sectionalizers, cutout type, dry-vault sectionalizers, pad-mounted, submersible
C37.66-1966
IEEE Requirements for Oil Filled Capacitor Switches for AC Systems
C37.71-1984
IEEE Standard for Three-Phase, Manually Operated Subsurface Load Interrupting Switches for Alternating-Current Systems
This standard applies to three-phase group-operated 60-Hz subsurface load-interrupting switches with maximum ratings of 600 A and 38 kV that utilize separable insulated connectors. It covers service conditions; ratings and test requirements; design, production, and conformance tests; construction requirements; and shipping requirements.
C37.73-1998
IEEE Standard Requirements for Pad-Mounted Fused Switchgear
Requirements for assemblies of single-phase and three-phase, dead-front and live-front,pad-mounted, load-interrupter switches with expulsion, current-limiting, and other types of fuses in enclosures up to 38 kV rated maximum voltage are given. Definitions are given, and service conditions and ratings are discussed. Design tests, production tests, and construction requirements are included.
C37.90-1978
IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus
This standard applies only to relays and relay systems used to control power switchgear. It does not cover relays of types designed primarily for industrial control, for switching of communication or other low-level signals, or any other equipment not intended for the control of power equipment.
C37.90-1989
IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus
Superseded by IEEE Std C37.90-2005. This standard applies to relay systems that protect and control apparatus that generate, and distribute and use electric power. This standard defines service conditions and specifies relay performance requirements and performance information that relay manufacturers shall provide.
C37.90.1-1989
IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective Relays and Relay Systems
Superseded by IEEE C37.90.1-2002. Design tests intended for protective relays and relay systems, including those incorporating digital processors, are specified. The tests are intended to be applied to a complete relay system under simulated operating conditions. Oscillatory and fast transient test-wave shapes and characteristics are defined. The equipment to be tested and the test conditions are described, and the points of application of the test wave are shown. Acceptance is defined, and the requisite test data are specified.
C37.90.2-1987
IEEE Trial-Use Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers
A design test to evaluate the susceptibility of protective relays to single-frequency electromagnetic fields in the radio frequency domain, such as those generated by portable or mobile radio transceivers is established.
C37.90.2-1995
IEEE Standard for Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers
A design test to evaluate the susceptibility of protective relays to single-frequency electromagnetic fields in the radio frequency domain, such as those generated by portable or mobile radio transceivers is established.
C37.91-1985
IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power Transformers
C37.91-2000
IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power Transformers
The protection of power transformers is covered;various electrical protection schemes are explored;and guidelines are given for the application of these schemes to transformers. Alternative detection methods including mechanical,thermal,and gas analysis are discussed.
C37.92-1969
ANSI American National Standard Guide for Induction Motor protection
The application guide for relay protection of squirrel-cage and wound-rotor induction motors presents a review of the generally accepted forms of motor protection and summarizes the use of relays and devices, singly and in combination, to enable the reader to properly select the necessary equipment to obtain adequate motor protection. The Guide is prepared primarily for the protection of three-phase integral-horsepower motors and refers to single- or two-phase motors only in special instances and only where specifically indicated. It is especially useful where the motor installation is sufficiently important, due to either its size or the consequences of motor malfunction, to justify specific design of the protective system. It also provides the information necessary to judge whether there are safety or economic reasons for such a specific design. This Guide is not a Standard and does not purport to detail the protective requirements of all motors in every situation. Its recommendation is of a general nature designed to cover the usual or typical motor installation. Sufficient background of material on objectives, application, and setting philosophy is presented, however, to enable the reader to evaluate the need for various forms of protection and to select and properly apply suitable protective equipment for most situations.
C37.93-1987
IEEE Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications of Audio Tones over Telephone Channels
Superseded. This guide contains information and recommendations for applying audio tones over telephone channels for power system relaying. Included are sections on transmitting and receiving equipment, leased telephone channels, application principles, installation, and testing. Reflected in this work is the knowledge and experience of equipment manufacturers and telephone companies as well as that of power utility users. This guide is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in the manufacturers' instruction books or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer or telephone company(s) or both and a purchaser of a given relaying system. The illustrations in 5.7 are used for illustrative purposes only and do not represent the preferred protection under all conditions.
C37.95-1973
American National Standard Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility - Consumer Interconnections
This guide has been prepared to aid in the effective and uniform application of fuses, relays, and their associated switching equipment located at the point of interconnection between the utility and the consumer electrical systems. Descriptions of the various devices, definitions of terms, and references to other technical publications have been included to make the guide useful not only to relay engineers, but also to other technical people who may not be intimately familiar with the art of relaying, but who nevertheless have a responsibility for the installation and operation of such interconnections. It includes examples for relaying of typical installations, both with and without consumer generation, and with service from utility radial or loop feeders, either directly from the utility substation bus or from a transmission line. It is expected that the guide will be used by consulting engineers, utility relay and sales engineers, and by consumer engineering and maintenance personnel.
C37.95-1989
IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections
IEEE C37.95-1989, IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections, is intended to cover applications involving service to a consumer that normally requires a transformation between the utility's supply voltage and the consumer's utilization voltage. Interconnections supplied at the ultimate utilization voltage are not covered.
C37.95-2002
IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections
Protective relay applications involving electric service to consumers that requires a transformation between the utility's supply voltage and the consumers utilization voltage are covered in this guide. This guide describes the factors that need to be considered in the design of adequate protection facilities, outlines modern relay practices, and provides several examples of the protection of typical utility-consumer interconnections.
C37.99-1980
IEEE Guide for Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks
Superseded by C37.99-1990. IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks, assists in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitors used in substations. It covers the protective considerations, along with recommended and alternate methods of protection for the most commonly used capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design trade-offs are also discussed. This guide covers protection of filter tanks and very large EHV capacitor banks, but does not include a discussion of pole-mounted capacitor banks on distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus.
C37.99-1990
IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks
Superseded by C37.99-2000. This standard assists in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitors used in substations. It covers the protective considerations, along with recommended and alternate methods of protection for the most commonly used capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design tradeoffs are also discussed. This guide covers protection of filter tanks and very large EHV capacitor banks, but does not include a discussion of pole-mounted capacitor banks on distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus.
C37.99-2000
IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks
The protection of shunt power capacitor and filter banks are covered. Guidelines for reliable applications of protection methods intended for use in many shunt capacitor applications and designs are included. The protection of pole-mounted capacitor banks on distribution circuits and the application of capacitors connected directly to routing apparatus are not included.
C39.1-1955
ASA American Standard Electrical Indicating Instruments Panel, Switchboard, and Portable Instruments
This standard applies to the following kinds of electrical indicating instruments for direct and alternating current, including instruments with prefixes such as micro, kilo, etc: (a) Ammeters. (fc) Voltmeters. (c) Wattmeters. (c?) Varmeters (reactive-volt-ampere meters) (e) Frequency meters (/) Power-factor meters (g) Indicating instruments functioning on the above principles, but indicating derived quantities 1.2 This standard may apply, with suitable exceptions, to instruments constructed for special requirements. For example, ultrasensitive d-c micro-ammeters. high-resistance voltmeters, thermo-milliammeters, thermo-voltmeters of the vacuum-couple type, and instruments with special and unusual ranges. 1.3 This standard does not apply to the following kinds of instruments: (a) Indicating instruments provided with arrangements for curve drawing, contact making, etc. (b) Small instruments of types and sizes where the indications are only approximate. For example, small polarized-vane ammeters used on automobiles, battery-charging outfits, etc.
C50.13-1977
American National Standard Requirements for Cylindrical-Rotor Synchronous Generators
Requirements for 60-Hz cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators, except those covered in standard C50.14-1977, are set forth. The standard covers classification, usual service conditions, rating, temperature rise, abnormal conditions, efficiency, overspeed, telephone influence factor, tests, direction of rotation, name plate marking, and performance specification forms.
C57-1948
ANSI American Standards for transformers, Regulators, and Reactors
These standards apply to the following general classes of apparatus: Distribution, power, and regulating transformers, and reactors other than current-limiting reactors Instrument transformers Constant-current transformers of the moving-coil type Step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators Current-limiting reactors General-purpose specialty transformers Rectifier-transformer equipment Transformers for which these standards do not apply are autotransformers used as part of autostarters, testing transformers, welding transformers, auxiliary transformers for series street lighting, and small transformers for special purposes such as door-bell and luminous-tube transformers. Dry-type transformers rated 50 kva and below and 600 volts or less shall be considered as general-purpose specialty transformers.
C57-1990
C57 Complete 1990 Edition: Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
C57-1992
C57 Standards Collection, Winter 1992 Edition: Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers
C57-1994
IEEE Standards Collection Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers 1994 Edition (C57)
C57.1, C57.2 C57.3-1940
ANSI Proposed American Standards transformers, Regulators, and Reactors, Proposed American Recommended Practices Test Code for transformers, Regulators, and Reactors, guides for Operation of Transformers
These standards apply to the following general classes of apparatus: Distribution and Power Transformers Instrument Transformers Constant-Current Transformers Step-Voltage and Induction-Voltage Regulators Current-Limiting Reactors Transformers for which these standards do not apply are auto-transformers used as part of autostarters, testing transformers, welding transformers, auxiliary transformers for series street lighting and small transformers such as those used for luminous-tube signs and miscellaneous commercial and household devices.
C57.1, C57.2 C57.3-1942
ANSI American Standards for transformers, Regulators, and Reactors
These standards apply to the following general classes of apparatus: Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, and Reactors other than Current-Limiting Reactors Instrument Transformers Constant-Current Transformers of the Moving-Coil Type Step-Voltage and Induction-Voltage Regulators Current-Limiting Reactors General-Purpose Specialty Transformers for which these standards do not apply are auto-transformers used as part of auto-starters, testing transformers, welding transformers, auxiliary transformers for series street lighting, and small transformers for special purposes such as door-bell and luminous-tube transformers. Dry-type transformers rated 50 kva and below and 600 volts or less shall be considered as general-purpose specialty transformers.
C57.113-1988
IEEE Trial-Use Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Liquid-Filled Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors
This test procedure applies to the detection and measurement by the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in liquid-filled power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric test where applicable.
C57.115-1984
IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Rated in Excess of 100 MVA (65 C Winding Rise)
C57.12.00-1980
American National Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
This standard is intended as a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. 1.2 This standard describes electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of liquidimmersed distribution and power transformers, and autotransformers and regulating transformers; single and polyphase, with voltage 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding. 1.3 This standard applies t o all liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers except as indicated below: (1) Instrument transformers (2) Step-voltage and induction voltage regulators (3) Arc furnace transformers (4) Rectifier transformers (5) Specialty transformers (6) Grounding transformers (7) Mobile transformers (8) Mine transformers 1.4 When this standard is used on a mandatory basis, the words shall and must indicates mandatory requirements; and the words should and may refer to matters which are recommended or permissive, but not mandatory.
C57.12.00-1987
IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for liquid-immersed distribution and power transformers, and auto transformers and regulating transformers; single and polyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding. This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. The requirements in this standard apply to all liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers except the following: instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, mobile transformers, and mine transformers.
C57.12.00-1993
IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers
Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for liquid-immersed distribution and power transformers, and autotransformers and regulating transformers; single and polyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding. This standard is the basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. The requirements in this standard apply to all liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers except the following: instrument transformers; step-voltage and induction voltage regulators; arc furnace transformers; rectifier transformers; specialty transformers; grounding transformers, mobile transformers; and mine transformers.
C57.12.10-1958
American Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, and Reactors other than Current Limiting Reactors
This section covers electrical characteristics and mechanical features of 60-cycle, -winding, mineral-oil-immersed transformers rated 501 to 5,000 kva, inclusive, single-phase; 501 to 10,000 kva, inclusive, three-phase; high-voltage, 2,400to 67,000 volts, inclusive; low-voltage, 480 to 14,400 volts, inclusive, generally used for step-down purposes.
C57.12.10-1988
American National Standard for Transformers - 230 kV and Below 833/958 through 8333/10 417 kVA,Single-Phase, and 750/862 through 60 000/80 000/100 000 kVA, Three-Phase without Load Tap Changing; and 3750/4687 through 60 000/80 000/100 000 kVA with Load Tap Changing-Safety Requirements
This standard is divided into two parts: 1) Part A: "Basic Standard" ratings, characteristics, construction, and routine tests 2) Part B: "Other" ratings, construction, and tests
C57.12.12-1980
IEEE Guide for Installation of Oil-Immersed EHV Transformers 345 kV and Above
Large, oil-immersed power transformers with high-voltage windings rated 345 kV and above are considered. Inspection on receipt, internal inspection at the site, preliminary oil filling, assembly, vacuum treatment and final filling, vacuum drying of insulation, re-circulation, and energization are covered.
C57.12.20-1997
American National Standard for Transformers - Standard for Overhead Type Distribution Transformers, 500 kVA and Smaller: High Voltage 34500 Volts and Below: Low Voltage, 7970/13800Y Volts and Below
Superseded by IEEE Std C57.12.20-2005. This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of single- and three-phase, 60-Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, overhead-type distribution transformers 500 kVA and smaller, with high voltages 34500 volts and below and low voltages 7970/13800Y volts and below. Such transformers may include one or more of the following features: 1) High-voltage, overcurrent protection; 2) High-voltage, overvoltage protection. 3) Low-voltage, overcurrent protection; 4) Low-voltage, overvoltage protection
C57.12.23-1992
IEEE Standard for Transformers--Underground-Type, Self-Cooled, Single-Phase Distribution Transformers with Separable, Insulated, High-Voltage Connectors; High Voltage (24 940 GrdY/14 400 V and Below) and Low-Voltage (240/120 V, 167 kVA and Smaller)
Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and certain safety features of single-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, distribution transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors are covered. Ratings, testing, and construction are discussed. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply and are suitable for occasional submerged operation. The intent is to provide a basis for determining their performance, interchangeability, and safety, and for their selection. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer
C57.12.26-1987
American National Standard for Transformers- Pad-Mounted Compartmental -Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers for Use With Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors, High-Voltage, 34500 Grd Y/19 920 Volts and Below; 2500 kVa and Smaller
This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. 1.2 This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60-Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, pad-mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors. These transformers are rated 2500 kVA and smaller, with high voltages of 34 500 Grd Y/19 920 volts and below, and with low voltages of 480 volts and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply
C57.12.28-1999
American National Standard Pad-Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity
Conformance tests and requirements for the integrity of above-grade pad-mounted enclosures that contain apparatus energized in excess of 600 V and that may be exposed to the public, including but not limited to the following types of equipment enclosures pad-mounted capacitors or inductors, pad-mounted distribution transformers, pad-mounted junction enclosures, pad-mounted metering equipment, and pad-mounted switchgear are covered.
C57.12.29-1991
American National Standard for Switchgear and Transformers - Pad-Mounted Equipment- Enclosure Integrity for Coastal Environments
This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the integrity of above grade pad-mounted enclosures intended for installation in coastal environments. Other performance requirements may be needed to provide long field life in other contaminated environments. These enclosures contain apparatus energized in excess of 600 volts that may be exposed to the public including, but not limited to, the following types of equipments enclosures: Pad-mounted capacitors or inductors; Pad-mounted distribution transformers; Pad-mounted junction enclosures; Pad-mounted metering equipment; Pad-mounted switchgear. This standard does not cover installations that are under the exclusive control of electric utilities and that are located in such a manner that access to the equipment is controlled exclusively by the utility.
C57.12.35-1996
IEEE Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C57 family on Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers. This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for overhead, padmounted, and underground-type distribution transformers. Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout, print quality, and label life expectancy.
C57.12.40-1993
Standard for Requirements for Secondary Network Transformers - Subway and Vault Types (Liquid Immersed)
C57.12.40-2000
American National Standard for Secondary Network Transformers Subway and Vault Types (Liquid Immersed)-Requirements
This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing the performance,interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
C57.12.44-1994
IEEE Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C57 family on Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers. The performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability as well as the safety of the equipment are covered. The proper selection of such equipment is established as a basis for use in this standard. Certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are described, and certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, low-voltage 600 V and below network protectors are taken into consideration. They are used for automatically connecting and disconnecting a network transformer from a secondary spot or grid network.
C57.12.51-1981
American National Standard Requirements for Ventilated Dry-Type Power Transformers, 501 kVA and Larger, Three-Phase, with High-Voltage 601 to 34 500 Volts, Low-Voltage 208Y/120 to 4160 Volts
This new dry-type transformer standard describes ventilated dry-type transformers with self-cooled kilovolt-ampere ratings 501 to 7500 and high voltages 601 to 34 500 volts; forced-air-cooled ratings for certain sizes are listed in Part II. (American National Standards Committee on Specialty Transformers, C89, has responsibility for transformers with high voltages 600 volts and below.) This standard is part of a new series of dry-type standards that also includes American National Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers, ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01-1979; American National Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers, ANSI/IEEE C57.12.91-1979; American National Standard Requirements for Ventilated Dry-Type Distribution Transformers, 1 to 500 kVA, Single-Phase, and 15 to 500 kVA, Three-Phase, with High-Voltage 601 to 34 500 Volts, Low-Voltage 120 to 600 Volts, ANSI C57.12.50-1981; and American National Standard Requirements for Sealed Dry-Type Power Transformers, 501 kVA and Larger, Three-Phase, with High-Voltage 601 to 34 500 Volts, Low-Voltage 208Y/120 to 4160 Volts, ANSI C57.12.52-1981
C57.12.60-1992
IEEE Trial-Use Standard Test Procedures for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Solid-Cast and Resin-Encapsulated Power and Distribution Transformers
A uniform method is established for determining the temperature classification of solidcast and resin-encapsulated power and distribution transformer insulation systems by testing rather than by chemical composition. These insulation systems are intended for use in transformers covered by IEEE Std C57.12.01-1989 and IEEE Std C57.12.91-1995 as they apply to solidcast and resin-encapsulated transformers whose highest voltages exceed nominal 600 V.
C57.12.60-1998
IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Solid Cast and Resin-Encapsulated Power and Distribution Transformers
A uniform method is established for determining the temperature classification of solid-cast and resin-encapsulated power and distribution transformer insulation systems by testing rather than by chemical composition. These insulation systems are intended for use in transformers covered by IEEE Std C57.12.01-1989 and IEEE Std C57.12.91-1995 as they apply to solid-cast and resin-encapsulated transformers whose highest voltages exceed nominal 600 V.
C57.12.70-1978
American National Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers
ANSI C57.12.70-1978 [Revision of ANSI C57.12.70-1964 (R 1971)] American National Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers
C57.12.90-1987
IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers and IEEE Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers
Superseded by C57.12.90-1987. Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00-1993, IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers are described. Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine transformers are excluded. This standard covers resistance measurement, polarity and phase-relation tests, ratio tests, no-load-loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load loss measurements, dielectric tests, temperature tests, short-circuit tests, and audible-sound-level measurements.
C57.12.90-1993
IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers and IEEE Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers
Replaced by IEEE Std C57.12.90-1999 (SH/SS94778) Abstract: Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00-1993, IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers are described. Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine transformers are excluded. This standard covers resistance measurement, polarity and phase-relation tests, ratio tests, no-load-loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load loss measurements, dielectric tests, temperature tests, short-circuit tests, and audible-sound-level measurements.
C57.12.90-1999
IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
Superseded by IEEE Std C57.12.90-2006 A common format for data files and exchange medium used for the interchange of various types of fault, test, or simulation data for electrical power systems is defined. Sources of transient data are described, and the case of diskettes as an exchange medium is recommended. Issues of sampling rates, filters, and sample rate conversions for transient data being exchanged are discussed. Files for data exchange are specified, as is the organization of the data. A sample file is given.
C57.12.91-1995
IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
Superseded by C57.12.91-2001. Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1989 and other referenced standards applicable to dry-type distribution and power transformers are described. This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and the proper testing of dry-type distribution and power transformers. This standard applies to all dry-type transformers except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, and mine transformers.
C57.12.91-2001
IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C57 family on Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers. Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1989 and other referenced standards applicable to dry-type distribution and power transformers are described. This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and the proper testing of dry-type distribution and power transformers. This standard applies to all dry-type transformers except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, and mine transformers.
C57.13.3-1983
IEEE Guide for the Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and Cases
Superseded by IEEE Std C57.13.3-2005 General and specific recommendations for grounding current and voltage transformer secondary circuits and cases of connected equipment are provided. The practices recommended apply to all transformers of this type, including capacitive voltage transformers and linear couplers, irrespective of primary voltage or whether the primary windings are connected to, or are in, power circuits or are connected in the secondary circuits of other transformers as auxiliary current or voltage transformers. The primary emphasis is personnel safety and proper performance of relays at power-line frequencies. The grounding and shielding of cables and other grounding considerations are not addressed.
C57.96-1959
American National Standard Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers; Appendix to American National Power an Distribution Transformers
This guide covers general recommendations for the loading of dry-type distribution and power transformers that have insulation system limited to 15OC and 220C maximum hottest-spot operating temperatures. The guide includes recommendations both for ventilated and for sealed, nitrogen filled, dry-type transformer. If the user desires more specific recommendations for large and important transformers, the manufacturer may be consulted.
C57.96-1989
Loading Dry Type Transformers, Guide for
Superseded. This guide covers general recommendations for the loading of dry-type distribution and power transformers that have 80 °C, 115 °C, and 150 °C average winding rises, and insulation systems limited to 150 °C, 185 °C, and 220 °C maximum hottest-spot operating temperatures, respectively. Transformers through 10 000 kVA are included. Recommendations for ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type transformers having impregnated insulation systems are provided.
C57.96-1989
IEEE Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers
This guide covers general recommendations for the loading of dry-type distribution and power transformers that have 80°C, 115°C, and 150°C average winding rises, and insulation systems limited to 150°C, 185°C, and 220°C maximum hottest-spot operating temperatures, respectively. Transformers through 10 000 kVA are included. Recommendations for ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type transformers having impregnated insulation systems are provided.
C62.1-1981
IEEE Standard for Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits
This standard applies to surge-protective devices designed for repeated limiting of voltage surges on 50 Hz or 60 Hz power circuits by passing surge discharge current and subsequently automatically interrupting the flow of follow current. This standard applies to devices for separate mounting and to those supplied integrally with other equipment
C62.31-1984
IEEE Standard Test Specification for Gas-Tube Surge-Protective Devices
This standard applies to gas-tube surgeprotective devices for application on systems with voltages < 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. These protective devices are designed to limit voltage surges on balanced or unbalanced communication circuits and direct current to 420 Hz power circuits. This standard contains a series of standard test criteria for determining the electrical characteristics of these gas-tube surge-protective devices.
C62.92-1989
IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems Part Il-Grounding of Synchronous Generator Systems
This section summarizes the general considerations in grounding synchronous generator systems and discusses the factors to be considered in the selection of a grounding class and the application of grounding methods. The guidelines apply to both the large and small generators found in electric utility systems. It should be borne in mind by the user that this report is intended solely as a guide. Statements are necessarily of a general nature and, therefore, do not take into account the requirements of special situations that can differ considerably from those discussed.
C62.92.1-1987
IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems Part I--Introduction
The purpose of this guide and subsequent revisions to IEEE Std 143-1954 [8]1 is to present some basic considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters that will provide for the control of ground-fault current and overvoltage on all portions of three-phase electric utility systems.
C63.10-2009
American National Standard for Testing Unlicensed Wireless Devices
This standard is intended to cover procedures for testing the compliance of a wide variety of unlicensed wireless devices (also called unlicensed intentional radiators) including but not limited to: remote control and security unlicensed wireless devices, frequency hopping and direct sequence spread spectrum devices, anti-pilferage devices, cordless telephones, medical unlicensed wireless devices, Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure devices, intrusion detectors, unlicensed wireless devices operating on frequencies below 30 MHz, automatic vehicle identification systems, and other unlicensed wireless devices authorized by a radio regulatory authority. The test procedures for new technology wireless devices will be added to future editions of this standard as soon as practical after consensus is achieved for compliance testing methods of the new devices. However, this standard excludes test procedures for unlicensed wireless devices already covered in other published standards, e.g., Unlicensed Personal Communication Services (UPCS) devices
C63.10-2013
American National Standard of Procedures for Compliance Testing of Unlicensed Wireless Devices
The procedures for testing the compliance of a wide variety of unlicensed wireless transmitters (also called intentional radiators and license-exempt transmitters) including, but not limited to, remote control and security unlicensed wireless devices, frequency hopping and direct sequence spread spectrum devices, antipilferage devices, cordless telephones, medical unlicensed wireless devices, Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) devices, intrusion detectors, unlicensed wireless devices operating on frequencies below 30 MHz, automatic vehicle identification systems, and other unlicensed wireless devices authorized by a radio regulatory authority are covered in this standard. Excluded by this standard are test procedures for unlicensed wireless devices already covered in other published standards (e.g., Unlicensed Personal Communication Services (UPCS) devices).
C63.12-1987
American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Limits - Recommended Practice
A suggested set of limits that may find general application is set forth. A rationale for developing limits is presented, and a set of limits that are representative of current practice is recommended. Environmental radio noise and the selection of measurement parameters are described. The measurement of amplitude distribution, the measurement set envelope amplitude distribution, and the amplitude probability distribution are discussed in the appendixes.
C63.12-1999
American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Limits--Recommended Practice
This recommended practice presents a rationale for developing limits and recommends sets of limits that are representative of current practice. These limits may be adjusted in particular applications as circumstances dictate.
C63.14-1992
American National Standard Dictionary for Technologies of Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC), Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP), and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
Terms associated with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), electromagnetic pulse (EMP), and electrostatic discharge (ESD) are defined. Quantities, units, multiplying factors, symbols, and abbreviations are covered.
C63.14-1998
American National Standard Dictionary for Technologies of Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC), Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) (Dictionary of EMC/EMP/ESD Terms and Definitions)
Terms associated with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), electromagnetic pulse (EMP), and electrostatic discharge (ESD) are defined. Quantities, units, multiplying factors, symbols, and abbreviations are covered.
C63.14-2009
American National Standard Dictionary of Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) including Electromagnetic Environmental Effects (E3)
Terms associated with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and electromagnetic environmental effects (E3) are defined in this standard, including electromagnetic pulse (EMP), and electrostatic discharge (ESD) terms. Quantities, units, multiplying factors, symbols, and abbreviations are covered.
C63.14-2014
American National Standard Dictionary of Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) including Electromagnetic Environmental Effects (E3)
Terms associated with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and electromagnetic environmental effects (E3) are defined including electromagnetic pulse (EMP) and electrostatic discharge (ESD) terms. Quantities, units, multiplying factors, symbols, and abbreviations are covered.
C63.15-2010
American National Standard Recommended Practice for the Immunity Measurement of Electrical and Electronic Equipment
This immunity measurement and measurement instrumentation specification document complements the recommended procedures for making emission measurements as specified in ANSI C63.4. The immunity methods are alternative methods that might be of use to manufacturers who want to ensure a reliable product and reduce customer complaints by adding some additional immunity into their products beyond that required by law or by correcting problems experienced in the field not related to regulatory requirements. This document generally covers the frequency range of 30 Hz to 10 GHz.
C63.16-1993
American National Standard Guide for Electrostatic Discharge Test Methodologies and Criteria for Electronic Equipment
Based upon ESD events on electronic equipment in actual-use environments, a process to establish ESD test criteria is provided. Test procedures for highly repeatable ESD immunity evaluation of tabletop and floor-standing equipment are described. Simulator characteristics for hand/metal and furniture ESD testing are specified both for air and contact discharge methods. Statistical criteria is given to determine the number of test trials required, based on the confidence factor desired and various pass/fail categories. This ANSI ESD guide has been harmonized with other international ESD standards except where other standards have technical approaches that would reduce equipment quality or result in degraded product operation.
C63.17-1998
American National Standard Methods of Measurement of the Electromagnetic and Operational Compatibility of Unlicensed Personal Communications Services (UPCS) Devices
Specific test procedures are established for verifying the compliance of unlicensed personal communications services (UPCS) devices with applicable regulatory requirements regarding radio-frequency (RF) emission levels and spectrum access procedures.
C63.17-2006
American National Standard Methods of Measurement of the Electromagnetic and Operational Compatibility of Unlicensed Personal Communications Services (UPCS) Devices
Specific test procedures are established for verifying the compliance of unlicensed personal communications services (UPCS) devices with applicable regulatory requirements regarding radio-frequency (RF) emission levels and spectrum access procedures.
C63.19-2001
American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Capability between Wireless Communication Devices and Hearing Aids
Uniform methods of measurement for compatibility between hearing aids and wireless communications devices are set forth in this standard.
C63.19-2006
Method of Measurement for Hearing Aid Compatibility with Wireless Communications
Revised by ANSI C63.19-2007. Uniform methods of measurement for compatibility between hearing aids and wireless communications devices are set forth.
C63.19-2007
American National Standard Methods of Measurement for Hearing Aid Compatibility with Wireless Communications
Uniform methods of measurement for compatibility between hearing aids and wireless communications devices are set forth.
C63.19-2011
American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Compatibility between Wireless Communications Devices and Hearing Aids
Available in PDF only. Uniform methods of measurement for compatibility between hearing aids and wireless communications devices are set forth.
C63.2-1980
American National Standard Specifications for Electromagnetic Noise and Field Strength Instrumentation, 10 kHz to 1 GHz
The increasing significance of electromagnetic compatibility considerations in the design and application of electrical and electronic equipment is directly related to the expanding sophistication of the functions performed by such equipment in industrial, civilian, and military activities. In order to enable the designer and user to be assured that equipment of concern to them will function in the intended application, it is necessary to control the electromagnetic environment adequately. The environment will vary from one application to another, as will the performance requirements. For this reason a variety of electromagnetic compatibility techniques and instruments are necessary. This specification describes requirements for instruments measuring quasi-peak, peak, rms and average values. To determine which of these need be included in any one instrument will depend upon the application.
C63.2-1987
American National Standard for Instrumentation - Electromagnetic Noise and Field Strength, 10kHz to 40 GHz - Specifications
Electromagnetic compatibility techniques and requirements for instruments measuring quasipeak, peak, rms, and average values for electrical and electronic equipment for various applications are provided.
C63.2-1996
American National Standard for Electromagnetic Noise and Field Strength Instrumentation, 10 Hz to 40 GHz - Specifications
Electromagnetic compatibility techniques for instruments measuring quasi-peak, peak, rms, and average values for electrical and electronic equipment for various applications are provided.
C63.2-2009
American National Standard for Electromagnetic Noise and Field Strength Instrumentation, 10 Hz to 40 GHz Specifications
Electromagnetic compatibility techniques and requirements for instruments measuring quasi-peak, peak, rms, and average values for electrical and electronic equipment for various applications are provided in this standard.
C63.2-2016
American National Standard for Specifications of Electromagnetic Interference and Field Strength Measuring Instrumentation in the Frequency Range 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Requirements for measuring instruments used for electromagnetic interference (EMI) measurements are provided, involving quasi-peak, peak, and average detection in the frequency range 9 kHz to 40 GHz.
C63.27-2017
American National Standard for Evaluation of Wireless Coexistence
An evaluation process and supporting test methods are provided in this standard to quantify the ability of a wireless device to coexist with other wireless services in its intended radio frequency (RF) environments.
C63.4-1981
American National Standard methods of measurement of radio-noise emissions from low-voltage electrical and electronic equipment in the range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz
This standard sets forth uniform methods of measurement of radio noise emitted from low voltage electrical and electronic equipment in the frequency range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz. Methods for the measurement of radiated and powerline conducted radio noise are covered and may be applied to any such equipment unless otherwise specified by individual equipment requirements. These methods apply to the measurement of individual components, units, or systems comprised of components and units. Additional methods may be added to this standard to fulfill future requirements as needed. Unless specifically called out, this standard is not intended for certification/approval of avionic equipment.
C63.4-1988
American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 10 kHz to 1GHz
Uniform methods of measurement of radio noise emitted from low-voltage electrical and electronic equipment, including digital and other information technology equipment, in the frequency range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz are set forth. Both unintentional and certain intentional radiators are included. Methods for the measurement of radiated and powerline conducted radio noise are covered and may be applied to any such equipment unless otherwise specified by individual equipment requirements.
C63.4-1991
American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
ANSI C63.4-1991, American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions From Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz, sets forth uniform methods of measurement of radio noise emitted from low-voltage electrical and electronic equipment, including digital and other information technology equipment (ITE), in the frequency range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz. Methods for the measurement of radiated and power-line-conducted radio noise are covered and may be applied to any such equipment unless otherwise specified by individual equipment requirements.
C63.4-1992
American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Uniform methods of measurement of radio noise emitted from low-voltage electrical and electronic equipment, including digital and other information technology equipment, in the frequency range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz are set forth. Both unintentional and certain intentional radiators are included. Methods for the measurement of radiated and powerline conducted radio noise are covered and may be applied to any such equipment unless otherwise specified by individual equipment requirements.
C63.4-2000
Interim Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
U.S. consensus standard methods, instrumentation, and facilities for measurement of radio-frequency (RF) signals and noise emitted from electrical and electronic devices in the frequency range 9 kHz to 40 GHz are specified. This standard does not include generic nor product-specific emission limits. Where possible, the specifications herein are harmonized with other national and international standards used for similar purposes.
C63.4-2001
American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
U.S. consensus standard methods, instrumentation, and facilities for measurement of radio-frequency (RF) signals and noise emitted from electrical and electronic devices in the frequency range 9 kHz to 40 GHz are specified. This standard does not include generic nor product-specific emission limits. Where possible, the specifications herein are harmonized with other national and international standards used for similar purposes.
C63.4-2003
IEEE Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emission from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
U.S. consensus standard methods, instrumentation, and facilities for measurement of radio-frequency (RF) signals and noise emitted from electrical and electronic devices in the frequency range 9 kHz to 40 GHz are specified. This standard does not include generic nor product-specific emission limits. Where possible, the specifications herein are harmonized with other national and international standards used for similar purposes.
C63.4-2009
American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
U.S. consensus standard methods, instrumentation, and facilities for measurement of radio-frequency (RF) signals and noise emitted from electrical and electronic devices in the frequency range 9 kHz to 40 GHz are specified. This standard does not include generic nor product-specific emission limits. Where possible, the specifications herein are harmonized with other national and international standards used for similar purposes.
C63.5-1998
American National Standard for Calibration of Antennas Used for Radiated Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Control Calibration of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz)
Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements of electromagnetic interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, broadband horns, etc., which are used in measurements governed by ANSI C63.4-1992. The methods include standard site (i.e., 3-antenna), reference antenna, equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standard held methods.
C63.5-1998
American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Radiated Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Control Calibration of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz)
Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements of electromagnetic interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, hybrid linearly polarized arrays, broadband horns, etc., which are used in measurements governed by ANSI C63.4-2001. The methods include standard site (i.e., 3-antenna), reference antenna, equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standard field methods.
C63.5-2004
American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Radiated Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Control Calibration of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz)
Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements of electromagnetic interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, hybrid linearly polarized arrays, broadband horns, etc., which are used in measurements governed by ANSI C63.4-2001. The methods include standard site (i.e. 3-antenna), reference antenna, equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standard field methods.
C63.6-1988
American National Standard Guide for electromagnetic compatibility--open-area test site measurements--guide for the computation of errors
The basis for the acceptability criterion of ±4 dB for the site attenuation measurements required in ANSI C63.4-1992 is provided.
C63.7-1988
American National Standard guide for construction of open area test sites for performing radiated emission measurements
This guide provides information that is useful in constructing an open area test site (OATS) used to perform radiated emission measurements in the frequency range 30-1000 MHz. The guidance herein is not mandatory. Adherence to the information, however, will be very helpful in not making obvious construction errors. Final validity of the test site can only be made by performing site attenuation measurements described in ANSI C63.4-1988 [1],1 paragraph 4.1.3.
C63.7-1992
American National Standard Guide for Construction of Open-Area Test Sites for Performing Radiated Emission Measurements
Information that is useful in constructing an open-area test site (OATS) used to perform radiated emission measurements in the frequency range of 30-1000 MHz is provided. Final validity of the test site can only be made by performing site attenuation measurements as described in ANSI C63.4-2003.
C63.7-1992
American National Standard Guide for Construction of Open-Area Test Sites for Performing Radiated Emission Measurements
Information that is useful in constructing an open-area test site (OATS) used to perform radiated emission measurements in the frequency range of 30-1000 MHz is provided. Final validity of the test site can only be made by performing site attenuation measurements as described in ANSI C63.4-1992.
C63.9-2008
American National Standard for RF Immunity of Audio Office Equipment to General Use Transmitting Devices with Transmitter Power Levels up to 8 Watts
This standard provides recommended test methods and limits for assuring the RF immunity of office equipment to general use transmitters with transmitter power up to 8 watts.
C92.2-1987
American National Standard for Power Systems - Alternating-Current Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal-Preferred Voltage Ratings
This standard supersedes ANSI C92.2-1981, Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal. Preferred maximum voltage ratings provide guidance in the development and design of these systems and equipment. Preferred nominal voltage ratings are included to provide consistent standard designations for electrical systems in the extra-high and ultra-high voltage classes. This standard includes preferred voltage ratings up to and including 1200 kV maximum system voltage, as defined in the standard. Above this value, additional research and development work is needed before standard voltage levels can be specified. It is expected that the next voltage level to be established will be as high as is technically and economically feasible at the time that it is introduced.
C95.1-1982
American National Standard safety levels with respect to human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic fields, 300 kHz to 100 GHz
Recommendations are made to prevent possible harmful effects in human beings exposed to electromagnetic fields in the frequency range from 300 kHz to 100 GHz. These recommendations are intended to apply to nonoccupational as well as to occupational exposures. These recommendations are not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of practitioners of the healing arts.
C95.1-1991
IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz
Recommendations are made to prevent harmful effects in human beings exposed to electromagnetic fields in the frequency range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz. The recommendations are intended to apply to exposures in controlled, as well as uncontrolled, environments. They are not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of practitioners of the healing arts. The recommendations at 300 GHz are compatible with existing recommendations on safe exposure in the infrared frequency range (starting at 300 GHz). A rationale that describes how the recommendations were arrived at, and the factors taken into account in formulating them, is included.
C95.1 Edition-1999
IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz
IEEE C95.1-1991 gives recommendations to prevent harmful effects in human beings exposed to electromagnetic fields in the frequency range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz. The recommendations are intended to apply to exposures in controlled, as well as uncontrolled, environments. They are not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients under the direction of practitioners of the healing arts. The induced and contact current limits of IEEE C95.1-1991 are modified in this edition. In addition, field strengths below which induced and contact currents do not have to be measured are specified, spatial averaging and measurement distance requirements are clarified, and more precise definitions for averaging volume and radiated power are provided.
C95.1a-1998
IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GH - Supplement
Gives recommendations to prevent harmful effects in human beings exposed to electromagnetic fields in the frequency range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz. The recommendations are intended to apply to exposures in controlled, as well as uncontrolled, environments. They are not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients under the direction of practitioners of the healing arts. The induced and contact current limits of IEEE C95.1, 1999 Edition are modified. In addition, field strengths below which induced and contact currents do not have to be measured are specified, spatial averaging and measurement distance requirements are clarified, and more precise definitions for averaging volume and radiated power are provided.
C95.2-1982
American National Standard Radio Frequency Radiation Hazard Warning Symbol
This standard provides preferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating current systems and equipment.
C95.3-1973
American National Standard Techniques and Instrumentation for the Measurement of Potentially Hazardous Electromagnetic Radiation at Microwave Frequencies
This standard sets forth evaluation techniques and instrumentation to determine the existence of a potentially hazardous situation due to electromagnetic radiation. The scope includes hazards to flammable volatile materials and explosive devices. Emphasis is on techniques suitable for measuring power density at microwave frequencies. These techniques are generally applicable only in the far field, but reasonably accurate measurements can be made whenever the following necessary conditions are satisfied. (1) The transmitting antenna and any scattering objects must be in the far field of the receiving antenna. (2) The receiving antenna must be at least several 'aperture diameters' removed from the transmitting antenna and any scattering objects. (3) The transmitting antenna and any sources of multipath scattering must be contained within the main beam of the receiving antenna. Thus, leakage measurements and measurements in the reactive near field are specifically excluded. However, measurements can be made in the radiating near field with a receiving antenna which is small compared to the source antenna if the three conditions above are satisfied.
C95.3-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Potentially Hazardous Electromagnetic Fields - RF and Microwave
Superseded by C95.3-1991. Establish specifications for techniques and instrumentation to used in evaluating radio-frequency hazards to mankind, flammable volatile materials, and explosive devices.
C95.5-1981
American National Standard Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Hazardous Electromagnetic Fields - RF and Microwave
Superseded; included in C95.3-1991. Techniques and instrumentation for the measurement of potentially hazardous electromagnetic fields are specified. The recommendations apply to hazards to personnel. However, the measurement techniques and instruments described are also applicable to the measurement of fields in the neighborhood of flammable materials and explosive devices, even though exposure standards for these situations have not been established.
IRE12.S1-1954
IRE Standards on Radio Aims to Navigation Definition of terms, 1954
IRE13.S1-1960
IRE Standards on Nuclear Techniques: Definitions for the Scintillation Counter Field, 1960
IRE17.S1-1955
IRE Standards on Radio Receivers:Method of Testing receivers Employing Ferrite Core Loop Antennas, 1955
The technique for introduction of a test signal into a loop antenna (see Standards on Radio Receivers--Methods of Testing Amplitude-Modulation Broadcast Receivers--1948, Section 4.01.03, for example) has long been employed with receivers using air core loop antennas. These antennas are normally of a more or less flat or pancake construction and, in general, lend themselves to the method described in the standard without ambiguity. When this method is extended to loop antennas wound on cores of high permeability in which the length-to-diameter ratio is high, it tends to break down. When the test loop and this type of antenna are coaxial, it is usually not feasible to assign a spacing between these two for calibration purposes. Moreover, the use of the induction field to simulate the actual radiation field received by the loop is a satisfactory procedure only if the loop is immersed in a reasonably uniform field. This is substantially the situation with flat air core loops using the aforementioned technique but is not approximated satisfactorily when the relatively long ferrite core loop antenna is employed. This present standard describes a modification of the existing techniques which allows for the measurement of a receiver employing a ferrite core loop antenna with the same precision as that obtained in the measurement of air-core loop antennas
IRE24.S1-1945
IRE Standards on Radio Wave Propagation Definitions of Terms Relating to Guided Waves 1945
These definitions of terms were originally submitted to the Institute with the other terms on radio wave propagation which were published in 1942. They represent an agreement among the principal workers in this field that was obtained under the sponsorship of the Radio Wave Propagation Committee during 1940. These terms were carefully reviewed by the Radio Wave Propagation Committee during numerous meetings, by the Symbols Committee under whose responsibility these definitions were assigned by the Standards Committee when it selected them from the 1942 standards on radio wave propagation and again by the Radio Wave Propagation Committee upon reassignment to it of responsibility for them, and finally by the Standards Committee. They remain substantially the same as they were in 1940. Published with the approval of the Board of Directors, the report embodies the Institute's official recommendations to its members and the industry at large. Suggestions and comments will be welcomed as an aid to committees preparing future reports. Correspondence should be addressed to The Institute of Radio Engineers
IRE24.S1-1950
IRE Standards on Wave Propagation:Definitions of Terms, 1950
IRE28.S2-1961
IRE Standards on Solid State Devices: Measurement of Minority Carrier Lifetime in Germanium and Silicon by the Method of Photo Conductive Decay
This standard describes a particular method for measuring carrier lifetime, namely, that of photoconductive decay. Lifetime (volume) is defined as: the average time interval between the generation and recombination of minority carriers in a homogeneous semiconductor. Numerous methods for measuring carrier lifetime have been described, but this present standard concerns itself with the technique which has gained most widespread use. Discussion of basic theory and reference to other techniques will be found in the review paper by Bemski. This standard concerns measurements on both germanium and silicon, and in particular, describes the analysis of nonexponential decays often found in the case of silicon measurements. The smallest lifetime measurable by this method is determined by the turnoff time of the light sources as described in Section 2.2.1. The maximum measurable lifetime is determined by the diffusion constant D and the sample dimensions. Detailed limits for both n- and p-type germanium and silicon are presented in Table I (see Appendix).
IRE30.RPI-1961
IRE Recommended Practice on Audio and Electro Acoustics Loudspeaker Measurements 1962
These Recommended Practices define terms associated with loudspeakers and their testing, recommend various methods of testing, and indicate preferred methods of presenting information regarding their characteristics. Specific information is presented in Sections 2-7. Discussions of a more qualitative nature are given in Sections 8 and 9. In these Practices, the tests recommended involve physical, steady-state measurements only. Work has been and is now being done on transient measurements of loudspeaker performance, but experience with these methods is still not sufficiently widespread to warrant their inclusion. While the physical data which can be obtained as detailed in Sections 4 - 9 , inclusive, are a helpful guide in designing and in selecting a loudspeaker for a certain purpose, they are not a complete guarantee that the subjective performance will be satisfactory. Wherever it is possible, the quality of reproduction should be checked by means of listening tests such as those described in the literature.
JS2-1962
AIEE/IRE Standards on Solid State Devices:Methods of Testing Junction Transistors for Large-Signal Applications
This standard describes and recommends methods of measurement of the important characteristics of junction transistors in large-signal applications. Examples of this type of usage include power amplifiers, pulse amplifiers, sinusoidal oscillators, multivibrator-type switches, current switches, and regenerative pulse generators. Large-signal modes of operation involve excursions of the operating point over large ranges of the device characteristics. Often, the operating point may move from a low-current cut-off region through an essentially linear active region, to a high-current saturation region. The transistor can be considered as a switch, being OFF in the low-current cut-off region and ON in the high-current saturation region. Transistors generally fall into two categories. a) Devices whose common-base short-circuit forwardcurrent transfer ratio hf 5 is greater than unity, and b) Devices whose common-base short-circuit forwardcurrent transfer ratio hf b is less than unity. Point-contact and four-region transistors, for example, generally fit into the first category and three-region junction transistors into the latter. Methods of testing pointcontact transistors for large-signal applications have been described in existing standards.1 This standard considers the methods of test for three-region junction transistors of category b.
JS4-1962
AIEE Joint Standards on Solid State Devices: Definitions of Terms for Optoelectronic Devices, 1962
N322-1977
American National Standard Inspection and Test Specifications for Direct and Indirect Reading Quartz Fiber Pocket Dosimeters
The procedures to be used by manufacturers in testing direct and indirect reading quartz fiber pocket dosimeters for measuring X-ray and gamma-ray exposure are defined. The standard covers equipment requirements, test requirements, inspection for workmanship, charging and reading, physical tests, tests of radiation response under standard and extreme environmental conditions, and energy dependence and geometrical considerations. The intent is to ensure that each dosimeter meets the requisite standards of performance and workmanship as specified in ANSI N13.5-1972, Performance Specifications for Direct Reading and Indirect Reading Pocket Dosimeters for X and Gamma Radiation, and conforms to the certification for that model provided to the user. The user is encouraged to perform certain of the inspections and tests at intervals considered appropriate for the specific applications.
N323-1978
American National Standard Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration
Calibration methods for portable (hand-carried) radiation protection instruments used for detection and measurement of levels of ionizing radiation fields or levels of radioactive surface contamination are established. Included are conditions, equipment, and techniques for calibration as well as the degree of precision and accuracy required. Alpha, beta, photon, and neutron radiation is considered. Passive integrating dosimetric devices such as film, thermoluminescent, and chemical dosimeters are not covered, although the basic principles and intent may apply to them as well as to non-portable radiation detection instrumentation in general.
N323A-1997
American National Standard Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration, Portable Survey Instruments
Specific requirements are established for portable radiation protection instruments used for detection and measurement of levels of ionizing radiation fields or levels of radioactive surface contamination.
N323B-2003
American National Standard for Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration, Portable Survey Instrumentation for Near Background Operation
Minimum performance requirements for portable radiation protection instruments used for detection and measurement of ionizing radiation fields or levels of radioactive surface contamination that are near background levels are established in this standard.
N42.12-1980
American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Sodium Iodide Detector Systems
Methods are established for performance testing, calibration, and use of sodium iodide detector systems for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides, assay for radioactivity, and the determination of gamma-ray energies. Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are covered. Three techniques are considered: total spectrum counting, which employs a system that counts all events above a low-energy threshold; single-channel analyzer counting, which employs a system with a counting window that establishes upper and lower energy boundaries; and multichannel analyzer counting, which employs a system utilizing multiple counting windows.
N42.13-1986
American National Standard Calibration and Usage of "Dose Calibrator" Ionization Chambers for the Assay of Radionuclides
A technique for the quantification of the activity of identified radionuclides, using any of a variety of ionization chambers currently available for this purpose, is presented. Application of the standard is limited to instruments that incorporate well-type ionization chambers as detectors. The method provides measurements that are accurate to within plus or minus 10% and reproducible to within plus or minus 5%. The standard is also intended to ensure continuing performance of the apparatus within these specifications.
N42.14-1978
American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Germanium Detectors for Measurement of Gamma-Ray Emission of Radionuclides
Methods for the calibration and use of germanium spectrometers for the measurement of gamma-ray energies and emission rates over the energy range from 59 keV to approximately 3000 keV, and for the calculation of source activities from these measurements, are established. Minimum requirements for automated peak finding are stated. Methods for measuring the full energy peak efficiency with calibrated sources are given. Performance tests that ascertain the proper functioning of the Ge spectrometer and evaluate the limitations of the algorithms used for locating and fitting single and multiple peaks are described. Methods for the measurement of, and the correction for pulse pileup are suggested. Techniques are recommended for the inspection of spectral-analysis results for large errors resulting from summing of cascade gamma rays in the detector. Suggestions are provided for the establishment of data libraries for radionuclide identification, decay corrections, and the conversion of gamma-ray rates to decay rates.
N42.14-1991
American National Standard Calibration and Use of Germanium Spectrometers for the Measurement of Gamma-Ray Emission Rates of Radionuclides
Methods for the calibration and use of germanium spectrometers for the measurement of gamma-ray energies and emission rates over the energy range from 59 keV to approximately 3000 keV and for the calculation of source activities from these measurements are established. Minimum requirements for automated peak finding are stated. Methods for measuring the full-energy peak efficiency with calibrated sources are given. Performance tests that ascertain the proper functioning of the Ge spectrometer and evaluate the limitations of the algorithms used for locating and fitting single and multiple peaks are described. Methods for the measurement of and the correction for pulse pileup are suggested. Techniques are recommended for the inspection of spectral-analysis results for large errors resulting from summing of cascade gamma rays in the detector. Suggestions are provided for the establishment of data libraries for radionuclide identification, decay corrections, and the conversion of gamma-ray rates to decay rates
N42.15-1980
American National Standard Performance Verification of Liquid-Scintillation Counting System
Superseded by N42.15-1990. The purpose of this standard is to provide the user with a means of verifying the performance of typical liquid-scintillation counting systems.
N42.15-1990
American National Standard for Performance Verification of Liquid-Scintillation Counting Systems
Provides designers and users with tests and procedures to assure that a liquid-scintillation counting system is producing reliable data. This standard does not cover the calculation of sample activity for quenched unknown samples, sample preparation, efficiency correlation, (quench correction) procedures, or identification of unknown radionuclides.
N42.16-1986
American National Standard Specifications for Sealed Radioactive Check Sources Used in Liquid-Scintillation Counters
Specifications are given for carbon 14, tritium, and background check sources in toluene-based scintillators. Use of these materials is sufficient to verify the stability of counting efficiency and background of liquid- scintillation counting systems as outlined in ANSI N42.15-1980. This standard specifies the solvent, the organic scintillator solutes, the purging gas, the radioactive material, and the container appropriate for preparation of check sources.
N42.17A-1989
American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation - Portable Instrumentation for Use in Normal Environmental Conditions
Minimum acceptable performance criteria for health physics instrumentation for use in ionizing radiation fields are established. Included are testing methods to establish the acceptability of each type of instrumentation. This standard does not specify which instruments or systems are required, nor does it consider the number of specific applications of such instruments.
N42.20-1995
ANSI Performance Criteria for Active Personnel Radiation Monitors
This standard provides performance and design criteria for monitors that are worn on the trunk of the body to measure the personal dose equivalent or the dose equivalent rate from external sources of ionizing radiation.
N42.32-2003
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Alarming Personal Radiation Detectors for Homeland Security
Performance specifications, design criteria, and testing methods are provided for the evaluation of radiation detection instruments that are pocket sized and carried on the body.
N42.33-2003
American National Standard for Portable Radiation Detection Instrumentation for Homeland Security
This standard describes design criteria, performance requirements and performance tests for portable radiation survey instruments
N42.34-2003
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Hand-held Instruments for the Detection and Identification of Radionuclides
This standard describes the performance requirements for hand-held radionuclide identifying instruments. The requirements stated are based on instruments used in support of efforts associated with the Department of Homeland Security.
N42.34-2015
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Handheld Instruments for the Detection and Identification of Radionuclides
Performance specifications and testing methods for the evaluation of handheld instruments (also known as radionuclide identification devices or RIDs) used for the detection and identification of radionuclides, which emit gamma rays and, in some cases, neutrons, are contained in this standard. The specifications for general, radiological, environmental, electromagnetic and mechanical performances are given and the corresponding testing methods are described. The documentation to be provided by the manufacturer is listed as part of the requirements. Normative and informative annexes that provide guidance for the implementation of this standard are also included.
N42.35-2004
American National Standard Evaluation and Performance of Radiation Detection Portal Monitors for Use in Homeland Security
This standard describes the performance requirements for portal monitor instruments. The requirements stated are based on instruments used in support of efforts associated with the United States Department of Homeland Security.
N42.37-2006
American National Standard for Training Requirements for Homeland Security Purposes Using Radiation Detection Instrumentation for Interdiction and Prevention
This standard describes training requirements for U.S. Homeland Security purposes using radiation detection instrumentation for interdiction and prevention.
N42.38-2015
American National Standard for Performance Criteria for Spectroscopy-Based Portal Monitors Used in Homeland Security
The performance requirements for spectroscopy-based portal monitors are described in this standard. The requirements stated are based on portal monitors used in support of efforts associated with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.
N42.38a-2018
American National Standard for Performance Criteria for Spectroscopy-Based Portal Monitors Used for Homeland Security - Amendment 1
Amendment 1 addresses an observation made by a user of the standard. The observation raised a concern that misunderstandings may occur due to the common use of "tn" for other calculations. To address the concern, "tn" was changed to "p". The value for the number of trials used in the standard remains the same.
N42.42-2012
American National Standard Data Format for Radiation Detectors Used for Homeland Security
The data format that shall be used for both required and optional data to be made available by radiation measurement instruments for homeland security applications is specified. The performance for these types of instruments is described in other standards; such as ANSI N42.32, ANSI N42.33, ANSI N42.34, ANSI N42.35, ANSI N42.38, ANSI N42.43, ANSI N42.48, ANSI N42.49A, and ANSI N42.53.
N42.43-2006
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Mobile and Transportable Radiation Monitors Used for Homeland Security
This standard specifies the operational and performance requirements for transportable and/or mobile radiation monitors used in U.S. Homeland Security applications. Transportable radiation monitors are designed to be transported to a location and used for a specific task or for a specified period of time and do not require permanent mounting platforms. Mobile monitors are those systems that are typically in operation on a platform that is in motion. This standard also addresses radiation detection systems that can be carried on a person such as backpack-type systems. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/browse/standards/get-program/page for details.
N42.43-2016
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Mobile and Transportable Radiation Monitors Used for Homeland Security
The operational and performance requirements for transportable and/or mobile radiation monitors used in homeland security applications are specified in this standard. Transportable radiation monitors are designed to be transported to a location and used for a specific task or for a specified period of time and do not require permanent mounting platforms. Mobile monitors are those monitors that are typically in operation on a platform that is in motion.(The PDF of this standard is available at no cost compliments of the Department of Homeland Security Domestic Nuclear Detection Office. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/browse/standards/get-program/page)
N42.45-2011
American National Standard for Evaluating the Image Quality of X-ray Computed Tomography (CT)Security-Screening Systems
Test methods and test articles for the evaluation of the image quality of CT security screening systems are provided. The quality of data for automated analysis is the primary concern. This standard does not address the system's ability to use its image data to automatically detect explosives or other threat materials, which is typically verified by an appropriate regulatory body.
N42.48-2008
American National Standard Performance Requirements for Spectroscopic Personal Radiation Detectors (SPRDs) for Homeland Security
Design and performance requirements, along with testing methods, for evaluating radiation detection instruments that are pocket-sized and worn on the body for the purpose of rapid detection and identification of radioactive materials are described in this standard.
N42.5-1965
American National Standard for Bases for GM Counter Tubes
This document contains two standards. ANSI N42.5 specifies bases for Geiger-Mueller counter tubes. ANSI N42.6 specifies interrelating mechanical and electrical properties so that quartz-fiber exposure meters may be used with any charger. Characteristics peculiar to these devices but not affecting the interrelationship between chargers and exposure meters are omitted.
N42.53-2013
American National Standard Performance Criteria for Backpack-Based Radiation-Detection Systems Used for Homeland Security
The operational and performance requirements for backpack-based radiation-detection systems (BRDs) used in homeland security applications are specified in this standard. BRDs are typically worn by the user during operation to detect and possibly identify radiological and nuclear material. (In partnership with the Department of Homeland Security Domestic Nuclear Detection Office, the PDF of this standard is provided to the public at no charge. Visit https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/browse/standards/get-program/page for more details)
NEC-2008
National Electrical Code Softbound 2008 Edition (NFPA 70) (NEC 2008)
Revisions in the 2008 NFPA 70: National Electrical Code boost public safety, emergency preparedness, Code usability, and worker protection
NESC
2017 National Electrical Safety Code(R)(NESC) and Premier Handbook Set
The 2017 National Electrical Safety Code(R)(NESC) and Premier Handbook Set consists of 2017 NESC and the 2017 NESC Primer Handbook Edition. •2017 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC(R)): This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. The 2017 NESC Handbook, Premier Edition, is an essential companion to the Code. This handbook includes text directly from Code which provides users an easy reference back to the code, ruling-by-ruling. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training
NESC HBK
National Electrical Safety Code Handbook (NESC), Sixth Edition
The 2007 NESC Handbook, Sixth Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has interpreted the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 85 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in the past. The Handbook looks at how the 2007 Code, with its many additions and revisions, differs from the 2002 version and what this means for users. The 2007 Code includes changes in a great many areas, including: - Rounding numbers found in the rules - Metal grounding poles - Starting voltages and clearances - Grounding and insulation for guys - Clearances between transmission lines - Multiplex cable attachment to neutral brackets - Loading due to freezing rain and wind - Fiber-reinforced polymer elements - Worker loads - Equipment bonding - Arc exposure analysis - Antenna radiation exposure limits The 2007 edition also contains new appendices on loading and conductor movement, extreme wind loading, and maximum over-voltage at a work site.
NESC HBK
2017 NESC(R) Handbook, Eighth Edition
The 2017 NESC ® Handbook, Eight Edition, a Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code(R), is an essential companion to the Code. This handbook includes text directly from Code which provides users an easy reference back to the code, ruling-by-ruling. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC(R)s rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has developed the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 100 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in the past. These are key points from the 2017 Handbook Edition: - Revising the purpose rule to include only the safeguarding of persons and utility facilities and clarifying the application - Deleting unused definitions and adding definitions for communication and supply space. - Revising the substation impenetrable fence requirements. - Adding an exception to exempt underground cable grounding requirements from the 4 grounds in each mile rule under certain conditions. - Revising and reorganizing the guy insulator placement rules along with eliminating the voltage transfer requirements associated with them. - Requiring a 40" vertical clearance from communication cables in the communication space if a luminaire is not effectively grounded. - Deleting the conductance requirement for underground insulating jacketed grounded neutral supply cables and revising the grounding and bonding rules for supply and communication cables in random separation installations. - Revising and reorganizing the Grades of Construction Table 242-1 that will now include service drops. - Revising the strength rules to require that all conductors be considered for damage due to Aeolian vibration. - Revising the rules in Part 4 to align with changes made to 29 CFR by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
NESC HBK-2012
National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Handbook, Seventh Edition
The 2012 NESC(R) Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has interpreted the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 90 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in the past. The Seventh Edition includes provisions for loading on warm island utility installations located between 25 degrees North and 25 degrees South latitudes and revised minimum approach distance requirements based upon recent research.
NESC HBK-2017
2017 NESC(R) Handbook, Premier Edition
The 2017 NESC(R) Handbook, Premier Edition, is an essential companion to the Code. This handbook includes text directly from Code which provides users an easy reference back to the code, ruling-by-ruling. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has developed the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 100 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in the past. The Premier Edition includes:-Revising the purpose rule to include only the safeguarding of persons and utility facilities and clarifying the application rules. -Deleting unused definitions and adding definitions for communication and supply space. -Revising the substation impenetrable fence requirements. -Adding an exception to exempt underground cable grounding requirements from the 4 grounds in each mile rule under certain conditions. -Revising and reorganizing the guy insulator placement rules along with eliminating the voltage transfer requirements associated with them. -Requiring a 40" vertical clearance from communication cables in the communication space if a luminaire is not effectively grounded. -Deleting the conductance requirement for underground insulating jacketed grounded neutral supply cables and revising the grounding and bonding rules for supply and communication cables in random separation installations. -Revising and reorganizing the Grades of Construction Table 242-1 that will now include service drops. -Revising the strength rules to require that all conductors be considered for damage due to Aeolian vibration. -Revising the rules in Part 4 to align with changes made to 29 CFR by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
NFPA 70-2005
National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition
Up-to-date with the latest electrical innovations, advanced techniques, and proven practices, the 2005 National Electrical Code is the vital link between electrical equipment and safe installation and use by consumers. (Softbound version).
NFPA 70E Handbook
Handbook for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2009 Edition (NFPA 70E)
Organized to bring you life-saving answers on the spot, the 2009 NFPA 70E Handbook starts out with a quick guide to Handbook use on the inside covers. Then, every page is loaded with the clear explanations and rationale you need to apply NFPA 70E and avoid OSHA violations
SI 10-1997
IEEE/ASTM Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric System
Guidance for the use of the modern metric system is given. Known as the International System of Units (abbreviated SI), the system is intended as a basis for worldwide standardization of measurement units. Information is included on SI, a list of units recognized for use with SI, and a list of conversion factors, together with general guidance on proper style and usage.
Test Suite Specification: Synchrophasor
IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification and Standards - Plus
This bundle includes the IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification,IEEE C37.111-2013(TM),IEEE C37.118.1(TM)-2011, IEEE C37.118.1a(TM)-2014, IEEE C37.118.2(TM)-2011, IEEE C37.233(TM)-2009, IEEE C37.242(TM)-2013 and IEEE C37.244(TM)-2013.The test suite specification (TSS) provides organizations that are testing phasor measurement unit (PMU) performance with a suite of unambiguous test plans. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/go/synchrophasor-subscriptions.
Test Suite Specification: Synchrophasor
IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification
The test suite specification (TSS) provides organizations that are testing phasor measurement unit (PMU) performance with a suite of unambiguous test plans. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/go/synchrophasor-subscriptions.
Test Suite Specification: Synchrophasor
IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification and Standards - Basic
This bundle includes: IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification, IEEE C37.118.1(TM)-2011, IEEE C37.118.1a(TM)-2014 and IEEE C37.118.2(TM)-2011.The test suite specification (TSS) provides organizations that are testing phasor measurement unit (PMU) performance with a suite of unambiguous test plans. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/go/synchrophasor-subscriptions.
Test Suite Specification: Synchrophasor
IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification and Standards - Basic (Version 2)
This bundle includes: IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification - Version 2, IEEE C37.118.1(TM)-2011, IEEE C37.118.1a(TM)-2014 and IEEE C37.118.2(TM)-2011.The test suite specification (TSS) provides organizations that are testing phasor measurement unit (PMU) performance with a suite of unambiguous test plans. (For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/go/synchrophasor-subscriptions.)
Test Suite Specification: Synchrophasor
IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification and Standards - Plus (Version 2)
This plus bundle includes the IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification-Verson 2, IEEE C37.111-2013(TM),IEEE C37.118.1(TM)-2011, IEEE C37.118.1a(TM)-2014, IEEE C37.118.2(TM)-2011, IEEE C37.233(TM)-2009, IEEE C37.242(TM)-2013 and IEEE C37.244(TM)-2013.The test suite specification (TSS) provides organizations that are testing phasor measurement unit (PMU) performance with a suite of unambiguous test plans. For Corporate or Institutional Access, request a custom quote for your organization at www.ieee.org/go/synchrophasor-subscriptions.
Test Suite Specification: Synchrophasor
IEEE Synchrophasor Measurement Test Suite Specification--Version 2
THIS PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONTINUED
Y32.2-1962
ASA American Standard Graphical Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams
These standards have been removed from active status through a ballot where the standard is made inactive as a consensus decision of a balloting group.
100-2000
The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms, Seventh Edition
The terms defined in the Dictionary are listed in letter-by-letter alphabetical order. Spaces are ignored in this style of alphabetization, so cable value will come before cab signal. Descriptive categories associated with the term in earlier editions of the Dictionary will follow the term in parentheses. New categories appear after the definitions (see Categories, below), followed by the designation of the standard or standards that include the definition. If a standard designation is followed by the letter s, it means that edition of the standard was superseded by a newer revision and the term was not included in the revision. If a designation is followed by the letter w, it means that edition of the standard was withdrawn and not replaced by a revision. A bracketed number refers to the non-IEEE standard sources given in the back of the book. Abstracts of the current set of approved IEEE standards are provided in the back of the book. It should be noted that updated information about IEEE standards can be obtained at any time from the IEEE Standards World Wide Web site at http://standards.ieee.org/.
1000-1987
IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Backplane Interface: STEbus
Methods are established for performance testing, calibration, and use of sodium iodide detector systems for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides, assay for radioactivity, and the determination of gamma-ray energies. Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are covered. Three techniques are considered: total spectrum counting, which employs a system that counts all events above a low-energy threshold; single-channel analyzer counting, which employs a system with a counting window that establishes upper and lower energy boundaries; and multichannel analyzer counting, which employs a system utilizing multiple counting windows.
1001-1988
IEEE Guide for Interfacing Dispersed Storage and Generation Facilities with Electric Utility Systems
The purpose of this IEEE guide is to alert electric utilities, manufacturers of dispersed storage and generation (DSG) equipment, consultants, contractors and DSG owners, and operators to the engineering concerns inherent in operating dispersed generators in parallel with utility systems; to describe proper interface construction techniques and operating procedures for those generators; to emphasize safety aspects involved; and to call attention to possible DSG impact on utility customers.
1002-1987
IEEE Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards
The form and content of a software engineering standards taxonomy is described. Applicability is not restricted by software application, size, complexity, critically, or hardware environment. The taxonomy applies to standards (from the related disciplines of engineering management, systems engineering, computer hardware engineering, computer science, and information science) with which a software engineer would be reasonably acquainted and is application independent. The various types of software engineering standards, their functional and external relationships, and the role of various functions participating in the software life cycle are described. The taxonomy can be used in planning the development or evaluation of standards for an organization and could serve as a basis for classifying a set of standards or for organizing a standards manual.
1003.0-1995
IEEE Guide to the POSIX Open System Environment (OSE)
This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress. Gaps are identified where POSIX¨ Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally, the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains.
1003.1, 2004 Edition
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) - Base Definitions
This 2004 Edition includes IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002 and IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 2-2004 incorporated into IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (the base document). The two Corrigenda address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. These changes are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the base documents that were incorporated into IEEE Std 1003.1-2001, which is the single common revision to IEEE Std 1003.1(TM)-1996, IEEE Std 1003.2(TM)-1992, ISO/IEC 9945-1: 1996, ISO/IEC 9945-2: 1993, and the Base Specifications of The Open Group Single UNIX® Specification, Version 2. This standard defines a standard operating system interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or "shell"), and common utility programs to support applications portability at the source code level. This standard is intended to be used by both applications developers and system implementors and comprises four major components (each in an associated volume)
1003.10-1995
IEEE Standard for Information Technology POSIX(TM)-Based Supercomputing Application Environment Profile™
This standard is related to the POSIX¨ series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It specifies the set of standards and the requirements needed for portability of supercomputing applications, users, and system administrators.
1003.11
POSIX based Transaction Processing Applications Environment Profile
1003.23-1998
IEEE Guide for Developing User Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles
This guide presents an overview of User Organization Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles and their application. It is intended to assist users, planners, and implementers in developing User Organization OSE Profiles that address the operational requirements of the organization; related information technology services; and the standards, standards options, and interim solutions that will meet those requirements. The guide also includes conformance testing and transition planning considerations as well as examples of user organization OSE profiles.
1003.3-1991
IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard defines the general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards. This standard is aimed primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX test methods.
1003.5/INT-1994
IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992
The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology-POSIX Ada Language Interfaces-Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
1003.9-1992
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - POSIX(TM) FORTRAN 77 Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
This standard provides a standardized interface for accessing the system services of ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, also known as POSIX.1), and support routines to access constructs not directly accessible with FORTRAN 77. This standard supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ANSI X3.9-1978 and POSIX.1, and a standardized definition of language-specific services. The goal is to provide standardized interfaces to the POSIX.1 system services via a FORTRAN 77 language interface. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, the FORTRAN 77 language library, and system databases are covered.
10038-1993
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard for Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges
An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) below the level of the MAC Service, which is transparent to logical link control (LLC) and higher layer protocols, is defined. Transparent Bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) LANs and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs is included. The operation and management of the connecting Bridges is specified. A Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol ensures a loop-free topology and provides redundancy. The Bridging method is not particular to any MAC Type; criteria for additional MAC-specific Bridging methods are defined. Source-Routing Transparent (SRT) Bridges are defined in an annex, and the protocols for the operation of source routing in an SRT Bridge are specified.
1004-1987
IEEE Standard Definitions of Planar Transmission Lines
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. It has been recognized that a standard was needed for planar transmission lines, which are an important transmission medium in hybrid and monolithic circuits. The purpose of this standard is to provide a uniform basis of understanding, communication, and definition to benefit those engaged in the use and design of planar transmission lines. The standard provides definitions of the planar transmission line configurations and also their physical and electrical characteristics.
1005-1998
IEEE Standard for Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Floating Gate Memory Arrays
This standard describes the underlying physics and the operation of floating gate memory arrays, specifically, UV erasable EPROM, byte rewritable E 2 PROMs, and block rewritable flash EEPROMs. In addition, reliability hazards are covered with focus on retention, endurance, and disturb. There are also clauses on the issues of testing floating gate arrays and their hardness to ionizing radiation.
1007-1991
IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Pulse-Code Modulation (PCM) Telecommunications Circuits and Systems
Test equipment requirements and methods for testing the transmission characteristics of PCM telecommunications equipment, circuits, and systems are set forth. The requirements are intended for certification, installation, pre-service, out-of-service operational, and in-service operational tests of the PCM transmission facilities. The PCM equipment that may be tested includes primary multiplex equipment containing analog-digital conversion devices, digital multiplex equipment, digital links, and digital sections. This standard is limited to testing at the analog interfaces of the primary multiplex equipment and the digital interfaces at DS1, DS1C, DS2, and DS3 levels of the North American digital hierarchy. Synchronous multiplex equipment and equipment offering other than 64 kb/s coded voiceband channels are not covered in this standard, nor is signaling parameter measurement.
1014.1-1994
IEEE Standard for a Futurebus+(R)/VME64 Bridge
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. The logical protocol layer for bridging between a Futurebus+ system and a VME64 system in a tightly coupled fashion is defined. Transferring of both data and events is specified. The physical layer is not defined in this standard. Implementors are free to define and use the Bridge in the manner that best fits the application for optimum performance, functionality, and cost trade-offs. The Bridge provides for software transparency such that, at the application level, software is not aware of accesses that reach across a Bridge into the modules of another bus.
1017-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1985 Procedures and test-voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V and is intended only for this special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test results.
1018-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation
In this standard minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor, and is rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 284 °F. Conductors, insulation, barrier (optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered.
1019-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation
Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (ESP) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket and armor. The recommendations apply to cables rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 205 degrees Fahrenheit or below 14 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, assembly, jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity ratings are covered.
101A-1974
IEEE Simplified Method for Calculation of the Regression Line (Appendix to IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Thermal Life Test Data, IEEE Std 101-1972)
1021-1988
IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interconnection of Small Wind Energy Conversion Systems
Withdrawn standard. Guidelines and operating procedures necessary to connect and operate a small wind energy conversion system (SWECS) user, owner, or installer with interface in parallel with an electric utility system are provided for the user, owner, or installer of the SWECS. The interface between the wind system and the utility and the factors relating to equipment protection, power quality, and the safety of operating personnel and the general public are addressed. Installation approval procedures are covered.
1024-1988
IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Distribution Composite Insulators (Suspension Type)
The IEEE recommended practice covers distribution suspension type composite insulators made from a core, weather-sheds, and metal end fittings that are used in the distribution of electric energy. The recommendation contains several design tests that are unique to composite insulators. Section 8.1 makes reference to tests on the materials used in the construction of the insulators and Section 8.2 contains a test for mechanical load carrying capability under power arc.
1026-1995
IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Methods for Determination of Compatibility of Materials With Conductive Polymeric Insulation Shields and Jackets
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. A test method is provided to qualify various essentially non-volatile, highly viscous fluids or solid materials at 90 degree C, for use with high-voltage cable shields and jackets. A suggested alternative test method for more fluid and more volatile materials is also provided.
1029.1-1998
IEEE Standard For VHDL Waveform and Vector Exchange (Waves) to Support Design and Test Verification
Administratively withdrawn in January 2004. (Revision of IEEE Std 1029.1-1991) This standard is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the development of electronic systems. Because it is both machine-readable and human-readable, it supports the verification and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design and test verification data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware systems. This standard provides the syntactic and semantic framework for the unambiguous expression and aggregation of digital test data and timing information necessary to completely describe a test or set of tests for a digital system. WAVES digital test data (stimulus and expected responses) is described at the logic level. Voltage and current values are not described by WAVES and are beyond the scope of this standard.
1030-1987
IEEE Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part 1 - Steady State Performance
This guide provides general guidance on the steady-state performance requirements of high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) systems. It concerns the steady-state performance of two terminal HVDC systems utilizing 12-pulse converter units consisting of three-phase bridge (double way) connections.
1033-1985
IEEE Recommended Practice for Application of IEEE Std 828 to Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document provides the recommended practice for application of ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, to nuclear power generating stations.
1035-1989
IEEE Recommended Practice: Test Procedure for Utility-Interconnected Static Power Converters
A test procedure that applies to single- and three-phase units rated from 1 kW to 500 kW and may also be applied in principle to larger units is given. The objective is the measurement of electrical parameters at the ac terminals of the power converter. The procedure may serve as a basis for factory or acceptance testing. It focuses on equipment that lends itself to mass production and is readily interconnected to an electric utility, rather than on equipment subject to site-specific design and testing. Test results may be used in evaluating or comparing different types of static power converters. Only equipment with the primary function of delivering electric energy to circuits interconnected with the electric utility is covered by this procedure.
1037-1992
IEEE Standard Terms and Definitions for Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Devices
Terms and their definitions for surface acoustic wave devices are provided. The terms and definitions are given in the following categories: wave-related terms, transducer-related terms, and device-related terms.
1042-1987
IEEE Guide to Software Configuration Management
The application of configuration management (CM) disciplines to the management of software engineering projects is described. For those planning software configuration management (SCM) activities, this guide provides insight into the various factors that must be considered. For users implementing SCM disciplines, suggestions and detailed examples of plans are provided. An interpretation is given of how ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, can be used for planning the management of different kinds of computer program development and maintenance activities.
1044.1-1995
IEEE Guide to Classification for Software Anomalies
Administratively withdrawn This guide provides supporting information to assist users applying the IEEE Std 1044-1993, IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies to decide whether to conform completely or just extract ideas from that standard. This guide will enable users of IEEE Std 1044-1993 to implement and customize IEEE Std 1044-1993 for their organization in an effective and efficient manner.
1046-1991
IEEE Application Guide for Distributed Digital Control and Monitoring for Power Plants
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Alternate approaches to applying a digital control system, for both new construction and existing plant modernization projects, are described, and their advantages and disadvantages are compared. Criteria to be used to judge the suitability of commercially available systems for use in the power generation industry are provided. Terminology is defined, and the objectives of distributed control and monitoring systems are described. The following system application issues are addressed: integrated versus segregated systems functional and geographic distribution, hierarchical architecture and automation, control and protection functions, input/output systems, environmental considerations, and documentation. The data communications structure and the functions that support it are considered. Data acquisition and monitoring (the man/machine interfaces) are discussed. Reliability, availability, and fault tolerance of distributed control and monitoring systems are addressed.
1051-1988
IEEE Recommended Practice for Parameters to Characterize Digital Loop Performance
The purpose of this recommended practice is to suggest a set of transmission performance parameters to be used in the development of standards for low bit-rate digital channels between the user's location and an appropriate test point at the serving office. This recommended practice suggests a set of performance parameters for digital loop transmission between the user location and the serving office. In the case of ISDN the user location is defined as the T-reference point, or the U-reference point. In the case of non-ISDN, the user location is defined as the point in the transmission circuit analogous to the ISDN-defined T or U reference point. This recommended practice is limited to user information bit rates of 200 kb/s or lower.
1057-1989
IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders
"The purpose of this trial-use standard is to provide common terminology and test methods for describing the performance of waveform recorders. Since these devices give only digital answers that are intended to be sent to a computer for analysis, a highly analytical approach has been taken, perhaps more than other instrumentation standards committees. Instruments covered by this trial-use standard are electronic digitizing waveform recorders, waveform analyzers, and digitizing oscilloscopes with digital outputs. This trial-use standard is directed toward, but not restricted to, general-purpose waveform recorders and analyzers. Special applications may require additional manufacturer information and verification tests."
1059-1993
IEEE Guide for Software Verification and Validation Plans
Guidance in preparing Software Verification and Validation Plans (SVVPs) that comply with IEEE Std 1012-1986 are provided. IEEE Std 1012-1986 specifies the required content for an SVVP. This guide recommends approaches to Verification and Validation (V & V) planning. This guide does not present requirements beyond those stated in IEEE Std 1012-1986.
106-1972
IEEE Standard Test procedure for Test Procedure for Toroidal Magnetic Amplifier Cores (Including Core Material Data)
1064-1991
IEEE Guide for Multifactor Stress Functional Testing of Electrical Insulation Systems
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A guide for developing test procedures for the functional testing of insulation systems used in long-life electrical equipment exposed to more than one factor of influence in service is presented. Included are descriptions of technical problems and practical possibilities that may be helpful either for guidance or as a check list. A sequence of action is recommended, and details of the procedures required for the specification of such tests are provided. The emphasis is on realistically modeling service aging in functional tests and making the tests as simple and practical as possible. Mechanisms of interaction between the factors influencing aging are reviewed.
1069-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Precipitator and Baghouse Hopper Heating Systems
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Recommendations on hopper heating system performance and equipment requirements necessary to provide an economical and effective hopper heating system are presented. System characteristics are described, and heat transfer analysis is covered. Heating module design considerations are presented. Control, monitoring, and alarm systems are discussed. Insulation, installation, operation, and maintenance are addressed.
107-1964
IEEE Standard for Rating and Testing Magnetic Amplifiers
This Standard is intended as a guide for the industry in the determination and presentation of test data and ratings of magnetic amplifiers. While these Standards are intended mainly for self-saturating linear and/or bistable magnetic amplifiers, appropriate items may be applied to simple saturable reactor circuits. It is not the intent of this Standard to require a certain fixed number of ratings or tests for the complete specification of a particular amplifier; rather it is the intent to standardize the most common ratings and tests so that when they are applied by the equipment manufacturer or by the user, the significance of the rating or test will always be the same.
1070-1995
IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components
A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components used by electric utilities is provided.
1073.3.1-1994
IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - Connection Mode
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. A local area network (LAN) for the interconnection of computers and medical devices is defined by the specifications and guidelines set forth in this standard. The functions, features, and protocols of the intra-room communications subnet of a bedside communications network known as the Medical Information Bus (MIB) are defined. This communications subnet is the functional equivalent for the MIB of the Transport, Network, Data Link, and Physical layers of the Organization for International Standards (ISO) Reference Model for Open Systems Interconnection (OSI). This standard defines the services and protocols for the MIB Transport, Network, and Data Link layers.
1073.3.1-2001
ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications--Transport Profile--Connection Mode
1073.3.1a-2001
ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1/Amd. 1, Standard for Medical Device Communications--Transport Profile--Connection Mode--Amendment 1: Corrections and Clarifications
1073.4.1-1994
IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. A physical interface for the interconnection of computers and medical devices in the 1073 family of standards is defined. This interface is intended to be highly robust in an environment where devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from the network. The physical and electrical characteristics of the connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information between cable-connected medical devices and host computer systems are specified.
1073.4.1-2001
ISO/IEEE 11073-4-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications--Physical Layer Interface--Cable Connected
1073.4.1a-1999
IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected - Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications
This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. A physical interface for the interconnection of computers and medical devices in the IEEE 1073 family of standards is defined. This interface is intended to be highly robust in an environment where devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from the network. The physical and electrical characteristics of the connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information between cable-connected medical devices and host computer systems are specified.
1074.1-1995
IEEE Guide for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Selected topics covered in IEEE Std 1074-1995, IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes, are addressed in this guide. The guide provides assistance with Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) selection, Activity mapping, and management of a software Life Cycle (SLC).
1076-CONC-1990
1076-CONC-1990 The Sense of VASG
For the benefit of individuals using IEEE Standards, this document contains carefully considered opinions, rationales, and conclusions, arrived at by experts in the field, many of whom were part of the original standards-writing group. Committee Conclusions are not developed or processed in accordance with the IEEE Standards Manual, and should not be construed as official Interpretations.
108-1955
IEEE Trial Use Proposed Recommended Guide for Specification of ELECTRONIC VOLTMETERS
1084-1986
IEEE Standard Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology
This dictionary defines terms in the field of Mathematics of Computing. Topics covered include Boolean algebra, number systems, computer arithmetic, complementation, shifts, arithmetic errors, error detection and correction, number conversions, numeric codes, mathematical notation, and basic mathematics
10857-1994
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information Technology -- Microprocessor Systems -- Futurebus+(R) - Logical Protocol specification
This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+ architecture with performance and cost scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this specification is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along with compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is provided by either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus allocation rules are provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based) configurations. Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible transmission methods: a) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broad call, and transfer intervention (the minimum requirement for all Futurebus+ systems), and b) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol supporting only block transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance. Futurebus+ takes its name from its goal of being capable of the highest possible transfer rate consistent with the technology available at the time modules are designed, while ensuring compatibility with all modules designed to this standard both before and after. The plus sign (+) refers to the extensible nature of the specification, and the hooks provided to allow further evolution to meet unanticipated needs of specific application architectures. It is intended that this International Standard be used as a key component of an approved IEEE Futurebus+ profile.
10861-1994
ISO/IEC International Standard for Information Technology- Microprocessor Systems- High-Performance Synchronous 32-Bit Bus: Multibus II
The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high-performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple processor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state-of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective, high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry are provided for messages. The message-passing design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance–32 to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered.
1094-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Design and Operation of Windfarm Generating Stations
Design information and procedures for the interconnection of multiple wind turbines (a windfarm generating station) with an electrical utility are presented. Issues relating to the interface with the utility and the electrical system between the utility and the individual wind turbines (an intraplant electrical system) are addressed. Recommended practices for monitoring systems, protection systems, and safe operations for personnel and equipment are provided. The aim is to facilitate sound and economic engineering design and safe operations of a windfarm generating station.
1096-1988
IEEE Standard for a Multiplexed High-Performance Bus Structure: VSB
Withdrawn Standard. Specifications for the subsystem bus of the IEC 821 BUS, referred to as the VSB, are set forth. VSB is a local subsystem extension bus that allows a processor board to access additional memory and I/O over a local bus, removing traffic from the global bus and improving the total throughput of the system. The objectives are: to improve the performance of multiprocessor systems by allowing the design of local subsystems; to specify the electrical characteristics required to design boards that will reliably transfer data over the VSB; to specify the mechanical requirements to be compatible with VSB systems; to specify protocols that precisely define the interaction between the VSB and devices interfaced to it; and to provide terminology and definitions that describe VSB protocols.
1101-1987
IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microprocessors
The standard covers three areas: the basic dimensions of subracks, this range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 297-3-1984, for mounting in equipment according to IEC 297-1-1986, and ANSI/EIA RS-310, together with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes; the dimensions of plug-in units and connectors, this standard gives the dimensions of associated plug-in units and connectors standardized by IEC 603-2-1980, together with applicable detail dimensions of the subrack; and the environmental requirements of subracks, this standard states environmental requirements of subracks and their associated plug-in units. The purpose of the standard is the specification of dimensions that will ensure the mechanical interchangeability and environmental requirements of subracks and of plug-in units.
1101.3-1993
IEEE Mechanical Standard for Conduction-Cooled and Air-Cooled 10 SU Modules
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The mechanical design requirements for conduction-cooled and air-cooled modules of the 10SU by 6.375 in (161.9 mm) format are established. The specification of dimensions and tolerances is intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of modules within associated subracks. The basic dimension, frames, PWBs, materials, assembly, and chassis interface of single-sided and double-sided modules are covered.
1101.4-1993
IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form Factor
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The mechanical design requirements for a military module, format E form factor are established. The specifications of dimensions and tolerances are intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of military modules within associated subracks. Mechanical characteristics for military applications are also included.
1101.7-1995
IEEE Standard for Space Applications Module, Extended Height Format E Form Factor
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. The design requirements for a module designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged, conductively cooled environments are established in this standard. The requirements herein serve to specify the mechanical design of the module. Dimensions and tolerances for racks, modules, printed wiring boards, backplanes, and other connector-related dimensions that are specific to the use of 300-pin and 396-pin connectors are given. These dimensions and tolerances are designed to ensure mechanical function and interoperability.
1107-1996
IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Random-Wound Stator Coils
A test procedure for comparing expected life, at rated temperature, of two or more sealed insulation systems is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using random-wound stator coils. It is the intent of this procedure to evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe environmental conditions where the insulation is exposed to conducting contaminants. It does not cover special requirements such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, or to submersion in liquids.
1109-1990
IEEE Guide for the Interconnection of User-Owned Substations to Electric Utilities
IEEE Std 1109-1990, IEEE Guide for the Interconnection of User-Owned Substations to Electric Utilities, provides a checklist and selected guidance, for persons not normally practicing in this specialized field, of major technical design areas that should be considered when interconnecting user-owned and utility-owned facilities at substations. Only medium- and high-voltage purchased-power interconnections are addressed. This guide does not discuss the considerable implications of interactive power systems design and operation, nor does it present criteria or directions for the design of substations.
1118.1-1990
IEEE Standard for Microcontroller System Serial Control Bus
A serial control bus for interdevice/intrabuilding as well as intrasite interconnection of microcontrollers is described. The bus, which is defined for (but not limited to) micro-controllers and devices with limited re-programmability, provides a multidrop bit-serial communication protocol that will allow the interconnection of distributed Independently manufactured devices. The protocol is optimized for instrumentation, distributed data acquisition systems, control devices, and test and measurement. Specifications for a common architecture, generic bus services, system management, data link, and several physical media are provided. The serial control bus expands upon BITBUS without making existing devices obsolete. System reliability has been enhanced by the addition of a system management layer, and generic bus services have been expanded.
1129-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring and Instrumentation of Turbine Generators
A basic philosophy and guidelines are established for the design and implementation of monitoring systems for cylindrical-rotor, synchronous turbine generators. Monitoring systems are used to display the status of the generator and auxiliary systems while these systems are operating on line. The basic information needed to choose monitoring schemes best suited for each application is provided. This standard does not specify actual equipment or instrumentation, but it does indicate some critical areas where it is important to provide monitoring capability
113-1985
IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Direct-Current Machines
Recommendations are made for conducting and reporting generally acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of conventional DC machines. Two categories of tests are provided: tests of dc motors and generators designed for essentially ripple-free operation, and tests of DC motors designed for use with rectifier power supplies. Electrical measurements and power sources for all test procedures are described. Preliminary tests, performance tests, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
1131-1987
IEEE Standard Cryostat End-Cap Dimensions for Germanium Semiconductor Gamma-Ray Spectrometers
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard establishes fixed dimensions for end-caps in the interests of interchangeability of cryostats from various manufacturers. Seven standard diameters and five minimum lengths are specified for the cylindrical surface separating the environment from the vacuum enclosure around the Ge crystal.
1133-1988
IEEE Application Guide for Evaluating Nonceramic Materials for High-Voltage Outdoor Applications
This Guide is based on the knowledge and experience of manufacturers, researchers, and end users of nonceramic insulating products that are electrically stressed in outdoor environments. The standard discusses the characteristics of nonceramic materials that are needed for long-term reliability in these applications. The standard makes recommendations for principles of evaluation and tests used in the screening and selection of materials. The judicious use of this standard will significantly improve the probability of success in the applications selected.
114-1982
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors
Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single phase induction motors. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
1142-1995
IEEE Guide for the Design, Testing, and Application of Moisture-Impervious, Solid Dielectric, 5-35 kV Power Cable Using Metal-Plastic Laminates
The user of underground cables is provided with information on the design, testing, and application of moisture-impervious, medium-voltage, solid dielectric power cable using metal-plastic laminates as moisture barriers. Information is also provided on selection of jacketing materials and installation practices. Other types of moisture barriers, such as extruded metal sheaths and bare metallic tapes with sealed seams, are beyond the scope of this guide.
1144-1996
IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
A method for sizing nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic (PV) systems is described.
1149.5-1995
IEEE Standard for Module Test and Maintenance Bus (MTM-Bus) Protocol
This Standard specifies a serial, backplane, test and maintenance bus (MTM-Bus) that can be used to integrate modules from different design teams or vendors into testable and maintainable subsystems. Physical, link, and command layers are specified. Standard interface protocol and commands can be used to provide the basic test and maintenance features needed for a module as well as access to on-module assets (memory, peripherals, etc.) and IEEE Std 1149.1 boundary-scan. Standard commands and functions support fault isolation to individual modules and test of backplane interconnect between modules.
1150-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Integrating Power Plant Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE) Applications
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. Abstract: A data model, called the plant information network, that standardizes categories of generating plant data and data relationships is presented. Guidelines are provided for using the model to integrate computer-aided engineering (CAE) applications across the spectrum of plant work activities during the complete cycle of the plant from site selection through decommissioning. Instructions are given to aid the engineering, construction, and operating groups of the utility in specifying integrated CAE applications. The information engineering concepts that are the basis for integrated CAE development are covered.
1154-1991
IEEE Standard for Programmed Inquiry, Learning, or Teaching (PILOT)
Language and coding standards for the PILOT programming language are described. PILOT (Programmed Inquiry, Learning, Or Teaching) is a language for the development of conversational interactive sequences often used for the computer-based instruction. The intent is to improve code portability and to minimize the development of dialects of this language, thereby improving the sharing of courseware among teaching institutions. PILOT syntax, core statements, and the core language are defined. Variables and language extensions are covered.
1156.4-1997
IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Spaceborne Computer Modules
Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions for space electronics is provided. The intent is to achieve uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all spaceborne computer modules that may make up larger systems and are purported to have a rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial environments to which spaceborne computer modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and radiation stresses.
1158-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Determination of Power Losses in High-Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC) Converter Stations
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A set of standard procedures for determining and verifying the total losses of a high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) converter station is recommended. The procedures are applicable to all parts of the converter station and cover standby, partial load, and full load losses and methods of calculation and measurement. All line commutated converter stations used for power exchange in utility systems are covered. Loss determination procedures for synchronous compensators or static var compensators are not included.
116-1975
IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Carbon Brushes
A procedure for determining certain operating characteristics of carbon, carbon-graphite, electrographite, graphite, and metal-graphite brushes under prescribed test conditions is provided. The procedure applies to all types of rotating AC and DC motors and similar apparatus. The operating characteristics covered are voltage drop, coefficient of friction, wear ratio as affected by low humidity, and commutating ability.
117-1974
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery
Useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for random-wound stators of rotating electric machines are given. The chief purpose is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. The procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It has also been a useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines are enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids, although these special requirements are beyond the scope of this test procedure.
1175-1991
IEEE Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool Interconnections
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Reference models for tool-to-organization interconnections, tool-to-platform interconnections, and information transfer among tools are provided. The purpose is to establish agreements for information transfer among tools in the contexts of human organization, a computer system platform, and a software development application. To make the transfer of semantic information among tools easier, a semantic transfer language (STL) is also provided. Interconnections that must be considered when buying, building, testing, or using computing system tools for specifying behavioral descriptions or requirements of system and software products are described.
118-1978
IEEE Standard Test Code for Resistance Measurement
Methods of measuring electrical resistance that are commonly used to determine the characteristics of electric machinery and equipment are presented. The methods are limited to those using direct-current or commercial power frequencies of 60 Hz or below, and to those measurements required to determine performance characteristics. The choice of method in any given case depends on the degree of accuracy required and the nature of the circuit to be measured; a guide for selecting the appropriate method is given.
1180-1990
IEEE Standard Specifications for the Implementations of 8x8 Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The numerical characteristics of the 8x8 inverse discrete cosine transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop are specified. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT.
11802-5-1997
ISO/IEC 11802-5:1997 (E) [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1H, 1997 Edition], Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Technical reports and guidelines--Part 5: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet V2.0 in Local Area Networks
Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs) comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified. Additionally, guidelines are provided for the development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities
1181-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Latchup Test Methods for CMOS and BiCMOS Integrated- Circuit Process Characterization
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Recommendations are provided for the layout and test methods required to characterize properly latchup behavior in CMOS and BiCMOS integrated circuit processes or other processes that have similar lateral PNPN topographical layout characteristics. The aim is to allow the characterization of an integrated circuit process architecture so that different approaches can be scientifically compared. This allows the evaluation of the process capabilities on a worst-case recommended structure and test method independent of an actual integrated circuit product topographical latchup layout practices. Test structures and test philosophy are covered.
119-1974
IEEE Recommended Practice for General Principles of Temperature Measurement as Applied to Electrical Apparatus
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines for the application of temperature measurement techniques in measuring the operating temperature and temperature rise of electrical machines, instruments, and apparatus in common use. The guidelines are limited to measurement of temperatures below 500 C; however, some measurement techniques described herein are capable of measuring temperatures above 500 C, and these may be used at the higher temperatures after the validity and safety of the technique for the temperature involved have been confirmed.
1194-1991
IEEE Standard for Backplane Electrical Performance
The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are examined.
1194.1-1991
IEEE Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Backplane Transceiver Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits
The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are examined.
1196-1987
IEEE Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A simple, high-performance (37.5 Mbyte/s) backplane bus that provides the functions required by multiprocessor systems is defined. NuBus is a synchronous (10 MHz), multiplexed, multimaster bus that provides a fair arbitration mechanism. The logical, electrical, and physical interface standard for circuit boards that allows them to connect to and communicate over a backplane, as well as the backplane environment that must be provided to these boards, is described and specified. The protocol specification covers signal determinacy, bus cycles, transactions, block transfers, attention cycles, arbitration, address space, and utility functions. The physical specification covers timing, dc and ac specifications for signals, backplane (signal) characteristics, voltage and mechanical specifications for triple-height modules. Compliance requirements are stated. Concepts required for a general understanding of the NuBus specification, covering bus lines and bus operation, are included. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers.
12-1934
AIEE Standards for Constant Current Transformers of the Moving Coil Type
The standards of this section apply to constant current transformers of the moving coil type. Standards for other types of transformers are the subjects of separate sections.
1204-1997
IEEE Guide for Planning DC Links Terminating at AC Locations Having Low Short-Circuit Capacities
Guidance on the planning and design of dc links terminating at ac system locations having low Guidance on the planning and design of dc links terminating at ac system locations having low short-circuit capacities relative to the dc power infeed is provided in this guide. This guide is limited to the aspects of interactions between ac and dc systems that result from the fact that the ac system is "weak" compared to the power of the dc link (i.e., ac system appears as a high impedance at the ac/dc interface bus). This guide contains two parts: Part I, AC/DC Interaction Phenomena, classifies the strength of the ac/dc system, provides information about interactions between ac and dc systems, and gives guidance on design and performance; and Part II, Planning Guidelines, considers the impact of ac/dc system interactions and their mitigation on economics and overall system performance and discusses the studies that need to be performed.
1209-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools
Administratively withdrawn 1999. The evaluation and selection of CASE tools supporting software engineering processes, including project management processes, predevelopment processes, development processes, postdevelopment processes, and integral processes, are addressed. The evaluation and selection processes recommended are based upon the perspective of a CASE tool user. Therefore, the evaluation and selection criteria address only program characteristics visible to the user, such as program inputs and outputs, program function, user interfaces, and documented external program interfaces.
122-1991
IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional and Performance Characteristics of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units
Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for steam turbine-generator units that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the following types of steam turbines, rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive to speed, are not covered.
1221-1993
IEEE Guide for Fire Hazard Assessment of Electrical Insulating Materials in Electrical Power Systems
Fire hazards from electrical distribution and utilization systems installed in industrial, residential, and public buildings/areas are covered. A method for practical fire hazard assessment for electrical equipment containing insulating materials, based on relevant fire or failure scenarios drawn from service experience and engineering analysis, is established. The relationship between small-scale material tests and large-scale fire hazard tests is discussed. Written for the electrical engineer responsible for the safety of electrical systems and equipment, this guide provides guidelines for design of insulation systems and selection of insulating materials and aids in the use of codes, regulations, standards, product listings, and testing to improve safety.
1224-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation--Application Program Interfaces (API) [Language Independent]
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A general-purpose application program interface (API) for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of potentially complex Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) information objects is defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. The API provides tools for manipulating objects defined using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), shielding the application programmer from much of the complexity of ASN.1 It is designed to be used in conjunction with, but is otherwise independent of, application-specific APIs for OSI.
1224.1-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Application program interfaces (APIs) to X.400-based electronic messaging services are defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. A general-purpose API that makes the functionality of a message transfer system (MTS) accessible to a message store (MS) or user agent (UA), or the functionality of a simple MS accessible to a UA, is provided. An X.400 gateway API divides a message transfer agent (MTA) into two software components, a messaging system gateway and an X.400 gateway service. This standard, and the language bindings derived from it, are intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1224-1993, which provides a general-purpose API for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of OSI information objects.
1224.2-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Directory Services--Application Programming Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Withdrawn Standard. A application program interface (API) to OSI directory services is defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. The interface, which supports applications portability at the source-code level, is intended to be used by both applications developers and directory service implementors.
1224.2 Int-1995
IEEE Std 1224.2-1993/1327.2/INT, October 1995 Edition
The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services - Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] and IEEE Std 1327.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this documents. The intent is to give the directory services community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards.
1224/1224.1/1327-1994
IEEE Standards Interpretations for Std 1224-1993, Std 1327.1-1993, Std 1224.1-1993
The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation - Application Program Interface (API); IEEE Std 1327-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interface (API); and IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - X.400-Based Electronic Messaging - Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the 1224 community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards.
1226-1998
IEEE Standard for a Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)), Overview and Architecture
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) TM is defined, and mandatory requirements for implementation of ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET and their interrelationships are described. Guidelines and requirements governing the elements of the ABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used throughout the set are defined.
1226.1-1993
IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for Common Ada Packages for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Ada packages that specify general purpose test support data types and services for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the specification, implementation, and use of the other IEEE ABBET component standards. ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs.
1226.2-1993
IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for Ada-Based ATLAS-Level Test Procedure Interface for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Ada packages that specify data types and services for the Ada-based ATLAS-level test procedure interface for a broad-based environment for test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the development of Ada-based, UUT-directed, signal-oriented test programs. IEEE ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs.
1226.3-1998
IEEE Standard for Software Interface for Resource Management for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
The services needed to access and manage descriptive information about resources in an automatic test system (ATS) are covered. This information includes data about the automatic test equipment (ATE) instruments, switching, and the test subject adapter. This standard is a com-ponent of the ABBET set of standards.
1226.6-1996
IEEE ABBET(R)- IEEE Guide for the Understanding of the "A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET)(R)" Standard
As a part of the family of IEEE ABBET(R) standards, this guide facilitates an understanding of the relationships of IEEE ABBET(R) 1226-1993 and its component standards, as well as the relationship of an ABBET implementation with the design, production, support, and operational environments with which it may be used.
1238.1-1994
IEEE Standard for Information Technology, OSI Application Program Interfaces--File Transfer, Access, and Management [C Language]
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. A C language Application Program Interface (API) to the OSI File Transfer, Access, and Management (FTAM) protocol is defined. The functions of the API implement high-level file transfer and file management operations using the service of an FTAM initiator and service provider that underlie the API. The API uses the services of the OSI Abstract Data Manipulation API (IEEE Std 122-1993) to facilitate passing of data between the API and the user.
1244.1-2000
IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture
Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The architecture of a distributed, platform-independent system that manages removable media, including both disk and tape, using robotic and manual methods are specified. The general schema for managing media, the components of the software system, and the supporting data model used by the software system for managing this media are described by this standard. Details of major components of the system are specified by companion standards.
1244.3-2000
IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Management Protocol (MMP)
All relevant behavior and states of the Media Management System (MMS) and the Media Manager (MM) from the time the MMS application successfully establishes a session with the MM, until the session is severed is described. This standard specifies the behavior of the MM itself in response to certain MMP commands and events that occur during the existence of the MM, including but not limited to booting the MM and the un-commanded exit of a MMS client.
1244.4-2000
IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Drive Management Protocol (DMP)
Version 1.0 of the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) is specified.
1244.5-2000
IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Library Management Protocol (LMP)
Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the Library Manager(LM) and the Media Manager (MM) of an IEEE Media Management System (MMS) are specified. This standard specifies version 1.0 of the Library Management Protocol (LMP).
126-1959
IEEE Recommended Specification for Speed Governing of Internal Combustion Engine-Generator Units
The Recommended Specifications consist of four sections. Specification Sections II, III and IV are complete purchase specifications. They cover alternate arrangements and performance requirements of speed-governing systems for internal combustion engine-generator units. These are printed as individual forms. T o gain the maximum benefit from these standards, particularly under normal conditions, it is recommended that the applicable section be included in full and as a part of the complete purchase specifications for the particular engine-generator unit. The Terminology, Section I, includes definitions and applications of terms and some explanatory comments. Pertinent portions of Section I, while not ordinarily transcribed in full, are made an integral part of each speed-governing specification as indicated in paragraphs 2 of Specification Sections II, III, and IV.
1262-1995
IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Photovoltaic (PV) Modules
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. Recommended procedures and specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate terrestrial flat-plate photovoltaic non-concentrating modules intended for power generation applications are established.
1275-1994
IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices
Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Open Firmware provides the following: a mechanism for loading and executing programs (such as operating systems) from disks, tapes, network interfaces, and other devices; an ISA-independent method for identifying devices plugged in to expansion buses and for providing firmware and diagnostics drivers for these devices; an extensible and programmable command language based on the Forth programming language; methods for managing user-configurable options stored in nonvolatile memory; a call back interface allowing other programs to make use of Open Firmware services; and debugging tools for hardware, firmware, firmware drivers, and system software.
1275.1-1994
IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) Supplement for IEEE 1754
Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the instruction set architecture (ISA) defined by IEEE Std 1754- 1994: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture.
1275.2-1994
IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus Supplement for IEEE 1496 (SBus)
Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by IEEE Std 1496-1993, IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus.
1275.4-1995
IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus Supplement for IEEE 896 (Futurebus+(R))
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by the IEEE Futurebus+¨ standards: ISO/IEC 10857: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], Information technology-Microprocessor systems-Futurebus -Logical protocol specifications; and IEEE Std 896.2-1991: IEEE Standard for Futurebus -Physical Layer and Profile Specification.
128-1976
IEEE Guide for Aircraft Electric Systems
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Material comprising this report is directed primarily at the attainment of improved application technique - the attainment of the highest possible quality of performance from a combination of particular devices to perform a given function. The performance qualities exhibited by a composite system composed of numerous devices will be influenced by the character of devices which are interconnected or correlated. The extent to which such composite systems may be benefited by proper application techniques is great.
1295-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X Window System--Modular Toolkit Environment (MTE)
Graphical user interface (GUI) applications and user interfaces to open systems are covered. This standard defines the application interface to a group of widgets built upon the X Window System X Toolkit Intrinsics.
1296-1987
IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Synchronous 32-Bit Bus: MULTIBUS II
This standard describes a high-performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple processor systems. The bus incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address data, with error detection and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state-of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective high performance VLSI for the bus interface. The standard defines memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces. The memory space supports single and block transfers. The message space defines a high-level protocol for transferring blocks of data (messages) as multiple packets of data (small data bursts; e.g., 32 bytes in one microsecond) over the bus. This provides a high performance (e.g., 32 megabytes/second) inter-processor communication transfers among many different processors on the bus. Error detection and retry is provided for messages. This message passing design also allows a VLSI implementation, such that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance - 32 to 40 megabytes/second. The standard provides geographic addressing for ease of configurability, initialization, and diagnostics.
1298-1992
IEEE Standard Software Quality Management System Part 1: Requirements
Requirements for a software developer's quality management system are established. Each of the elements of a quality management system to be designed, developed, and maintained by the developer are identified, with the objective of ensuring that the software will meet the requirements of a contract, purchase order, or other agreement (collectively referred to as a contract).
1318-1993
Standard for Wrought Steel Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 068:1991
1319-1993
Standard for Cast Aluminum Alloy Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 052:1990 & Amendment A1:1990
1321-1993
Standard for Wrought Aluminum Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 064:1989
1322-1993
Standard for Welded Composite Enclosures of Cast and Wrought Aluminum Alloys for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 069:1991
1326-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation - Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for measuring conformance to IEEE Std 1224-1993, which defines a general purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Programming Interface (API) in terms that are independent of any particular programming language, are provided.
1326.1-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging Application Program Interfaces (API) [Language Independent]
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology-- Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent], are defined.
1326.2-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Directory Services--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, language-independent specification of the applications interface to directory services are defined.
1327-1993
IEEE Standard for Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API)
A C programming language binding for the general-purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Program Interface (API) in IEEE Std 1224- 1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The API defined in this standard contains two major parts: an interface for accessing the services defined in the programming language independent specification, and an interface for language-specific services.
1327.1-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API)
A C language binding to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level.
1327.2-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Directory Services C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API)
A C programming language binding for the Application Program Interface (API) to directory services in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The interface is designed for operational, rather than for management, interactions with a directory such as knowledge management or schema management. Security features are not generally visible in the interface in order to permit flexibility in security policies.
1328-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API)
Test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327- 1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API), are defined.
1328.1-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API)
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. This standard defines test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327.1-1993, which is a C language binding for IEEE STD 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent].
1328.2-1993
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Directory Services C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API)
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for the C language binding defined in IEEE Std 1327.2-1993 for the applications interface to directory services defined in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 are specified.
1333-1994
IEEE Guide for Installation of Cable Using the Guided Boring Method
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The method and equipment involved in proper and economical installation of insulated conductors and/or conduits using the guided boring method are covered. The method addresses installations of insulated cable, cable preinstalled in conduit (CIC), and conduit alone.
134-1955
Trial-Use Test Code for Direct-Current Carbon-Pile Voltage Regulators for Aircraft
1346-1998
IEEE Recommended Practice for Evaluating Electric Power System Compatibility With Electronic Process Equipment
A standard methodology for the technical and financial analysis of voltage sag compatibility between process equipment and electric power systems is recommended. The methodology presented is intended to be used as a planning tool to quantify the voltage sag environment and process sensitivity. It shows how technical and financial alternatives can be evaluated. Performance limits for utility systems, power distribution systems, or electronic process equipment are not included.
1348-1995
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Adoption of Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) Tools
Difficulties that may be encountered, and how they can be avoided, by organizations intending to adopt CASE tools are addressed. An overview of the adoption process, including analysis of the organization's needs and readiness for automation, use of a pilot project, and definition of activities necessary to integrate the new technology into the organization's standard software engineering practice, is provided.
135-1969
IEEE Recommended Practice for Aircraft, Missile, and Space Equipment Electrical Insulation Tests
This Recommended Practice will be limited to the consideration of test procedures applicable to insulation in flight and support equipment or to manufactured components or subassemblies of such equipment. Test procedures will also be recommended for inspection of equipment insulation to determine its flight worthiness after service, repair, and/or periods of storage.
1351-1994
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--ACSE and Presentation Layer Services--Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Independent]
A language-independent Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element of the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer are defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications.
1353-1994
IEEE Standard for Information Technology--ASCE and Presentation Layer Services--Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Binding]
A C language binding to IEEE Std 1351-1994, a language-independent standard defining an Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element from the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer is defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications.
1355-1995
IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low-Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction)
Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems with low system integration cost is discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described.
136-1959
Trial-Use Test Procedure and Presentation of Aircraft Generator and Regulator Characteristics
137-1960
IEEE Trial-Use Test Procedure for AC 400 Hz Aircraft Induction Motors
1374-1998
IEEE Guide for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power System Safety
The design, equipment applicability, and hardware installation of electrically safe, stand- alone, and grid-connected PV power systems operating at less than 50 kW output are addressed. Storage batteries and other generating equipment are discussed briefly.
1377-1997
IEEE Standard for Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Functionally related utility application data elements, grouped into a single data structure for transport are described. Data may be utilized peer-to-peer or upstream to readers or billing systems by being carried by one lower layered protocol to another stack of lower layered protocol. The data structure does not change from end device to the user of the data.
1377/C12.19-1997
Standard for Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications.
138-1960
Trial-Use Test Procedure for Aircraft Alternating-Current Generators
1387.2-1995
IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) System Administration - Part 2: Software Administration
This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that software and information.
1387.3-1996
IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) System Administration -- Part 3: User and Group Account Administration
System Administration Interface/User and Group Administration for Computer Operating System Environments, is part of the POSIX(TM) series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose of this standard is to provide a common set of utility programs, for the administration of the User and Group Account entities described in the ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (IEEE Std1003.1-1996) and ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993 (IEEE Std 1003.2-1992) standards.
1390-1995
IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched Telephone Network
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture operated over the telephone network. The architecture described is a basic transport architecture capable of supporting many different applications. The text is described in terms of a utility meter reading application, but any enhanced service provider (ESP) communication can be transported. Telemetry calls may be initiated by either the utility/service provider (outbound) or the telemetry interface unit (TIU)/CPE (inbound) on the end user's premise.
1393-1999
IEEE Standard for Spaceborne Fiber Optic Data Bus
The design requirements for a fiber-optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and media is established. The application target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aerospace sensors, processing resources, bulk storage resources, and communications resources onboard aerospace platforms. This standard is for subsystem interconnection, as opposed to intra-backplane connection.
140-1990
IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-Frequency Heating Equipment
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Procedures that may be applied in the design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in industrial settings and for other purposes are described. These procedures are intended to reduce the levels of radio-frequency energy leaks, which can interfere with other equipment and broadcast services. They may also be used as remedial measures when harmful interference occurs. Applications in the field of telecommunication and information technology are excluded.
1404-1998
IEEE Guide for Microwave Communications System Development: Design, Procurement, Construction, Maintenance and Operation
The needs and requirements specific to the design, procurement, construction, maintenance, and operation of a microwave system are addressed. Steps for a variety of applications have been included in this guide; however, users should select only those steps that apply to their particular system(s) and their procurement policies.
14143.1-2000
Implementation Note for IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 Information Technology - Software Measurement - Functional Size Measurement - Part 1: Definition of Concepts
Implementation notes that relate to the IEEE interpretation of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 are described.
1417-1996
ANSI/AAMI EC13-1992 - Cardiac Monitors, Heart Rate Meters, and Alarms
This standard establishes minimum safety and performance requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) heart rate and waveform monitors that are intended for use under the operating conditions specified in this standard.
1420.1-1995
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Basic Interoperability Data Model (BIDM)
The minimal set of information about assets that reuse libraries should be able to exchange to support interoperability is provided.
1420.1a-1996
IEEE Supplement to IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Software Reuse-Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Asset Certification Framework
A consistent structure for describing a reuse library's asset certification policy in terms of an Asset Certification Framework is defined, along with a standard interoperability data model for interchange of asset certification information.
1420.1b-1999
IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Intellectual Property Rights Framework
This extension to the Basic Interoperability Data Model (IEEE Std 1420.1-1995)incorporates intellectual property rights issues into software asset descriptions for reuse library interoperability.
14252-1996
ISO/IEC 14252: [IEEE Std 1003.0-1995] Guide to the POSIX(TM) Open Systems Environment
This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress. Gaps are identified where POSIX(TM) Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally, the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains.
1426-1996
ANSI/AAMI EC11-1991 - Diagnostic Electrocardiographic Devices
This standard establishes minimum safety and performance requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) systems with direct working devices which are intended for use, under the operating conditions specified in this standard, in the analysis of rhythm and of detailed morphology of complex cardiac complexes.
1430-1996
IEEE Guide for Information Technology Software Reuse-Concept of Operations for Interoperating Reuse Libraries [Developed in cooperation with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG)]
This document describes the concepts necessary and appropriate for Networks of Interoperating Reuse Libraries (NIRLs). The purpose is to provide a context for standardization efforts toward the goal of supporting and enhancing interoperability.
14515-2-2003
ISO/IEC International Standard for Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)--Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX--Part 2:Shell and utilities
A definition of the requirements placed upon providers of a POSIX Conformance Test Suite for the POSIX.2 standard (ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993, IEEE/ANSI Std. 1003.2-1992) is provided. These requirements consist of a list of assertions defining those aspects of POSIX.2 that are to be tested and the associated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard is primarily aimed at test suite providers but it also defines to POSIX.2 implementors those aspects of the standard that will be verified by a conformance test suite.
14519-1999
ISO/IEC 14519 : 1999 (IEEE Std 1003.5b), Information technology--POSIX(TM) Ada Language Interfaces--Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)--Realtime Extensions
This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652
14519-2001
ISO/IEC 14519:2001, Information Technology -- POSIX(TM) Ada Language Interfaces -- Binding for system application program interface (API)
This standard is part of the POSIX ® series of standards for applications and user inter-faces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652:1995 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1996) (POSIX) as amended by IEEE P1003.1g/D6.6. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primaries, device- and class-specific functions, language-specific services for Ada, system databases, synchronization, memory management, execution scheduling, clocks and timers, message passing, task management, the XTI and socket detailed network inter-faces, event management, network support functions, and protocol-specific mappings are covered. It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be provided by the Ada.
14536-1995
ISO/IEC/IEEE 14536:1995 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.5-1995] Information technology - Microprocessor systems - Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military)
This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+(TM) architecture. This high-performance bus-based system architecture provides a wide range of performance and cost scalability over time for multiple generations of single-and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857:1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1,1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this International Standard are [ISO/IEC Std 10857: 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.2a-1994, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE P896.4a, IEEE Std 896.9-1994, IEEE Std 1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-1993, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE Std P1394, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and IEEE Std 1301.1-1991.
1455-1999
IEEE Standard for Message Sets for Vehicle/Roadside Communications
Those characteristics of a dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) system that are independent of the Physical and Data Link Layers (ISO model Layers 1 and 2) are specified. The required and optional features of the roadside equipment (RSE) and the onboard equipment (OBE) are specified. In addition, the Applications Layer (ISO model Layer 7) services and protocols, the RSE resource manager, the corresponding OBE command interpreter, and the application-specific messages are all specified. Standard supports and guidelines are provided for implementing secure DSRC systems.
14575-2000
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information Technology - Microprocessor systems - Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC) (Low-Cost, Low-Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction)
Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems with low system integration cost is discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described.
146-1980
IEEE Standard Definitions of Fundamental Waveguide Terms
Withdrawn Standard. NO Abstract
1465-1998
IEEE Standard - Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 12119:1994(E) - Information Technology - Software Packages - Quality Requirements and Testing
Quality requirements for software packages and instructions on how to test a software package against these requirements are established. The requirements apply to software packages as they are offered and delivered, not to the production process (including activities and intermediate products, such as specifications).
147-1979
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Waveguide Components
This standard presents definition of components in waveguide usage. These components are considered to be linear, passive, and reciprocal unless otherwise specified. The definitions included were drawn from the Institute of Radio Engineers document No.53 IRE 2.S1-1953, IRE Standards on Antennas and Waveguides; Definitions of Terms, No.59 IRE 2.S1-1959, IRE Standards on Antennas and Waveguides; Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements, International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) documents, Technical Committee No.46, Cables, Wires, and Waveguides for Telecommunication Equipment, Waveguide Vocabulary Work, Category V, Junctions, and Category XIII, Waveguide Components and other sources. Some definitions are included unchanged, some have been modified or deleted, and several new definitions have been added.
148-1959
IEEE Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements
This standard is concerned with measurements of the quantities which characterize a waveguide or waveguide component and the associated electromagnetic fields. The term "waveguide" as used here, is a generic term which includes transmission lines and uniconductor waveguides as special cased. The measurement are described in general terms. For the specif details of procedure and equipment, the reader is directed to numerous references which form an indispensable part of the standard.
1488-2000
IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent Transportation Systems
The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportation infrastructure has spawned the development of message sets for the communications between these subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) message sets, including common terms (e.g., object identifier), as well as attributes necessary to document ITS data messages, is addressed in this standard.
1489-1999
IEEE Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems
Administratively Withdrawn January 2007. The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportation infrastructure has spawned the development of data dictionaries for the communications between these subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) data dictionaries, including common terms (e.g., time, date, location), as well as meta-attributes necessary to document ITS data concepts is addressed in this standard.
1490-2003
IEEE Guide Adoption of PMI Standard - A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge
Supersedes IEEE Std 1490-1998 SUMMARY: IEEE Std 1490-2003 is an adoption, in its entirety, of A Guide to Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide). Project scope: The primary purpose of this document is to identify and describe that subset of the PMBOK that is generally accepted and adopt this as IEEE Std 1490-2002. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. This document is also intended to provide a common lexicon within the profession for talking about project management. Project management is a relatively young profession, and while there is substantial commonality around what is done, there is relatively little commonality in the terms used. Footnote: Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. Project purpose: SESC has previously adopted the 1996 version of PMIBOK to provide a framework for software engineering project management. PMBOK 2000 added new material to reflect the growth of the knowledge and practices in the field of project management by capturing those practices, tools, techniques, and other relevant items that have become generally accepted. Additionally, clarification text and figures, and corrections, have been added that make the document more valuable to users. SESC intends to adopt the current version of PMBOK, replacing the previous version.
1496-1993
IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus
An input/output expansion bus with a 32- or 64-bit width is described in this standard. The SBus is designed for systems requiring a small number of expansion ports. SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the motherboard. SBus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard. The dimensions of the Sbus Card are 83.8 mm by 146.7 mm, making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated circuits. The SBus cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are designed to provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel. The form factor is useful in Futurebus+, VMEbus, desktop computers, and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data rates up to 168 Mbytes/s, depending on the implementation options selected.
15.S1-1961
IRE Standards on Radio Transmitters: Definitions of Terms, 1961
Radio Transmitters: Definitions of Terms
15068-2-1999
ISO/IEC 15068-2 : 1999 (IEEE 1387.2-1995), International Standard Information technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(TM)) system administration - Part 2: Software administration
This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that software and information.
1512
Guide for Implementing IEEE Std 1512(tm) - Using a Systems Engineering Process
IEEE Std 1512(TM), an Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) standard, deals with information exchanges between public safety centers and traffic management centers.
152-1953
IEEE Recommended Practice for Volume Measurements of Electric Speech and Program Waves
These standards apply to the methods of and a device for measuring the dynamic magnitude of complex audio-frequency electrical waves such as occur in speech and music. The measurement of the complex and non-periodic waves encountered in electrical communication cannot be expressed in simple fashion in the ordinary electrical terms of current, voltage, and power. The concept of "volume" furnishes a practical method of great utility to the communications engineer for assigning a numerical value to the magnitude of electrical speech and program waves. Volumes are read by noting the more extreme meter deflections of a device known as a volume indicator. Since the response of the meter of such an instrument to the rapidly varying waves is greatly dependent upon its dynamic characteristics, a standard for volume measurements must, therefore, include a specification of these characteristics. This standard uses the term "vu" to express volume in terms of vu above or below a specified reference level, defined herein.
152-1991
IEEE Standard for Audio Program Level Measurement
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The needs and requirements specific to the design, procurement, construction, maintenance, and operation of a microwave system are addressed. Steps for a variety of applications have been included in this guide; however, users should select only those steps that apply to their particular system(s) and their procurement policies.
15205-2000
ISO/IEC 15205:2000 (IEEE Std 1496-1993) SBus -- Chip and Module Interconnect Bus
An input/output expansion bus with a 32-or 64-bit width is described in this standard.The SBus is designed for systems requiring a small number of expansion ports.SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the motherboard. Bus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard. The dimensions of the SBus Card are 83.8 mm by 146.7 mm,making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated circuits.The SBus Cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are designed to provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel.The form factor is useful in Futurebus+,VMEbus,desktop computers,and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data at rates up to 168 Mbytes/s,depending on the implementation options selected. SBus Cards may either serve as Masters on the bus, providing all virtual address information as well as the data to be transferred, or they may serve as Slaves on the bus,providing data transfer according to the requirements of some other SBus Master. The SBus Master for a data transfer is selected by an arbitration process managed by the single SBus Controller on the SBus .The SBus Controller provides a virtual to physical ad- dress translation service.
1545-1999
IEEE Standard for Parametric Data Log Format
Jan 2005: Administratively withdrawn. A language and file format for describing parametric test data is defined. Data types, data formats, and file formats are included.
155-1960
IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960
This glossary reprinted from Proc. IRE (USA) vol.48, no.9, Sept.1960 contains 29 definitions with footnotes mostly related to the concepts of branches, graphs, loops, nodes and paths. Two alternative algebraic expressions for the graph determinant are explained at some length.
156-1960
IRE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Passive Reciprocal Time Invariant Networks, 1960
Withdrawn March 2000. Terms that apply to linear, passive, reciprocal, time-invariant networks are defined. The terms apply to mathematical concepts that represent idealizations of physical phenomena. Thus, the definitions apply to idealized models that are useful in describing properties of physical networks. The question of whether or not a certain term is applicable to a particular physical situation is left to the user.
15802-2-1995
ISO/IEC 15802-2:1995: Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 2: LAN/MAN management
Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to ISO/IEC standard local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. In addition, an architecture for station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding is defined. Services and protocols that support station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding are defined. (Incorporating ANSI/IEEE Stds 802.1B-1992 and 802.1k-1993)
15802-4-1994
ISO/IEC 15802-4:1994, Information Technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Common specifications -- Part 4: System load protocol
Administratively Withdrawn in January 2004 - Not available to Resellers. Please refer to WE16535. (Incorporates ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1E-1990 and ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1m-1993) (Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 15802-4:1994) This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Services and protocol elements that permit the downloading of memory images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE 802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks are defined. The protocol makes use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous loading of the same memory image to multiple destination systems. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the load protocol to be remotely managed.
15802-5-1998
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information Technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Common specifications -- Part 5: Remote Media Access Control (MAC) bridging
Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) bridges, including the aspects of operation of remote MAC bridges that are observable on the interconnected LANs, are specified. A protocol for (optional) use between remote MAC bridges, across the non-LAN communications equipment that interconnects them, to configure the remote bridges within the bridged LAN in accordance with the spanning tree algorithm of ISO/IEC 10038: 1993, is also provided. (ANSI/IEEE std 802.1G, 1998 Edition)
1584 and 1584A Set
1584 & 1584A Set Arc Flash (Print plus CD-ROM)
Summary: For 1584-2002: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Keywords: 1584 , IEEE 1584, arc fault currents, arc flash hazard, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy, personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short-circuit study, working distances. For 1584A-2004: Amendment to 1584-2002 This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I. Contents: The Set Contains the Following: - 1584-2002 IEEE Guide for Arc Flash Hazard Calculations: Print version of set: Includes a CD-ROM containing 2 Arc Flash Hazard Calculators and 3 Test Data files. PDF version of set: PDF file zipped with 2 Arc Flash Hazard Calculators and 3 Test Data files. - 1584A-2004 IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations--Amendment 1
159-1952
IEEE Standards on Gas-Filled Radiation Counter Tubes: Methods of Testing, 1952
In setting up test procedures for radiation counter tubes, it is necessary to consider not only the test circuits but also the physical arrangements of test, such as nature of source, distance between source and counter, scattering by objects near the source or counter, shielding of the counter against unwanted radiations, and the background due to cosmic rays and general contamination. The relative importance of these various factors will depend on the type of counter under test
1596.3-1996
IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage Differential Signals (LVDS) for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI)
Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI), specified in IEEE Std 1596-1992, provides computer-bus-like services but uses a collection of fast point-to-point links instead of a physical bus in order to reach far higher speeds. The base specification defines differential ECL signals, which provide a high transfer rate (16 bits are transferred every 2 ns), but are inconvenient for some applications. IEEE Std 1596.3-1996, an extension to IEEE Std 1596-1992, defines a lower-voltage differential signal (as low as 250 mV swing) that is compatible with low-voltage CMOS, BiCMOS, and GaAs circuitry. The power dissipation of the transceivers is low, since only 2.5 mA is needed to generate this differential voltage across a 100 W termination resistance. Signal encoding is defined that allows transfer of SCI packets over data paths that are 4-, 8-, 32-, 64-, and 128-bits wide. Narrow data paths (4 to 8 bits) transferring data every 2 ns can provide sufficient bandwidth for many applications while reducing the physical size and cost of the interface. The wider paths may be needed for very-high-performance systems.
1596.4-1996
IEEE Standard for High-Bandwidth Memory Interface Based on Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Signaling Technology (RamLink)
A high-bandwidth interface optimized for interchanging data between a memory controller and one or more dynamic RAMs is specified. RamLink is an applicable interface for other RAM-like devices as well.
1596.5-1993
IEEE Standard for Shared-Data Formats Optimized for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Processors
Formats for interchanging integer, bit-field, and floating point data between heterogeneous multiprocessors in a Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) system are specified. The defined data formats can also be used to share data among multiprocessors on other bus standards that support the read, write, and lock transaction set defined by IEEE Std 1212-1991 CSR Architecture. The intent is to support efficient data transfers among heterogeneous workstations within a distributed computing environment. (No longer endorsed by the IEEE)
16-1955
IEEE Standard for Electric Control Apparatus for Land Transportation Vehicles
The standards in this section apply to the control apparatus on all land transportation vehicles.
161-1971
IEEE Standard Definitions on Electron Tubes
Many definitions in this standard are applicable to devices other than electron tubes – especially semiconductor devices. These definitions have been made as general as possible, but it should always be remembered, in interpreting these definitions that they are primarily written for electron tubes. IEEE Std 161-1971, consists of IEEE Std 160-1957 as revised in part by the clarified definitions of "noise factor" and "noise temperature" in IEEE Std 161-1962.
162-1963
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Electronic Digital Computers
NO Abstract
165-1977
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Analog Computers
The standard defines analog computing terms from absolute value circuit to zero error reference. Each term is accompanied by a paragraph of definitive text. Significant cross-referencing is given.
16509-1999
ISO/IEC 16509: 1999 (IEEE Std 2000.1-1998) Year 2000 Terminology
This standard provides concepts, definitions, remediation techniques, and other supporting terms fundamental to a lexicon for Year 2000 terminology. It addresses key topics pertinent to the development of resolutions to the Year 2000 problem. The core of this standard is the definitions Clause which contains the definition for Year 2000 compliance. Two critical aspects of this definition are: first, the acknowledgment of the significance of documentation associated with technology, and, second, the recognition that compliance is a two-way street, i.e., the proper exchange of date data is paramount for technology to remain compliant.
166-1977
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Hybrid Computer Linkage Components
The standard presents definitions of hybrid computer linkage components terms from analog to digital converters to multiplying DAC. Each term is accompanied by definitive text and cross-referencing.
167A.1-1995
IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: Bi-level (Black & White)
A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided. The chart is composed solely of high-resolution, high contrast black-and-white patterns. Although the chart is designed for Group 3 and Group 4 facsimile, it is also expected to be useful in testing other imaging systems. The received image may be recorded or displayed. This standard offers a means of assessing various technical quality parameters, detecting defects produced in received images, and evaluating the readability of text when the original is black and white.
167A.2-1996
IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: High Contrast (Gray Scale)
A means of assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided.
167A.3-1997
IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart - Color
A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, includ- ing any compatible combination of facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and im- age storage, is provided.
168-1956
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Facsimile
NO Abstract Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
169-1955
IEEE Standards on Industrial Electronics: Definitions of Industrial Electronics Terms, 1955
170-1964
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Modulation Systems
The following constitutes a revision of IEEE No.170 (53 IRE ll.Sl), "Standards on Modulation Systems: Definitions of Terms, 1953." It is not intended to cover the subject matter of Information Theory which is contained in IEEE No.171 (58 IRE ll.Sl ), IRE Standards on Information Theory: Definitions of Terms, 1958. Nevertheless, a few borderline terms, such as Coding and Nyquist Rate, have been included in the list. This merely reflects the fact that the two Standards define terms in adjoining areas of subject matter. The definitions given in this Standard are intended to reflect the latest usage and also to improve the clarity and precision. Terms such as Capture Effect have been newly added, while terms no longer in use, such as Two-Source Frequency Keying, have been deleted.
172-1983
IEEE Standard Definitions of Navigation Aid Terms
This standard represents a revision of material contained in the previous edition of IEEE Std 172-1971. The committee reviewed all of the terms, selected those which it considered appropriate, and deleted others. In preparation for this revision, the committee has included additional definitions relating to marine navigation, updated navigation equipment definitions, and included navigation terms where appropriate for completeness. This revision additionally encompasses suggestions and recommendations from a number of IEEE committees and panels who have contributed to this standard.
173-1959
IEEE Standards on Navigation Aids: Direction Finder Measurements, 1959
175-1960
IRE Standards on Nuclear Techniques: Definitions for the Scintillation Counter Field, 1960
Reprinted from the proceedings of the I.R.E Vol. 48, NO.8 August 1960
1754-1994
IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture
A 32-bit microprocessor architecture, available to a wide variety of manufacturers and users, is defined. The standard includes the definition of the instruction set, register model, data types, instruction op-codes, and coprocessor interface.
176-1978
IEEE Standard On piezoelectricity
This standard on piezoelectricity contains many equations based upon the analysis of vibrations in piezoelectric materials having simple geometrical shapes. Mechanical and electrical dissipation are never introduced into the theoretical treatment, and except for a brief discussion of nonlinear effects in Section 5, all the results are based on linear piezoelectricity in which the elastic, piezoelectric, and dielectric coefficients are treated as constants independent of the magnitude and frequency of applied mechanical stresses and electric fields.
176-1987
IEEE Standard on Piezoelectricity
Withdrawn Standard. No abstract.
177-1966
Standard Definitions and Methods of Measurements for Piezoelectric Vibrators
The equivalent electric circuit of a piezoelectric vibrator and its parameters are reviewed. The determination of these parameters by the transmission method is described. The method is suitable for frequencies up to about 30 MHz for the commonly encountered ranges of the capacitance ratio r and the figure of merit M, provided that errors due to instrumentation are taken into account. The equations presented in this standard have been formulated to correct these errors.
178-1958
IEEE Standards on Piezoelectric Crystals:Determination of The Elastic. Piezoelectric and Dielectric Constants- The Electro mechanical Coupling Factor, 1958
IN 1949, Standards on Piezoelectric Crystals [ l ] were issued covering the definition of axes for piezoelectric crystals and their relation to rectangular axes, standards for specifying crystal plate orientation and nomenclature referring to the piezoelectric relations, symbols, and units. In 1957, the IRE Standards on Piezoelectric Crystals [2 ] was issued covering the piezoelectric vibrator: definition and measurements. It is the object of these present Standards to specify a method for determining the basic elastic, piezoelectric, and dielectric constants of crystals.
179-1961
IEEE Standards on Piezoelectric Crystals:Measurements of Piezoelectric Ceramics- 1961
The resonance method in general is covered in the I R E Standards on Piezoelectric Crystals, 1958 [3]. Procedures are described in the Standards on Piezoelectric Crystals, 1957 [2], and in the literature [ 6 ] - [8], The transmission method is used for determination of fm, the frequency at minimum impedance of the sample. In addition to this measurement, the present Standard also specifies the measurement of the frequency at maximum impedance fn. A simplification of the transmission network in the 1957 Standard (Fig. 4) may be used in view of the range of parameters found in the ceramics. This simplified circuit is shown in Fig. 1. The signal generator should have an output impedance lower than the minimum impedance of the test specimen.
180-1986
IEEE Standard Definitions of Primary Ferroelectric Terms
Terms applying primarily to ferroelectric materials, including single crystals, polycrystalline ceramics, and semi-crystalline polymers, are defined. Because of the coupling that exists between ferroelectric and ferroelastic behavior in some crystalline materials, ferroelastic terms are also defined. When particular terms are related to experimental measurements, the basic measuring techniques are briefly described.
181-1977
IEEE Standard on Pulse Measurement and Analysis by Objective Techniques
Withdrawn Standard. This standard presents approximately 100 terms, and their definitions, for accurately and precisely describing the waveforms of pulse signals and the process of measuring pulse signals. Algorithms are provided for computing the values of defined terms that describe measurable parameters of the waveform, such as transition duration, state level, pulse amplitude, and waveform aberrations. These analysis algorithms are applicable to two-state waveforms having one or two transitions connecting these states. Compound waveform analysis is accomplished by decomposing the compound waveform into its constituent two-state single-transition waveforms.
182-1961
IEEE Standards on Radio Transmitters: Definitions of Terms
Radio Transmitters: Definitions of Terms
182A-1964
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Transmitters
Definitions of Terms for Radio Transmitters
183-1958
IEEE Technical Committee Report: Methods for Testing Radiotelegraph Transmitters (Below 50 MC)
No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
186-1972
IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Amplitude-Modulated Broadcast Receivers
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. No abstract
189-1955
IEEE Standard Method of Testing Receivers Employing Ferrite Core Loop Antennas
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990
19-1943
AIEE Standards for Alternating Current Power Circuit Breakers
These standards apply to all indoor and outdoor types of alternating-current power circuit breakers rated in excess of 6G0 volts
190-1960
IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Monochrome Television Broadcast Receivers
This standard describes procedures for measurement of the performance characteristics of the picture and sound sections of television receivers. Where specific test conditions are stated, these apply to home broadcast receivers designed to receive transmissions in accordance with the specifications of the United States Federal Communications Commission.1 Where other conditions apply, appropriate modifications must be made. Emphasis is placed on over-all receiver performance. Internal characteristics such as the gains and bandwidths of individual stages are not generally considered.
191-1953
IEEE Standard on Sound Recording and Reproducing Methods of Measurement of Noise
Noise is a limiting factor in any system which stores information because it limits the signal-to-noise ratio and hence the total quantity of stored data. This applies in the field of sound recording and reproducing, as well as in any information storage system
192-1958
Methods of Calibration of Mechanically Recorded Lateral Frequency Records
193-1971
IEEE Standard Method for Measurement of Weighted Peak Flutter of Sound Recording and Reproducing Equipment
This standard specifies the "weighted peak" method of measurement for predicting subjective flutter of sound recorders and reproducers for normal audio usage. For special purposes - high speed duplicators, different seeds in recording and reproducing, etc. - special procedures not described here must be used.
193 Self-Study Course (IEEE Red Book)
Fault Calculations in Industrial/Commercial Power Systems - IEEE Red Book Self-Study Course
This paper treats in successive steps the solution lo problems influencing the design and performance of a-c system equipment grounding circuits in the presence of an insulation failure from one phase conductor to the grounding conductor. (NOTE: This item is no longer available for purchase)
194-1977
IEEE Standard Pulse Terms and Definitions
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard provides fundamental definitions for general use in time domain pulse technology. It defines terms for pulse phenomena and pulse parameters which are prerequisite to: (1) Efficient communication of technical information; (2) Standards for methods of pulse parameter measurement; (3) Standards for pulse apparatus; (4) Standards for apparatus which employs pulse techniques.
200-1975
IEEE Standard Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronics Parts and Equipments
The formulation and application of reference designations for electrical and electronics parts and equipment are covered. The reference designations of this standard are intended for uniquely identifying and locating discrete items on diagrams and in a set, as well as for correlating items in a set, graphic symbols on diagrams, and items in parts lists, circuit descriptions, and instructions. Three methods are given for forming and applying reference designations: the unit number method, the location numbering method, and the location coding method. A complete reference designation may incorporate reference designations formed by the use of any of these methods at any level from basic parts to complete units.
2000.1-1999
IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000 Terminology
This standard revises IEEE Std 2000.1-1998. It provides a detailed set of definitions. In addition, it addresses calendar information that is helpful in understanding the timeline issues surrounding the year 2000 rollover. The definitions section remains the core of the standard. With this expanded set of definitions, the standard now addresses areas that are relevant to both engineering and business environments. An increased degree of specificity has been added to the definition of "Year 2000 compliance", making it more precise in its meaning and application.
2000.2-1999
IEEE Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Year 2000 Test Methods
This document provides users of computer hardware, firmware, software, or data systems with recommended practices for assessing and demonstrating the system elements within their organization that may be at risk of failure due to the Year 2000 problem and related date-specific issues. This recommended practice provides the framework for detailed planning and execution of all steps and tasks involved in testing for Year 2000 compliance. The resulting plan will outline the testing approach and identify system elements that are at risk of failure when crossing into the Year 2000 or using data that includes dates after 2000-01-01.
201-1979
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Television
This standard lists technical terms and their definitions that have been adopted by, or coined for, the television broadcasting industry. It is mainly a combination of two earlier standards: IEEE Std 201-1955, Definitions of Color Terms, and IEEE Std 204-1961, Definitions of Terms Relating to Television. Both were originally prepared by the Institute of Radio Engineers (IRE) prior to the merger of the IRE and the American Institute of Electrical Engineers (AIEE) in 1963.
202-1954
IEEE Standards on Television: Methods of Measurement of Aspect Ratio and Geometric Distortion
IN A TELEVISION SYSTEM, it is through the agency of the scanning process that the two-dimensional space function, comprising the image at the camera, is transformed into a one-dimensional time function for transmission; at the receiver, the reverse procedure is used to recreate the image. Ideally, the velocities of the scanning apertures should be uniform in both the horizontal and vertical directions; furthermore, these two directions of motion should be orthogonal at all points in the raster. Finally, the ratio of the maximum excursions of the apertures in the horizontal and vertical directions of the transmitted picture, i.e., the aspect ratio, should be the same at both the transmitter and receiver. If there is departure from any of these conditions, geometric distortion results (except in the trivial case where the transmitter and receiver happen to contain compensating errors). It should also be noted that even in the case where the scanning aperture itself meets the desired conditions, the optical systems may contribute to the total geometric distortion; this applies to either the transmitter or receiver.
204-1961
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Television
Definitions of Terms Relating to Television
205-1958
IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels
A method of measuring the amplitude levels of an SMPTE 170M-1994; NTSC color or monochrome television video signal is described. It is concerned with luminance measurements at various points in transmission systems where the signals are at video frequencies. The methods described are limited to the use of waveform monitors, software video processing for amplitude assessment, or suitable oscilloscopes, and are primarily directed to specifying means of measuring television signal levels for operating purposes.
206-1960
IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Differential Gain and Differential Phase
Withdrawn Standard. The primary application of this standard is intended to be in the field of routine operational and maintenance tests, where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or desirable. The basic techniques described here are also applicable to laboratory measurements, proof-of-performance test, and detailed maintenance procedures.
208-1960
IEEE Standards on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera Systems, 1961
Superseded by IEEE Std 208-1995 The methods for measuring the resolution of camera systems are described. The primary application is for users and manufacturers to quantify the limit where fine detail contained in the original image is no longer reproduced by the camera system. The techniques described may also be used for laboratory measurements and for proof-of-performance specifications for a camera.
213-1987
IEEE Standard Procedure for Measuring Conducted Emissions in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz from Television and FM Broadcast Receivers to Power Lines
Procedures for testing television and FM broadcast receivers are included. The user is cautioned that this method might not be appropriate for conducted emissions testing of systems or products other than televisions or FM receivers. Other more general methods exist and it is suggested that they be used for review. These include, but are not limited to, ANSI C63.4-1981, American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz. A method for measuring the emissions conducted by the power line from these receivers in the frequency range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz is defined. Standard input signals, the equipment setup, and measurement techniques are described.
214-1961
IEEE Standard Construction Drawings of Line Impedance Network Required for Measurement of Conducted Interference to the Power Line from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz as Specified in IEEE Std 213-1961.
Construction Drawings of Line Impedance Network Required for Measurement of Conducted Interference to the Power Line from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz as Specified in IEEE Std 213-1961
216-1960
IRE Standards on Solid-State Devices: Definitions of Semiconductor Terms
Definitions of Semiconductor Terms
218-1956
IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Transistors
This standard deals with the methods of measurement of important characteristics of transistors. In general, these characteristics are referred to as parameters of the devices. Because of the youthfulness of the transistor art, methods of testing transistors will continue to change considerably before the art can be considered to have "stabilized" sufficiently for complete standardization. This standard corresponds to the current state of transistor testing methods, and its publication by the IRE is considered preferable to waiting for a future stabilization of the many rapid changes now characteristic of this field
219-1975
IEEE Recommended Practice for Loudspeaker Measurements
These recommendations apply to loudspeakers and loudspeaker systems.
223-1966
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Thyristors
Definitions of Terms for Thyristors
22A-1962
IEEE Guide for the Application of Interrupter Switches to Switch Capacitance Loads
Usual Temperature and Altitude Service Conditions-Equipment conforming to this Standard shall be suitable for operation at its standard rating, provided that: (a) The temperature of the cooling air (ambient temperature) does not exceed 40C if the equipment has copper-to-copper contacts or equivalent. (b) The temperature of the cooling air (ambient temperature) does not exceed 55C if the equipment has all contacts silver surfaced or equivalent, and in addition has all conducting joints, including terminal connections, either (1) Separately held mechanically, and either soldered or silver surfaced, or (2) Brazed, welded or silver soldered and provided that such operation does not result in temperatures in excess of 90C for class O, 105C for class A or 130C for class B insulations. (c) The altitude does not exceed 3300 feet (1000 meters).
251-1984
IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Direct-Current Tachometer Generators
This test procedure covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of direct-current tachometer generators. Direct-current tachometer generators are used for a variety of indicating and control purposes and a characteristic of primary importance in one application may be of little or no importance in another. This procedure shall not be interpreted or construed as requiring the making of all or any of the tests herein in any given transaction.
254-1963
IEEE Standard Definitions of Parametric Device Terms
Definitions of Parametric Device Terms
255-1963
IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Semiconductor Devices
No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
256-1963
IEEE Test Procedure for Semiconductor Diodes
This Standard recommends and describes methods of measurement of the important electrical characteristics of semiconductor diodes. For the purpose of this Standard, a semiconductor diode is defined1 as: A semiconductor device having two terminals and exhibiting a nonlinear voltage--current characteristic; in more restricted usage, a semiconductor device which has the asymmetrical voltage--current characteristic exemplified by a single p-n junction. Methods of test are described for static, small-signal and pulse parameters. Many of the terms considered herein have been set down in AIEE and IRE Standards, particularly in 60 IRE 28.SH and AIEE No. 4252.
261-1965
IEEE Letter Symbols for Thermoelectric Devices
This document presents standard letter symbols for quantities used in the field of thermoelectric devices.
262B-1977
IEEE Trial Use Standard Dielectric Test Requirements for Power Transformers for Operation on Effectively Grounded Systems 345 kV and Above
This standard prescribes insulation levels and dielectric test requirements for power transformers where: (1) The transformer insulation levels and dielectric test requirements are specified to be in accordance with this standard.1 (2) The highest voltage winding of the transformer is wye connected and rated 345 kV or above. (3) The transformer is intended for operation on an effectively grounded system2 and is protected by suitable surge arresters.
263-1965
IEEE Standard for Measurement of Radio Noise Generated by Motor Vehicles and Affecting Mobile Communications Receivers in the Frequency Range 25-1000 megahertz
264-1977
IEEE Standard for High-Power Wide-Band Transformers (100 Watts and Above)
This publication pertains to wide-band transformers, transmitting power of equal to or more than 100 W1. Guides to application and test procedures are included. Appendices contain certain precautions and recommended practices. Provision is made for including data for use in the design of feedback amplifiers and control networks or other circuits in which knowledge of the transformer amplitude- and phasefrequency response is needed by the system designer. These transformers are required to transform voltage within specified tolerances of amplitude and phase when operating between specified impedances
266-1969
IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electronics Power Transformers
The intent of this Test Procedure is to establish a uniform method by which the life of electronics transformer insulation systems can be compared. Thermal degradation is generally one of the major factors affecting the life of most insulating materials. It was chosen to be the major environmental factor in this Test Procedure. Other environmental factors, such as vibration, thermal shock, and moisture, have been included to simulate operating conditions. These factors have been chosen in such a way as to develop and disclose promptly any significant weaknesses during the temperature aging of an insulation system.
268A-1987
IEEE International System of Units Conversion Factors Card
International System of Units Conversion
272-1970
IEEE Standard for Computer-Type (Square-Loop) Pulse Transformers
This standard pertains to computer-type pulse transformers. These pulse transformers are characterized by their use of a square loop core material as defined below with normal operation into the saturation flux density regions and with typical operation using a specifically defined current input pulse. These transformers exploit the memory characteristic of square-loop core material that makes the output pulse dependent upon the immediate history of the core flux. This type of transformer is used in shift registers, memory across switches, memory readout circuits, transformer logic matrices, and other storage-type devices. It is not the purpose of this standard to include large-scale memories. Wherever numerical requirements are indicated, they may be considered as recommended values. Appendix I contains a core analysis, transformer equivalent circuit, and definitions of associated terms. Appendix II contains definitions pertaining mainly to characteristic testing of computer-type pulse transformers.
273-1967
IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power transformers
This Guide has been prepared to aid in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of power transformers. It supplements information that was previously published in a Committee Report titled Protection of Power Transformers, 1962 Relays Committee Survey of Practices. (Reference 2.1.2) This Guide reviews the general philosophy and economic considerations involved in transformer protection, describes the types of faults that have been experienced, and discusses technical problems with such protection, including current transformer behavior under fault conditions. The various types of electric, mechanical, and thermal protective devices are described. Associated problems such as fault clearing and re-energizing considerations are also discussed. Emphasis in the Guide is placed on practical applications rather than basic theory which may be obtained from several good references in the Bibliography.
274-1966
Standard Definitions of Terms for Integrated Electronics
No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991.
275-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Alternating-Current Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
A test procedure for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is described. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and below. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or that are subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dust, or to submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results.
277-1983
IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
The continuing expansion and modernization program in the cement industry has placed an increasing importance on the current plant power distribution system. Increasing plant capacity accompanied by larger kilns, grinding mills, crushers, and the increasing use of automatic controls has placed greater stress on the adequacy and reliability of the distribution system. Safety, capacity, reliability, and low maintenance - all at a reasonable cost - are the requirements of the cement plant power distribution system.
278 -1967
IEEE Guide for Classifying Electrical Insulating Materials Exposed to Neutron and Gamma Radiation
279-1971
IEEE Standard: Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
These criteria established minimum requirements for the safety-related functional performance and reliability of protection systems for stationary land-based nuclear reactors producing steam for electric power generation. Fulfillment of these requirements does not necessarily fully establish the adequacy of protective system functional performance and reliability. On the other hand, omission of any of these requirements will, in most instances, be an indication of system inadequacy. For purposes of these criteria, the nuclear power generating station protection system encompasses all electric and mechanical devices and circuitry (from sensors to actuation device input terminals) involved in generating those signals associated with the protective function. These signals include those that actuate reactor trip and that, in the event of a serious reactor accident, actuate engineered safeguards such as containment isolation, core spray, safety injection, pressure reduction, and air cleaning.
281-1984
IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment
This is a revision of a standard for the usual and unusual service conditions for power system communication equipment. It is similar to service conditions for relays, automatic station supervisory control, and telemetering equipment with which this communication equipment is used. IEEE Std 97-1969, IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Service Conditions in Electrical Standards, has been considered.
282-1968
IEEE Proposed IEEE Recommended Specification for Speed Governing and Temperature Protection of Gas Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators
The Specification is limited in scope to the following types of open-cycle gas turbines intended to drive electric generators at constant speed.
284-1968
IEEE Standards Report on State-of-the-Art of Measuring Field Strength, Continuous Wave, Sinusoidal
This document is a Report on the state-of-the-art of measuring field strength of radio-frequency electromagnetic waves, with respect to available and desirable accuracies, general principles of measurement techniques and calibration methods, and references to pertinent literature. It is one of a series of such Reports planned under a program being carried out by the IEEE [1], The information in this Report has been assembled by a special subcommittee working in the areas of measurement of field strength.
285-1968
IEEE Standards Report on State-of-the-Art of Measuring Phase Shift at Frequencies above 1 Ghz
A discussion of the available standard phase shifters, the general principles of measurement techniques, and the basic measurement precautions is included in this Report along with a bibliography of pertinent literature. This is one of a series of such reports planned under a program being carried out by the IEEE.* The data in this Report have been assembled by a special subcommittee working in the field of microwave phase-shift measurements.
286-1975
IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of Rotating Machinery Stator Coil Insulation
29-1941
American Standards for Wet Test
It is the purpose of this recommendation to establish a general standard method for use in making high-potential wet tests on insulators, bushings, switches and related apparatus. This specification covers only the requirements for the spray and the correction factors to be applied to test results. The requirements for specimen mounting and the method of voltage application for any particular type of equipment are covered by the respective apparatus standards. Standards for the measurement of voltage are covered by AIEE Standard No. 4.
290-1980
IEEE Standard for Electric Couplings; Part I - General, Rating, Performance Characteristics; Part II - Test Procedures
Electric couplings are widely used to transmit mechanical torque from one rotating member to another. They are distinguished from mechanical couplings in that their torque transmitting capability is initiated, and is frequently controlled, by the action of an electromagnetic field. This IEEE standard covers the more generally applicable performance characteristics and conducting and reporting of the tests for determining the performance characteristics of electric couplings.
291-1991
IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength of Sinusoidal Continuous Waves, 30 Hz to 30 GHz
Two standard methods for field-strength measurement are described. The standard-antenna method consists of measuring the received power or open-circuit voltage developed in a standard receiving antenna by the field to be measured and computing the field strength from the measured voltage and the dimensions and form of the standard antenna. The standard-field method consists of comparing voltages produced in an antenna by the field to be measured and by a standard field, the magnitude of which is computed from the dimensions of the transmitting antenna, its current distribution, the distance of separation, and effect of the ground. The measurement procedures are outlined, including calibration of commercial field strength and extension of the methods to microwave frequencies. Methods for measuring power radiated from an antenna under several different conditions are briefly presented, and the important considerations for securing useful and accurate measurements are described.
296-1969
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms, Letter Symbols, and Color Code for Hall Effect Devices
Definitions of 48 terms are accompanied by a list of 38 letter symbols and the standard crossed rectangle in circle with crosswires circuit symbol, with the color code for lead wires to p-type and n-type Hall generators
297-1969
IEEE Recommended Practice for Speech Quality Measurements
The increasing variety of speech transmission systems has created a new problem for communication engineers. This problem consists of the subjective evaluation of the speech quality produced by these systems. For investigators interested only in the utilization of some procedure applicable to this problem, it, was difficult to make a choice among the wide range of documented approaches.
3-1982
IEEE Recommended Practice in the Selection of Reference Ambient Conditions for Test Measurements of Electrical Apparatus
It is the purpose of this document to identify and recommended a set of standard reference values for certain ambient parameters which are significant in electrical test measurements.
30-1944
AIEE American Standard Definitions and General Standards for Wire and Cable
These standards include definitions and standards of a general character which are applicable to wires and cables for power purposes. The standards for specific kinds of insulation will be found in the individual standards for those insulations.
302-1969
IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength for Frequencies Below 1000 MHz in Radio Wave Propagation
Standard methods for the measurement of electromagnetic field strength in radio wave propagation are described in detail. These are for frequencies below 1000 MHz, and include the standard-antenna method and the standard-field method.
304-1977
IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation Systems for Direct-Current Machines
Insulation systems for direct-current machines are classified in accordance with their limiting temperatures as determined by test rather than by chemical composition. The intention is to classify according to the recognized A, B, F, and H categories by determining thermal capability in accordance with machine temperature-rise standards. This test procedure has been prepared to indicate accepted tests. It is applicable to insulation systems for use in usual service conditions. This standard does not cover special requirements such as for machines in gas atmospheres being subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids.
306-1969
IEEE Test Procedure for Charging Inductors
This document pertains to the methods of measurement of the electrical characteristics of charging inductors used in radar transmitters, linear particle accelerators, and similar equipment. The most extensive application of charging inductors is in the resonance-charging circuits of pulse-forming networks in line type pulse modulators, where inductors, having a high quality factor, efficiently charge the network capacitance to essentially twice the direct-voltage supply.
307-1969
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms For Solar Cells
This IEEE standard provides uniform and acceptable terms for use in the application of solar cells to power systems. The terms are useful in unifying expressions used in engineering writing and in the preparation of specifications and procurement documents. It is expected that this standard will be most useful to persons not expert in the solar cell field.
310-1969
IEEE Standard for Reference-Standard Electrical Resistors
This standard applies to precision electrical resistors exhibiting a high degree of stability and intended for use as reference standards in accurate direct-current resistance measurements.
311-1970
IEEE Standard Specification of General-Purpose Laboratory Cathode-Ray Oscilloscopes
"The purposes of this Standard are: to document the minimum information that users of general-purpose laboratory cathode-ray oscilloscopes typically need; to provide potential purchasers and others with a common means for making comparisons between instruments; and to provide uniformity of information from manufacturers. This Standard applies primarily to general-purpose laboratory cathode-ray oscilloscopes; it does not necessarily apply to specific kinds of oscilloscopes, such as those employing sampling techniques, nor to storage oscilloscopes, spectrum analyzers, television monitors, or other instruments using cathode-ray tube displays."
312-1977
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Communication Switching
This Standard contains many of the terms one might encounter in exposition on the design and use of communication switching systems. Definitions of these terms have either been submitted for the first edition or prepared for subsequent editions of the forthcoming IEEE Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms. Certain terms and definitions have been drawn from American National Standard Definitions of Electrical Terms, ANS 042.65-1907, and other existing documents; the remainder are modified or new (those that are modified with respect to the first edition of the IEEE Dictionary are marked with an asterisk).
314-1971
IEEE Standards Report on State of the Art of Measuring Unbalanced Transmission-Line Impedance
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No abstract.
318-1971
IEEE Trial Use Standard Guide on Solid State Devices: Varactor Measurements Part 1- Small Signal Measurements
This guide describes several methods of measurement for the small signal characterization of varactors. For the purpose of this guide, a varactor is defined as a two terminal device used as a voltage-dependent capacitance. Such devices can be used from dc to microwave frequencies. Examples include low noise parametric amplifiers from audio to microwave frequencies, tuning elements, choppers, and phase shifters. A small-signal equivalent circuit is presented and its validity discussed. Methods for determining the elements of this circuit by means of ac measurements are described in general terms, and restrictions are discussed. The use of dc measurement techniques is discussed in Test Procedure for Semiconductor Diodes IEEE 256. For a consideration of noise measurements, see Part 9: Noise in Linear Twoports, Methods of Testing Electron Tubes - IEEE 158.
319-1990
IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Piezomagnetic and magnetostrictive effects are discussed, and the piezomagnetic relations, symbols, and units are presented. The intent is to make possible the comparison of the relative merits of magnetostrictive, electromagnetic, piezoelectric, and electrostrictive transducers on a simple and straightforward basis. The standard applies generally to magnetostrictive materials, except for some uncommon cases.
325-1986
IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors
Terminology and standard test procedures for germanium radiation detectors that are used for the detection and high-resolution spectrometry of gamma rays, X rays, and charged particles that produce hole-electron pairs in the crystal lattice are established so they have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users.
328-1971
IEEE Application Guide for Transient Recovery Voltage for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis.
This standard covers the application guide for transient recovery voltage requirements for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 volts and on a symmetrical current basis. The capability limits of these circuit breaker interrupting devices are determined largely by the transient recovery voltages. The guide for application is not included in other existing circuit breaker standards.
33-1927
AIEE Standards - Electrical Measuring Instruments
The standards in this section apply to the following kinds of indicating electrical instruments for direct current and for alternating current: (1). Ammeters (2). Voltmeters (3). Wattmeters (4). Reactive Volt-Ampere Meters (5). Frequency Meters (6). Power-Factor, Reactive-Factor and Phase-Angle Meters (7). Synchroscopes These standards are not intended to apply to indicating instruments provided with arrangements for curve drawing, contact making, etc. They do not apply to the following kinds of instruments: (a) Small instruments of types and sizes which are used where low cost is essential; for example, small polarized-vane ammeters used on automobiles, batterycharging outfits, etc. (b) Instruments constructed for very special requirements.
333-1980
IEEE Standard for Electrical Installation of Packaging Machinery and Associated Equipment
This standard covers the application of electrical equipment and wiring furnished as part of a packaging machine and associated equipment commencing at the place of connection of the power supply. It shall apply to electrical equipment for use on circuits which operate from a supply voltage of 600 V or less. It shall not be considered adequate for machines intended for use in locations designated as hazardous by ANSI/NFPA 70-1978, National Electrical Code.
339-1972
IEEE Standard Requirements for Switching-Impulse Voltage Insulation Strength for AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis (362 kB and Above)
This standard covers requirements for switching-impulse voltage insulation strength for outdoor ac high-voltage circuit breakers having rated maximum voltages of 362 kV and above.
34-1922
AIEE Standards for Telephony and Telegraphy
Many of the following definitions are tentative and not yet fully established. Some of the definitions are specific to telephony, and differ in detail from similar definitions appearing in other sections of the rules.
340-1972
IEEE Standard Requirements for Pressurized Components of AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
This standard covers requirements for the pressurized components of ac high-voltage circuit breakers.
341-1972
IEEE Standard Requirements for Capacitance Current Switching for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
This standard covers capacitance current switching requirements for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with methods given in American National Standard Rating Structure for A C High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, C37.04-1964, and listed in American National Standard Schedules of Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities for A C High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, C37.06-1972.2 It is anticipated that the manufacturers of circuit breakers will expend efforts to meet the requirements of these new standards as soon as possible. However, it is recognized that this will require time for completion; users are cautioned to confer with the manufacturer as to whether a specific design meets these standards. Circuit breakers manufactured before the publication date of this standard may not meet its requirements; the manufacturer should be consulted concerning the capacitance current switching capabilities of these earlier designs.
342-1973
American National Standard Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
This application guide for capacitance current switching applies to ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with American National Standard Requirements for Capacitance Current Switching for A C High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, C37.073-1972. It is intended to supplement the American National Standard Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, C37.010-1972 (IEEE Std 320-1972), and specifically, to enlarge on Section 4.14.3, Capacitor Switching, and Section 4.14.4, Line Charging Switching. Circuit breakers rated and manufactured to meet other standards should be applied in accordance with application procedures adapted to their specific ratings.
343-1972
IEEE Standard Requirements for External Insulation for Outdoor AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
This standard covers requirements for the external insulation of outdoor ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis.
346-1973
IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology Including Terms for Reporting and Analyzing Outages of Electrical Transmission and Distribution Facilities and Interruptions to Customer Service
347-1972
IEEE Standard Method of Measuring Recorded Flux of Magnetic Sound Records at Medium Wavelengths
This standard specifies a method of measuring the recorded flux per unit width of a magnetically recorded test signal at medium wavelengths for all magnetic sound record formats. It also specifies the equipment needed to implement this method.
351-1972
IEEE Trial Use Standard Guide on Solid State Devices: Varactor Measurements Part II - Characterization of Large-Signal Devices
This standard describes parameters and methods of measurement suitable for the characterization of varactors intended for large-signal application. This will be done by reference to the parameters and methods prescribed in IEEE Std 318-1971, Trial-Use Guide on Solid-State Devices: Varactor Measurements, Part I -- Small Signal Measurements, where they are applicable, and by modification and supplementation of them where necessary for use with large-signal devices.
36-1928
AIEE Storage Batteries (Revised)
The standards in this section apply to storage batteries of the lead-acid type and of the nickel - iron alkaline type. They are suitable for large and small batteries in either stationary or portable service. 36-2 These standards conform to accepted usage. CLASSIFICATION OF STORAGE BATTERIES 36-51 Storage batteries are classified as stationary or portable batteries on the basis of construction. 36-52 Stationary Batteries.--Are those designed for service in a permanent location. 36-53 Portable Batteries.--Are those designed for convenient transportation during service. Portable batteries may be used for service in a permanent location.
368-1977
IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Electrical Noise and Harmonic Filter Performance of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems
This guide contains information and recommendations pertaining to measurement of induced electrical noise generated by high voltage direct-current (HVdc) power transmission systems and measurement of the performance of filtering equipment designed to mitigate that noise.
376-1975
IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Impulse Strength and Impulse Bandwidth
The use of the impulse generator for calibration purposes in electromagnetic compatibility measurements is addressed. In particular, basic information relating to the use of this device is provided, and interpretation of measurements made using instruments based on it is considered. Two methods of measurement of spectrum amplitude and impulse bandwidth are described in detail. The first method uses a video pulse technique. The second uses a substitution method in which the reference is a pulse-modulated sine-wave generator whose parameters are measured. Both techniques are capable of about equal accuracy.
378-1986
IEEE Standard on Network Analyzers (100 kHz to 18 GHz)
One-port and two-port impedance standards and measurement techniques in the frequency range 100 kHz to 110 GHz. Limited to linear passive devices. Techniques to include at least bridges, slotted lines, reflectometers, network analyzers, six-ports, resonance techniques, time and pulse domain, and vector meters. Standards to include requirements for national standards, transfer standards, and calibration standards.
38-1934
AIEE Standards for Electric Arc Welding Apparatus
The standards in this section apply to the following types of electric arc welding apparatus: (1) D-c generators (2) Motor-generator sets (including dynamotors) (3) A-c transformers (4) Resistors
380-1975
IEEE Definitions of Terms Used in IEEE Standards on Nuclear Power Generating Stations
All of the terms and definitions in this document have been taken from current IEEE standards on nuclear power generating stations. The source of each definition is indicated by a number in brackets immediately following the definition in Section 1, and full listings of each standard follow in Section 2. As defined herein, the terms are restricted to the manner in which they have been employed in mentioned standards, and the definitions may not, in all cases, be applicable for broader usage. However, because the IEEE standards on nuclear power generating stations have had wide acceptance within both government and industry, the terms, as used in these documents, have come into broad usage by many persons who neither need the standards nor have ready access to them. Since these terms are not included in American National Standard Glossary of Terms in Nuclear Science and Technology, Nl.1-1967, the present document has been published as a convenient method of supplementing that standard.
381-1977
IEEE Standard Criteria for Type Tests of Class 1E Modules Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve actuators with safety-related functions are established. The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, is covered. The standard qualification cases and their environmental parameters for the usual locations of safety-related equipment in a nuclear generating station are described. Test procedures are presented.
384-1981
IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits
This standard provides criteria and requirements for establishing and maintaining the independence of Class IE equipment and circuits and auxiliary supporting features by physical separation and electrical isolation.
387-1984
IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
The criteria for the application and testing of diesel-generator units as Class 1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations is described.
392-1976
IEEE Recommended Practice for Achieving High Reliability in Electronics Transformers and Inductors
This document is a guide to the design and manufacture of transformers and inductors for use in sophisticated systems such as manned space vehicles, satellites, missiles, and undersea telephone systems where high reliability is imperative because of the impossibility or high cost of replacement. Such components are usually made for a particular circuit application in small lots and at irregular intervals with consequent higher unit costs. This document describes the types of tests and methods of inspection of materials and workmanship to ensure reliable transformers and inductors for use in demanding applications or inaccessible systems.
402-1974
IEEE Guide for Measuring Resistivity of Cable-Insulation Materials at High Direct Voltages
This guide describes the apparatus and procedures for the determination of resistivity and polarization characteristics of solid and laminar insulation specimens (considered for use in high direct-voltage power cables) at uniform temperatures from room temperature up to the temperature at which the materials will operate.
41-1944
AIEE Insulator Tests
These standards comprise a manual of test procedures to be followed in making tests to determine the characteristics of insulators to be used on electric power systems. They are not intended to include test procedure for apparatus bushings.* Since these standards are not intended to be insulator specifications, the individual tests may be made a part of an insulator specification only when specifically designated in contract specifications. In all cases where these standards include high voltage measurements, the methods, equipment, and technique shall be in accordance with American Standards for Measurement of Test Voltage in Dielectric Tests, C68.1-1942 or latest revision thereof
415-1986
IEEE Guide for Planning of Preoperational Testing Programs for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Directions for establishing an acceptable pre-operational testing program for Class 1E power systems in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The pre-operational tests are performed after the appropriate construction tests have been completed. Their purpose is to verify that the Class 1E power systems perform their required function as designed. The power systems are considered to include the ac and dc power supplies, but do not include the equipment that utilizes the power.
416-1984
IEEE Standard ATLAS Test Language
This standard defines ATLAS, the Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems, which offers a standardized test language for expressing test specifications and test procedures. It is a test-oriented language independent of test equipment, and provides a standard abbreviated English language used in the preparation and documentation of test procedures that can be implemented either manually or with automatic and semi-automatic equipment. ATLAS was originally developed for avionics applications under the auspices of Aeronautical Radio, Inc (ARINC). As the language expanded into non-avionic applications, the original sponsors recommended the transfer of further ATLAS development to the IEEE.
42-1923
AIEE Standard Symbols for Electrical Equipment of Buildings
Standard Symbols for Electrical Equipment of Buildings
422-1986
IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Power Generating Stations
This guide applies to both nuclear and non-nuclear electric power generating stations -- except for the special requirements of wire and cable installations in Class 1E systems of nuclear stations -- for which the user should refer to ANSI/IEEE Std 690-1984.
425-1957
AIEE Test Code for Transistors - Semiconductor Definitions and Letter Symbols
Test code for Transistors - semiconductor definitions and letter symbols.
428-1981
IEEE Standard Definitions and Requirements for Thyristor AC Power Controllers
These recommendations apply to thyristor ac power controllers that are low voltage, power electronic, industrial class equipment for the control or switching of ac power. Switching, multicycle control and phase control are included. Cycloconverters are excluded. Examples of application include, but are not limited to, industrial oven controls, static motor starters, static relays, etc. This standard is intended to be used in conjunction with IEC Pub 146 (1973) [2] .l Reference is made to the appropriate section of IEC Pub 146 (1973) [2] where required.
429-1994
IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
A test procedure for comparing two or more sealed insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for alternating-current (ac) electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 6900 V and below.
431-1958
AIEE Proposed Standard for Presenting Data on Magnetic Core Materials
The scope of this standard is to set forth the basic data on magnetic amplifier core materials that should be presented by manufacturers of core materials so that the magnetic amplifier designer will have available the parameters of the material particularly significant to magnetic amplifier design. The tests proposed in this standard are not intended as methods of matching and grading magnetic amplifier cores
432-1992
IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electric Machinery (5 hp to less than 10 000 hp)
Information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of medium and small rotating electrical machines is presented. The guide is intended to apply in general to industrial air- cooled machines rated from 5 hp to 10 000 hp. However, the procedures may be found useful for other types of machines.
433-1974
IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency
Terms that have a specific meaning in VLF testing are defined, and VLF test equipment and wave shape are described. A uniform procedure for testing the armature insulation of large AC machines with VLF voltage is provided. Constants for relating VLF tests to power-frequency and direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test levels are recommended.
444-1973
IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for Motor Drives Part 1- Converters for DC Motor Armature Supplies
This standard applies to all types of line-commutated semiconductor power converters employing monocrystalline semiconductor thyristors or diodes, as used in industrial motor-drive applications requiring adjustable direct voltage for dc motor armature or field, or adjustable voltage and frequency in the case of ac motor drives (cycloconverter). It covers thyristor converter circuits, general requirements, test procedures, general recommendations for loading and operating converter units, and thyristor converter transformers. Although written primarily around the requirements of motor drives needing sufficient power to utilize multiphase power converters, this standard is applicable with reasonable interpretation to all line-commutated power converters used in industrial motor-drive applications.
449-1990
IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators
Requirements are provided for ferroresonant voltage regulators that operate at relatively constant frequencies and provide substantially constant output voltages in spite of relatively large changes of input voltage. Requirements for controlled ferroresonant regulators that maintain substantially constant output voltages regardless of variations, within limits, of input voltage, temperature, frequency, and output load are also included. The requirements cover definitions, symbols, and circuit schematics; service conditions; ratings; nameplate and other markings; testing; application; and maintenance. Provision is made for relating the characteristics of ferroresonant regulators to associated rectifiers and circuits.
451-1955
AIEE Proposed Recommended Guide for Specification of Signal Sources
454-1973
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Detection and Measurement of Partial Discharges (Corona) During Dielectric Tests
This document is based on IEC Publication 270-1968, Partial Discharge Measurements. Adheres closely to the IEC recommendations with the following exceptions: (1) The terms partial discharge energy and partial discharge power are not used in this document but are defined for future reference. (2) Likewise, the corona discharge reference source shown in Fig 5 of the IEC document has been omitted since it is not in common use in the United States. (3) An Appendix concerning calibration techniques has been added since it is felt that the IEC recommendation is lacking in this respect.
455-1985
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Measuring Longitudinal Balance of Telephone Equipment Operating in the Voice Band
The basic requirements for a test circuit that can be used to measure longitudinal balance are defined. Resistive elements are specified because they are generally considered easy to duplicate and balance. Standard test conditions and procedures are established.
457-1982
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Nonlinear, Active, and Nonreciprocal Waveguide Components
This standard presents definitions of terms for non-linear, active, and non-reciprocal waveguide components. It is a companion to two other published standards, Definitions of Fundamental Waveguide Terms, IEEE Std 146-1980 and Definitions of Terms for Waveguide Components, IEEE Std 147-1979. The latter covers linear and passive waveguide components.
460-1988
IEEE Standard for Electrical Measuring Transducer for Converting AC Electrical Quantities into DC Electrical Quantities
This standard applies to measuring transducers used for converting AC electrical quantities such as current, voltage, power (active or reactive), power factor, phase angle or frequency to direct current or voltage. Within the effective range, a change of output is a function of the corresponding change of input that produces it. An auxiliary supply may be needed to power active circuitry.
463-1993
IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones
Means of safeguarding personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the dc cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc.
464-1981
IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounded 830 V Three-Phase Electrical System for Oil Field Service
465.1-1977
IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Gas Tube Surge Protecting Devices
This standard applies to surge-protective devices for application on systems with voltages equal to or less than 600 V rms. These protective devices are designed to limit voltage surges on balanced or unbalanced communication circuits and dc to 420 Hz power circuits. This standard contains a series of standard test criteria for determining the electrical characteristics of these gas tube devices. The tests in this standard are intended as design tests as defined under design tests in IEEE Std 100-1972, IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms, and provide a means of comparison among various gas tube surge-protective devices.1 Gas tube devices are used to provide overvoltage protection in electrical circuits. When the gas tube's breakdown voltage is exceeded, the tube's normal high impedance state changes to a low impedance state to allow the gas tube to conduct the surge discharge current. After the tube conducts the surge discharge current, it interrupts the flow of power follow current and returns to its high impedance state. This standard's test criteria and definitions provide a common engineering language beneficial to user and manufacturer of gas tube surge-protective devices. Due to the voltage and energy levels employed in the majority of tests contained herein, all measurements should be considered dangerous and appropriate caution should be taken in their performance.
467-1980
IEEE Standard Quality Assurance Program Requirements for the Design and Manufacture of Class 1E Instrumentation and Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard establishes the basic Quality Assurance Program requirements to be implemented by manufacturers of Class 1E Instrumentation and Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
469-1988
IEEE Recommended Practice for Voice-Frequency Electrical-Noise Tests of Distribution Transformers
Instruction for the testing of distribution transformers as sources of voice-frequency noise for communication circuits is provided. The tests measure the degree to which a transformer may contribute to electrical noise in communication circuits that are physically paralleling the power-supply circuits feeding the transformer. They provide a standard method for use by the transformer manufacturer, user, and others in the industry for the purpose of better evaluating the design choices that are available and moving toward industry objectives with regard to levels of harmonic exciting current.
47-1945
AIEE Expulsion Type Distribution Lightning Arresters
These Standards apply to all types of expulsion lightning arresters designed to limit voltage surges for the protection of 60 cycle distribution apparatus conforming to the basic insulation level standards. They do not apply to the protector tubes used for the protection of transmission lines as covered by AIEE Standard No. 24, nor to expulsion type arresters supplied integrally with transformers.*
470-1972
IEEE Standard Application Guide for Bolometric Power Meters
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. This standard applies to bolometric power meters as complete instruments and to their constituent parts: bolometric detectors, bolometer units, and bolometer elements. Bolometer power measurement instrumentation is generally used to measure, below 100 mW and above 10 MHz, the average power of electromagnetic waves propagating in a single mode in wave-guide or coaxial transmission lines. The power range can be extended by the use of attenuators or directional couplers, or both.
474-1973
IEEE Standard Specifications and Test Methods for Fixed and Variable Attenuators, DC-40 GHz
This performance standard covers absorptive and reflective attenuators, both fixed as well as continuously variable or variable in fixed steps, both manual and programmable types. It does not cover electronic or solidstate-type attenuators. This standard permits the user to select for a specification those minimum performance parameters which characterize an attenuator. A list of preferred test methods is included permitting verification of the attenuation characteristics. Practical minimum performance limits are furnished for various applications. These are for guidance only and will improve with time.
492-1974
IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators
General recommendations are provided for the operation, loading, and maintenance of hydro-generators and generator/motors (pump/turbines), having salient pole rotors and conventional cooling systems (as distinct from conductor cooling systems). The term hydro-generator refers to a generator driven by a hydraulic turbine or waterwheel. Types of units and bases of rating are included. Generators with cylindrical rotors are not covered.
494-1974
IEEE Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Criteria for the uniform identification of documents significant to design, construction, testing, operation, and maintenance of Class 1E equipment and systems for nuclear power generating stations are established. Recommendations for identification of specific parts of these documents are included. Criteria are also established for identification on documents of redundant portions of Class 1E equipment and systems.
495-1986
IEEE Guide for Testing Faulted Circuit Indicators
Service conditions, test procedures, and conditions for faulted circuit indicators for use on power distribution systems are established. Both design and production tests are covered.
497-1981
IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Criteria for variable selection, performance, design, and qualification of accident monitoring instrumentation are established in this standard. Included requirements for display alternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation, documentation of design bases, and use of portable instrumentation.
498-1990
IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The standard sets forth the requirements for a calibration program to control and verify the accuracy of measuring and test equipment used to ensure that safety systems of a nuclear facility are in conformance with prescribed technical requirements and that data provided by testing, inspection, or maintenance are valid. These requirements also cover modifications and those activities occurring during the operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occurring during the initial construction of the facility.
500-1984
IEEE Guide To The Collection And Presentation Of Electrical, Electronic, Sensing Component, And Mechanical Equipment Reliability Data for Nuclear-Power Generating Stations
A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electric, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2) to evaluate system design alternatives; (3) to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies.
5001-1999
The Nexus 5001 Forum™ Standard for a Global Embedded Processor Debug Interface
A general-purpose specification that addresses the rigorous challenges for debug interfaces is outlined. Auxiliary pin functions, transfer protocols and standard development features are defined.
500PV-1984
IEEE Standard Reliability Data for Pumps and Drivers, Valve Actuators, and Valves (Excerpted from ANSI/IEEE Std 500-1984)
A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electrical, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2) to evaluate system design alternatives; (3) to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies.
503-1978
IEEE Standard for Measurement and Characterization of Diode-Type Camera Tubes
505-1977
IEEE Standard Nomenclature for Generating Station Electric Power Systems
Electric power systems in stationary generating stations that provide electric power to the power system are covered. Nomenclature is included for the following interrelated systems: generating unit power system, generating unit auxiliaries power system, station auxiliaries power system, generating unit dc auxiliaries power system, and station dc auxiliaries power system. Nomenclature for instrumentation, controls, or auxiliaries is not included.
51-1955
IEEE Guiding Principles for Dielectric Tests
The service record of electric equipment depends largely upon the performance of its insulation. Insulation failures result from various combinations of such causes as progressive aging, moisture, mechanical damage, excess temperature, chemical action and abnormal voltage stresses. Commercial tests involving all these factors are impractical. It has long been the practice, however, to test new insulation at a voltage appreciably greater than its rated operating voltage. The dielectric test voltages should be chosen to result in good operating performance and satisfactory life. The establishment of suitable dielectric test specifications involves consideration of the over voltages to which equipment is subjected in service, a study of equipment strength and protective methods and a correlation of the dielectric test voltages and the performance of equipment in service.
510-1983
IEEE Recommended Practices for Safety in High-Voltage and High-Power Testing
Safety practices for those who are involved with making measurements on high-voltage sources or with high-power sources of various types, including power-system lines, 60-Hz test transformers, direct-voltage supplies, lightning-impulse generators, and switching-impulse generators are recommended. Electrical hazards involved in temporary measurements, as opposed to metering, relaying, or routine line work, are considered. Safety is considered in connection with testing in laboratories, in the field, in substations, and on lines, and with the test equipment utilized. Cable-fault location, large-capacitance-load testing, high-current testing, and direct connection to power lines are treated separately.
511-1979
IEEE Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear Waveform Distortion
This standard describes methods for measuring the linear waveform distortions of TV video signals, that is, distortions which are caused by amplitude-independent (linear) transmission characteristics of television equipment and facilities. The primary application of this standard is for routine operational and maintenance tests, where rapid interpretation of test results is desirable. The techniques described here may also be applicable to laboratory measurements, and detailed maintenance procedures.
516-1987
IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power-Lines
General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are provided. Technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included.
518-1982
IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources
Techniques for the installation and operation of industrial controllers to minimize the disturbing effects of electrical noise on these controllers, are addressed. The identification of noise in control circuits and the classification of noise are discussed. A systems approach to noise reduction is presented. Installation recommendations and wiring practices are covered.
52-1951
AIEE Application Guide for Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and Cases
It has been common practice for a long time in this country to ground the secondary circuits and cases of most instrument transformers used in switching stations, substations and generating stations and in certain other types of installations for reasons of safety to personnel and equipment. The object of the grounding is to limit the voltage on the secondary circuits and cases due to the effects of (1) possible insulation failure or other accidental contact between the primary circuit and the secondary circuit and/or case, which can subject them to full primary voltage, and (2) the capacitive coupling! between the primary and secondary circuit and case, which may impart to the secondary circuit and/or case objectionable or dangerous voltages to ground. However, there has been no general agreement among manufacturers and users whether all such instrument transformers, including auxiliary transformers, irrespective of voltage, should be grounded or just how this grounding should be done. The object of this Guide, based to a large extent on the findings and conclusions contained in a report by the AIEE Relay Committee titled Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits'' published in the April 1947 issue of Electrical Engineering, is to give recommendations in this respect.This Guide contains general and specific recommendations for grounding of the secondary circuits and cases of instrument, i.e., potential and current, transformers in all types of installations. These recommendations apply to all instrument transformers irrespective of the value of primary voltage or whether the primary windings of the transformers are connected to, or in, power circuits or whether these primary windings are connected in the secondary circuits of other instrument transformers. Exceptions to grounding are permissible where the advantages obtained by not grounding in certain instances or in certain types of installations are considered to outweigh the safety or other advantages obtained by grounding. However, such exceptions should be made only (1) when the instrument transformers form part of a separate metering or network installation and not part of a switching station, substation or generating station, and (2) when the primary windings are connected to circuits of 600 volts or less. Furthermore, for reasons of increased safety in those metering or network installations where the instrument transformers or live parts of the secondary circuit are accessible to other than authorized personnel, (1) the exceptions to the grounding of the secondary circuits should be made only if the voltage of the primary circuit is 300 volts or less to ground and (2) the exceptions to the grounding of the cases should be made only if the voltage of the primary circuit is 150 volts or less to ground.
53-1952
AIEE Proposed Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Dry Transformers with Class B Insulation
This guide covers general recommendations for the operation and maintenance of indoor, openly-ventilated, dry type distribution and power transformers with Class B insulation in ratings above 50 kVA and above 600 volts, cooled by natural draft or forced draft. The successful operation of these transformers is dependent on proper installation, loading and maintenance as well as on proper design and manufacture. As with all electric apparatus, neglect of certain fundamental requirements may lead to serious trouble, if not to the loss of the equipment. For this reason, a wide distribution of information in regard to the care of dry type transformers is important, and these brief instructions are published for that purpose. In addition to the use of this guide, the manufacturer should be consulted for specific recommendations on special conditions. Also reference may be made to other publications, some of which are listed in the Appendix.
532-1982
IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Cables
Jackets furnish mechanical protection for cables during installation and heat cycling. Jackets retard the ingress of water and earth chemicals into the underlying core. Jackets over metallic shields, sheaths and concentric neutral wires also provide protection against corrosion.
544-1975
IEEE Standard for Electrothermic Power Meters
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. This standard applies to electrothermic power meters as complete instruments and to their constituent parts: electrothermic elements, electrothermic units, and electrothermic power indicators. Electrothermic power measurement instrumentation is generally used to measure (below 3 W and above 2 MHz) the average power of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a single mode in waveguide or coaxial transmission lines. The power range can be extended by the use of attenuators or directional couplers, or both.
548-1984
IEEE Standard Criteria and Guidelines for the Laboratory Measurement and Reporting of Fly Ash Resistivity
Uniform criteria and guidelines for laboratory measurement and reporting of fly ash resistivity data obtained in the laboratory are presented. Fly ashes produced from the burning of any rank of coal are covered. Methods for ashing core bore samples of coal that have not been burned previously in a full-scale boiler are considered.
55-1953
IEEE Guide for Temperature Correlation in the Connection of Insulated Wire and Cables to Electronic Equipment
Although the standard permissible operating temperatures of various types of equipment are different for one reason or another, this causes little or no difficulty except where two kinds of equipment with different temperature limits connect together directly. This guide is issued as an aid in determining proper cable termination practice, as related to temperature correlation, when making connections to electric equipment. The data presented in this guide supplements the standards of the AIEE or ASA and other applicable standards, which should be observed. This guide is prepared in the form of a general section which relates to the temperature correlation problem as a whole, covering those points which are common. Individual equipment sections may be issued later and will consider special aspects identified with particular types of power equipment.
56-1977
IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance of Large Alternating-Current Rotating Machinery (10,000 kVA and Larger)
The purpose of this IEEE guide is to present information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of large alternating-current rotating electrical machines. Such an evaluation can serve as a guide to the degree of maintenance or replacement which might be deemed necessary, and also offer some indication of the future service reliability of the equipment under consideration. The guide is intended to apply in general to large alternating-current rotating electrical machines rated at 10000 kVA or more, and operating at voltages of 6000 V and above.
566-1976
Recommended Practice For the Design of Display and Control Facilities for Central Control Rooms of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This document establishes guidelines to be used by power plant system designers in selecting information and control devices to be made available in the central control room, and in determining how and where they shall be made available so that they can most reliably and quickly be used by the operator. The guide addresses the functional requirements of the information systems, controls, and displays, but not the selection of specific devices or equipment. It does not apply to the physical design of the control room enclosure or structures mounted therein.
567
IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station
567-1980
IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station
This standard addresses the central control room of nuclear power generating station and the overall complex in which this room is housed. It is not intended to cover special or normally unattended control rooms, such as those provided for radioactive waste handling or for emergency shutdown operations.
575-1988
IEEE Guide for Application of Sheath-Bonding Methods for Single-Conductor Cables and the Calculation of Induced Voltages and Currents in Cable Sheaths
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. The most common sheath-bonding systems now in use, and the methods of calculating sheath voltages and currents, are described. The concern is particularly with three-phase systems operating at 60 kV and above, with the neutral grounded directly or through an impedance. Bonding methods and sheath voltage limiters are covered. Effects on parallel telephone and control cables are considered.
58-1978
IEEE Standard Induction Motor Letter Symbols
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991.
581-1978
IEEE Standard Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Metal-Nitrite-Oxide Field-Effect Transistors
No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991.
583A-1979
IEEE Supplement to CAMAC IEEE Standards Documents
In this supplement, reference is made to page numbers in the IEEE Standards and Department of Energy (DOE) reports. In general, these page numbers are different from those in the corresponding EUR, ESONE and IEC documents.
586-1980
IEEE Standard Definitions of Laser-Maser Terms
No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
59-1962
AIEE Standard for Semiconductor Rectifier Components
Definitions given herein apply specifically to semiconductor components used for rectification or control of electric power, or both. For the purpose of this standard, a semiconductor rectifier component is a semiconductor rectifier cell, rectifier diode, or rectifier stack. Note that the name of the actual semiconductor material (selenium, silicon, etc.) may be substituted in place of the word "semiconductor" in the name of the components. Only those definitions likely to be needed by the user are included.
59 IRE 12, S1
IRE Standards on Navigation Aids: Direction Finder Measurements, 1959
Describes the standardisation of measurement methods and procedures to enable the determination of a direction finder's (DF) characteristics which will permit analysis of DF performance in a uniform manner. Standard test conditions are given and test equipment is discussed. Direction finder sensitivity and system accuracy measurements are discussed, and time requirements and interference are considered.
590-1977
IEEE Cable Plowing Guide
Methods used to place cable underground vary widely. The choice of method depends on such factors as soil conditions, surface and subsurface obstructions, total footage to be installed, spacing between taps or splices, joint trenching practices between utilities, depth of burial desired or required, size of cable, and tools available. This guide explores the interrelations of these contributing factors suggesting what should be considered, determinations to be made, and the decisions required before selecting the plowing method for the installation of direct buried cable.
592-1990
IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors
This standard provides design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV.
597-1983
IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for General Purpose Thyristor DC Drives
Line-commutated semiconductor power converters for general-purpose industrial dc motor drives powered from three-phase or single-phase ac supplies are considered. The objectives are to provide a common vocabulary, common methods of test and specification, and a recommended code of practice. Service conditions, operating characteristics, circuits, ratings, and regulators are covered.
599-1985
IEEE Standard Definitions of Power Systems Data Transmission and Related Channel Terminology
This standard includes definitions of those terms deemed necessary of performing or understanding measurements on channels used for data communications. Terms that are applicable to audio interfaces of wireline, leased lines, and multi-channel equipments and baseband interfaces of multichannel equipment.
600-1983
IEEE Trial-Use Standard Requirements for Organizations that Conduct Qualification Testing of Safety Systems Equipment for Use in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard applies to organizations that conduct qualification tests on equipment that has a definable safety function and is an identifiable part of a safety system for use in nuclear power generating stations. It requires a technical program, a quality assurance program, and a demonstrated ability to meet specified technical requirements. It does not apply to materials tests, production tests, normal performance testing, qualification by analysis, qualification by operating experience, or reliability tests such as diesel-generator multiple start tests.
605-1987
IEEE Guide for Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures
Rigid-bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air-insulated, and alternating-current substations are covered. Portions of this guide are also applicable to strain-bus structures or direct-current substations, or both. Ampacity, radio influence, vibration, and forces due to gravity, wind, fault current, and thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for conductor and insulator strength calculations are included.
606-1959
AIEE Recommended Specification for Self Governing of Internal Combustion Engine-Generator Units
The Recommended Specifications consist of four sections. Specification Sections II, III and IV are complete purchase specifications. They cover alternate arrangements and performance requirements of speed-governing systems for internal combustion engine-generator units. These are printed as individual forms. To gain the maximum benefit from these standards, particularly under normal conditions, it is recommended that the applicable section be included in full and as a part of the complete purchase specifications for the particular engine-generator unit. The Terminology, Section I, includes definitions and applications of terms and some explanatory comments. Pertinent portions of Section I, while not ordinarily transcribed in full, are made an integral part of each speed-governing specification as indicated in paragraphs 2 of Specification Sections II, III, and IV.
610-1990
IEEE Standard Computer Dictionary: A Compilation of IEEE Standard Computer Glossaries
Identifies terms currently in use in the computer field. Standard definitions for those terms are established. Compilation of IEEE Stds IEEE Std 1084, IEEE Std 610.2, IEEE Std 610.3, IEEE Std 610.4, IEEE Std 610.5 and IEEE Std 610.12
610.10-1994
IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Hardware Terminology
Withdrawn Terms pertaining to computer hardware are defined. Terms falling under the categories of computer architecture, computer storage, general hardware concepts, peripherals, and processors and components are included.
610.13-1993
IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Languages
This glossary defines terms that pertain to computer languages. It includes types of computer languages, such as page description languages, and names of computer languages. The languages included are those that are standard languages, languages of historical significance, and those in wide usage at the time this standard was developed.
610.2-1987
IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Applications Terminology
Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Topics covered include automated language processing, automatic indexing, business data processing, character recognition, computer-aided design and manufacturing, computer-assisted instruction, control systems, critical path method, library automation, medical applications, micrographics, office automation, operations research, personal computing, scientific and engineering applications, telecommunications applications, and word processing. The terms included in this glossary are intended for users of computer systems. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company-proprietary or trademarked; multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words; or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning.
610.3-1989
IEEE Standard Glossary of Modeling and Simulation Terminology
Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization, company-proprietary or trademarked, multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words, or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning.
610.4-1990
IEEE Standard Glossary of Image Processing and Pattern Recognition Terminology
This glossary identifies terms currently in use in the field of image processing and pattern recognition. Standard definitions for those terms are established.
610.5-1990
IEEE Standard Glossary of Data Management Terminology
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Identifies terms in use in the field of data management. Standard definitions for those terms are established.
610.6-1991
IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Graphics Terminology
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Terms in the field of computer graphics are defined. Topics covered include general computer graphics concepts, computer graphics hardware and hardware concepts, primitives and attributes, input devices, image concepts and techniques, display techniques, visual effects, windows and viewports, CRT terminology, and three-dimensional technology. Terms considered to be parochial to one group or organisation, company proprietary or trademarked, multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words, and terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning are excluded.
610.7-1995
IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Networking Terminology
Terms that pertain to data communications and networking, from the following areas, are defined: data transmission, general communications, general networks, local area networks, network communications security, network errors, networking hardware, network management, network nodes, network signaling, open system architecture, packet, protocols, standards and standards organizations, telephony. The glossary is primarily a compilation of terms defined in individual IEEE standards, but also includes a number of common terms.
61691-4-2004
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Behavioural Languages - Part 4: Verilog(C) Hardware Description Language
The Verilog(R) Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
61691-5-2004
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Behavioral Languages - Part 5: Standard VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) Modeling Specification
The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined in this standard. This modeling specification defines a methodology which promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL.
618-1984
IEEE Standard Measurement of Luminance Signal-to-Noise Ratio in Video Magnetic-Tape Recording Systems
This standard specifies methods for measurement of the luminance signal-to-noise ratio of video magnetic-tape recording systems operating on CCIR System Mu (525/60) with NTSC color encoding. See [Bl], [B2], [B3], [B4], and [B5]
620-1987
IEEE Guide for Construction and Interpretation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel-Cage Motors Over 500 hp
Thermal limit curves for induction machines are defined. A procedure is established for the presentation of these curves, and guidance for the interpretation and use of these curves for machine thermal protection is provided.
62050-2005
IEC/IEEE International Standard - VHDL Register Transfer Level (RTL) Synthesis
Replaces IEEE Std 1076.6-2004. This document specifies a standard for use of very high-speed integrated circuit hardware description language (VHDL) to model synthesizable register-transfer level digital logic. A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register-transfer level synthesis is defined. The subset of the VHDL language, which is synthesizable, is described, and nonsynthesizable VHDL constructs are identified that should be ignored or flagged as errors.
62142-2005
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Verilog(R) Register Transfer Level Synthesis
Replaces IEEE Std 1364.1-2002. To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standard IEEE 1364.
62265-2005
IEC/IEEE International Standard - Advanced Library Format (ALF) Describing Integrated Circuit (IC) Technology, Cells, and Blocks
Replaces IEEE Std 1603-2003. ALF is a modeling language for library elements used in IC technology. ALF enables description of electrical, functional, and physical models in a formal language suitable for electronic design automation (EDA) application tools targeted for design and analysis of an IC. This standard provides rules that describe ALF and how tool developers, integrators, library creators, and library users should use it.
622A-1984
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Pipe Heating Control and Alarm Systems for Power Generating Stations
Recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating control and alarm systems, as applied to mechanical piping systems that require heat, are provided. The recommendations include selection of control and alarm systems, accuracy considerations, local control usage, centralized control usage, qualification criteria of controls and alarms, and calibration and testing of controls and alarms. The intent is to ensure design consistency and reliable operation of electric pipe heating control and alarm systems, which in turn will ensure that piping system fluids will be available for use not only during station operation but also during normal shutdown.
622B-1988
IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing and Startup Procedures for Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Power Generating Stations
Withdrawn February 2006. Recommendations that may be used to ensure that an electric heat tracing system is installed correctly, is properly tested and commissioned, and is functioning correctly are provided. The recommendations cover the sequence for testing materials and components of the electric heat tracing system, installation, preoperational testing of the system, verification of system performance, and the necessary records to be filed. Although this standard is written for power generating stations, the techniques presented can be used on electric heat tracing systems in any application.
623-1976
IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Grid and Mapping Diagrams Used in Cable Television Systems
A list of graphic symbols for the designation of electrical, electronic, and pole line devices for layout drawings of cable television (CATV) systems is provided. This standard does not use reference designation and class designation letters.
627-1980
IEEE Standard for Design Qualification of Safety Systems Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Basic principles for design qualification of safety systems equipment used in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Specification criteria, the development of a qualification program, and documentation are addressed. All types of safety systems equipment--mechanical and instrumentation as well as electrical--are covered. Principles and procedures for preparing specific safety systems equipment standards are established.
63-1928
AIEE Specifications of 30 percent Rubber Insulation for Wire and Cable for General Purposes
These specifications apply to the insulation of electric wire and cable of the grade known as 30 per cent Hevea rubber
634-1978
IEEE Standard Cable Penetration Fire Stop Qualification
This standard provides direction for establishing type tests for qualifying the performance of cable penetration fire stops when mounted in rated fire barriers.
640-1985
IEEE Guide for Power-Station Noise Control
Environmental noise and occupational noise exposure are a matter of increasing public concern. Legislation requiring assessment, control, and abatement of noise has been enacted on all governmental levels. This guide provides guidance to control electric power-plant noise emissions to acceptable limits. There has been an increase in the noise emissions from power plants with the use of larger, more intensely used, machinery. To reduce this noise emission, power-plant engineers need to become familiar with noise-control principles. Noise control for new plants is usually expensive and may cost up to 4% of the total cost of the plant. It is necessary that noise-control planning be done prior to constructing a new plant or to modernizing an existing plant to eliminate or minimize excessive retrofit costs.
641-1987
IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Metal Nitride Oxide Semiconductor Arrays
This standard has ten sections: an introduction to the MNOS device and memory array; symbols and definitions; references that contain added detail on specific concepts; MNOS arrays and functional operations; MNOS array retention; MNOS array endurance property; reliability considerations for MNOS arrays; the testing methodology necessary to establish the unique properties of the MNOS array for both the consumer and the producer; radiation effects on MNOS arrays; and nonvolatile memory technology, called floating-gate.
644-1987
IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines
Uniform procedures for the measurement of power frequency electric and magnetic fields from alternating current (AC) overhead power lines and for the calibration of the meters used in these measurements are established. The procedures apply to the measurement of electric and magnetic fields close to ground level. The procedures can also be tentatively applied (with limitations, as specified in the standard) to electric fields near an energized conductor or structure.
645-1977
Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Detectors for Ionizing Radiation (Supplement to ASNI/IEEE Std 325-1971)
66-1957
AIEE Proposed Guide for Determination of Short Circuit Characteristics of Direct-Current Machinery
This Guide presents general recommendations for determining, by approximate methods from nameplate data and by more exact methods from design data, the short-circuit characteristics of direct-current motors and generators. Both methods are applicable to General Purpose, General Industrial Mill Motors, and Special Purpose direct-current machines. This includes constant-speed and adjustable-speed motors and machines with and without compound windings, and with and without compensating windings. 1.0.2 This Guide is intended to help those concerned with the transient characteristics of directcurrent machines and direct-current systems and the effects of these transients on their operation. The calculated values of rate of rise and peak armature current will facilitate the proper selection of system components which will safely withstand the mechanical and thermal stresses during fault. When only nameplate data is available, the approximate methods presented will yield results sufficiently accurate for estimates. Values computed by this method will be high, in general, thus on the safe side. Additional data from machine design sheets, or tests, will permit use of the more exact methods of computation with the view of minimizing the size of components and circuit protective equipment
660-1986
IEEE Standard for Semiconductor Memory Test Pattern Language
The scope of this standard is the definition of a descriptive language, including vocabulary and grammar, to describe functional test sequences (also called patterns) for memory devices.
662-1992
IEEE Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory
Guidelines under which data sheets for new semiconductor memories are to be generated are provided. Adherence to these guidelines is intended to produce data sheets that are concise and that consistently define the operation and characteristics of semiconductor memory devices. Terminology relevant to product description, product specification, and user information is covered.
665-1987
IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding
Grounding practices that have generally been accepted by the electric utility industry as contributing to effective grounding systems for personnel safety and equipment protection in generating stations are identified. A guide for the design of generating station grounding systems and for grounding practices applied to generating station indoor and outdoor structures and equipment, including the interconnection of the station and substation grounding systems, is provided.
668-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Heating Applications to Melting Furnaces and Forehearths in the Glass Industry
The provisions of this recommended practice apply to (a) All electrical equipment and wiring between the point of connection in the power supply substation and the connection to the furnace or forehearth electrodes for the purpose of heating the glass by the passing of electric current through it. (2) All electrical equipment and wiring that is connected directly to resistance heating devices that supply energy to the furnace of forehearth. (3) All sensors and devices used to measure, alarm, or regulate energy, mass flow, and temperature. (4) The adequate electrical insulation from ground of the refractories containing the molten glass. (5) The adequate electrical grounding og equipment and services. (6) All equipment and procedures pertaining to safeguarding personnel.
676-1986
IEEE Guide for Alarm Monitoring and Reporting Systems for Fossil-Fueled Power Generating Stations
This guide provides guidelines for the organization of fossil-fueled power generating plant alarm and monitoring information into types and categories, taking into consideration information usefulness and limitations. This guide further serves to establish guidelines for correlating type and category of alarm and monitoring information with the appropriate information display devices.
680-1978
IEEE Standard Techniques for Determination of Germanium Semiconductor Detector Gamma-Ray Efficiency Using a Standard Marinelli (Reentrant) Beaker Geometry
This standard for determination of gamma-ray efficiencies of germanium semiconductor detectors was developed in recognition of the increasing number of large-volume, low-activity samples being measured by gamma-ray spectroscopy. The standardized sample geometry and measurement techniques described, when used in conjunction with the relative efficiency measurement standard ANSI/IEEE Std 325-1971 (Reaff 1977), Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors, provide a meaningful assessment of detector performance. It is recognized that many Marinelli beaker geometries are in use. However, the object of this standard is to specify a single configuration for the sole purpose of characterizing detector performance.
691-1985
IEEE Trial-Use Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design
Foundations for transmission structures are subjected to unique loading conditions in which a high portion of the load is transitory and involves high uplift forces or high overturning moments with little vertical loading. Information concerning the design of foundations subjected to such loading conditions has not been readily available to designers in a single document. Thus, the objective of this guide is to provide in a single source available information on design methods for foundation design engineers. The information contained in this guide covers the modes of foundation loads for various types of transmission structures; the scope of subsurface investigations; alternate methods for designing spread foundations, drilled shafts, pile foundations, and anchors; and procedures for conducting load tests.
694-1985
IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Assembly Language
This document standardizes existing practice: it specifies a set of instruction mnemonics and descriptions, establishes a standard assembly language syntax, and provides procedures for consistent extension.
695-1990
IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules
The format of linkable, relocatable, and absolute object modules is specified. MUFOM, the Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules, is designed to apply to a variety of target machines. It permits the linking and relocating functions to be isolated from the specification of target architecture, so that a user may employ a single program for these functions across all CPUs. It applies to binary computers of arbitrary word size and architecture. Two levels of compliance are specified, minimum and full. The minimum compliance level affords sufficient flexibility to link separately compiled modules, to relocate addresses in simple ways, and to load the resulting absolute object modules with a minimal loader. The full compliance level affords all of the functionality of the minimum level and adds to it arbitrary address-expression handling, type checking capability, librarian control commands, and other useful functions for full generality.
696-1983
IEEE Standard 696 Interface Devices
This standard is intended: (1) To define a rational, general-purpose interface system for designers of new computer system components that will ensure their compatibility with present and future IEEE Std 696 computer systems. (2) To provide the microprocessor computer-system user with compatible device families which will communicate in an unambiguous way without modification, from which a modularly expandable computer system may be constructed. (3) To enable the interconnection of independently manufactured devices into a single system. (4) To specify terminology and definitions related to the system. (5) To define a system with the minimum number of restrictions on the performance characteristics of devices connected to the system. (6) To define a system that, of itself, is of relatively low cost, and allows the interconnection of low-cost devices. (7) To define a system that is easy to use.
7-4.3.2-1982
American National Standard Application Criteria for Programmable Digital Computer Systems in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
This standard establishes application criteria for programmable digital computer systems in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. These criteria are established to provide a means for promoting safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. However, adhering to these will not necessarily fully establish the adequacy of any safety system's functional performance and reliability; nonetheless, omission of any of these criteria will, in most instances, be an indication of safety system inadequacy. This standard does not provide specific requirements for preparation or content of software quality assurance plans.
700-1953
AIEE Standard for Aircraft Direct- Current Apparatus Voltage Ratings
Aircraft Direct-Current Apparatus Voltage Ratings
72 and 73-1932
AIEE Specifications for Weatherproof Wires and Cables and Heat Resisting Wires and Cables
These specifications cover the usual type of heat resisting covering commonly known as "slow burning," as applied to metallic conductors for use in hot, dry locations where the standard insulating materials would not long endure or where the presence of large masses of inflammable materials would be objectionable.
730.1-1995
IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning
Approaches to good Software Quality Assurance practices in support of IEEE Std 730-1989, IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans, are identified. These practices are directed toward the development and maintenance of critical software, that is, where failure could impair safety or cause large financial losses.
743-1995
IEEE Standard Equipment Requirements and Measurement Techniques for Analog Transmission Parameters for Telecommunications
Administratively withdrawn Performance requirements for test equipment that measures the analog transmission parameters of subscriber loops, message trunks, PBX trunks, and ties lines are specified. Requirements for these measurements with DS1 bit stream access are also provided. The measurement of loss, noise, and impulse noise on non-loaded cable pairs used for digital subscriber lines is addressed.
746-1984
IEEE Standard for Performance Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits
This standard describes methods for measuring there performance of uniformly coded analog-to-digital (A/D) converters and digital-to-analog (D/A) converters for pulse code modulation (PSM) television video signals. Excluded are A/D and D/A converters that employ nonlinear processes for bit reduction television circuits, as for example, sub-Nyquist encoding, differential PCM, transform coders, etc. This standard is intended primarily for CCIR System M, 525-line/60-field television circuits. The performance to be measured should be relevant to the subjective quality of the television picture. Measurements not related to the quality of the video signal are excluded from this standard. Where possible, television type test signals are used to accommodate clamping circuits in the converters.
748-1979
IEEE Standard for Spectrum Analyzers
Withdrawn Standard. This standard applies to frequency scanning spectrum analyzers.
749-1983
IEEE Standard Periodic Testing of Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. This standard applies to the periodic testing of diesel-generator units applied as standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations.
75-1958
AIEE Proposed Test Code for Power-Factor Testing of Mineral Oil Insulated Instrument Transformers
This test code applies to instrument transformers of present-day design with high-voltage windings insulation class 2.3 kv and above and low-voltage windings below 1 kv insulation class that are immersed in mineral oil.
750-1947
AIEE Report on Aircraft Electric System Guide
Preparation of material incorporated in this report has been undertaken by the AIEE in the belief that it will materially aid in the realization of a better aircraft electric system. This conviction is confirmed by opinions expressed in joint meetings, including representation from SAE, NASC, NEMA, Army Air Forces, and the Bureau of Aeronautics.
750.1-1960
AIEE Report on Aircraft and Missiles Electric Systems Guide - Sections 000, 100, 200, and 300
Material comprising this report is directed primarily at the attainment of improved application technique--the attainment of the highest possible quality of performance from a combination of particular devices to perform a given function. The performance qualities exhibited by a composite system composed of numerous devices will be influenced by the character of devices which are selected to work together and the manner in which they are interconnected or correlated. The extent to which such composite systems may be benefited by proper application technique is great. Realization of the stated objective involves comprehensive treatment of the following character expressed quantitatively in simple compact form. a. An explanation of the fundamental electrical problems involved. b. Typical characteristic performance data of the various elements and devices of which the system is composed, which shall define inherent limitations as well as meritorious qualities. c. Methods of analysis or test by which the qualities and limitations of a particular composite system may be evaluated. d. Formulation of particular application practices which experience and judgment confirm as assuring good performance.
750.11-1960
AIEE Report on Aircraft and Missiles Electric Systems Guide Appendices I, II, and III
This pamphlet is one of a series comprising the Report on Aircraft and Missiles Electric Systems Guide, and has been so printed in order to allow for more convenient revision and addition of Sections as available without necessitating a reprint of the entire Guide. As of the time of printing this pamphlet the available Sections are: No. 750.1-Sections 000- Introduction, 100- Criteria for the Electric System, 200- Principal Subdivisions of Electric System, 300- Selection of the System, No. 750.4-Section 400- Installation Practices, No. 750.5-Sections 500-Equipment Characteristics, 800- Electric System Design Procedures,No. 750.11-Appendices I- Characteristics of Alternating-Current Generators Affecting Their Application II- Distribution System Design, III- Symmetrical Components
750.5-1960
AIEE Report on Aircraft and Missiles Electric Systems Guide Sections 500 and 800
751-1991
IEEE Trial-Use Design Guide for Wood Transmission Structures
The guide includes definitions, application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, nonwood members, erection and framing, and quality assurance.
752-1986
IEEE Standard for Functional Requirements for Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Performance of Tone Address Signal Systems
Methods that can be used to measure the performance of tone-address signaling systems used with voice frequency telecommunications equipment are established. Functional requirements for test equipment needed to make the measurements are also established. The intent is to ensure uniform and meaningful equipment specifications, performance characteristics, and test results limited to the parameters of tone signaling systems that affect address signal performance.
753-1983
IEEE Standard Functional Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Performance of Dial-Pulse (DP) Address Signaling Systems
The scope of this standard is two-fold. First, to establish and define requirements for methods which can be used to measure the performance of dial-pulse address signaling systems used with voice frequency telecommunications equipment. Second, to establish functional requirements for test equipment needed to make the measurements. Such standard conditions as will be possible with these methods and means are mandatory if consistent and repeatable test results are to be obtained. This standard will be limited to the parameters of dial-pulse signaling systems used in the North-American network that affect addressing performance. These parameters shall be measured at appropriate access points within the telecommunications switching system, on associated local subscriber loops, on trunks interconnecting switching systems, or on station apparatus. Measurements of supervisory signals or of the time relationship between supervisory and dial-pulse address signals, are not included. Signaling systems other than dial pulse (for example, single frequency in-band or out of band) which results in a dial-pulse address may require testing using methods and equipment covered by this standard.
755-1985
IEEE Trial-Use Extending High Level Language Implementations for Microprocessors
This standard specifies extensions to high-level languages for microprocessor applications. It covers computer languages for which there exist either ANSI or IEEE standards, or draft standards in preparation by existing ANSI or IEEE committees. Notwithstanding the extensions herein provided, the language extended by this standard shall conform to the existing standard for that language. This standard explicitly extends three languages: Basic, Fortran, and Pascal. Other languages may be implicitly extended by the consistent application of the naming conventions and rules for extension specified in this standard.
76-1958
AIEE Proposed Guide for Maintenance of Transformer Askarel
The term askarel generally describes a widely used, broad class of non-flammable synthetic halogenated hydrocarbon insulating liquid. As treated in this Guide it applies solely to askarel used in transformers, reactors, and accessory equipment operated at power frequencies. Certain essential properties must be retained if askarel is to perform reliably its dual role of electrical insulation and heat-transfer agent. It must have adequate dielectric strength to withstand the electric stresses imposed in service. It must retain a sufficiently low viscosity so that its ability to circulate and transfer heat is not impaired. The dielectric losses should not become excessive. It should not be allowed to become so deteriorated or contaminated that it adversely affects other materials in the apparatus. This guide attempts to assist the power equipment operator in his efforts to maintain askarel in serviceable condition. It recommends standardized tests and evaluation procedures. Methods are outlined for reconditioning and reclaiming askarel whenever necessary
77-1965
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Textile Machinery
The provisions of this Recommended Practice apply to all electric equipment and wiring connected to machinery and equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of textile mills, starting at the place of connection of the power supply to the machine electric equipment. They are intended as minimum requirements whether the electric equipment is a part of the machine or is supplied and installed by the user. This Recommended Practice shall apply to electric equipment having a supply voltage of 600 volts or less
770X3.160-1989
IEEE/ANSI Standard for the Programming Language Extended Pascal
The standard provides an unambiguous and machine-independent definition of the computer programming language Extended Pascal by specifying requirements for a processor and for a conforming program. Its purpose is to facilitate portability of Extended Pascal programs for use on a wide variety of data processing systems. Two levels of compliance are defined for both processors and programs.
770X3.97-1983
IEEE Standard Pascal Computer Programming Language
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. This standard specifies the semantics and syntax of the computer programming language Pascal by specifying requirements for a processor and for a conforming program.
771-1989
IEEE Guide to the Use of the ATLAS Specification
This guide has been written as an applications manual for engineers and authors who will be writing test procedures in ATLAS (Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems). It is not intended to be a substitute for an instruction manual in the ATLAS language, but, rather, a practical extension to such a manual. The purpose is to provide principles of good practice in the use of ATLAS for the writing of test procedures.
775-1993
IEEE Guide for Designing Multistress Aging Tests of Electrical Insulation in a Radiation Environment
Guidelines for evaluating electrical insulation materials that are subjected to more than one significant aging stress are provided. The focus is on materials or equipment intended for use in nuclear facilities, such as power stations, where thermal, moisture, and radiation stresses frequently are of importance. Factors to consider in accelerated aging programs are identified. Only the design of tests is addressed. Specific procedures are not prescribed.
789-1988
IEEE Standard Performance Requirements for Communications and Control Cables for Application in High Voltage Environments
The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits.
790-1989
IEEE Guide for Medical Ultrasound Field Parameter Measurements
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard describes procedures for measuring ultrasound field parameters such as pressure, power, and intensity. It is intended for use by persons involved in measurement of acoustic fields produced by medical ultrasound instruments.
792-1995
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Impulse Voltage Capability of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Stator Coils
A test procedure for the evaluation of the impulse voltage capability of insulation systems of form-wound ac rotating electrical machinery is outlined. The procedure is primarily directed toward providing a qualification test for the turn insulation in regard to its ability to withstand impulses that might be impressed on the terminals of a machine and that result from switching surges, lightning, or other disturbances. The standard also presents information on the ability of the ground insulation to withstand impulses. The procedure provides a basis for the accumulation, analysis, and reporting of information concerning impulse-voltage withstand strength of ground and turn insulation, both new and aged. The use of multifactor aging tests, combining thermal and electrical aging in order to address the withstand capability of micaceous insulation, is recommended.
796-1983
IEEE Standard Microcomputer System Bus
A general-purpose microcomputer system bus is defined, and the device-independent electrical and functional interface requirements that a module shall meet in order to interconnect and communicate unambiguously by way of the system are specified. Signal definitions and timing and electrical specifications are covered in detail for users who evaluate or design products that will be compatible with the IEEE Std 796 system bus structure. Only with the interface characteristics of microcomputer devices are covered; design specifications, performance requirements, and safety requirements of modules are omitted. The use of the standard will enable independently manufactured devices to be connected into a single functional system, permit products with a wide range of capabilities to be introduced to the system simultaneously, and result in a system with a minimum of restrictions on the performance characteristics of devices connected to the system.
799-1987
IEEE Guide for Handling and Disposal of Transformer Grade Insulating Liquids Containing PCBs
The procedures for handling askarels and mineral insulating oil that contain PCBs are described in detail. Analytical procedures for the detection and measurement of the PCBs in electrical insulating liquids are provided. Regulations covering the identification and the disposal of electrical insulating liquids containing PCBs in the US and its territories are included. Handling of spills and leaks, labeling and record keeping, transportation, storage for disposal, and personnel protection are included.
800-1953
AIEE Test Code for D-C Aircraft Rotating Machines
It is the purpose of this code to define uniform acceptable methods of making tests to determine that the performance and other characteristics of DC rotating machines for aircraft comply with specification and application requirements.
802-1955
AIEE Proposed Trail Use Test Code DIRECT -- CURRENT CARBON -- PILE VOLTAGE REGULATORS for AIRCRAFT
It is the purpose of this code to define uniform acceptable methods of making tests to determine that the rating, performance and other characteristics of generator voltage regulators for aircraft comply with specifications and application requirements.
802.10-1998
IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS)
This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. IEEE 802.10 provides specifications for an interoperable data link layer security protocol and associated security services. The Secure Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is supported by an application layer Key Management Protocol (KMP) that establishes security associations for SDE and other security protocols. A security label option is specified that enables rule-based access control to be implemented using the SDE protocol. A method to allow interoperability with type-en-coded Medium Access Control (MAC) clients is also provided, as well as a set of managed object classes to be used in the management of the SDE sublayer and its protocol exchanges.
802.10a-1999
IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS): The Model (Clause 1)
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. An architectural description of the functions and location of SILS components is provided. The SILS components and their relationships to applications, communications protocols, system management, and security management are described.
802.10c-1998
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS)--Key Management (Clause 3)
Withdrawn Jan 16, 2004. This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. A cryptographic key management model and a key management OSI Basic Reference Model Application Layer protocol are specified.
802.12-1995
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Networks: Demand Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specification for 100 Mb/s Operation
The media access control characteristics for the Demand Priority access method are specified. The layer management, physical layers, and media that support this access method are also specified. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and ISO/IEC 8802 models. Specifications for 100 Mb/s operation over 100 = balanced cable (twisted-pair) category 3 through 5, 150 = shielded balanced cable, and fibre optic media are included.
802.12c-1998
Supplement to Information Technology--Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 12: Demand-priority access method, physical layer and repeater specifications: Full-Duplex Operation
Standard withdrawn 14 January 2001. Optional MAC capabilities are defined to allow direct link connection between two end nodes with provision for both half-duplex and full-duplex operation; burst-mode packet transmission from an end node to a repeater where the end node may send one or more packets each time it is granted permission to transmit; and implementation of the MAC Control sublayer to allow the exchange of control requests between peer MAC entities across the network when in ISO/IEC 8802-3 compatibility mode. Full interoperability is maintained with existing ISO/IEC 8802-12 products.
802.12d-1997
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan area networks: Demand Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specifications: Redundant Links
Withdrawn Standard. Supplement to the IEEE 802.12 Demand Priority Access Method allowing optional implementation of redundant links to facilitate automatic recovery of network connectivity in case of link or repeater failure anywhere in the network path are specified. Rules for connecting redundant links within a network are defined.
802.1B-1992
Local and Metropolitan Area Network: LAN/MAN Management
Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to ISO/IEC standard local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. In addition, an architecture for station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding is defined. Services and protocols that support station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding are defined.
802.1B, Edition-1995
IEEE Standard for Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Common specifications-Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Common specifications-Part 2: LAN/MAN management Part 2: LAN/MAN management
Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to ISO/IEC standard local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. In addition, an architecture for station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding is defined. Services and protocols that support station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding are defined.
802.1E-1990
Standard for Local Area Network: System Load Protocol
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Services and protocol elements that permit the downloading of memory images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE 802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks are defined. The protocol makes use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous loading of the same memory image to multiple destination systems. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the load protocol to be remotely managed.
802.1k-1993
Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to LAN/MAN Management: Discovery and Dynamic Control of Event Forwarding (Clause 11)
Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1b-1995 Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to IEEE 802 local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed.
802.1m-1993
Standard for System Load Protocol Supplement: Managed Object Definitions and Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma
Defines managed object classes for the System Load Protocol, compatible with the IEEE 802.1B and ISO/IEC CMIP protocols and defines a PICS Proforma for the System Load Protocol. These items are specified in the form of changes to the base text of IEEE Std 802.1E-1990.
802.4-1990
IEEE Standard for Information processing systems -- Local area networks --Part 4: Standard for Token-Passing Bus Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
This local area network (LAN) standard deals with all elements of the token-passing bus access method and its associated physical signaling and media technologies. To facilitate interconnection of stations by way of a LAN using the token-passing bus access method, this standard specifies the characteristics of the transmission medium; the signaling method used; the frame formats transmitted; the actions of a station upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between the Medium Access Control (MAC) sublayer and the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer; and the actions, entities and values used by management. There are four medium characteristics and signaling methods: 5 and 10 Mb/s phase-coherent FSK; 1, 5, and 10 Mb/s broadband; 10 and 20 Mb/s fiberoptic; and 1 Mb/s phase-continuous FSK.
802.4a-1986
Local Area Network: Fiber Optic Token Bus
Add additional physical layer and media specifications utilizing fiber optic media to IEEE Std 802.4.
802.4b-1992
Local Area and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.4 Supplement: Enhancements for Physical Layer Diversity (Redundant Media Control Unit)
This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 [ANSI/IEEE 802.4-1990] provides a recommendation for employing diversity in the Physical Layer of token-passing bus systems conforming to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 for local and metropolitan area networks.
802.4h-1997
IEEE Standard Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Alternative Use of BNC Connectors and Manchester-Encoded Signaling Methods for Single-Channel Bus Physical Layer Entities
Administratively withdrawn This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.4-1990] provides the functional, electrical, and mechanical characteristics of single-channel differential and Manchester-data-encoded bus Physical Layer Entities (PLEs).
802.5-1998
IEEE Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications
This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, IEEE 802.5-1998, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a LAN using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and priority stacks, is defined. The medium access control (MAC) protocol is defined. The finite state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mbit/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC), is also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard.
802.6-1990
Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deal with the Physical and Data Link Layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It defines a high-speed shared medium access protocol for use over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional bus subnetwork. The Physical Layer and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are required to support a Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a connectionless Medium Access Control (MAC) Sublayer service in a manner consistent with other IEEE 902 networks. Additional DQDB Layer functions are specified as a framework for other services. These additional functions will support Isochronous Service Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service users, but their implementation is not required for conformance.
802.6c-1993
IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) for DS1-Based Systems (Clause 12)
(Sold together with IEEE Std 802.6h-1993.) A Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) in which the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer is mapped into a public network standard DS1 transmission system is provided. The relationship of DS1 to the PLCP and the DS1 PLCP frame format are covered in IEEE Std 802.6c-1993. Enhancements to the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) subnetwork of a MAN standard are defined that support applications requiring periodic, recurring bandwidth. The use of Pre-Arbitrated functions to support a variety of isochronous service rates is addressed, although the use of Queued Arbitrated functions will be standardized at a future date. Procedures for establishing, maintaining, and releasing an isochronous connection are not addressed in IEEE Std 803.6h-1993.
802.6d-1993
Standard for SONET (SDH) Based Physical Layer Convergence Procedures for 802.6 MAN
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6.
802.6f-1993
IEEE Info technology-Telecomm and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 6: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer specifications
Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6.
802.6h-1993
Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Isochronous Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)
Enhancements to the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) subnetwork of a MAN standard are defined that support applications requiring periodic, recurring bandwidth. The use of Pre-Arbitrated functions to support a variety of isochronous service rates is addressed, although the use of Queued Arbitrated functions will be standardized at a future date. Procedures for establishing, maintaining, and releasing an isochronous connection are not addressed.
802.6j-1995
IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to IEEE Std 802.6,1994 Edition - Connection-Oriented Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network(MAN)
Enhanced Queued Arbitrated (QA) Functions, which can support applications requiring bandwidth guarantees and delay limits on a DQDB subnetwork, are specified. Connection-Oriented Convergence Functions (COCFs) using the enhanced QA Functions, which are necessary to support connection-oriented service, are also specified.
802.7-1989
Local Area Networks: IEEE Recommended Practice: Broadband Local Area Networks
Administratively Withdrawn. This standard specifies the design, installation, and test parameters for broadband cable medium. The medium supports the communication of IEEE 802.3b, IEEE 802.4, video, and narrowband radio frequency (RF) modem devices. The broadband bus topology consists of amplifiers, coaxial cable, and directional couplers that create a full duplex directional medium. Inbound signals flow from user outlet transmitters to a central headend location. The headend processes the signals and then transmits the signals via an outbound path to all user outlets.
802.9-1994
Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Standard for Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers
A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x, and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer and the PHY Layer is specified.
802.9a-1995
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers: Specification of IsLAN16-T
The architecture, frame structure, service specifications, Physical (PHY) Layer, management, and signalling of the ISLAN16-T interface are defined. The relationship of the ISLAN16-T network to the ISO/IEC 8802-3 network is also defined.
802.9c-1995
IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers: Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) Proforma
The Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) proforma for IEEE Std 802.9-1994 is provided. The MOCS specified in this supplement pertains to ISLAN4-T, which uses 4.096Mbit/s Physical Layer transport and ISLAN20-T, which uses 20.48 Mbit/s Physical Layer transport. Standardization of ISLAN16-T (IEEE Std 802.9a-1995) and ISLANAU-AU, which specifies the AU-to-AU interworking (IEEEP802.9b) is in progress at this time; therefore, the specification of MOCS for ISLAN16-T and ISLANAU-AU is not included in this supplement.
802.9d-1995
IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers: Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma
Administratively withdrawn. The Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma for IEEE Std 802.9-1994 is provided. It does not include the Managed Objects Conformance Statement, which is contained in a separate supplement.
803-1983
IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and Related Facilities - Principles and Definitions
This recommended practice provides unique identification principles and definitions that, when used with related recommended practices concerning component function identifiers, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, provides a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of the concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
803.1-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and Related Facilities--Component Function Identifiers
Administratively Withdrawn February 2006. This recommended practice provides component function identifiers that, when used with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, provides a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included. This recommended practice is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
804-1959
AIEE Test Procedure and Presentation of Aircraft Generator and Regulator Characteristics
The tests covered herein may be required by the aircraft and/or equipment manufacturers for proper system design. This document is primarily intended for air-blast-cooled machines
804-1983
IEEE Recommended Practice for Implementation of Unique Identification System in Power Plants and Related Facilities
This recommended practice provides a single source of implementation instructions that, when used with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and system descriptions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plants are not included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification Systems (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication which will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
805-1960
AIEE Proposed Test Procedure for Alternating Current 400 Cycle Per second Aircraft Induction Motors
Procedure is applicable to aircraft motors which operate from constant-frequency, nominally 400-cycle-per-second, constantvoltage, (nominally 115 volt line to neutral, 3-phase four-wire or 115 volt single-phase) alternating-current aircraft power systems. This aircraft power system is defined by paragraph 3.2.1.3, Type I of Military Specification No. MIL-E-7894. The test methods described herein will be suitable for test of machines of different frequency and voltage ranges. However, test equipment must be chosen suitable for the desired ranges
805-1984
IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Nuclear Power Plants and Related Facilities
This recommended practice provides a single source of nuclear power plant system descriptions that, along with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and implementation instructions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of light water nuclear power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. The system descriptions concentrate on system function and include such internal details as are necessary to clearly support the system function description. They are not intended to serve as design input. Fossil, hydro, and other types of power plants are not included. This standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
806-1960
AIEE Proposed Test Procedure for Aircraft Alternating Current Generators
It is the purpose of this procedure to define uniform acceptable test methods for determining the performance and other characteristics of aircraft alternating-current generators. It is recognized that there may be acceptable methods of making tests other than those described. The tests outlined are not necessarily complete for any specific generator; and likewise the requirements in each case will determine the number of tests to be made.
806-1986
IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Fossil-Fueled Power Plants and Related Facilities
This recommended practice provides a single source of fossil-fueled power plant system descriptions which, along with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and implementation instructions, makes up a concept for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of fossil-fueled power-plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Nuclear, hydro, and other types of power plants are not included in this recommended practice.
812-1984
IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics
This document is based on the NTIA-SP-794 Optical Waveguide Communications Glossary, issued in September 1979 by the U.S. Department of Commerce;
816-1987
IEEE Guide for Determining the Smoke Generation of Solid Materials Used for Insulations and Coverings of Electric Wire and Cable
These methods of test cover two laboratory procedures for measuring smoke generated by solid materials considered for use as insulations and coverings of electric wire and cable. The test methods are only applicable to evaluations of single materials as standard size molded samples.
817-1993
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Flame-Retardant Coatings Applied to Insulated Cables in Cable Trays
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of flame-retardant coated cables in a vertical cable tray are covered. This standard applies to single and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing coated and uncoated cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flame ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered.
82-1994
IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors
A test procedure for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed (cable systems) is provided. This procedure can be used as a design or qualification test for cables or for cable systems. This test procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators, impulse testing or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by indicating specific procedures for a specific type of cable system or cable system component.
823-1989
IEEE Standard Methodologies for Specifying Voicegrade Channel Transmission Parameters and Evaluating Connection Transmission Performance for Speech Telephony
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 13, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard provides network planners with the methodology and models for specifying the transmission performance of voicegrade communications channels, calculating the transmission performance of voicegrade connections made up of one channel, or of two or more voicegrade channels connected in tandem, calculating the resulting speech transmission performance, and determining the grade of service of a complete voice connection, including the terminals (telephone sets), and evaluating the relative transmission performance of alternative speech connections.
83-1963
Test Procedure for Radial Power Factor Tests on Insulating Tapes in Paper-Insulated Power Cable
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. This method of test covers the procedure for determining the radial power factor of insulating tapes in power cable.
839-1986
IEEE Guide on Procedures for Testing Single-Phase and Polyphase Induction Motors for Use in Hermetic Compressors
This guide specifiers test procedures to determine the efficiency and other performance characteristics of hermetic motors. Hermetic motors are electric motors designed to operate as integral parts of compressor units in refrigerators, air conditioners, and heat-pump systems. Such motors are normally manufactured for sale as component parts (that is, rotors and stators) intended for assembly by the compressor manufacturer. For this reason, the procedures set forth here are designed to determine characteristics of a given rotor and stator under a standardized set of ambient conditions. Because of the wide variety of environmental conditions possible within a compressor, no attempt is made to simulate such operation. This guide deals with both single-phase and polyphase hermetic induction motors. Where test equipment or methods are critical to the accurate determination of motor performance, one or more suggested approaches are described.
847-1982
IEEE Standard Definitions of Digital Terms Relating to Television
85-1973
IEEE Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric Machinery
Approved methods for conducting tests and reporting results to effect the uniform determination of rotating-electric-machine sound under steady-state conditions with an accuracy of ý 3 dB are defined. Three acoustical environments are considered: free field, reverberant field, and semi reverberant field. Installation and operation of the machine is discussed. The test procedure assumes the presence of pure tones or the predominance of discrete frequencies in the sound spectrum.
853-1985
IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Enameled Wire
The scope of this recommended practice covers the application of center grounded applied voltage but not voltage wave shapes in which either the positive or negative peak voltage is at ground potential.
855-1990
IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Operating System Interfaces (MOSI)
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Describes the IEEE Std 855-1990, IEEE standard for microprocessor operating system interfaces (MOSI), which defines an interface between application programs and their operating environments. It is designed to be compatible with most operating systems in common use in microcomputer environments, within the scope of services that the various operating systems provide. It can be used to access the services of a variety of operating systems in both small-scale and large-scale environments.
858-1993
IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Terms in the field of power operations are defined.
86-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice: Definitions of Basic Per-Unit Quantities for AC Rotating Machines
"The proper selection of base values is fundamental to the usefulness of a per-unit system. Although per-unit quantities have been used for many years by designers of rotating machinery, the base quantities were not standardized, and it was necessary to define them in each publication. A working group of the Rotating Machinery Committee was created to propose a set of standard definitions. In 1961, a proposed standard was published for trial use. A critical review of that proposed standard resulted in ANSI/IEEE Std 86-1975. Recently, systems analysts and some designers of rotating electrical machinery have found it useful to have a single generic model for all types of machines. Therefore, alternate per-unit definitions, using input voltamperes as base power for induction motors, have been included in this new revision, as well as an example of an induction generator."
87-1961
AIEE Proposed Recommended Practice for Medium-Voltage Motor Controllers for Rubber and Plastics Industries
The provisions of this Recommended Practice apply to the construction and application of controllers for alternating-current motors in the medium-voltage classification (601 to 5,000 volts). Although many of the specifications herein have been influenced by the conditions peculiar to the processing areas of the industries, it is probable that they may be applied to all purchases of controllers for a given company in order to promote uniformity. They are intended as minimum requirements, and should be supplemented where special needs exist
88-1962
AIEE Proposed Standard for Definitions of Terms Associated With Telemetering
Definitions of terms associated with Telemetering
8802-12-1998
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard - Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements--Part 12: Demand-Priority access method, physical layer and repeater specifications
The media access control characteristics for the demand-priority access method are specified. The layer management, physical layers, and media that support this access method are also specified. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and ISO/IEC 8802 models. Specifications for 100 Mb/s operation over 100 W balanced cable (twisted-pair) Categories 3 through 5, 150 W shielded balanced cable, and fibre-optic media are included. Optional implementation of redundant links to facilitate automatic recovery of network connectivity in case of link or repeater failure anywhere in the network path is specified. Rules for connecting redundant links within a network are defined.
8802-4-1990
ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990: Information processing systems - Local area networks - Part 4:Token-passing bus access method and physical layer specifications
This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) and metropolitan area network (MAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. The following are specified in this standard: the electrical and/or optical and physical characteristics of the transmission medium; the electrical or optical signaling method used; the frame formats transmitted; the actions of a station upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between the medium access control (MAC) sublayer and the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer above it; and the actions, entities, and values used to manage the MAC sublayer and physical layer entity.
8802-5-1998
ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998, Information Technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications
This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 : 1998, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a LAN using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and priority stacks, is defined. The medium access control (MAC) protocol is defined. The finite state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mbit/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC), is also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard.
8802-6-1994
ISO/IEC 8802-6:1994: Information technology- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 6: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer specifications
This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deals with the Physical and Data Link Layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. A high-speed shared medium access protocol for use over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional bus subnetwork is defined. The Physical Layer and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are required to support a Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a connectionless Media Access Control (MAC) Sublayer service in a manner consistent with other IEEE 802 networks. Additional DQDB Layer functions are specified as a framework for other services. These additional functions will support Isochronous Service Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service Users, but their implementation is not required for conformance.
8802-9-1996
ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 9: Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers
A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer and the PHY Layer is specified.
89-1962
AIEE Standards for Perforated Tape
This Standard covers perforated tape used for telegraph message (including data) communications, including dimensions of blank (unperforated) tape; dimensions of code and feed holes; and numbering of the transverse positions for the code holes
896.1-1991
IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R) -- Logical Protocol Specification
IEEE Std 896.1-1991 provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+architecture with performance and cost scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this specification is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along with compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is provided by either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus allocation rules are provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based) configurations. Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible transmission methods: (1) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention (the minimum requirement for all Futurebus+systems), and (2) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol supporting only block transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance.
896.10-1997
Standard for Futurebus+(R) Spaceborne Systems - Profile S
In the Futurebus+® series of standards, tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed are provided. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to the ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 (ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition) Futurebus+(R) Logical Layer Specification, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for a spaceborne profile. It is to this profile that products will claim conformance. Other specifications may be required in conjunction with this standard.
896.1a-1993
Standard for Errata, Correction and Clarification of IEEE 896.1-1991, Futurebus+(R) Logical Layer
896.2-1991
IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specification for Multiprocessor Architectures: Futurebus+(R)
Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std. 896.1-1991, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications for node management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.1-1991; P896.3, Futurebus+ Recommended Practices; P1212.x, Control and Status Register Architectures; IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, Electrical Characteristics of Backplane Transceiver Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits; and IEEE Std 1301.x, Metric Equipment Practices for Microcomputers.
896.2a-1994
IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R) -- Physical Layer and Profile Specification: Errata, Corrections, and Clarifications
This supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.2a-1991. Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications for node management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.3-1993; IEEE Std 1212-1991; IEEE Std 1194.1- 1991; and the IEEE 1301 series of standards.
896.3-1993
IEEE Recommended Practice for Futurebus+(R)
The system layer issues associated with bus-based computer systems are described. It is intended to be a tool for Futurebus+ board and system designers. As such, the intent of this recommended practice is to characterize a variety of systems topics as they relate to Futurebus+. When used in conjunction with other IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open-architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing spectrum are available. The specifications that may be required in conjunction with this recommended practice are: ISO/IEC 10857:1994, IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std 896.5-1993, IEEE Std 1149.1-1990, IEEE Std 1156.1-1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1212.1-1993, IEEE Std 1301.1-1991, and IEEE P1394/D6.8, March 1994.
896.4-1993
IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+(R)
A suite of abstract test cases for verifying the conformance of products based on the Futurebus+ family of standards and a means of selecting the exact set of test cases necessary for testing any given product are provided. The test suite is abstract in that it was not created with a specific test environment in mind. It can be effectively used in conjunction with logic simulators during product development as well as with physical testers after prototype or production units are available. This standard is intended for use by Futurebus+ product suppliers and users and by independent test labs. Consistent use of this standard should promote comparability and, therefore, mutual recognition of test results produced by different testers.
896.4a-1995
IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+(R) - Errata, Corrections and Clarifications
Errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.4-1993, as well as a new diskette version of the conformance test suite to replace the original test suite distributed with the 1993 publication of the standard, are provided. IEEE Std 896.4-1993 defines a suite of tests that govern the testing of the requirements of Futurebus+¨ as defined originally in IEEE Std 896.1-1991 and IEEE Std 896.2-1991. This supplement also updates IEEE Std 896.4-1993 so that the requirements of ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition] and IEEE Std 896.2a-1994 are tested.
896.5-1993
IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military)
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std 896.1-1991, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are IEEE Std 896.1-1991, IEEE Std 896.2- 1991, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std 1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-1993, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1194-1, 1991, IEEE P1394, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and IEEE Std 1301.1-1991.
896.5a-1994
IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military): Errata, Corrections, and Clarifications
Withdrawn Jan 10, 2002. The supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.5-1993. Futurebus+ standards provide system developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.2a-1994, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE P1394, the IEEE 1301 series of standards, and ISO/IEC 13213 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1212, 1994 Edition].
896.8
PAR WITHDRAWN 3/17/94- Standard for Small Computer Expandability Module for Futurebus+ Systems, Profile D (Desktop)
896.9-1994
IEEE Standard for Fault Tolerant Extensions to the Futurebus+(R) Architecture
This standard is one in a family of Futurebus+TM standards. The Futurebus+ standards provide a set of tools with which to implement a bus architecture with performance and cost scalability over time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This standard provides fault tolerant extensions to Futurebus+ standards. As such, this standard provides the logical layer requirements for the transmission of data in a fault tolerant environment. When used in conjunction with other IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open-architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing spectrum are available.
9-1927
AIEE Induction Motors and Induction Machines in General
The standards in this section apply to the following types of rotating machines: 1. Induction motors larger than fractional horse power (for definition of fractional horse power motor, see 9-60). 2. Induction generators. They are applicable also to induction machines in general. Alternating-current commutator motors are not covered in detail but they shall conform to these Standards as regards ratings, temperature rises and dielectric tests
92-1962
AIEE Recommended Practice for A-C System Voltage Nomenclature for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Nomenclature for alternating-current system voltage should include designations for nominal system voltages and, associated with each nominal voltage: (1) an identification of the minimum and maximum acceptable limits for the system operating voltage under favorable and tolerable conditions, and (2) an identification by voltage rating of devices and equipment to be applied on each system. The AIEE Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Committee has documented preferred system voltage nomenclature for industrial plant and commercial building power systems in Tables 1(A), 1(B), and II. It is intended that this information be useful to plant engineers, power-system engineers, application engineers, consulting engineers, electrical contractors, and equipment manufacturers in understanding current system voltage nomenclature. In addition, a comparison is made to current electric utility power-system practice. This report represents the unanimous agreement of the Working Group with the approval of the Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Committee. Every attempt was made to incorporate preferred practice as well as to include existing practice in industrial and commercial use, recognizing also electrical utility use. It is the objective that the preferred practices in this report be followed, and that due consideration be given in any Standards revision.
928-1986
IEEE Recommended Criteria for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power Systems
Jan 2005: Administratively withdrawn. General performance criteria for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are established, and an overall framework for all detailed terrestrial photovoltaic power system performance standards is provided. Criteria for subsystem performance and standard test methods to be used for performance measurements are recommended. System installation, operation, and maintenance are covered. Since thermal conditioning elements may be part of the system design, some consideration is given to the thermal subsystem. The criteria apply to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems.
934-1987
IEEE Standard Requirements for Replacement Parts for Class 1E Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Basic requirements for the selection and utilization of replacement parts for Class 1E equipment in nuclear power generating stations, in both the construction and operation phases, are set forth. Selection, categories, and replacement of parts are covered. The requirements are intended to ensure that replacement parts selected and utilized for Class 1E equipment in nuclear power generating stations will not degrade the safety of the stations. They apply to parts which could result in the failure of the Class 1E equipment to perform its intended function or in degradation of the plant safety systems or the Class 1E equipment.
936-1987
IEEE Guide for Self-Commutated Converters
This guide applies to self-commutated electronic power converters; that is, converters in which commutation is accomplished by components within the converter. In converters using switching devices that have turn-off capability, such as transistors or gate turn-off thyristors, interruption of the current results in a voltage that commutates the current to another branch. In converters using circuit-commutated thyristors, the commutating voltages required to transfer current from one branch to another are normally supplied by capacitors. The type of power conversion may be dc to ac, dc to dc, ac to dc, or ac to ac.
943-1986
IEEE Guide for Aging Mechanisms and Diagnostic Procedures in Evaluating Electrical Insulation Systems
Background information necessary for proper construction of aging mechanisms and selection of diagnostic procedures when designing tests for functional evaluation of insulation systems for electrical equipment is presented. Aging mechanisms of insulation systems and methods for ascertaining correlation of aging during testing and aging during actual service are described. Diagnostic techniques for use in functional tests are also listed. The intent is primarily to aid committees in standardizing tests within the scope of their responsibilities.
944-1986
IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service in power generating stations are defined. Service conditions and requirements for design application, procurement documents, and testing are covered. The recommendations apply only to semiconductor ac-to-ac converter systems (static) with dc electric energy storage capability. Equipment or component design requirements, safety-related design criteria, or requirements for equipment qualification and preoperational/surveillance testing are not addressed.
949-1985
IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Media-Independent Information Transfer
The purpose of this standard is to define a format for the transmission of files and their attributes between computer systems, independent of the medium of transmission. It is intended that any information medium capable of representing a consecutive sequence of 8-bit bytes should be adaptable to the format specified in this standard. The format is designed to facilitate the human interface to file selection from transmissions by foreign systems.
953-1956
AIEE Grounding of Industrial Power Systems
The question of whether or not to ground a power system is one which must be faced sometime by most engineers charged with planning industrial distribution. A decision in favor of a grounded system leads then to the question of how to ground. It is the intent of this chapter to assist the planning engineer to answer these and other more detailed questions on the subject, by presenting basic reasons for grounding or not grounding and by reviewing general practices and methods of system grounding. Practices of the grounding of synchronous generators, and for the grounding of transmission systems, particularly those operated at 23 kilovolts and higher, have been summarized in other guides. The practices set forth in those guides are applicable to industrial power systems in various degrees, depending on the type and extent of the industrial system under consideration, and on the character of service required at the points of power consumption. Where an industrial power system consists of power generating equipment, transmission circuits, and distribution circuits, the reasons for grounding these components are often the same as for grounding similar components of public utility systems and other large power systems, and the methods of grounding would generally be similar under like conditions of service. But in some cases the reasons for grounding and the methods of grounding certain components of an industrial power system may differ according to the requirements of manufacturing or process operations.
955-1962
AIEE Guide for Evaluating the Effect of Solar Radiation on Outdoor Metal-Clad Switchgear
Over the past several years, outdoor metal-clad switchgear has reached a position of widespread application comparable to that of indoor gear. Its satisfactory record for many years in cold, temperate, and hot climates has contributed to this increased usage. However, there are conditions affecting its application which are different from those for indoor gear and warrant special consideration. This was realized and a study of the situation was undertaken by the AIEE Switchgear Assemblies Subcommittee. It was first determined that temperature data were not available on fully loaded units in the field. Outdoor laboratory and field testing was then tried, and it became evident, due to uncontrollable conditions, that accurate and complete data suitable for establishing the current-carrying capability of outdoor metal-clad switchgear could not be obtained. Next, indoor testing simulating outdoor conditions was resorted to. Further valuable data were accumulated, but there is still no absolute relationship between results obtained indoors and conditions existing outdoors. However, based on these investigations, sufficient data are now available for the preparation of a Guide for using outdoor metal-clad switchgear in various climates.
959-1988
IEEE Standard Specifications for an I/O Expansion Bus: SBX Bus
An I/O expansion bus for microcomputers that is independent of processor or board type is specified. Each expansion interface supports up to 16 8-bit I/O ports directly. Enhanced addressing capability is available using slave processors or FIFO devices. In addition, each expansion interface may optionally support a DMA channel capable of data rates up to 2 16-bit Mwords/sec. These features are supported for both 8- and 16-bit data paths. The specification has been prepared for those users who intend to design or evaluate products that will be compatible with the bus. For this purpose, functional, electrical, and mechanical specification is covered in detail. The intent of the specification is to guarantee compatibility between baseboards and expansion modules while not restricting the actual designs any more than necessary.
96
General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term, Intermittent, or Varying Duty
96-1969
IEEE General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term, Intermittent, or Varying Duty
This standard establishes general principles for rating electric apparatus for short-time, intermittent, or varying duty. The four methods used for rating equipment are covered by the standard: the continuous rating method; the continuous plus short-time overload rating method or nominal rating method; the short-time rating method; and the periodic rating method.
961-1987
IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Microcomputer Bus System: STD Bus
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. An 8-bit microcomputer bus system derived from the industry bus known as the STD bus is described. The STD bus is a modular packaging and interconnect scheme for 8-bit microprocessor card systems. The bus size and bus organization were selected to serve the interface between any 8-bit microprocessor and a variety of memory and I/O functions. Logical, timing, electrical, and mechanical specifications are provided. The body of the standard provides a core specification for the device-independent parameters. Appendixes provide device-dependent parameters for various processors. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers.
97-1969
IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Service Conditions in Electrical Standards
This document has been prepared as a guide for technical committees to use when standards are being prepared or revised, with the object of obtaining consistency, as far as practicable, among the standards for various kinds of electric equipment, which must often operate under the same service conditions. Service conditions are specified to give the limiting conditions of operation for which standard equipment is designed. For example, ambient temperature values should be selected which, in combination with standard temperature rises, limit total insulation temperatures to suitable values. By specifying a limiting ambient value in service conditions, a readily usable simple means of stating conditions for which standard ratings are suitable is provided. This document consists of two parts. As far as possible selections should be made from Part I for the statement of service conditions for particular equipment standards. For uniformity it is suggested that the exact wording be used where it applies. Part II covers application and testing. Selections from this part are recommended for inclusion as supplementary information to specific standards where applicable and desirable.
972-1985
IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Connections of Insulated Aluminum Conductors
This standard is intended to demonstrate with reasonable assurance that connections meeting these requirements will perform in a satisfactory manner, provided the proper functional class is selected for the application and they are installed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
973-1990
IEEE Standard Definitions of Switching System Performance in a Telecommunications Environment
This standard provides definitions of switching system performance in a telecommunications environment. It includes parameters in seven categories: (1) customer access; (2) network reliability; (3) billing; (4) transmission; (5) operating company; (6) customer signaling; (7) network service; The dimensions and critical aspects of each parameter are presented without numerical values. The definitions will facilitate a description of switching requirements for different networks and applications. Each application may be characterized by its own set of parameters and values. This standard provides definitions that will promote a consistent interpretation of performance by users, service providers, manufacturers, and designers
978-1984
IEEE Guide for In-Service Maintenance and Electrical Testing of Live-Line Tools
Recommendations for in-service inspection, maintenance, and electrical testing of live-line tools are provided. Both job-site and shop or laboratory procedures are covered. Only the electrical aspects are discussed, namely, ac, dc, high-potential test, and watts-loss procedures. All electrical values, unless otherwise stated, are 50 Hz--60 Hz rms values. Not all of the proven practical methods and procedures are included. However, the choice of methods is based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, decades of testing, and the field experiences of many utilities.
982.2-1988
IEEE Guide for the Use of IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software
This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. This guide provides the underlying concepts and motivation for establishing a measurement process for reliable software, utilizing IEEE Std 982.1-1988, IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software. It contains information necessary for application of measures to a project. It includes guidance for the following: applying product and process measures throughout the software life cycle, providing the means for continual self-assessment and reliability improvement; optimizing the development of reliable software, beginning at the early development stages with respect to constraints such as cost and schedule; maximizing the reliability of software in its actual use environment during the operation and maintenance phases; and developing the means to manage reliability in the same manner that cost and schedule are managed. The guide is intended for design, development, evaluation (e.g., auditing or procuring agency), and maintenance personnel; software quality and software reliability personnel; and operations and acquisition support managers. It is organized to provide input to the planning process for reliability management.
983-1986
IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning
The purpose of this guide is to explain and clarify the contents of each section of a Software Quality Assurance Plan (SQAP) that satisfies the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std 730-1984.
987-1985
IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Insulators
A guide to the application of composite insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines is provided. It is based on utility field experience, results of research laboratory tests, and manufacturers recommendations. The guide deals with composite insulators, which include a core, weather-sheds, and metal end fittings. The core consists of resin and axially-aligned glass fibers. The weather-sheds are of polymeric materials.
990-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice for Ada As a Program Design Language
Withdrawn Standard -- Recommendations reflecting the state of the art and alternate approaches to good practice for establishing characteristics of program design languages (PDLs) based on the syntax and semantics of the Ada programming language are provided. Capabilities for general methodology support, specific design support, and product and management information support, as well as the relationship of the PDL to Ada, are covered. The use of an Ada PDL is not covered.
993-1990
IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A language useful for describing Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations, as well as Interface Test Adapters (ITA), is defined. Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can also be used to describe instrumentation in non-ATLAS environments.
993-1997
IEEE Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
A language useful for describing Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations, as well as Interface Test Adapters (ITA), is defined. Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can also be used to describe instrumentation in non-ATLAS environments.
995-1987
IEEE Recommended Practice for Efficiency Determination of Alternating-Current Adjustable Speed Drives: Part I - Load Commutated Inverter Synchronous Motor Drives
This recommended practice proposes a method for determining the efficiency of large, adjustable-speed AC motor-drive systems consisting of a load commutated inverter and a synchronous machine, in which a DC-linked converter is connected between the line and the load. This recommended practice is directed primarily to high-capacity systems (exceeding 1000 hp) and drive systems, which normally include equipments such as transformers, reactors, thyristor power converters, and synchronous machines. The method recommends that the existing test standards for the system equipments be used as reference, supplemented by test and calculations include herein to account for operating characteristics of the adjustable-speed drive systems.
997-1985
IEEE Standard Serial ASCII Instrumentation Loop (SAIL) Shipboard Data Communication
Distributed multi-computer master stations and distributed remote terminal units (RTUs) are introduced. Submaster RTUs used in an automated distribution system with downstream feeder RTUs is defined. Local area networks with master stations are discussed. Intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) with respect to their interface to RTUs and master stations are defined. New surge withstand capability (SWC) standards and their applicability to SCADA is shown. An example channel loading calculation is provided.
999-1992
IEEE Recommended Practice for Master/Remote Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) Communications
The use of serial digital transmission by supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems having geographically dispersed terminals is addressed. These types of systems typically utilize dedicated communication channels, such as private microwave channels or leased telephone lines, which are limited to data rates of less than 10 000 bits/s. Wideband local networks used for high-speed data acquisition and control functions are excluded. This standard covers the communication channels, channel interfaces, message format, information field usage, and communication management. A standard message protocol is defined to the octet level, rather than to the bit level; most details at the bit level are left to the manufacturers of SCADA equipment to define and implement.
Bundle
IEEE Standards for eLearning Technologies - IEEE Std 1484™ Series (Bundle)
This bundle includes: IEEE 1484.4-2007, IEEE 1484.11.1-2004, IEEE 1484.11.2-2003,IEEE 1484.11.3-2005, IEEE 1484.12.1-2002, IEEE 1484.12.1/Cor1-2011, IEEE 1484.12.3-2005, IEEE 1484.13.1-2012, IEEE 1484.13.2-2013, IEEE 1484.13.3-2013, IEEE 1484.13.4-2016, IEEE 1484.13.5-2013, IEEE 1484.13.6-2015, IEEE 1484.20.1-2007
C12.1-1988
American National Standard Code for Electricity Metering
Acceptable performance criteria for new types of AC watthour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices, instrument transformers, and auxiliary devices are established. Acceptable in-service performance levels for meters and devices used in revenue metering are stated. Information on recommended measurement standards, installation requirements, test methods, and test schedules is included. Some of the provisions outlined in this standard apply to direct current watthour meters. Acceptable in-service performance levels for these meters are provided.
C12.10-1987
American National Standard for Electromechanical Watthour Meters
Class designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test-current values, internal wiring arrangements, pertinent dimensions, rotor markings, register requirements, and other general specifications are covered for both detachable and bottom-connected electromechanical watthour meters. Combination devices utilizing the essential elements of watthour meters are also covered insofar as their application is practicable. The terminal arrangements and mounting dimensions covered by this standard are essentially those adopted by the watthour meter industry from 1928 to 1936.
C12.11-1987
American National Standard for Instrument Transformers for Revenue Metering, 10 kV BIL Through 350 kV BIL (0.6 kV NSV through 69 kV NSV)
The general requirements, metering accuracy, thermal ratings, and dimensions are established for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers for revenue metering. Both indoor and outdoor types are covered.
C12.13-1991
American National Standard for Electronic Time-of-Use Registers for Electricity Meters
Electronic time-of-use registers for use in conjunction with electricity meters are covered. The following features are included: numbers and format of displays; voltage, frequency, and temperature ratings; demand intervals; multiplying constants; timing systems; other general requirements; and communication requirements. Test procedures and performance requirements are given. Specifications for the watthour meter are not covered.
C12.14-1982
American National Standard for Magnetic Tape Pulse Recorders for Electricity Meters
Minimum requirements for magnetic tape pulse recorders for electricity meters are recommended. The voltage, frequency ratings, recording format, enclosure requirements, and other general specifications are covered. The intent is to ensure recorder reliability to the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory testing.
C12.15-1990
American National Standard for Solid-State Demand Registers for Electromechanical Watthour Meters
This standard covers solid-state demand registers for use with electromechanical watthour meters. It includes Number and format of displays Voltage, frequency, and temperature ratings Demand intervals Multiplying constants Timing systems Other general features Test conditions for evaluating register performance Solid-state demand registers are designed for use as accessories with electromechanical watthour meters, but items relating to watthour meters are not covered in this standard.
C12.16-1991
American National Standard for Solid-State Electricity Meters
Acceptable performance criteria for solid-state electricity meters are established. Detachable socket, type S, and bottom-connected, type A, as well as any other arrangement agreed upon between the manufacturer and the user are included. Class designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test current values, service connection arrangements, pertinent dimensions, form designations, and environmental tests are covered.
C12.17-1991
American National Standard for Cartridge-Type Solid-State Pulse Recorders for Electricity Metering
Minimum requirements for cartridge-type solid-state pulse recorders for electricity metering are recommended. Voltage and frequency ratings, performance requirements, enclosure requirements, and other general specifications for such recorders are covered. The intent is to assure recorder reliability to the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory testing.
C12.4-1984
American National Standard for Mechanical Demand Registers
The voltage and frequency rating, full-scale values, scale classes, demand intervals, multiplying constants, timing mechanism, and other general features of mechanical demand registers required for use on watthour meters are covered. Single-pointer-form, cumulative-form, and multiple-pointer-form registers are included. Although mechanical demand registers are designed for use as accessories in watthour meters, items relating to watthour meters are not covered.
C12.6-1987
American National Standard for Marking and Arrangement of Terminals for Phase-Shifting Devices Used in Metering
Phase-shifting devices designed to provide the proper lagged voltages required for kVAR and kVA measurement are covered. Terminal marking for universal devices, as well as devices for specific types of services, is considered. The number of terminals and the provision of diagrams of internal connections are specified.
C12.7-1993
American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets
The general requirements and pertinent dimensions applicable to watthour meter sockets rated up to and including 600 V, and up to and including 320 A continuous duty per socket opening, are covered. Electrical ratings, performance requirements, and construction requirements are specified.
C12.8-1981
American National Standard for Test Blocks and Cabinets for Installation of Self-Contained A-Base Watthour Meters
The dimensions and functions of test blocks and cabinets used with self-contained A-base watthour meters are covered. Standard ratings are defined, and general requirements are addressed.
C12.9-1993
American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated Meters
The dimensions and functions of meter test switches used with transformer-rated watthour meters in conjunction with instrument transformers are covered.
C135.22-1988
American National Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Pole-Top Insulator Pins With Lead Threads for Overhead Line Construction
This standard covers ferrous pole-top insulator pins with 1 -inch- and 1 -3/8-inch-diameter lead threads used in overhead line construction.
C135.31-1988
American National Standard for zinc-coated ferrous single and double upset spool insulator bolts for overhead line construction
This standard covers both single and double upset spool insulator bolts used in overhead line construction.
C135.35-1988
American National Standard for zinc-coated ferrous cable racks and cable rack hooks for underground line construction
This standard covers several types and sizes of cable racks and cable rack hooks that are used to support current carrying cables in underground manholes, vaults, and tunnels.
C135.38-1987
American National Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Washer Head Bolts and Washer Nuts
These standards cover ferrous washer head bolts and washer nuts used in overhead line construction.
C136.1-1996
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps - Guide for Selection
C136.10-1996
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Locking-Type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacle Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Equipment that may be physically and electrically interchanged to operate within established values is covered in this standard, such as locking-type photocontrol devices, locking-type mating receptacles, and shorting and nonshorting caps.
C136.11-1995
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple Sockets
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Medium and mogul multiple sockets as used in luminaires designed and intended for use in lighting roadways and other areas open to general use by the pubic are covered. This standard provides interchangeability of lamps, minimum safety standards for operating personnel, and minimum performance criteria.
C136.12-1996
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Mercury Lamps--Guide for Selection
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Methods for selecting mercury lamps that are recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment are given. Appropriate circuits and ballasts are also included.
C136.13-1997
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for Wood Poles
C136.14
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps
C136.14-1988
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps
This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit the interchange of enclosed side-mounted luminaires for horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting.
C136.15-1997
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--High-Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires--Field Identification
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. A simple, uniform method for identifying the type and wattage rating of a high-intensity-discharge or a low-pressure sodium lamp installed in a luminaire is provided.
C136.16-1997
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed Post Top-Mounted Luminaires
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Abstract: Dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that will permit interchange of post top-mounted luminaires whose center of mass is approximately over the mounting tenon are covered.
C136.17-1997
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity-Discharge Lamps--Mechanical Interchangeability of Refractors
The dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1988, American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment–Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High- Intensity Discharge Lamps, are covered.
C136.18-1999
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps
" Physical, operational, maintenance, and light-distribution features that permit use ofhigh-mast luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered. It is not intended thatcompliance with this standard will permit interchangeability with existing roadway equipment with-out thorough engineering review and evaluation. "
C136.19-1997
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - High-Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide for Selection
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. The selection of high-pressure sodium lamps recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment is covered.
C136.2-1996
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaires Voltage Classification
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Three voltage classifications for luminaires used in roadway lighting are covered. General testing methods for determining the dielectric withstand and the transient voltage withstand are given. This standard applies to luminaire electrical insulation between ungrounded current-carrying members and noncurrent-carrying members that may be grounded by design or accident.
C136.20-1995
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic (FPR) Lighting Poles
C136.21
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top-Mounted Luminaires
C136.21-1987
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top-Mounted Luminaires
This standard covers the attachment features of vertical tenons on pole tops or brackets used in roadway lighting that permit the interchangeability of post-top-mounted luminaires.
C136.22
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of Luminaires
C136.22-1988
ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of Luminaires
This standard covers internal luminaire identification labels for all styles of luminaires used in roadway lighting.
C136.23-1997
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting-Enclosed Architectural Luminaires
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Physical, operating, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit use of architectural luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered. Specific features for horizontal, pendant, and vertical architectural luminaires, together with various types of lamps to meet the individual needs of special architectural roadway lighting applications, are included.
C136.26
Guide for Photocontrols and Luminaires for Roadway Lighting Trouble-Shooting
C136.27-1996
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment-Tunnel Lighting Luminaires
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Luminaires used for illuminating roadway tunnels are covered. The requirements in this standard are limited to general attributes of tunnel luminaires due to the wide variety of designs possible.
C136.3-1995
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire Attachments (Revision of ANSI C136.3-1989)
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Attachment features of luminaires used in roadway lighting equipment are covered. The features covered apply to luminaries that are side- or post-top-mounted.
C136.31-1999
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment-Luminaire Vibration
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. The minimum vibration withstand capability and vibration test methods for roadway luminaries are covered.
C136.32
Enclosed Setback Luminaires or Directional Floodlights for HID Lamps
C136.32-1999
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Enclosed Setback Luminaries and Directional Floodlights for High-Intensity-Discharge Lamps
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Dimensional, maintenance, and electrical features that permit the interchange of similar style enclosed luminaires having the same light distribution classification or type for high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting equipment are covered. Luminaires covered by this standard are generally yoke, trunnion, or tenon mounted.
C136.33
Plug-in Type Receptacle for HID Lamp Ignitors
Covers the physical features, dimensions, and electrical requirements of mating receptacles for plug-in type high-intensity discharge lamp ignitors used in roadway and area luminaires. The receptacle shall provide electrical connections so that it may be used for 52-, 55-, or 100-volt high-pressure sodium ignitors, either two-wire or three-wire, and also be used for metal halide ignitors.
C136.33-1999
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Plug-in Type Receptacle and Plug for High-Intensity-Discharge (HID) Lamp Ignitors
Adminstratively WIthdrawn Covers the physical features, dimensions and electrical requirements of mating receptacles for plug-in type HID lamp ignitors used in roadway luminaires. The receptacle shall provide electrical connections so that it may be used for either 55v or 100v high pressure sodium lamp ignitors, ieth 2-wire or 3-wire, and also be used for metal halide lamps required ignitors
C136.4-1995
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Equipment for luminaires for lighting roadways is covered in the following categories: series sockets having medium impact strength and intended for service at high temperatures, series sockets having high impact strength and intended for service at limited temperatures, and series-socket receptacles in the 5000 V classification.
C136.5-1996
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts (Reaffirmation of C136.5-1969)
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Operating and dimensional features of single-shot film cutouts used with series roadway lighting equipment and circuits are covered. The film cutouts function by dielectric breakdown and subsequent partial fusing of components.
C136.6-1997
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Metal Heads and Reflector Assemblies--Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability
This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Dimensional features of luminaires with metal heads that permit mechanical and optical interchangeability of both head and reflector assemblies are covered. The features covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are slipfitter mounted. The reflector assembly is of the latched collar type and may be part of an open or enclosed optical assembly.
C136.9-1997
American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability
C16.31-1959
ASA American Standard Method of Measurement of Television Luminance Signal Levels
This Standard is a revision of Part 1 of Standard 50 IRE 23. SI and replaces in all respects this previously issued part of the Standard. The need for the revision stems from the standardization of color television signals in the USA, and the inadequacy of the earlier Standard in providing methods of measuring the luminance component of the color signal. The revision consists primarily of a change in the response characteristics of the oscilloscopes to insure adequate suppression of the color subcarrier. Other minor changes in wording and in the associated figures have been made to bring the standard into accord with present terminology and practice
C2
C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) - Mobile Device Edition
IMPORTANT: iSilo Reader Required for Viewing IEEE Mobile Publications. The iSilo Reader is a one-time, $19.99 USD purchase that enables IEEE Mobile Publications to be viewed on a mobile device. The iSilo Reader operates on the following mobile device platforms: BlackBerry, iPhone, Windows Mobile Smartphone, Windows CE Handheld PC, Pocket PC and Palm. Before placing your order, please ensure that you verify your mobile device model and platform by viewing iSilo device/platform information at http://www.isilo.com/info/device.htm. Purchase the iSilo Reader - http://www.isilo.com/download/index.htm Upon completion of your iSilo purchase, you can return to this screen and continue shopping. ABOUT The NESC: The NESC covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. (File Size 5gb)
C2-2004
National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC) The Archives: 1973 - 2000 (Single User)
Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2000, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2000) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2000) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY.
C2-2006
2007 National Electric Safety Code - PDF Single User Professional Edition : VuSpec (NESC)
Choose to view the 2007 NESC in our new Flash interface or a point-and-click HTML format. Also, includes the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format (unlocked). With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition.
C2-2007 -2006
NESC VuSpec and PDF Pro Edition [Network License]
You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Contact [email protected] for pricing information.
C37.04f-1990
Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Correction to page 28 of IEEE C37.04-1979, add subsection 6.5 of IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis (IEEE C37.04-1979). Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996.
C37.04h-1990
Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis (IEEE C37.04-1979).
C37.06.1-2000
American National Standard Guide for High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis Designated - Definite Purpose for Fast Transient Recovery Voltage Rise Times
The purpose of this guide is to provide suggested values of fast transient recovery voltage rise time ratings. The proposed ratings were suggested by the IEEE Switchgear Committee, and apply ONLY to currents in the ranges of 7 percent to 30 percent of Rated Short-Circuit Current. The TRVs for currents more than or equal to 60% of rated short-circuit current remain the same as for general purpose circuit breakers. Circuit breakers not identified by the manufacturer as "definite purpose for fast transient recovery voltage rise times" shall be understood to be "general purpose circuit breakers," meeting the C37.06 standard TRV requirements in table 1, 2, or 3 as appropriate.
C37.0781-1972
ANSI American National Standard Schedule of Dielectric Test Values for Outdoor AC High-Voltage Circuit Breaker External Insulation Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
This standard covers the schedule of dielectric test values for American National Standard, C37.078-1972 (IEEE Std 343-1972) which contains definitions, ratings, construction, and test procedure.
C37.11-1957
ASA American National Standard Requirements for Power Circuit Breaker Control
This standard applies to all types of electrically controlled indoor and outdoor power circuit breakers, including circuit breakers in switchgear cubicles and in metal-clad switchgear, having an interrupting rating of 50 megavolt-amperes (mva) or higher and a voltage rating above 1500 volts. This standard applies for any source of circuit breaker operating energy, such as solenoid, motor, spring, compressed gas, etc, for any type of operating mechanism and for both a-c and d-c control power
C37.19-1963
ASA American National Standard Safety Requirements for Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers and Switchgear Assemblies
This standard covers the following equipment. 19-1.1 Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers. Low-voltage ac power circuit breakers (not molded-case breakers) with interrupting ratings of over 10,000 amp (amperes), 1,000 volts ac or less, covered by American Standards C37.13-1963, C37.15- 1954 (Reaffirmed 1961), C37.16-1963, and C37.17- 1962. 19-1.2 Individually Enclosed Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers. Low-voltage ac power circuit breakers included in 19-1.1, when in individual enclosures, usually built of steel for separate mounting. 19-1.3 Low-Voltage AC Power Switchgear Assemblies. Low-voltage ac power switchgear assemblies, indoor and outdoor, including low-voltage ac power circuit breakers 1,000 volts ac or less, either drawout or stationary, covered by American Standard C37.20-1955
C37.20-1969
ANSI/IEEE Standard - Switchgear Assemblies - Including Metal Enclosed Bus
ANSI/IEEE C37.20-1969 (Reaffirmed 1981), includes C37.20a-1970, C37.20b-1972, C37.20c-1974 and C37.20d·1978
C37.22-1959
ASA Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Automatic Line Sectionalizers for Alternating Current Systems
1.1 This standard applies to all single- or multi-pole alternating-current automatic circuit reclosers and automatic line sectionalizers for the nominal voltages from 1,500 to 23,000 volts. 1.2 In order to simplify this standard where possible: The term recloser has been substituted for automatic circuit recloser. The term sectionalizer has been substituted for automatic line sectionalizer
C37.29-1981
IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Protectors Used in Enclosures
This standard covers enclosed low-voltage ac power circuit protectors that are manually operated or power operated. Addressed are circuit protectors of the stationary type with 2-pole or 3-pole construction, having one or more rated maximum voltages of 508 V and 254 V rms for application on systems having nominal voltages of 480 V and 240 V RMS. The circuit protectors considered are furnished with current-limiting fuses such that the entire device is suitable for application on circuits capable of delivering not more than 200 000 An rms symmetrical short-circuit current. Service conditions and ratings are discussed, and the functional components of the circuit protectors are described. Temperature limitations and classification of insulating materials are covered. Insulation(dielectric) withstand voltage requirements are specified, and an application guide is given. Test procedures are also specified.
C37.38-1989
IEEE Standard for Gas Insulated, Metal-Enclosed Disconnecting, Interrupter, and Grounding Switches
Requirements for switches rated 72.5 kV and above, intended for use in metal-enclosed, gas-insulated substations, are presented. These switches are characterized by grounded, leak-tight metal enclosures that are filled with a gas (most commonly sulfur hex fluoride, SF6) at some pressure above atmospheric. Live parts are contained within the housing and insulated therefrom by the gas and by suitable solid insulation that supports the live parts in their proper position. Gas-insulated switches are normally electrically connected to and structurally joined to other gas-insulated components, such as buses, gas-to-air bushings, circuit breakers, instrument transformers, cable terminations, etc. Switches may be manually or power operated. Service conditions, ratings, supporting structures, and nameplates are covered. Testing of disconnecting and grounding switches is covered.
C37.42-1996
American National Standard Specification for High-Voltage Expulsion Type Distribution Class Fuses, Cutouts, Fuse Disconnecting Switches and Fuse Links
This standard is one of a series of complementary standards covering various types of high-voltage fuses and switches, arranged so that certain standards apply to all devices while other standards provide additional specifications for a particular device. For any device, ANSI/IEEE C37.40-1993, ANSI/IEEE C37.41-1994, plus the additional standard covering that device, constitute a complete standard for the device. In addition, ANSI/IEEE C37.48-1987 (R1992) is an application, operation, and maintenance guide for all the devices.
C37.43-1962
ASA American Standard Specifications for Distribution Fuse Links for Use in Distribution Enclosed, Open, and Open-Link Cutouts
This standard applies to links for high voltage fuses (above 600 volts) for enclosed, open, and openlink types of distribution cutouts for ac distribution systems.
C37.44-1962
ASA American Standard Specifications for Distribution Oil Cutouts and Fuse Links
This standard applies to high voltage fuses (600 volts and above) and accessories as follows: (1) Distribution oil cutouts (2) Fuse housings, fuse supports, fuse mountings, and fuse links, all of the type used exclusively with products listed in (1) (3) Removable switch blades for products listed i n ( l )
C37.46-2000
Amerian National Standard for High Voltage Expulsion and Current-Limiting Type Power Class Fuses and Fuse Disconnecting Switches
This standard establishes specifications for high voltage (above 1000 volts) expulsion and current-limiting type power class fuses, and accessories. All of these devices are intended for use on alternating current systems.
C37.47-2000
American National Standard for High Voltage Current-Limiting Type Distribution Class Fuses and Fuse Disconnecting Switches
This standard establishes specifications for high voltage (above 1000 volts) distribution class current limiting type fuses and associated accessories. All of these devices are intended for use on alternating current systems.
C37.5-1979
IEEE Guide for Calculation of Fault Currents for Application of AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Total Current Basis
This standard is a guide for the calculation of fault currents for the application of ac highvoltage circuit breakers rated on a total current basis.
C37.51-1989
American National Standard for Switchgear–Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage AC Power- Circuit-Breaker Switchgear Assemblies--Conformance Test Procedures
This standard applies to metal-enclosed low-voltage power-circuit-breaker switchgear assemblies and covers the conformance test procedures for the basic switchgear section that includes the structure, circuit-breaker compartments, instrument compartments, buses, and internal connections (see American National Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit-Breaker Switchgear, ANSI/IEEE C37.20.1-1987 for assigned ratings and usual service conditions). This standard does not apply to installations under the exclusive control of electric utilities for the purposes of communication or metering or for the generation, control, transformation, transmission and distribution of electric energy located in buildings used exclusively by utilities for such purposes, or located outdoors on property owned or leased by the utility or on public highways, streets, roads, and the like, or located outdoors by established rights on private property. Low-voltage switchgear assemblies usually include control and instrumentation components that are unique for the application and are not individually evaluated under this standard. However, these components when utilized in circuits that obtain their energy from primary sources within the low-voltage switchgear shall be suitably protected as specified in 3.2. NOTE -- In this standard, the use of the term "low-voltage switchgear" shall be considered to mean "metal-enclosed low-voltage alternating-current power-circuit-breaker switchgear assemblies." The use of the term "circuit breaker" shall be considered to mean "low-voltage alternating-current power circuit breaker," unless qualified by other descriptive terms. This standard specifies the tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the low-voltage switchgear being tested conforms with the ratings assigned to it in accordance with American National Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit-Breaker Switchgear, ANSI/IEEE C37.20.1-1987, and American National Standard for Switchgear -- Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breakers and AC Power Circuit Protectors -- Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations, ANSI C37.16-1988.
C37.52-1974
American National Standard Test Procedures for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Protectors Used in Enclosures
This standard was developed as a replacement for Section 8. (Test Procedures) of American National Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Protectors Used in Enclosures, C37.29-1974 (IEEE Std 508-1974), for the purpose of providing a separate document to facilitate use by independent testing laboratories. Since these test procedures are considered new by the laboratories, experience factors may require revision and a separate document can be revised quickly and economically. This standard is one of several in a series of test procedures standards for certification of various switchgear products. They establish the mandatory requirements that a product must meet (as certified by an independent testing laboratory) in order to satisfy federal law and local electrical codes.
C37.61-1973
IEEE Standard Guide for the Application, Operation, and Maintenance of Automatic Circuit Reclosers
Information on the selection, application, operation, and maintenance of single-or multi-pole AC automatic circuit reclosers is provided. The principle characteristics of reclosers are identified, and the necessary system information is indicated. Step-by-step procedures for selecting reclosers for specific applications are given.
C37.85-1989
American National Standard for Switchgear-Alternating-Current High-Voltage Power Vacuum Interrupters-Safety Requirements for X-Radiation Limits
This standard specifies the maximum permissible X-radiation emission from alternating-current high-voltage power vacuum interrupters that are intended to be operated at voltages between 5000 volts and 38 000 volts when tested in accordance with procedures described in this standard.
C37.96-1988
IEEE Guide for AC Motor Protection
Guidance in applying relay protection to squirrel-cage and wound-rotor induction motors and synchronous motors is provided. The generally accepted forms of motor protection are reviewed, and the use of relays and devices, singly and in combination, is summarized so that the user can select the necessary equipment to obtain adequate motor protection. This guide is concerned primarily with the protection of three-phase integral horsepower motors and variable-speed motors where specifically indicated. It does not detail the protective requirements of all motors in every situation. The recommendations are of a general nature, designed to cover the usual or typical motor installations.
C37.97-1979
IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses
The effective application of relays for protection of power system electrical buses is addressed. Common bus arrangements and some special arrangements used in the United States are covered; not all bus protection systems or all possible bus arrangements are included. Factors that determine the need and type of bus protection, and basic principles of bus protection operation are discussed. Relay input sources are covered. Bus protection systems and common bus arrangements with relay input sources are described. Also discussed are current transformer locations, wiring and grounding, location of the bus on the system, bus construction, problems associated with switching and bypassing, auxiliary tripping relays, reclosing of breakers after a bus differential operation, testing of bus differential relaying, and bus backup protection.
C39.1-1959
ASA American Standard Requirements for Electrical Indicating Instruments Panel, Switchboard, and Portable Instruments
This standard applies to the following kinds of electrical indicating instruments for direct and alternating current, including instruments with prefixes such as micro-, kilo-, etc: (1) Ammeters (2) Voltmeters (3) Wattmeters (4) Varmeters (reactive-volt-ampere meters) (5) Frequency meters (6) Power-factor meters (7) Indicating instruments functioning on the above principles, but indicating derived quantities 1.2 This standard may apply, with suitable exceptions, to instruments constructed for special requirements. For example, ultrasensitive direct-current micro ammeters, high-resistance voltmeters, thermo-milliammeters, thermo-voltmeters of the vacuum-couple type, and instruments with special and unusual ranges. 1.3 This standard does not apply to the following kinds of instruments: (1) Indicating instruments provided with arrangements for curve drawing, contact making, etc (2) Small instruments of types and sizes where the indications are only approximate; for example, small polarized-vane ammeters used on automobiles, battery-charging outfits, etc
C50.10-1977
American National Standard General Requirements for Synchronous Machines
The requirements for synchronous machines with excitation windings are covered by three American National Standards as follows: American National Standard General Requirements for Synchronous Machines, C50.10-1977. American National Standard Requirements for Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators, C50.13-1977. American National Standard Requirements for Combustion Gas Turbine Driven Synchronous Generators, C50.14-1977. This standard contains general requirements and definitions applicable to all types of 60 Hz synchronous machines except fractional horsepower motors. Specific requirements for cylindrical rotor synchronous generators and combustion gas turbine driven synchronous generators will be found in American National Standards C50.13-1977 and C50.14-1977.
C50.14-1977
American National Standard Requirements for Combustion Gas Turbine Driven Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators
Requirements are provided for 60-Hz open-ventilated air-cooled cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators rated 10,000 kVA and above. Classification, service conditions, output rating and capabilities, temperature, abnormal and short-circuit requirements, efficiency, overspeed, telephone influence factor, tests, direction of rotation, and nameplate marking are covered. A performance specification form is shown.
C57-2002
IEEE Standards Collection Special Edition: Power Distribution & Regulator Transformers on CD- ROM
C57.114-1990
IEEE Seismic Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors
IEEE C57.114-1990, IEEE Seismic Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors, specifies recommendations for the design and installation of power transformers and reactors to withstand the effects of earthquakes.
C57.115-1991
IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Rated in Excess of 100 MVA (65C Winding Rise) (Folded into C57.91-1995) (65C Winding Rise)
The guide covers modern power transformers rated above 100 MVA, three-phase equivalent and 65 °C rise. The general approach is tutorial. Four different types of loading, that is, normal life expectancy loading, planned loading beyond nameplate rating, long-time emergency loading, and short-time emergency loading, are considered. The various effects of loading a transformer in excess of its nameplate rating are discussed. Temperature and maximum loading limitations are suggested.
C57.12.01-1989
IEEE Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin-Encapsulated Windings
Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type distribution and power transformers or autotransformers, single and polyphase, with a voltage of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding, are described. Information that can be used as a basis for the establishment of performance, interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described, and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment, is given.
C57.12.14-1982
IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Dielectric Test Requirements for Power Transformers for Operation at System Voltages from 115 kV Through 230 kV
This standard prescribes insulation levels and dielectric test requirements for power transformers where: (1) The transformer insulation levels and dielectric test requirements are explicitly specified to be in accordance with this standard. (2) The transformers are to be operated at system voltages from 115 kV through 230 kV. (3) The transformer has a rating, either single-phase or three-phase, equal to or greater than 30000 kVA self-cooled or 50000 kVA forced cooled.
C57.12.21-2000
American National Standard Requirements for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Single-Phase Distribution Transformers With High-Voltage Bushings: High Voltage (34 500 GrdY/19 920 V and Below) and Low Voltage (240/120 V, 167 kVA and Smaller)
This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of single-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, padmounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers with high-voltage bushings. These transformers are rated 167 kVA and smaller, with high-voltages of 34500 GRD/19900 volts and below for operation between one phase and grounded neutral, and low-voltage of 240/120 volts. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply. NOTE–Refer to the latest federal regulations concerning polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) contaminations in transformers.
C57.12.22-1995
American National Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers With High-Voltage Bushings, 2500 kVA and Smaller; High Voltage, 34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 480 Volts and Below
This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz., mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, padmounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers with high-voltage bushings. These transformers are rated 2500 kVA and smaller, with high voltages of 34,500 GrdY/19,920 volts and below, and with low voltages of 480 volts and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply.
C57.12.24-1994
American National Standard for Transformers-- Underground-Type Three-Phase Distribution Transformers, 2500 kVA and Smaller, High Voltage, 34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below, Low Voltage, 480 Volts and Below - Requirements
1.1 This standard is intended to set forth characteristics relating to performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety of the equipment described, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. NOTE – Refer to the latest Federal Regulations concerning polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) contamination in transformers. 1.2 This standard describes certain electrical and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60-Hz, liquid-immersed, self-cooled, underground-type distribution transformers rated 2500 kVA and smaller with high voltages of 34 500GrdY/19 920 volts and below and with low voltages of 480 volts and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply and are suitable for occasional submerged operation. 1.3 This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer.
C57.12.26-1992
IEEE Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers for Use with Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors (34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below, 2500 kVA and Smaller)
Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and for assisting in the proper selection of equipment. It covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, pad-mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors. These transformers are rated at 2500 kVA and smaller, with high voltages of 34 500 Grd Y/19 920 V and below and with low voltages of 480 V and below. These transformers are used generally for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply. Connector and terminal arrangements for both radial-feed and loop-feed systems are included.
C57.12.50-1981
American National Standard Requirements for Ventilated Dry-Type Distribution Transformers, 1 to 500 kVA, Single-Phase, and 15 to 500 kVA, Three-Phase, With High-Voltage 601 to 34 500 Volts, Low-Voltage 120 to 600 Volts
This standard describes certain electrical and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of 60-Hz, two-winding, ventilated dry-type transformers with self-cooled ratings 1 to 500 kVA, single-phase, and 15 to 500 kVA, three-phase, inclusive; high-voltage 601 to 34 500 volts, and low-voltage 120 to 600 volts, inclusive; generally used for step-down purposes. (Forced-air-cooled ratings for certain sizes are listed in Part II.)
C57.12.52-1981
American National Standard Requirements for Sealed Dry-Type Power Transformers, 501 kVA and Larger, Three-Phase, with High-Voltage 601 to 34 500 Volts, Low-Voltage 208Y/120 to 4160 Volts
This standard is intended to set forth characteristics relating to performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety of the equipment described, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. 1.2 This standard describes certain electrical and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of 60-Hz, two-winding, three phase, sealed dry-type transformers rated 501 kVA and larger, generally used for step-down purposes. Specific rating combinations are described in the range from 750 to 5000 kVA inclusive, with high-voltage 2400 to 34 500 volts inclusive and low-voltage 208Y/120 to 4160 volts inclusive. 1.3 This standard does not apply to other types of transformers, such as specialty, ventilated dry-type, pad-mounted dry type, liquid immersed, instrument, regulating, furnace, mine, and rectifier transformers. 1.4 When this document is used on a mandatory basis, the word "shall" indicates mandatory requirements, and the words
C57.12.55-1987
American National Standard for Transformers--Used in Unit Installations, Including Unit Substations--Conformance Standard
This standard describes certain electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements and conformance tests for dry-type distribution and power transformers and for auto transformers. These transformers may be either single-phase or polyphase, with ventilated, non ventilated, or scaled enclosures. Such transformers may be remotely or integrally associated with primary or secondary switchgear or substations, or both. The range of transformers is 601 volts through 34 500 volts (either primary or secondary) in sizes of 1 kVA through 2 500 kVA. Such transformers are intended to be installed in accordance with the American National Standard National Electrical Code (ANSI/NFPA 70-1987). All manufacturers seeking certification under this standard should demonstrate that performance requirements have been met by performing the tests herein, by submitting data from earlier tests, by exhibiting proof of satisfactory field service, or by an appropriate combination of these methods. Families of insulation systems may be certified on the basis of tests performed on one representative model.
C57.12.59-1989
IEEE Guide for Dry-Type Transformer Through-Fault Current Duration
Recommendations for the application of overcurrent protective devices to limit the exposure time of dry-type transformers to short circuits are provided. The transformer coordination curves in this guide pertain to the temperature rise of the windings during time intervals less than 100 s, wherein nearly all the heat generated is stored in the conductors.
C57.19.101-1989
IEEE Guide for Loading Power Apparatus Bushings
Electrical, dimensional, and related requirements for outdoor power-class apparatus bushings that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and higher are covered. Specific values for dimensional and related requirements that are to be interpreted, measured, or tested in accordance with IEEE C57.19.00-1991 are provided. Bushings covered by this standard are intended for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers
C57.92-1981
IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Up to and Including 100 MVA with 55 C or 65 C Average Winding Rise
General recommendations for loading mineral-oil-immersed power transformers and other oil-insulated power transformer having up to and including 100 MVA maximum nameplate rating are covered. They are based mostly on aging of the winding insulation. This guide may also be used for askarel-filled transformers. The method used for computer calculation of the capability tables for normal and moderate sacrifice of life and examples for developing them by hand calculations are given.
C57.95-1984
IEEE Guide for Loading Liquid-Immersed Step-Voltage and Induction-Voltage Regulators
This guide covers general recommendations for loading mineral oil-immersed, 55 °C rise, step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators manufactured in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C57.15-1986. Some users may choose to load regulators as though rated for 65 °C rise, although this operation is not recognized by ANSI/IEEE C57.15-1986. This guide treats the loss of life to be anticipated under such operation. Loading recommendations in tabular form are contained in this guide. These recommendations cover a wide range of ambient conditions and loss of life. The method and equations used for calculation of the tables are given. This guide is only applicable for regulators having inherent capability to permit the loadings covered.
C62.1-1989
IEEE Standard for Gapped Silicon-Carbide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits
This standard describes the service conditions, classifications and voltage ratings, design tests with corresponding performance characteristics, conformance tests, and certification test procedures for station, intermediate, distribution and secondary class arresters. Terminal connections, housing leakage distance, mounting and identification requirements are defined. Definitions are provided to clarify the required test procedures and other portions of the text.
C62.38-1994
IEEE Guide on Electrostatic Discharge (ESD): ESD Withstand Capability Evaluation Methods (for Electronic Equipment Subassemblies)
This guide establishes test methods for the evaluation of ESD withstand capability for electronic equipment subassemblies. It includes information about test conditions, test equipment, and test procedures for ESD tests of printed circuit boards and other subassemblies.
C62.47-1992
IEEE Guide on Electrostatic Discharge (ESD): Characterization of the ESD Environment
This guide describes the electromagnetic threat posed to electronic equipment and subassemblies by actual electrostatic discharge (ESD) events from humans and mobile furnishings. This guide organizes existing data on the subject of ESD in order to characterize the ESD surge environment. This guide is not an ESD test standard. It is intended to be a resource for equipment designers, and for preparers and users of ESD test standards. The manufacturing, handling, packaging, and transportation of individual electronic components, including integrated circuits, are not discussed, and this guide does not deal with mobile items such as automobiles, aircraft, and other masses of comparable size.
C63.18-1997
American National Standard Recommended Practice for an On-site, Ad-Hoc Test Method for Estimating Radiated Electromagnetic Immunity of Medical Devices to Specific Radio Frequency Transmitters
Guidance is provided for health-care organizations in evaluating the radiated RF electromagnetic immunity of their existing inventories of medical devices to their existing inventories of RF transmitters, as well as to RF transmitters that are commonly available. This recommended practice can also be used for newly purchased medical devices and RF transmitters, as well as for pre-purchase evaluation. It applies to medical devices used in health-care facilities and to portable transmitters with a rated power output of 8 W or less. It does not apply to implantable medical devices, transport environments such as ambulances and helicopters, or to RF transmitters rated at more than 8 W.
C93.1-1999
American National Standard Requirements for Power-Line Carrier Coupling Capacitors and Coupling Capacitor Voltage Transformers (CCVT
This standard applies to capacitors for coupling power-line carriers and for reducing rate of rise of breaker transient recovery voltage, and to coupling capacitor voltage transformers (CCVr) for connection to a high voltage power circuit, between line and ground, to supply a low voltage for measurement, control, and protective functions. A CCVT may or may not have provision for power-line carrier coupling. This standard does not include bushing potential devices, or secondary compensated-field adjustable CCVTS
IRE17.S1-1960
IRE Standards on Television: Methods of Testing Monochrome Television Broadcast Receivers
This standard describes procedures for measurement of the performance characteristics of the picture and sound sections of television receivers. Where specific test conditions are stated, these apply to home broadcast receivers designed to receive transmissions in accordance with the specifications of the United States Federal Communications Commission. Where other conditions apply, appropriate modifications must be made. Emphasis is placed on over-all receiver performance. Internal characteristics such as the gains and bandwidths of individual stages are not generally considered
IRE19.S1-1953
IRE Standards on Sound Recording and Reproducing Methods of Measurement of Noise, 1953
Noise is a limiting factor in any system which stores information because it limits the signal-to-noise ratio and hence the total quantity of stored data. This applies in the field of sound recording and reproducing, as well as in any information storage system.
IRE19.S1-1958
IRE Methods of Calibration of Mechanically Recorded Lateral Frequency Records
Three basic methods are described in this standard for calibrating laterally-modulated frequency records. The same general techniques also are applicable to vertically-modulated frequency records. The oldest of these is the Microscope Method, in which the recorded amplitude is measured directly by use of a microscope. The second method is the Light-Pattern Method, in which the recorded amplitude is determined by use of the principle that, under specified conditions, the reflected light from a band of recorded grooves forms a pattern the width of which is related to the recorded velocity. The main body of the Standard covers the Light-Pattern Method due to Buchmann-Meyer, while in the Appendix are given two approved refinements for improving accuracy of observation, particularly at short-recorded wavelengths.
IRE21.S1-1951
IRE Standard Abbreviations of Radio-electronic Terms, 1951
IRE23.S1-1960
IRE Standards on Television: Measurement of Differential Gain and Differential Phase, 1960
The primary application of this Standard is intended to be in the field of routine operational and maintenance tests, where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or desirable. The basic techniques described here are also applicable to laboratory measurements, proof-of-performance tests, and detailed maintenance procedures
IRE23.S2-1960
IRE Standards on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera Systems, 1961
This standard is a revision of Part II of 50 I R E 23.SI, and replaces it in all respects. One of the major characteristics of a television system affecting over-all picture quality is the ability of the system to reproduce fine detail found in the original image. This ability to resolve detail is determined by a number of factors, such as the number of scanning lines employed, the frame repetition rate, and the over-all response of the electrical circuits, which is usually specified in terms of the frequency-response characteristics. Performance of the optical imaging device, the camera tube, and the reproducing device also has considerable influence on the ability of the system to resolve detail.
IRE28.S1-1960
IRE Standards on Solid-State Devices: Definitions of Semiconductor Terms 1960
Definitions of Semiconductor Terms, 1960
IRE28.S1-1961
IRE Standards on Solid-State Devices: Definitions of Terms for Nonlinear Capacitors, 1961
Definitions of Terms for Nonlinear Capacitors, 1961
IRE28.S2-1956
IRE Standards on Solid State Devices: Methods of Testing Transistors, 1956
This standard deals with the methods of measurement of important characteristics of transistors. In general, these characteristics are referred to as parameters of the devices. Because of the youthfulness of the transistor art, methods of testing transistors will continue to change considerably before the art can be considered to have stabilized sufficiently for complete standardization. This standard corresponds to the current state of transistor testing methods, and its publication by the IRE is considered preferable to waiting for a future stabilization of the many rapid changes now characteristic of this field
IRE8.S1-1962
IRE Standards on Electronic Computers: Methods of Testing Bobbin Cores, 1962
Many terms used in this Standard are defined in previous IRE Standards, including: Bobbin Core. A. tape-wound core in which the ferromagnetic tape has been wrapped on a form or bobbin which supplies mechanical support to the tape. B. Methods of Measurement The electrical characteristics of bobbin cores are ordinarily measured by applying one or more tests chosen from one of two categories of test methods, These categories are presented below as the open-circuit test and the integrated-output test. Each of these methods is a valid and useful test, but the methods are basically different and should not be expected to give the same test results. In each method, the number of turns, amperes and seconds are to be specified for particular cases.
J-STD-016-1995
Trial-Use Standard Standard for Information Technology Software Life Cycle Processes Software Development Acquirer-Supplier Agreement
Withdrawn Standard. This standard defines a set of software development activities and resulting software products. It provides a framework for software development planning and engineering. It is also intended to merge commercial and Government software development requirements within the framework of the software life cycle process requirements of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and International Organization for Standardization (ISO). The term software development is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, reengineering, maintenance, and all other processes or activities resulting in software products.
N13.4-1971
American National Standard for the Specification of Portable X- or Gamma-Radiation Survey Instruments
N42.13-2004
American National Standard Calibration and Usage of "Dose Calibrator" Ionization Chambers for the Assay of Radionuclides
The wide range of calibrator-type instruments currently being used primarily for radionuclide assay in nuclear medicine indicates the need for a standard for uniformity in measurement and test techniques. Such devices are composite systems consisting of an ionization chamber integrally coupled to appropriate electronic circuitry that converts the ionization current to a readout in units of activity. The principles of operation of the ionization chamber are well summarized in the NCRP Report No 58 [1] 1 and will not be repeated here. Wide activity range and stability are useful characteristics of ionization chambers in this application. The advantages of this type of system for radionuclide assay include ease of use and interpretation.
N42.14-1999
American National Standard for Calibration and Use of Germanium Spectrometers for the Measurement of Gamma-Ray Emission Rates of Radionuclides
Methods for the calibration and use of germanium spectrometers for the measurement of gamma-ray energies and emission rates over the energy range from 59 keV to approximately 3000 keV, and for the calculation of source activities from these measurements, are established. Minimum requirements for automated peak finding are stated. Methods for measuring the full-energy peak efficiency with calibrated sources are given. Performance tests that ascertain the prop-er functioning of the Ge spectrometer and evaluate the limitations of the algorithms used for locating and fitting single and multiple peaks are described. Methods for the measurement of, and the correction for pulse pileup are suggested. Techniques are recommended for the inspection of spec-tral- analysis results for large errors resulting from summing of cascade gamma rays in the detector. Suggestions are provided for the establishment of data libraries for radionuclide identification, de-cay corrections, and the conversion of gamma-ray rates to decay rates.
N42.22-1995
American National Standard Traceability of Radioactive Sources to NIST and Associated Instrument Quality Control
A mechanism for manufacturers to estabilish traceability of radionuclide sources that are certified for radionuclide activity; concentration; or alpha, beta, x-, or gamma-ray emission rate to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) is described.
N42.23-1996
American National Standard Measurement and Associated Instrumentation Quality Assurance for Radioassay Laboratories
A framework that can be used to create a national or an organizational NIST-traceable measurement quality assurance (MQA) program that will optimize the quality of radioassays performed by service laboratories is presented. This standard serves as a guide for MQA programs developed for specialized sectors of the radioassay laboratory community, i.e., bioassay, routine environmental monitoring, environmental restoration and waste management, radiopharmaceuticals, nuclear power radiochemistry, and other areas involved in radioassays.
N42.4-1971
American National Standard for High Voltage Connectors for Nuclear Instruments
Coaxial high-voltage connectors on nuclear instruments for dc applications up to 5000 V and ac applications up to 3500 V rms at 60 Hz are covered. The connectors may also be used at higher frequencies provided the operating voltage is appropriately reduced to provide for interchangeability of safe high-voltage connectors in nuclear instrument applications. The connectors are safe in that the pin and socket contacts are well and securely recessed in the connector housing so that hand or body contact of the unmated connector with rated voltage applied will not result in electrical shock.
N42.6-1980
American National Standard Interrelationship of Quartz-Fiber Electrometer Type Exposure Meters and Companion Exposure Meter Chargers
This document contains two standards. ANSI N42.5 specifies bases for Geiger-Mueller counter tubes. ANSI N42.6 specifies interrelating mechanical and electrical properties so that quartz-fiber exposure meters may be used with any charger. Characteristics peculiar to these devices but not affecting the interrelationship between chargers and exposure meters are omitted.
NESC and Preprint Set
2007 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) + 2012 Preprint Proposals Set
2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. / Preprint: This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2007 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change proposal (CP).
NESC, Handbook, and Preprint Set
2007 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) + Handbook + 2012 Preprint Proposals Set
2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code / 2007 NESC Handbook: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. / The Preprint: This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2007 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change proposal (CP).
PR 1533-1998
IEEE/NEMI Low-Cost Open Architecture Controller Specification
The following topics are dealt with: controller management; motion control; events, states and I/O; exception handling; nodes, frames and attributes; position and orientation; mechanism parameters; and axis parameters.
S-135
IEEE/IPECEA Power Cable Ampacities - Copper Conductors - Aluminum Conductors
The present tables are intended as successors to the tables compiled and issued by the IPCEA in 1943. Those were based on work by the former National Electric Light Association (NELA). The Foreword to those tables may well serve for the present tables.
These standards are removed from active status through an administrative process for standards that have not undergone a revision process within 10 years.
1155-1992
IEEE Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus
A technically sound modular instrument standard base on IEEE Std 1014-1987, IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus: VMEbus, which is open to all manufacturers and is compatible with present industry standards, is defined. The VXIbus specification details the technical requirements of VXIbus compatible components, such as mainframes, backplanes, power supplies, and modules.
1299-1996
IEEE Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated, Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems
This guide suggests surge arrester installation methods at distribution cable terminal poles in order to minimize the total impressed transient voltage on medium-voltage distribution cables. Grounding electrode techniques, pole ground values, and system ground grid values are not addressed or considered in this document.
1476-2000
IEEE Standard for Passenger Train Auxiliary Power Systems Interfaces
The electrical interfaces among the components comprising the auxiliary power systems and their electrical interface with other train-borne systems are described. As such, this standard treats the auxiliary power system components (e.g., static inverters and converters, low-voltage dc power supplies, back-up battery systems, and battery chargers) as black boxes and addresses only their interface requirements.
1477-1998
IEEE Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles
Rail transit vehicle passenger information system interfaces with the vehicle's carboy, train crew, control system, power system, and passengers are described in this standard. The physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems are specified.
1515-2000
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameter Definitions, Test Conditions, and Test Methods
This recommended practice defines many common parameters for ac-dc and dc-dc electronic power distribution components and subsystems. This enables electronic system engineers, manufacturers, and researchers to speak with a common language and hence facilitates effective and efficient communications. Furthermore, implementation of a common specification language will allow the power electronics industry as well as the user communities, including government system developers, to acquire cost and time-effective electronic power subsystems with significantly enhanced interchangeability.
315A-1986
American National Standard - Supplement to Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams
This supplement places the IEC Publication 617 new material in a practical sequence with related material in ANSI/IEEE Std 315-1975 [7]. Except where the nature of the revisions dictate otherwise (for reasons of clarity) existing ANSI/IEEE Std 315-1975 [7] text is not repeated.
325-1996
IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors
Terminology and standard test procedures are established for germanium gamma-ray detectors that are used for the detection and high-resolution spectrometry of gamma rays, X rays, and charged particles that produce hole-electron pairs in the crystal lattice so that these items have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users.
45-2002
IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
Recommendations for the design, selection, and installation of equipment on merchant vessels with electrical apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion are provided.
91/91a-1984
IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions (Including and incorporating IEEE Std 91a-1991, Supplement to IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions)
Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logic functions are presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their applications are provided. The symbols are presented in the context of electrical applications, but most may also be applied to nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). The supplement provided additional internationally approved graphic symbols and made corrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984.
91/91a-1991
IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions (Including and incorporating IEEE Std 91a-1991, Supplement to IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions)
An international language by which it is possible to determine the functional behavior of a logic or circuit diagram with minimal reference to supporting documentation is defined; as such, it is designed to allow a single concept to be expressed in one of several different ways, according to the demands of a particular situation. Consequently, this standard does not attempt, nor intend, to establish single correct symbols for particular devices. The symbols for representing logic functions or devices enable users to understand the logic characteristics of these functions or devices without specific knowledge of their internal characteristics. Definitions and an explanation of symbol construction are provided. Information is presented on: qualifying symbols associated with inputs, outputs, and other connections; dependency notation; combinational and sequential elements; and symbols for highly complex functions. The symbols and representation techniques are compatible with IEC Pub. 617, Part 12. Supplement Abstract: Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logic functions are presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their applications are given. The symbols are presented in the center of electrical applications, but most may also be applied to nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). This supplement provides additional internationally approved graphic symbols and makes corrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984.
960/1177-1993
IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines
Mechanical, signal electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors.
991-1986
IEEE Standard for Logic Circuit Diagrams
This standard provides guidelines for preparation of diagrams depicting logic functions. It includes definitions, requirements for assignment of logic levels, application of logic symbols, presentation techniques, and labeling requirements with typical examples. The techniques are presented in the context of electrical/electronic systems, but also may be applied to nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical).